Home

JO 7110.10X - Flight Services

Contents

1. D fix F Cleared to the fix Cleared to hold and instruc H a tions issued L Cleared to land N Clearance not delivered O Cleared to the outer marker Cleared to climb descend at PD ETA pilot s discretion Cleared to fly specified sectors of a NAVAID defined Q in terms of courses bearings radials or quadrants within a designated radius Cleared through for landing T and takeoff through interme diate point V Cleared over the fix x Cleared to cross airway route radial at point Z Tower jurisdiction TBL 4 2 4 Miscellaneous Abbreviation Abbreviation Meaning BC Back course approach CT Contact approach FA Final approach GPS GPS approach I Initial approach ILS ILS approach MA Missed approach MLS MLS approach NDB Nondirectional radio beacon approach OTP VFR conditions on top PA Precision approach PT Procedure turn RH Runway heading RP Report immediately upon passing fix altitude RX Report crossing SA Surveillance approach SI Straight in approach TA TACAN approach TL Turn left TR Turn right VA Visual approach VR VOR approach 4 2 7 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 3 Radio Communications 4 3 1 FREQUENCY USE a Use radio frequencies for the specific purposes for which they are intended A frequency may be used for more than one function when required Use the minimum nu
2. TBL 12 1 1 ICAO Phonetics Character Word Pronunciation 0 Zero ZE RO 1 One WUN 2 Two TOO 3 Three TREE 4 Four FOW ER 5 Five FIFE 6 Six SIX 7 Seven SEV EN 8 Eight AIT 9 Nine NIN ER A Alfa ALFAH B Bravo BRAHVOH C Charlie CHARLEE D Delta DELLTAH E Echo ECKOH F Foxtrot FOKSTROT G Golf GOLF H Hotel HOHTELL I India INDEEAH J Juliett JEWLEEETT K Kilo KEYLOH L Lima LEEMAH M Mike MIKE N November NOVEMBER O Oscar OSSCAR P Papa PAHPAH Q Quebec KEHBECK R Romeo ROWMEOH S Sierra SEEAIRAH T Tango TANGGO U Uniform YOUNEEFORM V Victor VIKTAH W Whiskey WISSKEY 12 1 1 JO 7110 10X X X ray ECKSRAY Y Yankee YANGKEY Z Zulu ZOOLOO NOTE Syllables to be emphasized in pronunciation are in bold face 12 1 6 RELAY OF ATC COMMUNICATIONS Prefix a clearance information or a request for information which will be relayed from a control facility to an aircraft with the appropriate phrase A T C clears A T C advises or A T C requests 12 1 7 EXPEDITIOUS COMPLIANCE a Use the word immediately only when expeditious compliance is required to avoid an imminent situation b Use the word expedite only when prompt compliance is required to avoid the development of an imminent situation c In either case and if time permits include the reason for this action 12 1 8 WEATHER PHRASEOLOGY
3. 7 1 Instructions for the completion of the repetitive flight plan RPL listings form 7 2 General List only flight plans that will operate in accordance with IFR Flight rules I in FPL format It is assumed that all aircraft are operating as scheduled flights Type of flight S in FPL format otherwise notify in Q Remarks It is assumed that all aircraft operating on RPL s are equipped with 4096 code transplanters with modes A and C Otherwise notify Q Remarks List flight plans in alphabetical order of the location indicator of the departure aerodrome List flight plans for each departure aerodrome in chronological order of estimated off block times Adhere closely to the data conventions as indicated for the Flight Plan Form unless otherwise specifically indicated in 7 5 Insert all clock times in 4 figures UTC Insert all estimated elapsed times in 4 figures hours and minutes Insert data on a separate line for each segment of operations with one or more stops i e from any departure aerodrome to the next destination aerodrome even through call sign or flight number is the same for multiple segments Appendix A 18 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Clearly identify additions and deletions in accordance with Item H at 7 4 Subsequent listings must list the corrected and added data and deleted flight plans must be omitted Number pages by indicating number of pages and total number of p
4. 3 When a member of the President s family is aboard any aircraft if the U S Secret Service or the White House Staff determines it is necessary state the words Executive One Foxtrot f Vice Presidential aircraft 1 When the Vice President is aboard a military aircraft state the name of the military service followed by the word Two EXAMPLE Air Force Two Army Two Marine Two 2 When the Vice President is aboard a civil aircraft state the words Executive Two 12 1 14 4 3 14 3 When a member of the Vice President s family is aboard any aircraft if the U S Secret Service or the White House Staff determines it is necessary state the words Executive Two Foxtrot g DOT and FAA flights The following alphanu meric identifiers and radio interphone call signs are for use in air ground communications when the Secretary of Transportation Deputy Secretary of Transportation FAA Administrator or FAA Deputy Administrator have a requirement to identify themselves 1 Department of Transportation a Secretary 1 Identifier DOT 1 2 Call Sign Transport 1 b Deputy Secretary 1 Identifier DOT 2 2 Call Sign Transport 2 2 Federal Aviation Administration a Administrator 1 Identifier FAA 1 2 Call Sign Safe Air 1 b Deputy Administrator 1 Identifier FAA 2 2 Call Sign Safe Air 2 PHRASEOLOGY Grand Forks Radio Transport Two me
5. f Flight service stations 1 Inflight position State the name of the FSS followed by the word radio and position if appropriate EXAMPLE Fairbanks Radio Miami Radio Inflight 2 Flight Watch position State the name of the associated ARTCC followed by the words FLIGHT WATCH EXAMPLE Indianapolis Flight Watch 3 When calling or replying on interphone lines connecting more than one facility state the name of the FSS followed by the word radio EXAMPLE Cleveland Radio 4 When answering public access telephone lines state the geographical name of the FSS and the words Flight Service Contract facilities must answer public access lines by stating the name of the service provider and type EXAMPLE Juneau Flight Service Service Provider Name Flight Service g Radar facilities having ASR or PAR but not providing approach control service State the name of the facility followed by the letters G C A EXAMPLE Chanute G C A Corpus Christi G C A Davison G C A 12 1 12 4 3 14 12 1 15 AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION a Civil State the aircraft type the model the manufacturer s name or the prefix November followed by the numbers letters of the aircraft registration EXAMPLE Bonanza One Two Three Four Tango Douglas Three Zero Five Romeo Jet Commander One Four Two Four Novembe
6. 12 1 2 PHRASEOLOGY The annotation PHRASEOLOGY denotes the prescribed words and or phrases to be used in communications NOTE Specialists may after first using the prescribed phraseology for a specific procedure rephrase the message to ensure the content is understood Good judgment must be exercised when using nonstandard phraseology 12 1 3 WORDS AND PHRASES Use the words or phrases in broadcast radiotelephone and interphone communications as contained in the Pilot Controller Glossary 12 1 4 ANNOUNCING MISSING ITEMS With the exception of RVR announce the word missing when any item or component of a weather report is not reported or in place of unreadable or obviously incorrect items or portions of weather reports When appropriate instead of speaking the name of several locations with missing reports announce Other scheduled reports missing NOTE On occasion a parameter from an automated observation may be reported as missing in the body of the report but is available as a manually reported parameter in the remarks section When the report is spoken include the manually reported element in its proper sequence within the report General 12 1 5 ICAO PHONETICS Use the ICAO pronunciation of numbers and as necessary individual letters for clarity The ICAO radiotelephony alphabet and pronunciation guide are contained in TBL 12 1 1
7. 4 After establishing two way radio communic ation if the pilot does not state that he she has the current AFIS code the specialist must either a Use LAA procedures to issue pertinent AFIS information or b Advise the pilot to return to the AFIS frequency 5 AFIS broadcasts may be suspended within specified time periods During these periods the AFIS must contain a brief statement that the AFIS is suspended for the specified time and pilots should contact the FSS for LAA PHRASEOLOGY Airport name FLIGHT INFORMATION BROADCASTS ARE SUSPENDED UNTIL time CONTACT facility name RADIO ON frequency FOR AIRPORT INFORMATION 6 Part time and seasonal facilities must record a message with the appropriate frequency and facility contact information as well as known information regarding resumption of LAA PHRASEOLOGY Name of FSS HOURS OF OPERATION ARE time LOCAL TIME TO time LOCAL TIME THE COMMON TRAFFIC ADVISORY FREQUENCY IS frequency PILOT CONTROLLED LIGHTING IS AVAILABLE ON frequency FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT name of FSS ON frequency Name of FSS IS CLOSED FOR THE WINTER SEASON THE COMMON TRAFFIC ADVISORY FREQUENCY IS frequency PILOT CONTROLLED LIGHTING IS AVAILABLE ON frequency FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT name of FSS ON frequency 2 5 1 JO 7110 10X 7 Use the following format and include the following in AFIS broadcast as appropriate a Airport fac
8. NRR See NON RESTRICTIVE ROUTING NRS See NAVIGATION REFERENCE SYSTEM NTAP See NOTICES TO AIRMEN PUBLICATION NUMEROUS TARGETS VICINITY LOCA TION A traffic advisory issued by ATC to advise pilots that targets on the radar scope are too numerous to issue individually See TRAFFIC ADVISORIES 4 3 14 Pilot Controller Glossary O OBSTACLE An existing object object of natural growth or terrain at a fixed geographical location or which may be expected at a fixed location within a prescribed area with reference to which vertical clearance is or must be provided during flight operation OBSTACLE DEPARTURE PROCEDURE ODP A preplanned instrument flight rule IFR departure procedure printed for pilot use in textual or graphic form to provide obstruction clearance via the least onerous route from the terminal area to the appropriate en route structure ODPs are recom mended for obstruction clearance and may be flown without ATC clearance unless an alternate departure procedure SID or radar vector has been specifically assigned by ATC See IFR TAKEOFF MINIMUMS AND DEPARTURE PROCEDURES See STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES Refer to AIM OBSTACLE FREE ZONE The OFZ is a three dimensional volume of airspace which protects for the transition of aircraft to and from the runway The OFZ clearing standard precludes taxiing and parked airplanes and object penetrations except for frangible NAVAID loca
9. SAM EXAMPLE Sam Niner One Five Six Two e USAF Contract Aircraft LOGAIR General JO 7110 10X EXAMPLE Logair Seven Five Eight Two Six 4 Military tactical and training a U S Air Force Air National Guard Military District of Washington priority aircraft and USAF civil disturbance aircraft Pronounceable words of 3 to 6 letters followed by a 1 to 4 digit number EXAMPLE Paul Two Zero Pat One Five Seven Graydog Four NOTE Then the Z suffix described in para 6 5 3 USAF USN Undergraduate Pilots is added to identify aircraft piloted by USAF USN undergraduate pilots the call sign will be limited to a combination of six characters Do not use this suffix however in ground to air communication b Navy or Marine fleet and training command aircraft The service name and 2 letters or a digit and a letter use letter phonetic equivalents followed by 2 or 3 digits EXAMPLE Marine Four Charlie Two Three Six Navy Golf Alpha Two One c NORAD interceptors An assigned double letter two digit flight number EXAMPLE Alpha Kilo One Five d Navy Fleet Support Missions When handling Navy Fleet Support Mission aircraft use the words Special Flight Number followed by the number as given by the pilot d Foreign registry State one of the following 1 Civil State the aircraft type or the manufacturer s name followed
10. do not add the heavy designator to the call sign State only the call sign Air Force One regardless of the type of aircraft e Preface a clearance or instruction intended for a specific aircraft with the identification of that aircraft f Emphasize appropriate digits letters or similar sounding words to aid in distinguishing between similar sounding aircraft identifications JO 7110 10X Additionally notify each pilot concerned when communicating with aircraft having similar sounding identifications EXAMPLE American Five Twenty one and American Twenty one transmissions being made to each of you on this frequency Advisory to Cessna One Three Two Four transmissions to Cessna One Two Three Four also being made on this frequency 4 3 4 ABBREVIATED TRANSMISSION Transmissions may be abbreviated as follows a Use the identification prefix and the last three digits or letters of the aircraft identification after communications have been established Do not abbreviate similar sounding aircraft identifications or the identification of an air carrier or other civil aircraft having an FAA authorized call sign b Omit the facility identification after communication has been established c Transmit the message immediately after the call up without waiting for the aircraft s reply when the message is short and receipt is generally assured d Omit the word over if the message obvio
11. ATS ROUTE ICAO A specified route designed for channelling the flow of traffic as necessary for the provision of air traffic services Note The term ATS Route is used to mean vari ously airway advisory route controlled or uncontrolled route arrival or departure etc PCG A 14 4 3 14 AUTOLAND APPROACH An autoland approach is a precision instrument approach to touchdown and in some cases through the landing rollout An autoland approach is performed by the aircraft autopilot which is receiving position information and or steering commands from onboard navigation equipment Note Autoland and coupled approaches are flown in VFR and IFR It is common for carriers to require their crews to fly coupled approaches and autoland approaches if certified when the weather condi tions are less than approximately 4 000 RVR See COUPLED APPROACH AUTOMATED INFORMATION TRANSFER A precoordinated process specifically defined in facility directives during which a transfer of altitude control and or radar identification is accomplished without verbal coordination between controllers using information communicated in a full data block AUTOMATED MUTUAL ASSISTANCE VESSEL RESCUE SYSTEM A facility which can deliver in a matter of minutes a surface picture SURPIC of vessels in the area of a potential or actual search and rescue incident including their predicted positions and their characteristics See FAAO JO 7110 65
12. JO 7110 10X 4 3 6 RADIO COMMUNICATIONS TRANSFER Transfer radio communications by specifying the following a The name of the facility to be contacted and the frequency PHRASEOLOGY CONTACT name of facility ON frequency b In situations where an aircraft will continue to communicate with your facility use the following PHRASEOLOGY CONTACT name of service ON frequency 4 3 7 ATC CLEARANCES ADVISORIES OR REQUESTS a Notify ATC via interphone of a pilot s request for clearance and include the departure and destination airports and if appropriate departing runway and time in the request Relay verbatim ATC clearances advisories and requests received from the control facility Give a time check to the nearest quarter minute when relaying a clearance that includes a release or void time NOTE For ATC clearances verbatim means exact control instructions in the format stated in FAA Order JO 7110 65 Air Traffic Control Chapter 4 Section 2 Clearances and Section 3 Departure Procedures PHRASEOLOGY Aircraft on the ground Facility RADIO CLEARANCE REQUEST After go ahead from ATC Aircraft identification DEPARTING airport RUNWAY number if applicable DESTINATION fix or airport If applicable CAN BE OFF AT time Aircraft airborne Facility RADIO CLEARANCE REQUEST After go ahead from ATC 4 3 4 4 3 14 29 93 1013 5 30 43 1030 5 30 93 1047 4 31 43 1064 3
13. Location VISIBILITY value ADVISE INTENTIONS b When weather conditions are not officially reported at an airport and the pilot advises the flight visibility is less than 1 mile treat request for SVFR operations at that airport by other than helicopters as follows NOTE 14 CFR Part 91 prescribes use of officially reported ground visibility as the governing ground visibility for VFR and SVFR operations at airports where it is provided and landing or takeoff flight visibility where it is not 1 Inform departing aircraft that a clearance cannot be issued PHRASEOLOGY UNABLE TO ISSUE DEPARTURE CLEARANCE 2 Inform arriving aircraft operating outside the surface area that unless an emergency exists a clearance cannot be issued PHRASEOLOGY ATC UNABLE TO ISSUE ENTRY CLEARANCE UNLESS AN EMERGENCY EXISTS 3 Request intentions of arriving aircraft operating within surface areas Relay the pilot s response to the control facility immediately Special VFR Operation 4 3 14 PHRASEOLOGY ADVISE INTENTIONS c Transmit a clearance to scheduled air carrier aircraft to conduct operations if ground visibility is not less than 1 2 mile d Transmit a clearance to an aircraft to fly through surface area if the pilot reports flight visibility is at least 1 statute mile 4 5 4 PREDESIGNED SPECIAL VFR CLEARANCES Transmit predesigned SVFR clearances only during those periods authorized by the control facility NOTE
14. Preflight 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 2 3 S Search and Rescue ALNOTSs 8 4 1 General 8 1 1 INREQs 8 3 1 Other SARs 8 5 1 Overdue Aircraft 8 2 1 T Terms of Reference 1 2 1 6 9 1 Abbreviations 1 2 1 W Weather Service FAAs I 1 JO 7110 10X 4 3 14 References are to page numbers FAs 9 6 1 SD ROB 9 3 1 FDs 9 4 1 Severe Weather Forecasts 9 7 1 Flight Advisories WS WA WST 9 8 1 UA UUA 9 1 1 FTs 9 5 1 Weather Services FAA UA UUA 9 2 1 1 2 Index Federal Aviation JO 7110 10X Administration 4 3 14 BRIEFING GUIDE U S DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION Initiated By AJR 0 Vice President System Operations Services JO 7110 10X 4 3 14 Table of Contents Paragraph Title Page Number 2 1 2 SPEECH RATE AND PHRASEOLOGY ooo ooooooooo o o 3 6 2 1 FLIGHT PLAN RECORDING cc oo onen 3 9 5 2 AREA FORECAST FA SCHEDULE 002 0002 ee eee 5 9 7 1 GENERAL ors es ork 2 ae So eg Bien oars ate 6 BG 2 Briefing Guide 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X 1 PARAGRAPH NUMBER AND TITLE 2 1 2 SPEECH RATE AND PHRASEOLOGY 2 BACKGROUND FAA Order JO 7110 10 paragraph 2 1 2 specifies the standardized speech rate and phraseology to be used by Flight Service Station FSS personnel and automated equipment 3 CHANGE OLD 2 1 2 SPEECH RATE AND PHRASEOLOGY Data must be spoken at a rate of 100 to 120 words NEW 2 1 2 SPEECH RATE AND PHRASEOLOGY
15. See ICAO term TRANSPONDER Refer to AIM TRANSPONDER ICAO A receiver transmitter which will generate a reply signal upon proper interrogation the interrogation and reply being on different frequencies TRANSPONDER CODES See CODES TRANSPONDER OBSERVED Phraseology used to inform a VFR pilot the aircraft s assigned beacon PCG T 8 4 3 14 code and position have been observed Specifically this term conveys to a VFR pilot the transponder reply has been observed and its position correlated for transit through the designated area TRIAL PLAN A proposed amendment which utilizes automation to analyze and display potential conflicts along the predicted trajectory of the selected aircraft TRSA See TERMINAL RADAR SERVICE AREA TSD See TRAFFIC SITUATION DISPLAY TURBOJET AIRCRAFT An aircraft having a jet engine in which the energy of the jet operates a turbine which in turn operates the air compressor TURBOPROP AIRCRAFT An aircraft having a jet engine in which the energy of the jet operates a turbine which drives the propeller TURN ANTICIPATION maneuver anticipation TVOR See TERMINAL VERY HIGH FREQUENCY OMNIDIRECTIONAL RANGE STATION TWEB See TRANSCRIBED WEATHER BROADCAST TWO WAY RADIO COMMUNICATIONS FAIL URE See LOST COMMUNICATIONS 4 3 14 Pilot Controller Glossary U UHF See ULTRAHIGH FREQUENCY ULTRAHIGH FREQUENCY The frequency band between 300 and 3
16. See SPECIAL USE AIRSPACE WAYPOINT A predetermined geographical posi tion used for route instrument approach definition progress reports published VFR routes visual reporting points or points for transitioning and or circumnavigating controlled and or special use airspace that is defined relative to a VORTAC station or in terms of latitude longitude coordinates WEATHER ADVISORY In aviation weather forecast practice an expression of hazardous weather conditions not predicted in the area forecast as they affect the operation of air traffic and as prepared by the NWS See AIRMET See SIGMET WHEN ABLE a In conjunction with ATC instructions gives the pilot the latitude to delay compliance until a condition or event has been reconciled Unlike pilot discretion when instructions are prefaced when able the pilot is expected to seek the first opportunity to comply b In conjunction with a weather deviation clearance requires the pilot to determine when he she is clear of weather then execute ATC instructions c Once a maneuver has been initiated the pilot is expected to continue until the specifications of the instructions have been met When able should not be used when expeditious compliance is required WIDE AREA AUGMENTATION SYSTEM WAAS The WAAS is a satellite navigation system consisting of the equipment and software which augments the GPS Standard Positioning Service SPS The
17. h The favored or designated runway is never provided with RAIS 3 Altimeter Setting a Airport Advisory Apply special proced ures when the altimeter setting is more than 31 00 inches Hg Stations with the capability of reading altimeter settings above 31 00 inches Hg must issue altimeter settings Airport Advisory Services 4 3 14 PHRASEOLOGY ALTIMETER IN EXCESS OF THREE ONE ZERO ZERO HIGH PRESSURE ALTIMETER SETTING PROCEDURES ARE IN EFFECT RECOMMEND YOU SET ALTIMETER TO THREE ONE ZERO ZERO EN ROUTE b RAIS Do not provide the altimeter unless specifically requested Then provide the altimeter from the last official weather report 4 Traffic Information about observed or reported traffic which may constitute a collision hazard This may include positions of aircraft inflight and or aircraft and vehicles operating on the airport PHRASEOLOGY TRAFFIC Aircraft type position minutes AGO 5 Braking action NOTAM Furnish braking action reports as received from pilots or airport management to all aircraft as follows a Describe braking action using the terms fair poor or nil If the pilot or airport management reports braking action in other than the foregoing terms ask them to categorize braking action in these terms b When known include the type of aircraft or vehicle from which the report is received EXAMPLE Braking action poor Braking action poor reported by a Ces
18. 0 0 0 00 eee cece ee ee cues 3 2 2 3 2 3 CONDUCT OF OUTLOOK BRIEFING 0 0 000 c cece cece eee rn 3 2 3 Chapter 4 Inflight Services Section 1 General 4 1 1 INFLIGHT SERVICES unserer 4 1 1 4 1 2 OPERATIONAL PRIORITY u anne en 4 1 1 4 1 3 INFLIGHT WEATHER BRIEFING 0000 cece nuun urnor eee ences 4 1 1 4 1 4 INFLIGHT EQUIPMENT MALFUNCTIONS 0 0 0000 c cece ence eens 4 1 1 4 1 5 AIRCRAFT REPORTED NAVAID MALFUNCTIONS 0ooccoccocccccccccco 4 1 1 4 1 6 NAVAID BLIGHT CHECK ana tt aus 4 1 2 Section 2 Data Recording 4 2 1 TYPES OF DATA RECORDED ansich eigen 4 2 1 4 2 2 METHODS OF RECORDING DATA 1 0 cece cece cence nent ence eens 4 2 1 4 2 3 IFR VFR DVFR FLIGHT PLAN RECORDING 2 2 2222 4 2 2 4 2 4 FLIGHT PROGRESS STRIPS FAA FORMS 7230 21 AND 7233 5 4 2 2 4 2 5 FLIGHT PROGRESS STRIPS AND ENTRY DATA 0 0 000 e eee eee eee 4 2 2 ii Table of Contents 4 3 14 Paragraph 4 2 6 AIRCRAFT CONTACTS 0 cece rr Section 3 Radio Communications L FREQUENCY USE ios o ee ena ene 2 AUTHORIZED TRANSMISSIONS 0 0 0 ee cece 3 RADIO MESSAGE FORMAT 0 eee nee 4 ABBREVIATED TRANSMISSION 0 0 0 eee cee 5 ROUTINE RADIO CONTACTS 00 eee eee ee 6 RADIO COMMUNICATIONS TRANSFER 0 0 0 0 cece eee eee ee 7 ATC CLEARANCES ADVISORIES OR REQUESTS 0 0000 8 DEPARTURE REPORTS weiss bbs ce ae ben ee ele bg es pada aio 9
19. 2 Section 2 When reported by the pilot a Item 6 Estimated Time of Arrival ETA Record ETA by the four letter location indicator of the airport of first intended landing or if no location indicator exists the name of the airport followed by the estimated time of arrival at this aerodrome in hours and minutes UTC four numerics b Item 7 Endurance Record fuel in hours and minutes four numerics 3 Section 3 A full AIREP comprising a PSNRP company information and en route meteorological information a Item 8 Air temperature Record PS plus or MS minus no space followed by the temperature in degrees centigrade corrected for instrument error and airspeed such as MSOS b Item 9 Spot wind or mean wind and position Spot wind is used whenever practical and normally refers to the position given in subpara 7 1 13b1 b Item 2 Position When a spot wind is given for any other location record its position Whenever it is not practical to record spot wind record the mean wind between two fixes followed by the word mean and the position of the midpoint between the two fixes Record wind direction in degrees true three numerics and wind speed in knots two or three numerics separated by an oblique JO 7110 10X stroke such as 345 55 Record the direction of variable winds of a given strength as VRB such as VRB 10 Record light and variable winds or calm as LV If wind position is required record la
20. A technique whereby a civil GNSS receiver processor determines the integrity of the GNSS navigation signals without reference to sensors or non DoD integrity systems other than the receiver itself This determination is achieved by a consistency check among redundant pseudorange measurements RECEIVING CONTROLLER A controller facility receiving control of an aircraft from another controller facility RECEIVING FACILITY See RECEIVING CONTROLLER RECONFORMANCE The automated process of bringing an aircraft s Current Plan Trajectory into conformance with its track REDUCE SPEED TO SPEED See SPEED ADJUSTMENT REIL See RUNWAY END IDENTIFIER LIGHTS RELEASE TIME A departure time restriction issued to a pilot by ATC either directly or through an authorized relay when necessary to separate a departing aircraft from other traffic See ICAO term RELEASE TIME RELEASE TIME ICAO Time prior to which an aircraft should be given further clearance or prior to which it should not proceed in case of radio failure PCG R 4 4 3 14 REMOTE AIRPORT ADVISORY RAA A remote service which may be provided by facilities which are not located on the landing airport but have a discrete ground to air communication frequency or tower frequency when the tower is closed automated weather reporting with voice available to the pilot at the landing airport and a continuous ASOS AWSS AWOS data display other direct reading ins
21. An airspace of defined dimensions within which air traffic control service is provided to IFR flights and to VFR flights in accordance with the airspace classification Note Controlled airspace is a generic term which covers ATS airspace Classes A B C D and E Pilot Controller Glossary CONTROLLED TIME OF ARRIVAL Arrival time assigned during a Traffic Management Program This time may be modified due to adjustments or user options CONTROLLER See AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SPECIALIST CONTROLLER ICAO A person authorized to provide air traffic control services CONTROLLER PILOT DATA LINK COMMUNICATIONS CPDLC A two way digital communications system that conveys textual air traffic control messages between controllers and pilots using ground or satellite based radio relay stations CONVECTIVE SIGMET A weather advisory concerning convective weather significant to the safety of all aircraft Convective SIGMETS are issued for tornadoes lines of thunderstorms embedded thunderstorms of any intensity level areas of thunderstorms greater than or equal to VIP level 4 with an area coverage of 4 19 40 or more and hail 3 4 inch or greater See AIRMET See AWW See CWA See SIGMET Refer to AIM CONVECTIVE SIGNIFICANT METEOROLOG ICAL INFORMATION See CONVECTIVE SIGMET COORDINATES The intersection of lines of reference usually expressed in degrees minutes seconds of latitude and longitude used t
22. PHRASEOLOGY FOR FURTHER ADVISORY SERVICE AT airport name MONITOR frequency WITHIN ONE ZERO MILES b RAIS 1 Provide RAIS on the existing discrete frequency located at the remote airport 2 If a pilot calls and appears to be unaware that RAIS is available offer the service 3 If a pilot calls on another frequency issue advisories on the frequency the pilot is listening in addition to the appropriate airport advisory fre quency Airport Advisory Services 4 3 14 4 If RAIS is requested when it is not offered inform the pilot that the service is not available and follow para 4 4 2c NOTE This service is only provided at remote airports that have an existing discrete communications capability between the airport and the flight service station serving the airport and a NOTAM D announcing the availability of the service is in effect Airport Advisory Services JO 7110 10X 4 4 6 TRAFFIC CONTROL When there is no control tower in operation and a pilot appears unaware of this fact inform him her as follows PHRASEOLOGY NO CONTROL TOWER IN OPERATION 4 4 7 AIRCRAFT EQUIPMENT CHECKS When requested provide observed information EXAMPLE Landing gear appears to be down and in place 4 4 5 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 5 Special VFR Operation 4 5 1 AUTHORIZATION a Special VFR SVFR operations in weather conditions less than VFR minima are authorized 1 For helicopters and fixed wing a
23. See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE FINAL APPROACH ICAO That part of an instrument approach procedure which commences at the specified final approach fix or point or where such a fix or point is not specified a At the end of the last procedure turn base turn or inbound turn of a racetrack procedure if specified or b At the point of interception of the last track specified in the approach procedure and ends at a point in the vicinity of an aerodrome from which 1 A landing can be made or 2 A missed approach procedure is initiated FINAL APPROACH COURSE A bearing radial track of an instrument approach leading to a runway or an extended runway centerline all without regard to distance FINAL APPROACH FIX The fix from which the final approach IFR to an airport is executed and which identifies the beginning of the final approach segment It is designated on Government charts by the Maltese Cross symbol for nonprecision approaches and the lightning bolt symbol for precision approaches or when ATC directs a PCG F 1 Pilot Controller Glossary lower than published glideslope path intercept alti tude 1t is the resultant actual point of the glideslope path intercept See FINAL APPROACH POINT See GLIDESLOPE INTERCEPT ALTITUDE See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE FINAL APPROACH IFR The flight path of an aircraft which is inbound to an airport on a final instrument approa
24. The most frequently used and authorized designators are YAYX Government Civil Aviation Authority FAARegional Office or Headquarters YCYX Rescue Coordination Center RCC YDYX Authority Supervising the Aerodrome YFYX Aeronautical Fixed Station FSS IATSC YMYX Meteorological Office NWS YNYX International NOTAM Office NOF YTYX Telecommunications Authority YWYX Military Flight Operational Control Center ACP Messages and Formats JO 7110 10X YXYX Military Organization BASOPS YYYX Organization not allocated a two letter designator ZOZX Oceanic Air Traffic Control Center ZPZX Air Traffic Service Reporting Office ZOZX Computer Facility at ACC ARTCC ZRZX ACC ARTCC Center in charge of a FIR UIR when the message is relevant to a VER flight AMIS ZTZX Aerodrome Control Tower ZZZX Aircraft in flight c A one letter designator will appear following an air carrier designator to indicate the department or division of the organization addressed 2 Filing time A six digit date time group indicating the time the message is filed with the FSS for transmission c Originator Indicator Consists of an eight letter sequence similar to an address indicator identifying the place of origin and the organization originating the message d Supplementary Address and Origin Information When the four letter designators YXYX ZZZX or YYYX are used identify the aircraft operator or organization at the beginning of
25. This time will be updated in response to an aircraft s progress and its current relationship to other arrivals TERMINAL AREA A general term used to describe airspace in which approach control service or airport traffic control service is provided TERMINAL AREA FACILITY A facility provid ing air traffic control service for arriving and departing IFR VFR Special VFR and on occasion en route aircraft See APPROACH CONTROL FACILITY See TOWER TERMINAL AUTOMATION SYSTEMS TAS TAS is used to identify the numerous automated tracking systems including ARTS IE ARTS IIIA ARTS IIE STARS and MEARTS TERMINAL DATA LINK SYSTEM TDLS A system that provides Digital Automatic Terminal Information Service D ATIS both on a specified radio frequency and also for subscribers in a text message via data link to the cockpit or to a gate printer TDLS also provides Pre departure Clear ances PDC at selected airports to subscribers through a service provider in text to the cockpit or to a gate printer In addition TDLS will emulate the Flight Data Input Output FDIO information within the control tower TERMINAL RADAR SERVICE AREA Airspace surrounding designated airports wherein ATC provides radar vectoring sequencing and separation on a full time basis for all IFR and participating VFR aircraft The AIM contains an explanation of TRSA 4 3 14 TRSAs are depicted on VFR aeronautical charts Pilot participation is
26. Transponder il with Mode C No transpon N der Transponder with no Mode S Transponder G with Mode C be No DME E B D gt Es No RVSM TACAN 2 E R RNAV No GNSS NOTE The E and F suffixes will only be used by aircraft operating to and from airports within the U S unless authorized by the controlling authority REFERENCE FAAO JO 7110 65 Para 2 3 8 and TBL 2 3 10 Aircraft Equipment Suffixes d Item 4 True Airspeed TAS Knots Enter two to four digits for TAS in knots M followed by three digits for Mach number or SC for speed classified e Item 5 Departure Point Enter two to twelve alphanumeric and slant characters for name or identifier of the departure airport or point over which the flight plan is activated f Item 6 Departure Time Enter departure time in UTC Flight Plan Proposals 4 3 14 g Item 7 Cruising Altitude Proposed altitude or flight level using two to seven characters for example 80 or 080 OTP OTP 125 VFR ABV 060 h tem 8 Route of Flight Enter identifiers for airways or jet routes to clearly indicate the proposed flight path For direct flight use names or identifiers of navigation aids Navigation Reference System NRS waypoints and geographical points or coordinates If more than one airway or jet route is to be flown clearly indicate th
27. Use of MEDEVAC call sign indicates that operational priority is requested 2 Civilian airborne ambulance State the word MEDEVAC followed by the numbers letters of the registration number EXAMPLE MEDEVAC Two Six Four Six X Ray c U S Military State one of the following 1 The service name followed by the word copter when appropriate and the last 5 digits of the serial number EXAMPLE EXAMPLE Guard Two Six Three Army Copter Three Two One Seven Six Coast Guard Six One Three Two Seven Navy Five Six Seven One Three 2 If aircraft identification becomes a problem when the above procedures are used the call sign must be restated after the flight number of the aircraft involved in accordance with FAA Order JO 7210 3 Para 2 1 13 Aircraft Identification Problems will apply EXAMPLE Army Copter Three Two One Seven Six Army Copter Coast Guard Six One Three Two Seven Coast Guard 3 Special military operations State one of the following followed the last 5 digits of the serial number a Air evacuation flights AIR EVAC MARINE AIR EVAC or NAVY AIR EVAC EXAMPLE AIR EVAC One Seven Six Five Two b Rescue flights Service name RESCUE EXAMPLE Air Force Rescue Six One Five Seven Niner c Air Mobility Command REACH EXAMPLE Reach Seven Eight Five Six Two d Special Air Mission
28. Use the following phraseology and procedures for stating surface weather observations and for information similarly encoded in other aviation weather products and forecasts a Location 1 Announce the geographic name not the identifier once EXAMPLE Paducah 2 When the location name is duplicated within 500 miles follow the location name with the state name 12 1 2 4 3 14 EXAMPLE Columbus Ohio 3 When weather reports originate at more than one airport at the same geographical location identify the airport EXAMPLE Anchorage Merrill Chicago O Hare 4 Where it is considered necessary and is requested by the military base commander broadcast military observations by stating the location the name of the airport if different and the controlling military branch EXAMPLE Joint Base Andrews Elmendorf Air Force Base Fort Riley Marshall Army Air Field Norfolk Naval Air Station b If AUTO appears after the date time element and is presented as a singular report follow the location with the word AUTOMATED PHRASEOLOGY Location AUTOMATED c Ifa special report is the most recent observation available follow the location with the words SPECIAL WEATHER REPORT last two digits of the time OBSERVATION Use data from the record report to fill in the items not included in the special observation such as temperature
29. WST See CONVECTIVE SIGMET See WEATHER ADVISORY PCG W 2 4 3 14 Index JO 7110 10X References are to page numbers A Airport Lighting 11 1 1 Automatic Flight Information Service AFIS Alaska Only HIWAS 2 5 1 B Broadcast Procedures HIWAS 2 4 1 2 4 2 Speech Rate 2 1 1 TIBS for AFSS 2 3 1 TWEB 2 2 1 2 2 2 Types 2 1 1 C Changes Recommendation for Procedural 1 1 1 1 1 2 Communication System Interphone 13 1 1 D Duty Familiarization and Transfer of Position Responsibility 1 3 1 Priority 1 3 1 E Effective Date of this Order 1 1 1 Emergency Services ADF VOR 5 4 1 DF 5 3 1 General 5 1 1 Operations 5 2 1 F Flight Data Flight Plan Handling 6 4 1 Flight Plan Proposals 6 2 1 6 2 3 Index Flight Plans with Area Navigation RNAV Routes in Domestic U S Airspace 6 2 4 General 6 1 1 IFR Flight Plan Handling 6 3 1 IFR DVFR ADIZ Flight Plans 6 Law Enforcement Messages 6 7 1 Military Operations 6 5 1 Nonemergency Parachute Jumping 6 8 1 6 3 8 6 1 Inflight Services 4 1 1 Data Recording 4 2 1 EFAS 4 6 1 LAA 4 4 1 Radio Communications 4 3 1 Special VFR 4 5 1 International Operations 7 1 1 Alerting Service 7 3 1 Customs Notification and ADIZ 7 2 1 Messages and Formats 7 1 1 Movement and Control Canadian 7 4 1 Mexican 7 5 1 P Phraseology 12 1 1 12 1 9 12 1 11 12 1 12 Weather 12 1 2 Pilot Briefing 3 1 1
30. c NUISANCE ALERT An alert in which one or more of the following is true 1 The alert is generated by a known situation that is not considered an unsafe operation such as LAHSO or other approved operations 2 The alert is generated by inaccurate secon dary radar data received by the Safety Logic System 3 One or more of the aircraft involved in the alert is not intending to use a runway for example helicopter pipeline patrol non Mode C overflight etc d VALID NON ALERT A situation in which the safety logic software correctly determines that an alert is not required based upon the design specifications and the current set of Safety Logic parameters e INVALID NON ALERT A situation in which the safety logic software did not issue an alert when an alert was required based upon the design specifications SAIL BACK A maneuver during high wind conditions usually with power off where float plane movement is controlled by water rudders opening and closing cabin doors SAME DIRECTION AIRCRAFT Aircraft are operating in the same direction when a They are following the same track in the same direction or b Their tracks are parallel and the aircraft are flying in the same direction or c Their tracks intersect at an angle of less than 45 degrees PCG S 1 Pilot Controller Glossary SAR See SEARCH AND RESCUE SAY AGAIN Used to request a repeat of the last transmission Usually specifies transmission o
31. 2 The enunciation is of the highest quality and 3 Each part of the message is easily understood b Standardized procedures and phraseology to be used by FSS personnel and automated equipment are to be conducted in accordance with Chapter 12 Phraseology 2 1 3 REDUCING RECORDED WEATHER INFORMATION SERVICES Recorded weather information services TWEB and TIBS may be reduced during the hours of 1800 0600 local time only Adjust full broadcast service times to General coincide with daylight hours When a broadcast period is reduced record the time the broadcast will be resumed and advise users to contact flight service for weather briefings and other services PHRASEOLOGY THE TIBS RECORDING IS SUSPENDED REGULAR RECORDED WEATHER SERVICE WILL BE RESUMED AT time ZULU time LOCAL FOR PILOT WEATHER BRIEFINGS AND OTHER SERVICES CONTACT FLIGHT SERVICE phone number or additional telephone instructions as appropriate THE TWEB RECORDING IS SUSPENDED REGULAR RECORDED WEATHER SERVICE WILL BE RESUMED AT time ZULU time LOCAL FOR PILOT WEATHER BRIEFING AND OTHER SERVICES CONTACT FLIGHT SERVICE frequency or phone number as appropriate 2 1 4 CURRENT DATA An aviation surface report is considered current for 1 hour beyond the standard time of observation H 00 unless superseded by a special or local observation or by the next hourly report Do not broadcast obsolete data 2 1 5 AUTOMATED BROADCAST Most
32. 3 If the pilot reports loss of all WAAS service report as a GPS anomaly using procedures in paragraph 4 1 5b 4 1 6 NAVAID FLIGHT CHECK Provide maximum assistance to aircraft engaged in flight inspection of NAVAIDs Unless otherwise agreed to maintain direct contact with the pilot and provide information regarding known traffic in the area and request the pilot s intentions NOTE 1 Many flight inspections are accomplished using automatic recording equipment An uninterrupted flight is necessary for successful completion of the mission The workload for the limited number of aircraft engaged in these activities requires strict adherence to a schedule 2 Flight inspection operations which require special participation of ground personnel specific communica tions or radar operation capabilities are considered to require special handling These flights are coordinated with appropriate facilities before departure General 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 2 Data Recording 4 2 1 TYPES OF DATA RECORDED a Operational system entries for 1 Flight plans and related messages 2 Logging pilot briefings and aircraft contacts 3 Weather Flight data messages b Manual strip marking 4 2 2 METHODS OF RECORDING DATA a Except as provided in 4 2 2b all entries must be made directly into the operational system b Locally approved procedures may be used to manually record data during heavy traffic periods or system
33. 6 COORDINATE RNAV ROUTES x ieni nt EE aa E E e cee eee ee Section 4 Flight Plan Handling FEIGHT PLAN ACTIVATION comoda ao een a en DEPARTURE REPORT MESSAGE gt sopes c poroa eee cc eee ACKNOWLEDGING NUMBERED MESSAGES 0000 000005 FLIGHT NOTIFICATION MESSAGE 00 000 c ec ee eee eee SUSPENDING FLIGHT NOTIFICATION MESSAGES 0 04 ACKNOWLEDGING FLIGHT NOTIFICATION MESSAGES ACTION BY ADDRESSEES 20 000 2 2 2 a eee aS Peale ee en MAJOR FLIGHT PLAN CHANGES FROM EN ROUTE AIRCRAFT CHANGE IN BVA ir 2 2 2 2 rue ee Rls Run EN Ruben 0 FLIGHT PLAN CLOSURE im iia en eee ak MILITARY FLIGHTS TO FROM USS 2 eee eee N a ecg ae Ta aa ae eae ie ae l RP ODNAKARWNE R Section 5 Military Operations 1 SPECIAL MILITARY FLIGHTS 0 0 00 eee eee 2 MILITARY FOREIGN FLIGHTS eese ee eee ee ec ce eee 3 USAF USN UNDERGRADUATE PILOTS 0 0 0 0 000008 4 MESSAGE HANDLING resia oi 280 Dew a wea age Section 6 IFR DVFR ADIZ Flight Plans 6 6 1 AIRCRAFT MOVEMENT INFORMATION SERVICES AMIS WITHIN AN ADIZTER coc Sect a re aa E E a ote EAS weit pee 6 6 2 AMIS WITHIN AN ADIZ DVFR 1 cc eee 6 6 3 FORWARDING DVFR INFORMATION 0 0 0 eee ee eee 6 6 4 STOPOVER DVFR FLIGHT PLANS 0 0 0 0c eee ee eee Section 7 Law Enforcement Messages 1 LAW ENFORCEMENT ALERT MESSAGES LEAM 02 0 000 eee 2 INI
34. Enter flight weather types using one or more of the standard surface weather reporting symbols contained in TBL 9 2 1 Pilot Weather Report UA UUA JO 7110 10X TBL 9 2 1 Weather Type and Symbols Type METAR Code Drifting Blowing Snow DRSN BLSN Drifting Dust DRDU Drifting Sand DRSA Drizzle Freezing Drizzle DZ FZDZ Dust Blowing Dust DU BLDU Duststorm 00 DS Fog vis lt 5 8SM FG Freezing Fog FZFG Freezing Rain FZRA Funnel Cloud FC Hail aprx 1 4 dia or more GR Hail Shower SHGR Hazte HZ Ice Crystals o ooo o IC Ice Pellets Showers PL SHPL Mist vis 5 8SM or more BR Patchy Fog 22 222 BCFG Patchy Fog on part of Arpt PRFG Rain Showers RA SHRA Sand Blowing Sand SA BLSA Sandstorms ooooooooooooo SS Shallow Fog o ooo ooo oo MIFG Sml Hail Snow Pellet Showers SHGS Sml Hail Snow Pellets GS SMOKE ai ets eects teenie cde ans FU Snow Grains 0 SG Snow Showers SN SHSN Spray ise nee Fassia ee Me sone PY quilla Ra SQ Thunderstorm TS Tornado Waterspout FC
35. NOT TO BE TRANSMITTED IN FPL MESSAGES 19 ENDURANCE EMERGENCY RADIO HR MIN PERSONS ON BOARD UHF VHF ELBA EI D PIL RO O O rr EQUIPMENT JACKETS DESERT MARITIME JUNGLE LIGHT FLUORES UH Ono fo OO ono oO Ao DINGHIES NUMBER CAPACITY COVER BEJ CJ O Des AIRCRAFT COLOR AND MARKINGS PILOT IN COMMAND FILED BY FAA Form 7233 4 7 93 FSS Forms Appendix B 3 JO 7110 10X 4 3 14 Pre Flight Pilot Checklist Report Weather Conditions Aloft 1 Sept Dey aes Ree seoan particularly cloud tops upper cloud layers Civil Aircraft Pilots FAR Part 91 states that each adel aoa a civil aircraft of U S ony over the ae seas shall comply with Annex 2 to the 3 i a es e Air Annex 2 requires the submission of a flight plan containing hone 1 1 9 prior to operating any fight across international waters Failure to file could result in a civil penalty not to exceed 1 000 for each violation Section 901 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 as amended International briefing information may not be current or complete Data should be secured at the first opportunity from the country in whose airspace the flight will be conducted Paperwork Reduction Act Statement Flight Plan information is collected for the protection and identification of aircraft and property and persons on the ground Air Traffic uses the information to provide control services and search and rescue services An individual respondent would require about 2 5 minutes
36. Nine or ten characters required followed by a space character in the following order 1 The three character address of the originating facility 2 Four characters digits to indicate the time in UTC the flight plan was composed by the originator 3 Three characters digits representing the number of the message for example 021 It is recommended that numbering systems be restarted with 001 at the beginning of each day 00002 NOTE There are no spaces between characters in subparas 6 3 4el 2 and 3 f Message Type Field 01 The letters FP followed by a space character g Aircraft Identification Field 02 Consists of two to seven_alphanumeric characters followed by a space character The first character of the identification must be a letter 1 Phrases such as FLYNET Snow Time etc which do not identify specific aircraft but are supplemental data defining a special mission or function must be contained in remarks Field 11 2 For foreign aircraft identifications with a numeric as the first character insert an X as the first character and explain in the remarks section h Aircraft Data Field 03 Consists of two to nine characters followed by a space character Aircraft data within the field may vary from one to three elements consisting of 1 Number of aircraft when more than one and or the heavy aircraft indicator For heavy aircraft the indicator is H This element contains a
37. No more than three groups in a single PIREP 10 Weather layers must be entered with the base and or top of the layer when reported Use the same format as in the SK TEI EXAMPLE WX FU002 TOP030 h TA Air Temperature Report outside air temperature using two digits in degrees Celsius Prefix negative temperatures with a M for example TA 08 or TA MOS i WV Wind direction and speed If reported wind direction from which the wind is blowing must be coded using three figures Directions less than 100 degrees must be preceded by a 0 For example a wind direction of 90 degrees is coded as 090 The wind speed must be entered as a two or three digit group immediately following the wind direction The speed must be coded in whole knots using the hundreds digit if not zero and the tens and units 9 2 6 4 3 14 digits The wind group always ends with KT to indicate that winds are reported in knots Speeds of less than 10 knots must be coded using a leading zero For example a wind speed of 8 knots must be coded 08KT and a wind speed of 112 knots must be coded 112kt EXAMPLE WV 28080KT WV 28008KT WV 280105KT j TB Turbulence Report intensity type and altitude as follows 1 Intensity Enter duration if reported by the pilot INTMT OCNL CONS and intensity using contractions LGT MOD SEV or EXTRM Separate a range or variation of intensity with a hyphen for example MOD SEV If turbulence
38. PCG R 7 Pilot Controller Glossary RUNWAY VISIBILITY VALUE See VISIBILITY RUNWAY VISUAL RANGE See VISIBILITY PCG R 8 4 3 14 4 3 14 SAA See SPECIAL ACTIVITY AIRSPACE SAFETY ALERT A safety alert issued by ATC to aircraft under their control if ATC is aware the aircraft is at an altitude which in the controller s judgment places the aircraft in unsafe proximity to terrain obstructions or other aircraft The controller may discontinue the issuance of further alerts if the pilot advises he she is taking action to correct the situation or has the other aircraft in sight a Terrain Obstruction Alert A safety alert issued by ATC to aircraft under their control if ATC is aware the aircraft is at an altitude which in the controller s judgment places the aircraft in unsafe proximity to terrain obstructions e g Low Altitude Alert check your altitude immediately b Aircraft Conflict Alert A safety alert issued by ATC to aircraft under their control if ATC is aware of an aircraft that is not under their control at an altitude which in the controller s judgment places both aircraft in unsafe proximity to each other With the alert ATC will offer the pilot an alternate course of action when feasible e g Traffic Alert advise you turn right heading zero niner zero or climb to eight thousand immediately Note The issuance of a safety alert is contingent upon the capability of the contro
39. QALO followed by the aircraft identification Overdue Aircraft Action EXAMPLE OALO N12345 c If the specialist determines that the communications search cannot be completed prior to the INREQ transmission time the QALQ must be transmitted in time to receive the information for the INREO message The communications search must continue without reference to time until such a time that the aircraft is located the communications search is complete or the search is suspended d In the case of a U S registered aircraft or any aircraft known to be piloted by or transporting U S citizens and en route within a foreign country or between two foreign countries if an overdue report is received either from someone directly concerned or from aviation authorities of a foreign country notify the Washington Communications Control Center immediately via Service B message addressed to KRWAYAYX e Automated systems will accept properly formatted QALQs INREQs ALNOTs INCERFAs ALERFAs and DETRESFAs and place them on the SAR list A SAR alert may be generated at designated workstations SAR messages must be deleted from the SAR list when the SAR is cancelled 8 2 3 ACTION BY DEPARTURE STATION ON RECEIPT OF QALQ Upon receipt of the QALO message the departure tie in facility must check for any information about the aircraft and take the following actions a If the aircraft is located notify the destination facility This may b
40. SERVICE MAY BE SUSPENDED TWEB service may be suspended 2 2 2 4 3 14 a For routine maintenance only during periods when weather conditions within 100 miles of the broadcast outlet are equal to or better than a ceiling of 3 000 feet and visibility of 5 miles b When the equipment fails If a malfunction occurs in the recording or control unit but the tape transport unit remains operative continue broadcast ing current data Remove data as it becomes obsolete 2 2 5 MONITORING a At TWEB equipment locations listen to at least one complete TWEB cycle each hour Check for completeness accuracy speech rate and proper enunciation Correct any noted irregularities b If practical 1 The control facility must monitor the transmissions through local outlet 2 The FSS associated with a remote outlet must monitor the transmissions for a sufficient period each hour to assure voice quality and clarity c Promptly correct or inform the TWEB facility of any irregularities Transcribed Weather Broadcasts TWEB Alaska Only 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 3 Telephone Information Briefing Service TIBS 2 3 1 GENERAL a TIBS provides a continuous telephone recording of meteorological and or aeronautical information 1 TIBS must contain a Area and or route briefings b Airspace procedures if applicable c Special announcements if applicable 2 TIBS should also contain but not be limited to
41. See ICAO term AIRCRAFT AIRCRAFT ICAO Any machine that can derive support in the atmosphere from the reactions of the air other than the reactions of the air against the earth s surface AIRCRAFT APPROACH CATEGORY A grouping of aircraft based on a speed of 1 3 times the stall speed in the landing configuration at maximum gross landing weight An aircraft must fit in only one PCG A 6 4 3 14 category If it is necessary to maneuver at speeds in excess of the upper limit of a speed range for a category the minimums for the category for that speed must be used For example an aircraft which falls in Category A but is circling to land at a speed in excess of 91 knots must use the approach Category B minimums when circling to land The categories are as follows a Category A Speed less than 91 knots b Category B Speed 91 knots or more but less than 121 knots c Category C Speed 121 knots or more but less than 141 knots d Category D Speed 141 knots or more but less than 166 knots e Category E Speed 166 knots or more Refer to 14 CFR Part 97 AIRCRAFT CLASSES For the purposes of Wake Turbulence Separation Minima ATC classifies aircraft as Heavy Large and Small as follows a Heavy Aircraft capable of takeoff weights of 300 000 pounds or more whether or not they are operating at this weight during a particular phase of flight b Large Aircraft of more than 41 000 pounds maximum certificat
42. The control facility may rescind this authorization at any time Special VER Operation JO 7110 10X a Apply these procedures only to aircraft equipped with a functioning two way radio Refer all requests for no radio SVFR operations to the control facility b Transmit clearances so that only one aircraft at a time operates in surface area unless 1 Otherwise authorized by a letter of agreement between the control facility and the FSS 2 A pilot requests and all pilots agree that they will maintain visual separation while operating in surface area PHRASEOLOGY MAINTAIN VISUAL SEPARATION FROM aircraft type 4 5 3 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 6 En Route Flight Advisory Service EFAS 4 6 1 GENERAL The purpose of EFAS radio call FLIGHT WATCH FW is to provide en route aircraft with timely and pertinent weather data tailored to a specific altitude and route using the most current available sources of aviation meteorological information NOTE EFAS Flight Watch outlets are listed in the Airport Facil ity Directory AFD 4 6 2 POSITION RESPONSIBILITIES Prior to assuming the duties of the flight watch position a Perform a thorough self briefing by reviewing all pertinent weather data b When relieving a specialist on the flight watch position obtain a pre duty briefing from the person being relieved c When appropriate obtain a briefing of current and forecast weather within the fli
43. Unknown Precipitation UP Volcanic Ash incl eruption H2S or VA SO ic ado ici Well developed Dust Sand Whirls PO 3 Intensity of precipitation for light no qualifier for moderate and for heavy must be indicated with precipitation types except ice crystals and hail including those associated with a thunderstorm and those of a showery nature 4 Intensity of obscurations must be ascribed as moderate or heavy for dust and sand storms only No intensity for blowing dust blowing sand or blowing snow 9 2 5 JO 7110 10X EXAMPLE WX FVOISM DS000 TOP083 SKC RM DURC 5 When more than one form of precipitation 1s combined in the report the dominant type must be reported first EXAMPLE WX FVOOSM TSRAGR 6 When FC is entered in WX FUNNEL CLOUD is spelled out on RM When FC is entered in WX TORNADO or WATERSPOUT is spelled out in the RM TEI EXAMPLE WX FC RM FUNNEL CLOUD WX FC RM TORNADO or WATERSPOUT 7 When the size of hail is stated enter in 1 4 increments in remarks RM TEI 8 The proximity qualifier VC Vicinity is only used with TS FG FC FC SH PO BLDU BLSA and BLSN EXAMPLE WX FV02SM BLDU000 TOP083 VC W 9 When more than one type of weather is reported enter in the following order 1 TORNADO WATERSPOUT OR FUNNEL CLOUD 2 Thunderstorm with or without associated precipitation 3 Weather phenomena in order of decreasing predominance
44. When consecutive fix elements or route elements are filed the fixed sequence format is maintained by inserting two period characters between the filed Field 10 elements for example fix fix or airway airway 3 When a pilot files an airway airway combination obtain the point of transition and insert it in the transmitted flight plan for example SGF J105 J24 STL J24 The foregoing does not apply if the first encountered fix happens to be the next filed junction point within the route NOTE Airway airway combinations in the route of flight require a defined junction either five character alphanumeric location identification or pre defined fix radial dis tance 4 The slash character is used to file a latitude longitude fix or in describing an ETE 5 The maximum number of filed field elements for computer addressed flight plans is 40 Double period insertions do not count against the 40 element limitation Transmit flight plans filed exceeding the route element limitation to the ARTCC not its computer 6 Fix Descriptions A fix must be filed in one of the following ways a Fix Name Domestic Canadian and International identifiers of two to five alphanumeric characters b Fix Radial Distance FRD Consists of eight to eleven alphanumeric characters in the following sequence Two to five characters identify ing a NAVAID three characters of azimuth expressed in degrees magnetic and three characters o
45. a Surface observations METAR b Terminal forecasts TAF c Winds temperatures aloft forecasts NOTE User needs should dictate the content of these recordings b Each FSS sector flight plan area must provide at least four route and or area weather briefings As a minimum area briefings should encompass a 50 NM radius Each briefing should require the pilot to access no more than two channels which must be route and or area specific c Separate channels must be designated for each route area local meteorological aeronautical information special event airspace procedures etc EXAMPLE 11 Northeast Michigan 12 Southeast Michigan 13 Southwest Michigan 14 Northwest Michigan including the Upper Peninsula 19 Aviation Events 2 3 2 AREA ROUTE BRIEFING PROCEDURES Service is provided 24 hours a day but may be reduced in accordance with paragraph 2 1 3 Recorded information must be updated as conditions change a Introduction State the preparation time and the route and or the area of coverage The service area Telephone Information Briefing Service TIBS may be configured to meet the individual facility s needs for example 50 NM radius route oriented NOTE For the purpose of TIBS broadcasts an area briefing may be a geographic location not defined by a nautical mile radius for example NORTHWEST NEBRASKA PHRASEOLOGY THIS RECORDING PREPARED AT time LOCAL or time ZULU BRIEFING SUMMARY FOR
46. distance from cloud and ceiling less than the minima specified for visual meteorolog ical conditions See INSTRUMENT FLIGHT RULES See VISUAL FLIGHT RULES See VISUAL METEOROLOGICAL CONDITIONS INSTRUMENT RUNWAY A runway equipped with electronic and visual navigation aids for which a precision or nonprecision approach procedure having straight in landing minimums has been approved See ICAO term INSTRUMENT RUNWAY INSTRUMENT RUNWAY ICAO One of the following types of runways intended for the operation of aircraft using instrument approach procedures a Nonprecision Approach Runway An instru ment runway served by visual aids and a nonvisual aid providing at least directional guidance adequate for a straight in approach b Precision Approach Runway Category I An instrument runway served by ILS and visual aids intended for operations down to 60 m 200 feet decision height and down to an RVR of the order of 800 m c Precision Approach Runway Category II An instrument runway served by ILS and visual aids intended for operations down to 30 m 100 feet decision height and down to an RVR of the order of 400 m d Precision Approach Runway Category III An instrument runway served by ILS to and along the surface of the runway and 1 Intended for operations down to an RVR of the order of 200 m no decision height being applicable using visual aids during the final phase of landing 4 3 14 2 Intende
47. f SK Sky condition Report height of cloud bases tops and cloud coverage as follows 1 Enter the height of the base of a layer of clouds in hundreds of feet MSL using three digits Enter the top of a layer in hundreds of feet MSL preceded by the word TOP If reported as clear above the highest cloud layer enter a space and SKC following the reported level EXAMPLE SK OVC100 TOP110 SKC SK OVCO15 TOP035 OVC230 SK OVC TOP085 2 Use authorized contractions for cloud cover EXAMPLE SKC FEW SCT BKN OVC 3 Cloud cover amount ranges will be entered with a hyphen and no spaces separating the amounts i e BKN OVC EXAMPLE ISK SCT BKNOS0 TOP100 SK BKN OVCUNKN TOP060 BKN120 TOP150 SKC 4 Unknown heights are indicated by the contraction UNKN EXAMPLE SK OVC065 TOPUNKN 5 If a pilot indicates he she is in the clouds enter IMC in the remarks EXAMPLE SK OVC065 TOPUNKN RM IMC 6 When more than one layer is reported separate layers by a solidus Pilot Weather Report UA UUA 4 3 14 g WX Flight visibility and flight weather Report weather conditions encountered by the pilot as follows 1 Flight visibility if reported will be the first entry in the WX field Enter as FV followed by a two digit visibility value rounded down if necessary to the nearest whole statute mile and append SM FVO3SM If visibility is reported as unrestricted enter FV99SM 2
48. flight plan form or electronic equivalent Locally approved procedures may be used to manually record data prior to entry into the operational system Flight plan data received from an operations office may be limited to only those items required for ATC or SAR purposes provided the operations office obtains complete information on the flight b Accept military flight plan proposals cancellations and closures from any source including collect telephone calls NOTE Part time operations offices must provide complete information in the event it is needed for SAR purposes 6 1 4 TYPES OF DATA RECORDED a Operational system entries for 1 Flight plans and related messages 2 Logging pilot briefings and aircraft contacts 3 Service A B messages b Manual strip marking 6 1 5 METHODS OF RECORDING DATA a Except as provided in para 4 2 2b all entries must be made directly into the operational system b Locally approved procedures may be used to manually record data during heavy traffic periods or system outages Aircraft contact information should be logged in the operational system as soon as practical c Use control clearance symbols abbreviations location identifiers and contractions for recording position reports traffic clearances and other data When recording data either electronically or manually you may use 1 Plain language to supplement data when it will aid in understanding the recorded informatio
49. identified by visual or other means in the vicinity of which the position of an aircraft in flight is maintained in accordance with air traffic control clearances HOLDING PROCEDURE See HOLD PROCEDURE HOLD SHORT POINT A point on the runway beyond which a landing aircraft with a LAHSO clearance is not authorized to proceed This point may be located prior to an intersecting runway taxiway predetermined point or approach departure flight path HOLD SHORT POSITION LIGHTS Flashing in pavement white lights located at specified hold short points HOLD SHORT POSITION MARKING The painted runway marking located at the hold short point on all LAHSO runways HOLD SHORT POSITION SIGNS Red and white holding position signs located alongside the hold short point 4 3 14 HOMING Flight toward a NAVAID without correcting for wind by adjusting the aircraft heading to maintain a relative bearing of zero degrees See BEARING See ICAO term HOMING HOMING ICAO The procedure of using the direction finding equipment of one radio station with the emission of another radio station where at least one of the stations is mobile and whereby the mobile station proceeds continuously towards the other station HOVER CHECK Used to describe when a helicopter VTOL aircraft requires a stabilized hover to conduct a performance power check prior to hover taxi air taxi or takeoff Altitude of the hover will vary based on the purpo
50. international communications to avoid slang phrases and non ICAO approved abbreviations d The operational system can obtain weather or aeronautical information including WMO collectives by request reply for data not stored in the system Specific examples can be found in each operational system user guide JO 7110 10X 13 1 5 WMSCR NEGATIVE RESPONSE MESSAGES a WMSCR automatically generates a negative response to request reply inputs for which it cannot deliver 1 NO REPORT AVBL This response means the current data has not been received by WMSCR 2 NOT IN SYSTEM This response means WMSCR does not receive and store the requested data 3 INVALID FORMAT This response means the computer cannot process the request because of an input error b WMSCR will generate only one negative response message to a request reply transmission that requests multiple reports and only when none of the data requested can be delivered 13 1 6 Q SIGNALS TBL 13 1 4 Q Signals SIGNIFICATION Signal Question of Interrogatory Form Signal followed IT letter Q Has eve or at landed at your location Answer Information or Advise Form Signal only except as noted Aircraft landed here at landed at hours hours o Have wanting for me or for have nothing for ll or for location or person location or person Can you acknowledge receipt of transmission number or type message Sh
51. position as follows a Position fixing 1 Advise the pilot to remain VFR and provide the local altimeter setting PHRASEOLOGY MAINTAIN V F R AT ALL TIMES ADVISE IF HEADING OR ALTITUDE CHANGE IS NECESSARY TO REMAIN V F R Location ALTIMETER setting 2 Obtain heading and altitude Advise the pilot to maintain straight and level flight and to align the heading indicator with the magnetic compass PHRASEOLOGY MAINTAIN STRAIGHT AND LEVEL FLIGHT RESET YOUR HEADING INDICATOR TO AGREE WITH YOUR MAGNETIC COMPASS AFTER YOU HAVE DONE THIS SAY YOUR HEADING AND ALTITUDE 3 Determine the weather conditions and fuel status PHRASEOLOGY WHAT IS THE WEATHER AT YOUR ALTITUDE AND FUEL REMAINING IN TIME 4 Advise the pilot to maintain the same heading verify the aircraft has GPS equipment and determine the airspeed PHRASEOLOGY CONTINUE HEADING degrees WHAT TYPE OF NAVIGATIONAL EQUIPMENT DO YOU HAVE ON BOARD AND WHAT IS YOUR AIRSPEED Global Positioning System GPS b Orientation 1 Advise pilot to turn on GPS or if GPS is turned on advise pilot to turn it off and back on 2 Advise pilot to report when GPS is initialized NOTE This procedure ensures the GPS unit is not in simulator mode and does not have data displayed that may be misinterpreted 3 Ask pilot for position information a Latitude and longitude b Fix radial distance from NAVAID airport or fix 4 Plot the position of aircraf
52. relevant authority designated by the State responsible for providing air traffic services in the airspace concerned In the United States the appropriate ATS authority is the Program Director for Air Traffic Planning and Procedures ATP 1 APPROPRIATE AUTHORITY a Regarding flight over the high seas the relevant authority is the State of Registry b Regarding flight over other than the high seas the relevant authority is the State having sovereignty over the territory being overflown APPROPRIATE OBSTACLE CLEARANCE MINIMUM ALTITUDE Any of the following See MINIMUM EN ROUTE IFR ALTITUDE See MINIMUM IFR ALTITUDE See MINIMUM OBSTRUCTION CLEARANCE ALTITUDE See MINIMUM VECTORING ALTITUDE APPROPRIATE TERRAIN CLEARANCE MINIMUM ALTITUDE Any of the following See MINIMUM EN ROUTE IFR ALTITUDE See MINIMUM IFR ALTITUDE See MINIMUM OBSTRUCTION CLEARANCE ALTITUDE See MINIMUM VECTORING ALTITUDE APRON A defined area on an airport or heliport intended to accommodate aircraft for purposes of loading or unloading passengers or cargo refueling parking or maintenance With regard to seaplanes a ramp is used for access to the apron from the water See ICAO term APRON APRON ICAO A defined area on a land aerodrome intended to accommodate aircraft for purposes of loading or unloading passengers mail or cargo refueling parking or maintenance ARC The track over the ground of an aircraft fly
53. uting NOTAMs for the U S civilian and military as well as international aviation communities See NOTICE TO AIRMEN d Weather Unit Monitor all aspects of weather for the U S that might affect aviation including cloud cover visibility winds precipitation thunderstorms icing turbulence and more Provide forecasts based on observations and on discussions with meteorolo gists from various National Weather Service offices FAA facilities airlines and private weather services AIR TRAFFIC SERVICE A generic term meaning a Flight Information Service b Alerting Service c Air Traffic Advisory Service d Air Traffic Control Service 1 Area Control Service 2 Approach Control Service or 3 Airport Control Service AIR TRAFFIC SERVICE ATS ROUTES The term ATS Route is a generic term that includes VOR Federal airways colored Federal airways Jet routes and RNAV routes The term ATS route does not replace these more familiar route names but serves only as an overall title when listing the types of routes that comprise the United States route structure AIRBORNE An aircraft is considered airborne when all parts of the aircraft are off the ground AIRBORNE DELAY Amount of delay to be encountered in airborne holding AIRCRAFT Device s that are used or intended to be used for flight in the air and when used in air traffic control terminology may include the flight crew
54. 1 8 1 3 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT NOT ON FLIGHT PLAN 0 0000 cee eee eens 8 1 1 Section 2 Overdue Aircraft Action 8 2 1 COMMUNICATIONS SEARCH css 8 2 1 E YN E A E AEAEE ESE Ne ee ES 8 2 1 8 2 3 ACTION BY DEPARTURE STATION ON RECEIPT OF QALO 8 2 1 8 2 4 CANCELLATION OF THE QALO 0 cece eee eee e cece eennes 8 2 2 Section 3 Information Requests INREQs 82321 INRE ON Ape tifoidea cc Ms Otte e oa do Doa dar cate 8 3 1 8 3 2 ACTION UPON RECEIPT OF INREO 0 cece cece cece ee eee ees 8 3 1 8 3 3 CANCELLATION OF INREO 8 3 1 Section 4 Alert Notices ALNOTs SANO Dots ieee Macs ode ra tin olan e ey o Whee Ir a Moe 8 4 1 8 4 2 ACTION UPON RECEIPT OF ALNOT 8 4 1 8 4 3 REPORTING ALNOT STATUS TO RCC 8 4 1 8 4 4 CANCELLATION OF ALNOT cc css 8 4 2 Section 5 Other SAR Actions 8 5 1 CONTACT WITH AIRCRAFT CROSSING HAZARDOUS AREA 8 5 1 8 5 2 CANADIAN TRANSBORDER 8 5 1 Chapter 9 FAA Weather Services Section 1 General 9 1 1 INTRODUCTION 0 ccc ccc cece c ccc cece erereeee een 9 1 1 9 1 2 SCHEDULED TRANSMISSION TIMES 9 1 1 9 1 3 DISTRIBUTION 0 cece cece eee cece eeeereeee een 9 1 1 Section 2 Pilot Weather Report UA UUA 9 921 GENERAL te Re Jy caido eee eects 9 2 1 9 2 2 PREPARATION FOR TRANSMISSION 9 2 1 9 2 3 RESPONSIBILITY ccc ccee cece eee ceeeeeeeeenseeeeeeeeennnnns 9 2 1 IIA PIREP DISPLAY r ea eto ee ek RAE ES
55. 12 1 37 Runway Designation Designation Phraseology 3 Runway three 8L Runway eight left 27R Runway two seven right i Frequencies 1 The separate digits of the frequency inserting the word point where the decimal occurs When the frequency is in the L MF or HF band include the word kilohertz See TBL 12 1 38 TBL 12 1 38 Frequencies Frequency Phraseology 302 kHz Three zero two kilohertz 5631 kHz Five six three one kilohertz 126 55 MHz One two six point five five 135 275 MHz One three five point two seven 2 Issue MLS TACAN frequencies by stating the assigned two or three digit channel number EXAMPLE M L Schannel five three zero TACAN channel niner seven j Speeds 1 The separate digits of the speed followed by the word knots See TBL 12 1 39 General JO 7110 10X TBL 12 1 39 Speed Speed Phraseology 95 Niner five knots 185 One eight five knots 250 Two five zero knots 2 For Mach speeds the word mach followed by the separate digits of the Mach number inserting the word point where the decimal occurs See TBL 12 1 40 TBL 12 1 40 Speed Mach Number Phraseology 0 64 Mach point six four 0 7 Mach point seven 1 5 Mach one point five k Miles The separate digits of the mileage followed by the word mile s See TBL 12 1 41 TBL 12 1 41 Miles Miles Phraseology 30
56. 15 500 MB upper air analysis 16 300 MB upper air analysis 17 250 MB upper air analysis 18 200 MB upper air analysis 19 500 MB heights and vorticity analysis 20 500 MB heights and vorticity prognosis 21 Severe weather outlook 22 Lifted index analysis 23 National weather radar summary 24 Maximum temperature 24 and 36 hour forecast 25 Minimum temperature 24 and 36 hour forecast En Route Flight Advisory Service EFAS 4 3 14 NOTE Denotes weather products that are supplementary They may only be used to enhance situational awareness When discrepancies are noted the specialist must base their decision on the primary weather product b Access local and remote weather displays as necessary to maintain current knowledge of precipitation intensity movement and coverage Provide pertinent real time weather radar informa tion that will directly impact the aircraft s flight 4 6 8 INTERRUPTIONS TO SERVICE Notification of temporary outages either equipment or operational must be made in accordance with FAA Order JO 7930 2 Notices to Airmen NOTAM In order to provide continuous service notify the En Route Flight Advisory Service EFAS JO 7110 10X specialist responsible for the adjacent flight watch area of outages 4 6 9 EMERGENCIES a Emergency situations must be handled in accordance with Chapter 5 b When working an aircraft in an emergency situation over a remote outlet
57. 29 94 1013 9 30 44 1030 8 30 94 1047 7 31 44 1064 7 29 95 1014 2 30 45 1031 2 30 95 1048 1 31 45 1065 0 29 96 1014 6 30 46 1031 5 30 96 1044 4 31 46 1065 4 29 97 1014 9 30 47 1031 8 30 97 1048 8 31 47 1065 7 29 98 1015 2 30 48 1032 2 30 98 1049 1 31 48 1066 0 29 99 1015 6 30 49 1032 5 30 99 1049 4 31 49 1066 4 Aircraft identification position altitude route AND destination b Prefix all ATC clearances advisories or requests with the appropriate phrase A T C CLEARS A T C ADVISES etc c When issuing information relaying clearances or instructions ensure acknowledgement by the pilot d If altitude heading or other items are read back by the pilot ensure the readback is correct If incorrect or incomplete make corrections as appropriate NOTE Pilots may acknowledge clearances instructions or information by using Wilco Roger Affirmative or other appropriate words or remarks REFERENCE PCG 4 3 8 DEPARTURE REPORTS a When an IFR aircraft reports airborne or is observed airborne transmit the aircraft identification and departure time to the control facility from which the clearance was received PHRASEOLOGY Facility RADIO identification time NOTE 1 This includes known VFR departure times of aircraft which are to obtain IFR clearances when airborne DEPARTURE Aircraft 2 The requirement for transmitting departure reports may be omitted if requ
58. 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 3 Alerting Service 7 3 1 GENERAL a Alerting service must be provided 1 For all aircraft provided with ATC service 2 Insofar as practical to all other aircraft having filed a flight plan or otherwise known to an air traffic service 3 To any aircraft known or believed to be the subject of unlawful interference b Additional information related to ICAO Search and Rescue procedures can be found in ICAO ANNEX 11 Chapter 5 Alerting Service c Apply domestic SAR procedures for the U S portion of the flight 7 3 2 ALERTING PHASES a Air traffic services units must notify rescue coordination centers immediately when an aircraft is considered to be in a state of emergency in accordance with the following 1 Uncertainty phase when a No communication has been received from an aircraft within a period of 30 minutes after the time a communication should have been received or from the time an unsuccessful attempt to establish communication with such aircraft was first made whichever is the earlier b An aircraft fails to arrive within 30 minutes of the estimated time of arrival last notified to or estimated by air traffic services units whichever is later except when no doubt exists as to the safety of the aircraft and its occupants 2 Alert phase when a Following the uncertainty phase sub sequent attempts to establish communication with the aircraft or inquiries to othe
59. 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X ITEM 10 EQUIPMENT AND CAPABILITIES Capabilities comprise the following elements a Presence of relevant serviceable equipment on board the aircraft b Equipment and capabilities commensurate with flight crew qualifications and c Where applicable authorization from the appropriate authority Radio communication navigation and approach aid equipment and capabilities ENTER one letter as follows N if no COM NAV approach aid equipment for the route to be flown is carried or the equipment is unserviceable OR S if standard COM NAV approach aid equipment for the route to be flown is carried and serviceable see Note 1 AND OR ENTER one or more of the following letters to indicate the serviceable COM NAV approach aid equipment and capabilities available A GBAS landing system J6 CPDLC FANS 1 A SATCOM MTSAT B LPV APV with SBAS J7 CPDLC FANS 1 A SATCOM Iridium C LORANC K MLS D DME L ILS El FMC WPR ACARS M1 ATC RTF SATCOM INMARSAT E2 D FIS ACARS M2 ATC RTF MTSAT E3 PDC ACARS M3 ATC RTF Iridium F ADF O VOR P1 P9 Reserved for RCP G GNSS See Note 2 R PBN approved See Note 4 H HFRTF T TACAN I Intertial Navigation U UHF RTF Jl CPDLC ATN VDL Mode 2 See Note 3 V VHF RTF J2 CPDLC FANS 1 A HFDL W RVSM approved J3 CPDLC FANS 1 A VDL Mode A X MNPS approved J4 CPDLC FANS 1 A VDL Mode 2 Y VHF with 8 33 kHz channel spacing capability J5 CPDLC FANS 1 A SATCOM INMARSAT Z Other equipment carried o
60. 600 feet at the Missed Approach Point MAP the use of a PRM or other high update rate surveillance system in order to conduct simultaneous independent approaches is required See SIMULTANEOUS OFFSET INSTRUMENT APPROACH SOIA Refer to AIM LOCALIZER USABLE DISTANCE The maxi mum distance from the localizer transmitter at a specified altitude as verified by flight inspection at which reliable course information is continuously received Refer to AIM LOCATOR ICAO An LM MF NDB used as an aid to final approach Note A locator usually has an average radius of rated coverage of between 18 5 and 46 3 km 10 and 25 NM LONG RANGE NAVIGATION See LORAN LONGITUDINAL SEPARATION The longitudi nal spacing of aircraft at the same altitude by a minimum distance expressed in units of time or miles See SEPARATION Refer to AIM LORAN An electronic navigational system by which hyperbolic lines of position are determined by measuring the difference in the time of reception of synchronized pulse signals from two fixed transmit ters Loran A operates in the 1750 1950 kHz frequency band Loran C and D operate in the 100 110 kHz frequency band In 2010 the U S Coast Guard terminated all U S LORAN C transmissions Refer to AIM LOST COMMUNICATIONS Loss of the ability to communicate by radio Aircraft are sometimes Pilot Controller Glossary referred to as NORDO No Radio Standard pilot procedures are
61. Alin 24 once as 9 6 1 926223 DISTRIBUTION 5000 42 2 0 ua Sat ar a ee 9 6 1 9 6 3 CONVECTIVE OUTLOOK NARRATIVE AC 00000 c cece een ence nes 9 6 1 Section 7 Flight Advisories SIGMET WS Airmet WA Convective SIGMET WST AS A En aA Rate ah stores 9 7 1 O92 JDISTRIBULION Seat fs Deines ee De nd 9 7 1 Section 8 Center Weather Advisory CWA G25 GENERAD Se u a ante er es ee eg 9 8 1 ID CRITERIA wein asia iia ante re 9 8 1 928 3 DISTRIBUTION artis ee ae as ent 9 8 1 Chapter 10 Airport Lighting and Visibility Aids Alaska Only Section 1 General 1021 1 ATRPORT LIGHTING pr aan en nee areas 10 1 1 10 1 2 OBSTRUCTION LIGHTS u near 10 1 1 10 1 3 ROTATING BEAC N 22 2 2 10 1 1 10214 APPROACH LIGHTS ee a a a E a a ee ER 10 1 1 10 1 5 APPROACH LIGHTING SYSTEM NTENSITY SETTINGS ALS 10 1 1 10 1 6 SEQUENCED FLASHING LIGHTS SEL 0 00000 cece nuur eee ees 10 1 1 10 1 7 RUNWAY EDGE LIGHTS n ouuu cece cece eee eee e ee een ene ennes 10 1 2 10 1 8 CHANGING LIGHTED RUNWAYS 0 000 c cece eee eee e eee tenes 10 1 2 10 1 9 SIMULTANEOUS APPROACH AND RUNWAY EDGE LIGHT OPERATION 10 1 2 10 1 10 MEDIUMINTENSITY APPROACH LIGHTING SYSTEM WITH RUNWAY ALIGNMENT INDICATOR LIGHTS MALSR OMNIDIRECTIONAL APPROACH LIGHTING SYSTEM ODALS 0 000 c cece cee c rr 10 1 2 10 1 11 HIGH INTENSITY RUNWAY LIGHTS HIRL ASSOCIATED WITH MALSR 10 1 3 10 1 12 MEDIUM INTENSITY RUNWAY LIGHTS MIRL 0 00
62. BEES he Bk 9 2 1 9 2 5 SOLICITING PIREPS ccc cecccc cece cece eeeeeuceeeeeeeeeennnns 9 2 1 9 2 6 DATA TO BE INCLUDED IN PIREPS cccceeecccceeeeeeeeeunnes 9 2 1 9 2 7 REPORTING TURBULENCE IN PIREPS cccceccceceeeeeeeenees 9 2 2 9 2 8 REPORTING ICING CONDITIONS IN PIREPS 2 9 2 2 9 2 9 MEANS USED TO SOLICIT PIREPS ooo 9 2 2 9 2 10 PIREP CLASSIFICATION ccc cece a eeeeeueeeeeeeeeeennnns 9 2 3 9 2 11 PIREP HANDLING 00 ccc cece cece cece e rer 9 2 3 9 2 12 OFFSHORE COASTAL ROUTES 9 2 3 9 2 13 PIREP PREPARATION ccc cece ccc ccceeeeeeeueeeeeeeeeeeennnns 9 2 3 9 2 14 PIREP FORMAT ccc cc cece cece eee eeeenennneteeeeeetennnns 9 2 4 9 2 15 PIREP ENCODING nennen nennen nenne seen 9 2 8 Section 3 Wind and Temperature Aloft Forecast FB 92321 GENERAL 22 00h doe ate tn Gens is 9 3 1 Table of Contents vii JO 7110 10X viii Paragraph Page 92322 LEVELS FORECAST ne se alas 9 3 1 93 3 DISTRIBUTION espiadas tecate iio 9 3 1 Section 4 Terminal Aerodrome Forecast TAF 9 4 1 GENERE cp bderd E O ate athe etedsperieesobeerat 9 4 1 9 4 2 TERMINAL AERODROME FORECAST SCHEDULES 00000 000s 9 4 1 Section 5 Area Forecast FA OES SAGEM RAD cas coisa A Che atk Pan 9 5 1 9 5 2 AREA FORECAST FA SCHEDULE 0 00 0 ccc cece cece nee ens 9 5 1 O25 25 DISTRIBUTION A ste a hen Pa 9 5 2 Section 6 Severe Weather Forecasts DSH at MGENER
63. EASTERN HOUSTON CENTER WEATHER ADVISORY ONE ISSUANCE TWO SIGMET WHISKEY THREE b Do not read the OUTLOOK section of WSTs when stating the advisory Data contained in the OUTLOOK concerning convective activity location movement and intensity may be extracted for compilation in forecast summarizations EXAMPLE Convective SIGMET one seven Eastern from five zero south of St Petersburg to three zero south of Columbus line of thunderstorms three five miles wide moving east at one five knots Maximum tops four seven thousand c VNR When VFR flight is proposed and sky conditions or visibilities are present or forecast surface based or aloft that in your judgment would make visual flight doubtful include one of the following statements PHRASEOLOGY V F R FLIGHT NOT RECOMMENDED location if applicable DUE TO conditions or V F R NOT RECOMMENDED General 4 3 14 12 1 11 RADAR Use the following phraseology and procedures for communicating radar products Radar displays When stating precipitation intensity from a radar display such as NEXRAD use the following four categories as appropriate a Light Equates to radar return levels of less than 30 dBZ b Moderate Equates to radar return levels of 30 to 40 dBZ c Heavy Equates to radar return levels of greater than 40 to 50 dBZ d Extreme Equates to radar return levels of greater than 50 dBZ 12 1 12 WINDS AND TEMPERATURES A
64. Eligibility Same as for the RS message above 2 Format AM messages sent to the ARTCC computer must follow a specific format First the field to be amended must be identified then the amended information given The ARTCC computer IFR Flight Plan Handling 4 3 14 recognizes the following fields by either number or name See TBL 6 3 2 TBL 6 3 2 Field Number and Name Field Field Number o Aircraft Identification 02 AID Aircraft Type 03 TYP Speed 05 SPD Departure Coordination Pt 06 FIX Proposed Time 07 TIM Altitude 09 RAL Route of Flight 10 RTE Remarks 11 RMK 3 Restrictions a If Field 02 is to be amended no other field may be amended in the same message If Field 02 and other fields are to be amended send an RS message and re enter the entire corrected flight plan If an attempt is made to amend Field 02 within a multiple amendment message or to amend Field 02 to M the following rejection message is returned RE JECT INVALID AMENDMENT NOTE Alternate procedure is to send two amendments the first amends field 2 the second amends the other field or fields b Field 07 Amendments An attempt to amend Field 07 to anything other than a P time is not allowed If such an amendment is attempted the following error message is returned COFIE INVALID TIME PREFIX c Amendment to Fields 06 07 and 10 Where Fields 06 07 and 10 are amended with a single AM message the following rules appl
65. FOG OBSCURING THREE TO FOUR EIGHTS OF THE SKY SCT020 TWO THOUSAND SCATTERED OVC250 CEILING TWO FIVE THOUSAND OVERCAST VV000 INDEFINITE CEILING ZERO vv012 INDEFINITE CEILING ONE THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED j Announce surface temperature and dew point by stating the words temperature or dew point as appropriate followed by the temperature in degrees Celsius Temperatures below zero are announced by prefixing the word minus before the values See TBL 12 1 12 TBL 12 1 12 Temperature Dewpoint Reading Phraseology 02 M01 Temperature two dew point minus one 04 02 Temperature four dew point two 18 13 Temperature one eight dew point one three 12 1 5 JO 7110 10X k Altimeter Setting 1 State the word altimeter followed by the four digits of the altimeter setting See TBL 12 1 13 TBL 12 1 13 Altimeter Setting Altimeter Setting Phraseology A2989 Altimeter two niner eight niner A3001 Altimeter three zero zero one A3025 Altimeter three zero two five 2 Identify the source of all altimeter settings when issued if not given as part of an identified surface observation Provide the time of the report if more than one hour old PHRASEOLOGY airport name time of report if more than one hour old ALTIMETER setting 3 If a request for the altimeter setting in MBs is received announce the separate digits of the MB equivalent value using
66. Flight Service Station is located See LOCAL AIRPORT ADVISORY Refer to AIM AIRPORT ARRIVAL RATE AAR A dynamic input parameter specifying the number of arriving aircraft which an airport or airspace can accept from the ARTCC per hour The AAR is used to calculate the desired interval between successive arrival aircraft AIRPORT DEPARTURE RATE ADR A dynamic parameter specifying the number of aircraft which can depart an airport and the airspace can accept per hour AIRPORT ELEVATION The highest point of an airport s usable runways measured in feet from mean sea level See TOUCHDOWN ZONE ELEVATION See ICAO term AERODROME ELEVATION AIRPORT FACILITY DIRECTORY A publication designed primarily as a pilot s operational manual containing all airports seaplane bases and heliports open to the public including communications data navigational facilities and certain special notices and procedures This publication is issued in seven volumes according to geographical area AIRPORT LIGHTING Various lighting aids that may be installed on an airport Types of airport lighting include a Approach Light System ALS An airport lighting facility which provides visual guidance to landing aircraft by radiating light beams in a directional pattern by which the pilot aligns the aircraft with the extended centerline of the runway on his her final approach for landing Condenser Discharge Sequential Flashing Lights Sequ
67. Forwarding Information 6 3 3 IFR FLIGHT PLAN CONTROL MESSAGES Transmit all proposed IFR flight plan messages to the ARTCC within whose control area IFR flight is proposed to begin a Communications Functions Flight plan data messages must be addressed to the computer only All other types of messages for ARTCC attention must be addressed to the Flight Data position only Acknowledgements for all numbered messages will 6 3 1 JO 7110 10X be received from the computer or the Flight Data position indicating receipt by the ARTCC but not necessarily computer acceptance See TBL 6 3 1 TBL 6 3 1 ARTCC ID Computer Flight Data ARTCC ID Computer Flight Data Albuquerque ZAB KZABZQZX KZABZRZX Atlanta ZTL KZTLZOZX KZTLZRZX Anchorage ZAN PAZAZOZX PAZAZRZX Boston ZBW KZBWZOZX KZBWZRZX Chicago ZAU KZAUZOZX KZAUZRZX Cleveland ZOB KZOBZOZX KZOBZRZX Denver ZDV KZDVZOZX KZDVZRZX Fort Worth ZFW KZFWZOZX KZFWZRZX Honolulu ZHN PHZHZOZX PHZHZRZX Houston ZHU KZHUZOZX KZHUZRZX Indianapolis ZID KZIDZQZX KZIDZRZX Jacksonville ZJX KZJXZOZX KZJXZRZX Kansas City ZKC KZKCZQZX KZKCZRZX Los Angeles ZLA KZLAZOZX KZLAZRZX Memphis ZME KZMEZOZX KZMEZRZX Miami ZMA KZMAZOZX KZMAZRZX Minneapolis ZMP KZMPZOZX KZMPZRZX New York ZNY KZNYZOZX KZNYZRZX Oakland ZOA KZOAZQZX KZOAZRZX Salt Lake ZLC KZLCZOZX KZLCZRZX San Juan ZLU TIZSZOZX TIZSZRZX Seattle ZSE KZSEZOZX KZSEZRZX Washington ZDC KZDCZOZX KZDCZRZX b Adhere to a fixed order of da
68. HIGH ALTITUDE REDESIGN HAT See HEIGHT ABOVE TOUCHDOWN HAVE NUMBERS Used by pilots to inform ATC that they have received runway wind and altimeter information only HAZARDOUS INFLIGHT WEATHER ADVISO RY SERVICE Continuous recorded hazardous inflight weather forecasts broadcasted to airborne pilots over selected VOR outlets defined as an HIWAS BROADCAST AREA HAZARDOUS WEATHER INFORMATION Summary of significant meteorological information SIGMET WS convective significant meteorologi cal information convective SIGMET WST urgent pilot weather reports urgent PIREP UUA center weather advisories CWA airmen s meteorological information AIRMET WA and any other weather such as isolated thunderstorms that are rapidly developing and increasing in intensity or low ceilings and visibilities that are becoming wide spread which is considered significant and are not included in a current hazardous weather advisory HEAVY AIRCRAFT See AIRCRAFT CLASSES HEIGHT ABOVE AIRPORT The height of the Minimum Descent Altitude above the published airport elevation This is published in conjunction with circling minimums See MINIMUM DESCENT ALTITUDE HEIGHT ABOVE LANDING The height above a designated helicopter landing area used for helicopter instrument approach procedures Refer to 14 CFR Part 97 HEIGHT ABOVE TOUCHDOWN The height of the Decision Height or Minimum Descent Altitude above the highest runway el
69. METER FIX TIME SLOT TIME A calculated time to depart the meter fix in order to cross the vertex at the ACLT This time reflects descent speed adjustment and any applicable time that must be absorbed prior to crossing the meter fix METER LIST See ARRIVAL SECTOR ADVISORY LIST METER LIST DISPLAY INTERVAL A dynamic parameter which controls the number of minutes prior to the flight plan calculated time of arrival at the meter fix for each aircraft at which time the TCLT is frozen and becomes an ACLT i e the VTA is updated and consequently the TCLT modified as appropriate until frozen at which time updating is suspended and an ACLT is assigned When frozen the flight entry is inserted into the arrival sector s meter list for display on the sector PVD MDM MLDI is used if filed true airspeed is less than or equal to freeze speed parameters FSPD METERING A method of time regulating arrival traffic flow into a terminal area so as not to exceed a predetermined terminal acceptance rate PCG M 2 4 3 14 METERING AIRPORTS Airports adapted for metering and for which optimum flight paths are defined A maximum of 15 airports may be adapted METERING FIX A fix along an established route from over which aircraft will be metered prior to entering terminal airspace Normally this fix should be established at a distance from the airport which will facilitate a profile descent 10 000 feet above airport elevation AAE or above
70. METERING POSITION S Adapted PVDs MDMs and associated D positions eligible for display of a metering position list A maximum of four PVDs MDMs may be adapted METERING POSITION LIST An ordered list of data on arrivals for a selected metering airport displayed on a metering position PVD MDM MFT See METER FIX TIME SLOT TIME MHA See MINIMUM HOLDING ALTITUDE MIA See MINIMUM IFR ALTITUDES MICROBURST A small downburst with outbursts of damaging winds extending 2 5 miles or less In spite of its small horizontal scale an intense microburst could induce wind speeds as high as 150 knots Refer to AIM MICRO EN ROUTE AUTOMATED RADAR TRACKING SYSTEM MEARTS An automated radar and radar beacon tracking system capable of employing both short range ASR and long range ARSR radars This microcomputer driven system provides improved tracking continuous data record ing and use of full digital radar displays MICROWAVE LANDING SYSTEM A precision instrument approach system operating in the microwave spectrum which normally consists of the following components a Azimuth Station b Elevation Station c Precision Distance Measuring Equipment See MLS CATEGORIES MID RVR See VISIBILITY MIDDLE COMPASS LOCATOR See COMPASS LOCATOR 4 3 14 MIDDLE MARKER A marker beacon that defines a point along the glideslope of an ILS normally located at or near the point of decision height ILS Catego
71. NDB ground transmitter Direction is indicated to the pilot as a magnetic bearing or as a relative bearing to the longitudinal axis of the aircraft depending on the type of indicator installed in the aircraft In certain applications such as military ADF operations may be based on airborne and ground transmitters in the VHF UHF frequency spectrum See BEARING See NONDIRECTIONAL BEACON AUTOMATIC FLIGHT INFORMATION SERVICE AFIS ALASKA FSSs ONLY The continuous broadcast of recorded non control information at airports in Alaska where a FSS provides local airport advisory service The AFIS broadcast automates the repetitive transmission of essential but routine information such as weather wind altimeter favored runway breaking action airport NOTAMs and other applicable information The information is continuously broadcast over a discrete VHF radio frequency usually the ASOS AWSS AWOS frequency PCG A 15 Pilot Controller Glossary AUTOMATIC TERMINAL INFORMATION SERVICE The continuous broadcast of recorded noncontrol information in selected terminal areas Its purpose is to improve controller effectiveness and to relieve frequency congestion by automating the repetitive transmission of essential but routine information e g Los Angeles information Alfa One three zero zero Coordinated Universal Time Weather measured ceiling two thousand overcast visibility three haze smoke temperature seven one dew point
72. NOTAM ICAO A notice containing information concerning the establishment condition or change in any aeronautical facility service procedure or hazard the timely knowledge of which is essential to personnel concerned with flight operations a I Distribution Distribution by means of telecommunication b II Distribution Distribution by means other than telecommunications NOTICE TO AIRMEN A notice containing information not known sufficiently in advance to publicize by other means concerning the PCG N 3 Pilot Controller Glossary establishment condition or change in any compo nent facility service or procedure of or hazard in the National Airspace System the timely knowledge of which is essential to personnel concerned with flight operations a NOTAM D A NOTAM given in addition to local dissemination distant dissemination beyond the area of responsibility of the Flight Service Station These NOTAMs will be stored and available until canceled b FDC NOTAM A NOTAM regulatory in nature transmitted by USNOF and given system wide dissemination See ICAO term NOTAM NOTICES TO AIRMEN PUBLICATION A publication issued every 28 days designed primarily for the pilot which contains current NOTAM PCG N 4 4 3 14 information considered essential to the safety of flight as well as supplemental data to other aeronautical publications The contraction NTAP is used in NOTAM text See NOTICE TO AIRMEN
73. NOTE Transmit cancellation messages for INCERFA and DETRESFA using same format as above Alerting Service 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 4 Canadian Movement and Control Messages Transborder Flights Only 7 4 1 GENERAL Except as indicated in this section handle Transborder Canadian movement and control messages as described in Sections 1 2 and 3 Do not include ADCUS in flight plan remarks because NAV CANADA no longer alerts Canadian Customs CANPASS authorizations are the obligation of the pilot at the number in subpara 7 4 3a 7 4 2 INBOUNDS FROM CANADA a Do not accept VFR flight plans other than air filed flight plans for aircraft departing from Canada Refer individuals to the appropriate NAVCANADA facility to file flight plans out of Canada Do not accept round robin flight plans to international locations other than Canada b The operational system should automatically format the required items of the flight notification message when activated Deliver VFR and IFR ADCUS to the CBP File IFR messages after delivery c Facilities acknowledge receipt of flight notific ation messages as soon as practical by transmitting the letter R followed by the full aircraft identification for example R N711VR Suspense VFR flight notification messages until arrival or closure information is received Remove IFR messages from the inbound list after delivery 7 4 3 OUTBOUNDS TO CANADA a When Customs notificat
74. Para 10 6 4 INFLIGHT CONTINGENCIES AUTOMATED PROBLEM DETECTION APD An Automation Processing capability that compares trajectories in order to predict conflicts AUTOMATED PROBLEM DETECTION BOUNDARY APB The adapted distance beyond a facilities boundary defining the airspace within which URET performs conflict detection See USER REQUEST EVALUATION TOOL AUTOMATED PROBLEM DETECTION IN HIBITED AREA APDIA Airspace surrounding a terminal area within which APD is inhibited for all flights within that airspace AUTOMATED RADAR TERMINAL SYSTEMS ARTS A generic term for several tracking systems included in the Terminal Automation Systems TAS ARTS plus a suffix roman numeral denotes a major modification to that system a ARTS IIIA The Radar Tracking and Beacon Tracking Level RT amp BTL of the modular programmable automated radar terminal system ARTS IIIA detects tracks and predicts primary as well as secondary radar derived aircraft targets This 4 3 14 more sophisticated computer driven system up grades the existing ARTS III system by providing improved tracking continuous data recording and fail soft capabilities b Common ARTS Includes ARTS IIE ARTS INE and ARTS MIE with ACD see DTAS which combines functionalities of the previous ARTS systems c Programmable Indicator Data Processor PIDP The PIDP is a modification to the AN TPX 42 interrogator system currently installed in fixed RAPCON
75. Refer to FAA Order JO 7110 10 Para 4 3 7 ATC Clearances Advisories or Requests for guidance on relaying ATC clearances 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 2 Flight Plan Proposals 6 2 1 FLIGHT PLAN RECORDING Record flight plans on FAA Form 7233 1 Flight Plan or electronic equivalent Completion of all blocks or fields is not required in every case and all items filed are not always transmitted Use authorized abbreviations where possible The instructions below are for completion of FAA Form 7233 1 For electronic versions of flight plan forms refer to that system s operating instructions NOTE Use FAA Form 7233 4 International Flight Plan for international flights as well as flights in domestic U S airspace in which automatic assignment of RNAV routes is desired See para 6 2 3 Flight Plans with Area Navigation RNAV Routes in Domestic U S Airspace a Item 1 Type of flight plan Check the appropriate box b Item 2 Aircraft Identification Enter as follows but do not exceed seven alphanumeric characters 1 Civil Aircraft Including Air Carrier Aircraft letter digit registration including the letter T prefix for air taxi aircraft the letter L for MEDEVAC aircraft or the three letter aircraft company designator specified in FAA Order JO 7340 2 Contractions followed by the trip or the flight number EXAMPLE N12345 TN5552Q AAL192 LN751B NOTE The letter L must not be entered in It
76. Route Supplement See CONTROL SECTOR DISPLACED THRESHOLD A threshold that is located at a point on the runway other than the designated beginning of the runway See THRESHOLD Refer to AIM DISTANCE MEASURING EQUIPMENT Equip ment airborne and ground used to measure in nautical miles the slant range distance of an aircraft from the DME navigational aid See MICROWAVE LANDING SYSTEM See TACAN See VORTAC DISTRESS A condition of being threatened by serious and or imminent danger and of requiring immediate assistance DIVE BRAKES See SPEED BRAKES DIVERSE VECTOR AREA In a radar environ ment that area in which a prescribed departure route is not required as the only suitable route to avoid obstacles The area in which random radar vectors Pilot Controller Glossary below the MVA MIA established in accordance with the TERPS criteria for diverse departures obstacles and terrain avoidance may be issued to departing aircraft DIVERSION DVRSN Flights that are required to land at other than their original destination for reasons beyond the control of the pilot company e g periods of significant weather DME See DISTANCE MEASURING EQUIPMENT DME FIX A geographical position determined by reference to a navigational aid which provides distance and azimuth information It is defined by a specific distance in nautical miles and a radial azimuth or course i e localizer in degrees mag
77. SERVICE See RADAR APPROACH CONTROL FACILITY APPROACH CONTROL SERVICE Air traffic control service provided by an approach control facility for arriving and departing VFR IFR aircraft and on occasion en route aircraft At some airports not served by an approach control facility the ARTCC provides limited approach control service See ICAO term APPROACH CONTROL SERVICE Refer to AIM APPROACH CONTROL SERVICE ICAO Air traffic control service for arriving or departing controlled flights APPROACH GATE An imaginary point used within ATC as a basis for vectoring aircraft to the final approach course The gate will be established along the final approach course 1 mile from the final approach fix on the side away from the airport and will be no closer than 5 miles from the landing threshold APPROACH LIGHT SYSTEM See AIRPORT LIGHTING APPROACH SEQUENCE The order in which aircraft are positioned while on approach or awaiting approach clearance See LANDING SEQUENCE See ICAO term APPROACH SEQUENCE Pilot Controller Glossary APPROACH SEQUENCE ICAO The order in which two or more aircraft are cleared to approach to land at the aerodrome APPROACH SPEED The recommended speed contained in aircraft manuals used by pilots when making an approach to landing This speed will vary for different segments of an approach as well as for aircraft weight and configuration APPROPRIATE ATS AUTHORITY ICAO The
78. SURVEILLANCE APPROACH ASSOCIATED A radar target displaying a data block with flight identification and altitude information See UNASSOCIATED ATC See AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL ATC ADVISES Used to prefix a message of noncontrol information when it is relayed to an aircraft by other than an air traffic controller See ADVISORY ATC ASSIGNED AIRSPACE Airspace of defined vertical lateral limits assigned by ATC for the purpose of providing air traffic segregation between the specified activities being conducted within the assigned airspace and other IFR air traffic See SPECIAL USE AIRSPACE ATC CLEARANCE See AIR TRAFFIC CLEARANCE ATC CLEARS Used to prefix an ATC clearance when it is relayed to an aircraft by other than an air traffic controller ATC INSTRUCTIONS Directives issued by air traffic control for the purpose of requiring a pilot to take specific actions e g Turn left heading two five zero Go around Clear the runway Refer to 14 CFR Part 91 ATC PREFERRED ROUTE NOTIFICATION URET notification to the appropriate controller of the need to determine if an ATC preferred route needs to be applied based on destination airport See ROUTE ACTION NOTIFICATION See USER REQUEST EVALUATION TOOL ATC PREFERRED ROUTES Preferred routes that are not automatically applied by Host ATC REQUESTS Used to prefix an ATC request when it is relayed to an aircraft by other than an air
79. See TRANSPONDER TRACEABLE PRESSURE STANDARD The facility station pressure instrument with certifica tion calibration traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology Traceable pressure standards may be mercurial barometers commis sioned ASOS AWSS or dual transducer AWOS or portable pressure standards or DASI Pilot Controller Glossary TRACK The actual flight path of an aircraft over the surface of the earth See COURSE See FLIGHT PATH See ROUTE See ICAO term TRACK TRACK ICAO The projection on the earth s surface of the path of an aircraft the direction of which path at any point is usually expressed in degrees from North True Magnetic or Grid TRACK OF INTEREST TOD Displayed data representing an airborne object that threatens or has the potential to threaten North America or National Security Indicators may include but are not limited to noncompliance with air traffic control instructions or aviation regulations extended loss of communica tions unusual transmissions or unusual flight behavior unauthorized intrusion into controlled airspace or an ADIZ noncompliance with issued flight restrictions security procedures or unlawful interference with airborne flight crews up to and including hijack In certain circumstances an object may become a TOI based on specific and credible intelligence pertaining to that particular aircraft object its passengers or its cargo TRAC
80. Sod bad ta bs ER RER sn pe VOR ORIENTATION VOR CROSS FIX 2 2 22 n eee s GUIDANCE TO AIRPORT ic es a er Section 4 Global Positioning System GPS ACTIONS REQUIRED 4 nannten GPS ORIENTATION oo eent E K 2 bodes ann na GUIDANCE TO AIRPORT 0 eee eee Chapter 6 Flight Data Section 1 General COMMUNICATIONS SERVICE 0 0 0 c eee ee eee FLIGHT PLANS oia 4 5 2 0 20 222 BR wl RR me FEIGHT PLAN DATA su des sete ee a mi S TYPES OF DATA RECORDED ea e 0 0 ene METHODS OF RECORDING DATA 0 0 0 0 0 eee eee IFR VFR DVFR FLIGHT PLAN RECORDING 0oococcoccccccccc PART TIME FSS CLOSURE ACTION 0 0 0 eee eee TELEPHONE REQUESTS FOR ATC CLEARANCES Section 2 Flight Plan Proposals FLIGHT PLAN RECORDING 2 cg e ene ia eE er 4 3 14 n I TT TTT n I Ce ae E AT WwWWNNN RFR n I 6 2 1 Table of Contents 4 3 14 Paragraph 6 2 2 OUTBOUNDS DEPARTING FROM OUTSIDE FLIGHT PLAN AREA 6 2 3 FLIGHT PLANS WITH AREA NAVIGATION RNAV ROUTES IN DOMESTIC US AIRSPACE ots SG ser winner une Brain nme ende Section 3 IFR Flight Plan Handling 1 1IER FEIGHT PLANS 4 2 22 22 22 E a a at Yee a a 2 NOTIFYING ARTEE 3 2 2 a aan ent ee 3 IFR FLIGHT PLAN CONTROL MESSAGES 0 00 00 0 02 eee ee ee 4 IFR FLIGHT PLAN CONTROL MESSAGE FORMAT 0 0 5 ADDITIONAL MESSAGES 2 0 0c ec essen essen
81. The FSSs providing this service are listed in the Airport Facility Directory See FLIGHT WATCH Refer to AIM EN ROUTE HIGH ALTITUDE CHARTS See AERONAUTICAL CHART EN ROUTE LOW ALTITUDE CHARTS See AERONAUTICAL CHART EN ROUTE MINIMUM SAFE ALTITUDE WARN ING A function of the EAS that aids the controller by providing an alert when a tracked aircraft is below or predicted by the computer to go below a predetermined minimum IFR altitude MIA EN ROUTE SPACING PROGRAM ESP A program designed to assist the exit sector in achieving the required in trail spacing EN ROUTE TRANSITION a Conventional STARs SIDs The portion of a SID STAR that connects to one or more en route airway jet route b RNAV STARs SIDs The portion of a STAR preceding the common route or point or for a SID the portion following that is coded for a specific en route fix airway or jet route ESP See EN ROUTE SPACING PROGRAM ESTABLISHED To be stable or fixed on a route route segment altitude heading etc ESTIMATED ELAPSED TIME ICAO The estimated time required to proceed from one significant point to another See ICAO Term TOTAL ESTIMATED ELAPSED TIME PCG E 1 Pilot Controller Glossary ESTIMATED OFF BLOCK TIME ICAO The estimated time at which the aircraft will commence movement associated with departure ESTIMATED POSITION ERROR EPE See Required Navigation Performance ESTIMATED TIME OF ARRIVAL The time th
82. The aerodrome from which a flight departs may also be an en route or a destination alternate aerodrome for the flight ALTERNATE AIRPORT An airport at which an aircraft may land if a landing at the intended airport becomes inadvisable See ICAO term ALTERNATE AERODROME ALTIMETER SETTING The barometric pressure reading used to adjust a pressure altimeter for varlations in existing atmospheric pressure or to the standard altimeter setting 29 92 Refer to 14 CFR Part 91 Refer to AIM PCG A 10 4 3 14 ALTITUDE The height of a level point or object measured in feet Above Ground Level AGL or from Mean Sea Level MSL See FLIGHT LEVEL a MSL Altitude Altitude expressed in feet measured from mean sea level b AGL Altitude Altitude expressed in feet measured above ground level c Indicated Altitude The altitude as shown by an altimeter On a pressure or barometric altimeter it is altitude as shown uncorrected for instrument error and uncompensated for variation from standard atmospheric conditions See ICAO term ALTITUDE ALTITUDE ICAO The vertical distance of a level a point or an object considered as a point measured from mean sea level MSL ALTITUDE READOUT An aircraft s altitude transmitted via the Mode C transponder feature that is visually displayed in 100 foot increments on a radar scope having readout capability See ALPHANUMERIC DISPLAY See AUTOMATED RADAR TERMINAL SYS
83. The specialist must issue the following cautionary advisory to a pilot planning a flight outside of United States controlled airspace unless the pilot advises they have the international cautionary advisory PHRASEOLOGY CHECK DATA AS SOON AS PRACTICAL AFTER ENTERING FOREIGN AIRSPACE AS OUR INTERNATIONAL DATA MAY BE INACCURATE OR INCOMPLETE c Using all sources of weather and aeronautical information provide the following data when it is applicable to the proposed flight Provide the information in subparagraphs c1 through c8 in the sequence listed except as noted 1 Adverse Conditions Include this element when meteorological or aeronautical conditions are reported or forecast that might influence the pilot to alter the proposed flight Emphasize conditions that are particularly significant such as low level wind shear thunderstorms reported icing frontal zones along the route of flight NOTAMs for example airport runway closures air traffic delays TFRs etc Weather advisories WS WA WST CWA and Preflight Pilot Briefing AWW must be given by stating the type of advisory followed by the pertinent information EXAMPLE An AIRMET is in effect until 1400Z for moderate turbulence below 10 000 feet over the mountainous area of southern California Palmer airport closed NOTE NOTAMs in this category may be provided with NOTAMs listed in subparagraph c8 2 VFR Flight Not Recommended VNR Include
84. U S ARTCCs NOTE Within the North Atlantic NAT Region FPLs on turbo jet aircraft transiting the control areas of Gander Oceanic 4 3 14 New York Oceanic Reykjavik Santa Maria Oceanic Shanwick Oceanic and Sondrestrom south of 70 degrees within 90 nautical miles of the control area boundary must be addressed to the adjacent ACC to provide lateral separation For all other aircraft a 120 nautical mile proximity limit must apply c Transmit all IFR FPLs to ARTCCs not less than 1 hour prior to the proposed departure time Do not hold FPLs until after departure time and transmit as a combined FPL and departure message DEP Separate FPL and DEP messages must be transmitted NOTE ICAO flight plans do not require an acknowledgment to the transmitting facility d Address aircraft movement messages only to those ATS units responsible for the provision of relevant service except when requested by the operator concerned these messages when transmitted via the AFTN may also be routed as specified by the operator or a representative to 1 One addressee at the point of intended landing or point of departure 2 Not more than two operational control units concerned e The ARTCC serving the departure airport must transmit the DEP message on IFR aircraft to all known recipients of the FPL message Flights between conterminous U S and Canada excluding Gander Oceanic Alaska Hawaii and Puerto Rico do not require DEP me
85. WAAS provides enhanced integrity accuracy availability and continuity over and above GPS SPS The differential correction function provides improved accuracy required for precision approach WILCO I have received your message understand it and will comply with it WIND GRID DISPLAY A display that presents the latest forecasted wind data overlaid on a map of the ARTCC area Wind data is automatically entered and updated periodically by transmissions from the National Weather Service Winds at specific altitudes along with temperatures and air pressure can be viewed WIND SHEAR A change in wind speed and or wind direction in a short distance resulting in a tearing or shearing effect It can exist in a horizontal or vertical direction and occasionally in both WIND SHEAR ESCAPE An unplanned abortive maneuver initiated by the pilot in command PIC as a result of onboard cockpit systems Wind shear escapes are characterized by maximum thrust climbs in the low altitude terminal environment until wind shear conditions are no longer detected WING TIP VORTICES See VORTICES WORDS TWICE a As a request Communication is difficult Please say every phrase twice b As information Since communications are difficult every phrase in this message will be spoken twice WORLD AERONAUTICAL CHARTS See AERONAUTICAL CHART WS See SIGMET See WEATHER ADVISORY PCG W 1 Pilot Controller Glossary 4 3 14
86. abbreviated briefing in accordance with paragraph 3 2 2 or an outlook briefing in accordance with paragraph 3 2 3 3 1 8 LOGGING PILOT BRIEFINGS a Pilot briefings must be logged and retained in accordance with FAA Order 1350 15 Records Organization Transfer and Destruction Standards Briefings must be logged in operational systems when possible but may be logged manually if needed for operational efficiency General JO 7110 10X b Operational systems must as a minimum automatically record the facility sector date position time and specialist identification for each logged briefing In addition enter the following information 1 Departure and destination 2 Aircraft identification The pilot s name may be substituted for the aircraft identification if unknown 3 Remarks as applicable to indicate OTLK outlook briefing AB abbreviated briefing and or VNR c To manually log pilot briefings use one of the following FAA forms 1 FAA Form 7233 2 Pilot Briefing Log Use a separate form each day Two or more forms may be used simultaneously at different operating positions Complete boxes 1 through 3 on each form Enter appropriate data in columns 4 5 6 7 8 if pertinent and 9 If the pilot s name is known it may be substituted for the aircraft identification As applicable enter OTLK outlook briefing AB abbreviated briefing and or VNR in column 8 2 FAA Form 7233 1 Flight Plan F
87. aircraft configurations but can offer technical assistance which would be beneficial to the pilot a Type series and model of the aircraft b Precise location description of the bomb device if known c Other details which may be pertinent b When a bomb threat involves an aircraft on the ground and you are in contact with the suspect aircraft take the following actions in addition to those discussed in the preceding paragraphs which may be appropriate 1 If the pilot ignores the threat recommend that takeoff be delayed until the pilot or aircraft operator establishes that a bomb is not aboard 2 Advise the aircraft to remain as far away from other aircraft and facilities as possible to clear the runway if appropriate and to taxi to an isolated or designated search area When it is impractical or if the pilot takes an alternative action such as parking and offloading immediately advise other aircraft to remain clear of the suspect aircraft by at least 100 yards if able NOTE Passenger deplaning may be of paramount importance and must be considered before the aircraft is parked or moved away from the service areas The decision to use ramp facilities rests with the pilot aircraft operator and or airport manager c If you are unable to inform the suspect aircraft of a bomb threat or if you lose contact with the aircraft advise your supervisor to contact the DEN ATSC for relay of pertinent details to other
88. aircraft in an organized race aircraft operating during an emergency or disaster condition or aircraft requiring special handling for test purposes 2 The pilot is responsible for knowing when it is appropriate to file the radiotelephony in remarks under the 60 day rule or for special radiotelephony assignments The pilot may also request that the radiotelephony be filed in remarks due to special needs of the flight p End of Message Function Field F Consists of enter function 6 3 5 ADDITIONAL MESSAGES The following messages are eligible for input to ARTCC computers via Service B in addition to the flight plan FP message a Remove Strip RS The purpose of the RS message input is to advise the computer that data on a particular flight is no longer valid and in effect cancels the flight plan and removes it from computer storage 1 Eligibility RS messages may be entered only for flight plans which a Are proposed flights b Have been previously entered by the same source entering the RS message c The flight plan is inactive for example a departure strip must not yet have been printed Otherwise the following rejection message is returned REJECT NOT YOUR CONTROL 2 Format Fields 01 Message type and 02 Aircraft Identification are required EXAMPLE RS SWA138 b Amendment AM Message The purpose of the AM message is to change data previously stored in the ARTCC computer 1
89. alert will be generated by the operational system 6 Upon receipt of a Suspense alert retransmit the message to addressees who have not acknow ledged the message 7 When an acknowledgment message is received from any other source such as interphone telephone or facility guarding for the addressee the specialist must manually acknowledge the message 6 4 6 ACKNOWLEDGING FLIGHT NOTIFICATION MESSAGES Acknowledge a flight notification message or proposal as soon as practical after receipt Prefix the acknowledgment with the letter R followed by a space and then the full aircraft identification EXAMPLE FF KRCAYXYX DTG KRIUYFYX R DECALO1 NOTE The operational system will automatically acknowledge flight notification messages which are received in or have been edited into the correct format Flight Plan Handling JO 7110 10X 6 4 7 ACTION BY ADDRESSEES In addition to acknowledging receipt of flight notification addressees must take the following actions a Military IFR flights 1 Notify BASOPS if applicable of the inbound flight 2 Upon request deliver flight plan amend ments to the ARTCC 3 File the flight notification message in the Operational system history files or with the daily traffic 4 Forward the actual departure time to the destination tie in facility for the next destination b Military VER flights 1 Notify BASOPS if applicable of the inbound flight 2 Suspens
90. all actions will be simulated REFERENCE FAAO JO 7610 4 Chapter 6 Emergency Security Control of Air Traffic ESCAT 5 2 5 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 3 ADF VOR Orientation 5 3 1 ACTIONS REQUIRED When providing automatic direction finder ADF VOR orientation services to an aircraft in emergency status a Determine if the aircraft is in VFR or IFR weather conditions fuel remaining altitude and heading b If the aircraft is operating in IFR weather conditions coordinate with the appropriate control facility c Determine if the aircraft is on a flight plan If the aircraft is not on an IFR flight plan and is in VFR weather conditions advise the pilot to remain VFR 5 3 2 GENERAL When providing ADF VOR orientation services to an aircraft in emergency status a Position Fixing 1 Advise the pilot to remain VFR and provide local altimeter setting PHRASEOLOGY MAINTAIN V F R AT ALL TIMES ADVISE IF HEADING OR ALTITUDE CHANGE IS NECESSARY TO REMAIN V F R Location ALTIMETER setting 2 Obtain heading and altitude Advise the pilot to maintain straight and level flight and to align the heading indicator with the magnetic compass PHRASEOLOGY MAINTAIN STRAIGHT AND LEVEL FLIGHT RESET YOUR HEADING INDICATOR TO AGREE WITH YOUR MAGNETIC COMPASS AFTER YOU HAVE DONE THIS SAY YOUR HEADING AND ALTITUDE 3 Determine the weather conditions and fuel status PHRASEOLOGY WHAT IS THE WEATH
91. and acknowledging instrument flight rules cancellations or departure landing times As a secondary function they may be used for advisory purposes whenever the aircraft is below the coverage of the primary air ground frequency REMOTE TRANSMITTER RECEIVER See REMOTE COMMUNICATIONS OUTLET 4 3 14 REPORT Used to instruct pilots to advise ATC of specified information e g Report passing Hamil ton VOR REPORTING POINT A geographical location in relation to which the position of an aircraft is reported See COMPULSORY REPORTING POINTS See ICAO term REPORTING POINT Refer to AIM REPORTING POINT ICAO A specified geo graphical location in relation to which the position of an aircraft can be reported REQUEST FULL ROUTE CLEARANCE Used by pilots to request that the entire route of flight be read verbatim in an ATC clearance Such request should be made to preclude receiving an ATC clearance based on the original filed flight plan when a filed IFR flight plan has been revised by the pilot company or operations prior to departure REQUIRED NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE RNP A statement of the navigational performance necessary for operation within a defined airspace The following terms are commonly associated with RNP a Required Navigation Performance Level or Type RNP X A value in nautical miles NM from the intended horizontal position within which an aircraft would be at least 95 percent of the t
92. and dew point d If the weather data is not available state the location and the word missing e Wind Direction and Speed Announce surface wind direction and speed by stating the word wind followed by the separate digits of the wind direction to the nearest 10 degrees and the separate digits of the speed A G between two wind speed values is announced as gusts State local wind as it appears in the report Announce the variability of wind at the end of the wind group See TBL 12 1 2 General 8 22 13 TBL 12 1 2 Wind Direction and Speed Wind Phraseology 00000KT WIND CALM 26012KT WIND TWO SIX ZERO AT ONE TWO 29012KT WIND TWO NINER ZERO AT 260V320 ONE TWO WIND VARIABLE BETWEEN TWO SIX ZERO AND THREE TWO ZERO 30008KT WIND THREE ZERO ZERO AT EIGHT 36012G20KT WIND THREE SIX ZERO AT ONE TWO GUSTS TWO ZERO VRBO4KT WIND VARIABLE AT FOUR f Visibility State the word visibility followed by the visibility values in miles and or fractions of miles except announce values indicated by the figure O as zero Announce the separate digits of whole numbers as applicable See TBL 12 1 3 TBL 12 1 3 Visibility Contraction Phraseology OSM Visibility zero 1 16SM Visibility one sixteenth 1 8SM Visibility one eighth M 4SM __ Visibility less than one quarter 3 4SM Visibility three quarters 11 S5M Visibility one and one half 8SM Visibility eight 25SM Visibility two fiv
93. announcement on all communications NAVAID frequencies except on emergency EFAS and navigational frequencies already dedicated to continuous broadcast services PHRASEOLOGY ATTENTION ALL AIRCRAFT HAZARDOUS WEATHER ADVISORY UPDATE IS AVAILABLE FROM FLIGHT WATCH or FLIGHT SERVICE as appropriate NOTE Simultaneous announcements may cause heterodyne problems on multiple outlets having the same frequency JO 7110 10X 4 3 14 and interference over close outlets with known problems Announcements may have to be rebroadcast to insure compliance 2 4 5 SUSPENSION HIWAS broadcasts must not be suspended for routine maintenance during periods when weather advisories have been issued for the HIWAS outlet area 2 4 2 Hazardous Inflight Weather Advisory Service HIWAS 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 5 Automatic Flight Information Service AFIS Alaska Only 2 5 1 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT INFORMATION SERVICE AFIS Use the AFIS to provide advance non control airport meteorological and pertinent NOTAM information to aircraft Specialists must provide local airport advisory LAA information when the AFIS is not available NOTE Use of the AFIS by pilots is not mandatory but pilots who use two way radio communication with the FSS are urged to use the service a Begin each new AFIS message with the airport facility name and a phonetic alphabet letter The phonetic alphabet letter must also be spoken at the end of the message an
94. appropriate delay is carried over and assigned at the intermediate airport An intermediate landing airport within the arrival center will not be accepted without coordination with and the approval of the ATCSCC INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Relating to interna tional flight it means a An airport of entry which has been designated by the Secretary of Treasury or Commissioner of Customs as an international airport for customs service Pilot Controller Glossary b A landing rights airport at which specific permission to land must be obtained from customs authorities in advance of contemplated use c Airports designated under the Convention on International Civil Aviation as an airport for use by international commercial air transport and or interna tional general aviation See ICAO term INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Refer to AIRPORT FACILITY DIRECTORY Refer to IFIM INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT ICAO Any airport designated by the Contracting State in whose territory it is situated as an airport of entry and departure for international air traffic where the formalities incident to customs immigration public health animal and plant quarantine and similar procedures are carried out INTERNATIONAL CIVIL AVIATION ORGA NIZATION ICAO A specialized agency of the United Nations whose objective is to develop the principles and techniques of international air navigation and to foster planning and development of international civil air
95. assist in deceleration of the aircraft DSP See DEPARTURE SEQUENCING PROGRAM DT See DELAY TIME DTAS See DIGITAL TERMINAL AUTOMATION SYSTEM DUE REGARD A phase of flight wherein an aircraft commander of a State operated aircraft assumes responsibility to separate his her aircraft from all other aircraft See also FAAO JO 7110 65 Para 1 2 1 WORD MEANINGS DUTY RUNWAY See RUNWAY IN USE ACTIVE RUNWAY DUTY RUNWAY PCG D 4 4 3 14 DVA See DIVERSE VECTOR AREA DVFR See DEFENSE VISUAL FLIGHT RULES DVFR FLIGHT PLAN A flight plan filed for a VFR aircraft which intends to operate in airspace within which the ready identification location and control of aircraft are required in the interest of national security DVRSN See DIVERSION DYNAMIC Continuous review evaluation and change to meet demands DYNAMIC RESTRICTIONS Those restrictions imposed by the local facility on an as needed basis to manage unpredictable fluctuations in traffic demands 4 3 14 EAS See EN ROUTE AUTOMATION SYSTEM EDCT See EXPECT DEPARTURE CLEARANCE TIME EFC See EXPECT FURTHER CLEARANCE TIME ELT See EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER EMERGENCY A distress or an urgency condition EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER A radio transmitter attached to the aircraft structure which operates from its own power source on 121 5 MHz and 243 0 MHz It aids in locating downed aircraft b
96. basic radar service approved separation between IFR and VFR aircraft and sequencing of VFR aircraft and sequencing of VFR arrivals to the primary airport d Class B Service This service provides in addition to basic radar service approved separation of aircraft based on IFR VFR and or weight and sequencing of VFR arrivals to the primary airport s See CONTROLLED AIRSPACE See TERMINAL RADAR SERVICE AREA Refer to AIM Refer to AIRPORT FACILITY DIRECTORY TERMINAL VERY HIGH FREQUENCY OMNI DIRECTIONAL RANGE STATION A very high frequency terminal omnirange station located on or near an airport and used as an approach aid See NAVIGATIONAL AID See VOR Pilot Controller Glossary TERRAIN AWARENESS WARNING SYSTEM TAWS An on board terrain proximity alerting system providing the aircrew Low Altitude warnings to allow immediate pilot action TERRAIN FOLLOWING The flight of a military aircraft maintaining a constant AGL altitude above the terrain or the highest obstruction The altitude of the aircraft will constantly change with the varying terrain and or obstruction TETRAHEDRON A device normally located on uncontrolled airports and used as a landing direction indicator The small end of a tetrahedron points in the direction of landing At controlled airports the tetrahedron if installed should be disregarded because tower instructions supersede the indicator See SEGMENTED CIRCLE Refer
97. between en route and instrument approach operations Each STAR procedure is presented as a separate chart and may serve a single airport or more than one airport in a given geographical location i Airport Taxi Charts Designed to expedite the efficient and safe flow of ground traffic at an airport These charts are identified by the official airport name e g Ronald Reagan Washington National Airport See ICAO term AERONAUTICAL CHART AERONAUTICAL CHART ICAO A representa tion of a portion of the earth its culture and relief specifically designated to meet the requirements of air navigation AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION MANUAL AIM A primary FAA publication whose purpose is to instruct airmen about operating in the National Airspace System of the U S It provides basic flight information ATC Procedures and general instruc tional information concerning health medical facts factors affecting flight safety accident and hazard reporting and types of aeronautical charts and their use PCG A 3 Pilot Controller Glossary AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION PUBLICA TION AIP ICAO A publication issued by or with the authority of a State and containing aeronautical information of a lasting character essential to air navigation A FD See AIRPORT FACILITY DIRECTORY AFFIRMATIVE Yes AFIS See AUTOMATIC FLIGHT INFORMATION SERVICE ALASKA FSSs ONLY AFP See AIRSPACE FLOW PROGRAM AIM See AERONAUTICAL IN
98. by distributing any necessary ALNOTs concerning General 1 Overdue or missing IFR aircraft 2 Aircraft in an emergency situation occurring in their respective areas 3 Aircraft on a combined VFR IFR or an air filed IFR flight plan and 30 minutes have passed since the pilot requested IFR clearance and neither communications nor radar contact can be established 4 Overdue or missing aircraft which have been authorized to operate in accordance with a SVFR clearance e The ARTCC serves as the contact point for collecting information and coordinating with the RCC on all ELT signals 8 1 2 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT ON FLIGHT PLAN Consider an aircraft on a VFR or DVFR flight plan overdue when it fails to arrive 30 minutes after its ETA and communications or location cannot be established 8 1 3 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT NOT ON FLIGHT PLAN Consider an aircraft not on a flight plan as overdue a At the actual time a reliable source reports it to be at least 1 hour late at destination Based on this overdue time initiate a communications search and proceed directly to the ALNOT phase When such a report is received verify if possible that the aircraft actually departed and that the request is for a missing aircraft rather than a person Refer missing person reports to the appropriate authorities b If you have reason to believe that an aircraft is overdue prior to 1 hour after its ETA take the appropriate action immediately RE
99. by the letters numbers of the aircraft registration or state the letters or digits of the aircraft registration or call sign EXAMPLE Stationair F L R B C F L R B Canadian Foxtrot Lima Romeo Bravo NOTE Letters may be spoken individually or phonetically 2 Air carrier The abbreviated name of the operating company followed by a The letters or digits of the registration or call sign 12 1 13 JO 7110 10X EXAMPLE Air France F L R L G NOTE Letters may be spoken individually or phonetically in accordance with the format used by the pilot b The flight number in group form or separate digits may be used if that is the format used by the pilot EXAMPLE Scandinavian Six Eight Scandinavian Sixty eight 3 Foreign Military a Except for military services identified in FAA Order JO 7340 2 Contractions state the name of the country and the military service followed by the separate digits or letters of the registration or call sign EXAMPLE Brazilian Air Force Five Three Two Seven Six Canforce Five Six Two Seven e Presidential aircraft and Presidential family aircraft 1 When the President is aboard a military aircraft state the name of the military service followed by the word One EXAMPLE Air Force One Army One Marine One 2 When the President is aboard a civil aircraft state the words Executive One
100. charts to designate routes for aircraft to proceed from the en route structure to the initial approach fix IAF See INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE FERRY FLIGHT A flight for the purpose of a Returning an aircraft to base b Delivering an aircraft from one location to another c Moving an aircraft to and from a maintenance base Ferry flights under certain conditions may be conducted under terms of a special flight permit FIELD ELEVATION See AIRPORT ELEVATION FILED Normally used in conjunction with flight plans meaning a flight plan has been submitted to ATC FILED EN ROUTE DELAY Any of the following preplanned delays at points areas along the route of Pilot Controller Glossary flight which require special flight plan filing and handling techniques a Terminal Area Delay A delay within a terminal area for touch and go low approach or other terminal area activity b Special Use Airspace Delay A delay within a Military Operations Area Restricted Area Warning Area or ATC Assigned Airspace c Aerial Refueling Delay A delay within an Aerial Refueling Track or Anchor FILED FLIGHT PLAN The flight plan as filed with an ATS unit by the pilot or his her designated representative without any subsequent changes or clearances FINAL Commonly used to mean that an aircraft is on the final approach course or is aligned with a landing area See FINAL APPROACH COURSE See FINAL APPROACH IFR
101. condi tions encountered and those forecast for the flight such as forecast thunderstorms not observed or freezing rain not forecast 7 If the position of the phenomenon reported is not the same as the position given under subpara 7 1 13b1 b Item 2 Position report it after the phenomenon 7 1 14 AIREP SPECIALS ARS a Turbulence TURB SEV encountered while in subsonic flight is reported as soon as possible after occurrence and requires AIREP SPECIAL TURB MOD is reported only if encountered within 10 minutes prior to reaching reporting position If in transonic or supersonic flight TURB MOD and SEV is reported as soon as possible and requires AIREP SPECIAL b Icing ICE SEV is reported as soon as possible after occurrence and requires AIREP SPECIAL ICE Messages and Formats 4 3 14 MOD is reported only if encountered within last 10 minutes prior to reaching reporting position EXAMPLE FF KMIAYMYX 211538 TISJYFYX ARS PAA101 5045N02015W 1536 F310 ASC F350 51N030W 21 FUEL 0900 ICE SEV 7 1 15 ARTCC RELAY OF VFR MESSAGES ARTCC operators must relay all international VFR Messages and Formats JO 7110 10X flight movement messages to the adjacent FSS unless that facility is also an addressee NOTE If an overseas unit erroneously routes a VFR movement message to an ARTCC the automatic NADIN switch will not divert it to an FSS 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 2 Customs Notification and ADIZ Requirem
102. designed to contain all published instrument procedures once an aircraft enters the airspace An ATC clearance is required for all aircraft to operate in the area and all aircraft that are so cleared receive separation services within the airspace The cloud clearance requirement for VFR operations is clear of clouds 3 CLASS C Generally that airspace from the surface to 4 000 feet above the airport elevation charted in MSL surrounding those airports that have an operational control tower are serviced by a radar approach control and that have a certain number of IFR operations or passenger enplane ments Although the configuration of each Class C area is individually tailored the airspace usually consists of a surface area with a 5 nautical mile NM radius a circle with a 1ONM radius that extends no 4 3 14 lower than 1 200 feet up to 4 000 feet above the airport elevation and an outer area that is not charted Each person must establish two way radio commu nications with the ATC facility providing air traffic services prior to entering the airspace and thereafter maintain those communications while within the airspace VFR aircraft are only separated from IFR aircraft within the airspace See OUTER AREA 4 CLASS D Generally that airspace from the surface to 2 500 feet above the airport elevation charted in MSL surrounding those airports that have an operational control tower The configuration of each Class D
103. destination tie in facility must acknowledge and thereafter use the new ETA as the standard for any necessary follow up action for example QALO message EXAMPLE FF KENAYFYX DTG KSEAYFYX SEA00I ENA N34567 E2140 REFERENCE FAAO 7210 3 Para 13 1 3 c Flight Plan Area 6 4 10 FLIGHT PLAN CLOSURE Do not transmit arrival reports except under unusual circumstances or in the following cases a Transmit arrival or other information involving FAA or Canadian MOT aircraft by a numbered message to any facility requested by the pilot EXAMPLE FF KDCAYFYX DTG KHHRYFYX HHR002 DCA N2 A0839 Remarks as appropriate b For U S military aircraft transmit arrival reports to the departure station only when 1 Requested by BASOPS 2 Special military flights arrive c When a pilot closes a flight plan with a station that has not received a flight notification message obtain as a minimum the departure point the flight planned destination point and the station with which the flight plan was filed 1 If the station receiving the closure is the tie in station for the planned destination transmit a numbered arrival message to the departure station with the remark FPNO and the departure point and destination identifiers The departure station must relay the arrival information to the station holding the flight plan notification message in the active file Flight Plan Handling 4 3 14 EXAMPLE FF KDCAYFYX
104. element with adverse conditions when it would be logical and advantage ous to do so 9 Prohibited Areas P 40 P 56 and the Special Flight Rules Area SFRA for Washington DC Include this element when pertinent to the route of flight Advise the pilot that VFR flight within 60 miles of the DCA VOR DME requires Special Awareness Training 10 ATC Delays Inform the pilot of ATC delays and or flow control advisories that might affect the proposed flight 11 Request for PIREPs Include this element when in your judgment a report of actual inflight conditions is beneficial or when conditions meet criteria for solicitation of PIREPs paragraph 9 2 5 3 2 2 4 3 14 Advise the pilot to contact Flight Watch or Flight Service to report en route conditions 12 EFAS When appropriate inform pilots of the availability of Flight Watch for weather updates for example thunderstorms icing 13 Upon Request Provide any information requested by the pilot including but not limited to a Special use airspace except those listed in paragraph 3 2 1c8 a SUA related airspace air traffic control assigned airspace ATCAA and MTR activity For all SUA and MTR data requests advise the pilot that information may be updated periodically and to contact the appropriate ATC facility for additional information while in flight NOTE For the purpose of this paragraph SUA and related airspace includes the following types of airspac
105. five seven wind two five zero at five altimeter two niner niner six I L S Runway Two Five Left approach in use Runway Two Five Right closed advise you have Alfa See ICAO term AUTOMATIC TERMINAL INFORMATION SERVICE Refer to AIM AUTOMATIC TERMINAL INFORMATION SERVICE ICAO The provision of current routine information to arriving and departing aircraft by means of continuous and repetitive broadcasts throughout the day or a specified portion of the day AUTOROTATION A rotorcraft flight condition in which the lifting rotor is driven entirely by action of the air when the rotorcraft is in motion a Autorotative Landing Touchdown Autorota tion Used by a pilot to indicate that the landing will be made without applying power to the rotor b Low Level Autorotation Commences at an altitude well below the traffic pattern usually below PCG A 16 4 3 14 100 feet AGL and is used primarily for tactical military training c 180 degrees Autorotation Initiated from a downwind heading and is commenced well inside the normal traffic pattern Go around may not be possible during the latter part of this maneuver AVAILABLE LANDING DISTANCE ALD The portion of a runway available for landing and roll out for aircraft cleared for LAHSO This distance is measured from the landing threshold to the hold short point AVIATION WEATHER SERVICE A service provided by the National Weather Service NWS and FAA which
106. for and execute an instrument approach procedure A Runway Profile Descent may apply to more than one runway if so stated on the chart Refer to AIM RUNWAY SAFETY AREA A defined surface surrounding the runway prepared or suitable for reducing the risk of damage to airplanes in the event of an undershoot overshoot or excursion from the runway The dimensions of the RSA vary and can be determined by using the criteria contained within AC 150 5300 13 Airport Design Chapter 3 Figure 3 1 in AC 150 5300 13 depicts the RSA The design standards dictate that the RSA shall be a Cleared graded and have no potentially hazardous ruts humps depressions or other surface variations b Drained by grading or storm sewers to prevent water accumulation Pilot Controller Glossary c Capable under dry conditions of supporting snow removal equipment aircraft rescue and firefighting equipment and the occasional passage of aircraft without causing structural damage to the aircraft and d Free of objects except for objects that need to be located in the runway safety area because of their function These objects shall be constructed on low impact resistant supports frangible mounted struc tures to the lowest practical height with the frangible point no higher than 3 inches above grade Refer to AC 150 5300 13 Airport Design Chapter 3 RUNWAY TRANSITION a Conventional STARs SIDs The portion of a STAR SID that se
107. have been established and authorized by the facility air traffic manager f Step By Step Process of Position Relief 1 Preview of the Position RELIEVING SPECIALIST a Follow the checklist and review the Status Information Areas NOTE This substep may be replaced by an authorized preduty briefing provided an equivalent review of checklist items is accomplished b Observe position equipment operational situation and the work environment c Listen to voice communications and observe other operational actions d Observe current and pending aircraft and vehicular traffic and correlate with flight and other movement information e Indicate to the specialist being relieved that the position has been previewed and that the verbal briefing may begin NOTE Substeps b c and d may be conducted concurrently or in order 2 Verbal Briefing SPECIALIST BEING RELIEVED a Review with the relieving specialist the checklist Status Information Areas written notes and other prescribed sources of information and advise of known omissions updates and inac curacies Also brief the relieving specialist on the abnormal status of items not listed on the Status Information Areas as well as on any items of special operational interest calling for verbal explanation or additional discussion b Brief on traffic if applicable c Completely answer any questions asked d Observe overall position operati
108. his her delay technique This setting can be either in distance from the meter fix or a prescribed flying time to the meter fix FREEZE SPEED PARAMETER A speed adapted for each aircraft to determine fast and slow aircraft Fast aircraft freeze on parameter FCLT and slow aircraft freeze on parameter MLDI FRICTION MEASUREMENT A measurement of the friction characteristics of the runway pavement surface using continuous self watering friction measurement equipment in accordance with the specifications procedures and schedules contained in AC 150 5320 12 Measurement Construction and Maintenance of Skid Resistant Airport Pavement Surfaces FSDO See FLIGHT STANDARDS DISTRICT OFFICE FSPD See FREEZE SPEED PARAMETER FSS See FLIGHT SERVICE STATION FUEL DUMPING Airborne release of usable fuel This does not include the dropping of fuel tanks See JETTISONING OF EXTERNAL STORES FUEL REMAINING A phrase used by either pilots or controllers when relating to the fuel remaining on board until actual fuel exhaustion When transmitting such information in response to either a controller question or pilot initiated cautionary advisory to air traffic control pilots will state the APPROXIMATE NUMBER OF MINUTES the flight can continue with the fuel remaining All reserve fuel SHOULD BE INCLUDED in the time stated as should an allowance for established fuel gauge system error FUEL SIPHONING Unintentional release of fuel c
109. if the pilot desires to climb or descend to an altitude that would equalize or reduce the outside air pressure existing cabin air pressure differential Obtain and relay an appropriate clearance consider ing minimum en route altitude MEA minimum obstruction clearance altitude MOCA minimum reception altitude MRA and weather NOTE Equalizing existing cabin air pressure with outside air pressure is a key step which the pilot may wish to take to minimize the damage potential of a bomb 4 Handle the aircraft as an emergency and or provide the most expeditious handling possible with respect to the safety of other aircraft weather conditions ground facilities and personnel NOTE Emergency handling is discretionary and should be based on the situation With certain types of threats plans may call for a low key action or response 5 2 4 4 3 14 5 Obtain and relay clearance to a new destination if requested 6 When a pilot requests technical assistance or if it is apparent that such assistance is needed do NOT suggest what actions the pilot should take concerning a bomb but obtain the following information and notify the supervisor who will contact the DEN ATSC or TSA TSOC as explained in a2 above NOTE This information is needed by TSA explosives experts so that the situation can be assessed and immediate recommendations made to the pilot The aviation explosives experts may not be familiar with all military
110. in Domestic U S Airspace 6 3 2 NOTIFYING ARTCC Transmit flight plans and flight plan amendments to the ARTCC for the departure point Facilities should use FAA Order JO 7350 8 Location Identifiers or the appropriate aeronautical charts to determine the ARTCC to which each transmission must be made Transmit flight plans if necessary and flight plan amendments via interphone to the flight data position error referral position or departure sector when the aircraft s proposed departure time is less than 15 minutes from transmittal time Advise the ARTCC s departure sector or flight data position error referral position via interphone when a message is received indicating ineligibility or a response is not received via data terminal within 10 minutes Transmit flight plans as follows a When multiple two or more flight plans are received from the same aircraft or for flight plans which propose alternating VFR and IFR stopover or terminal area delay the station receiving the flight plans transmits separate flight plans to the appropriate ARTCCs for each IFR portion or segment b Transmit flight plans specifying special use airspace delays MOAs warning areas restricted areas ATCAA as in subpara 6 3 2 a except when letters of agreement specify otherwise c Aerial refueling delays or any other en route delays not covered in subparas 6 3 2 a or b and not involving a change of altitude stratum do not require
111. information relevant to that portion of the route of flight which extends from the point of entry into the next control area or FIR to the airport of intended landing g Acceptance ACP Message Transmitted when the data contained in a CPL message are found to be acceptable to the receiving ACC h Flight Plan Cancellation CNL Message Transmitted when a current CPL or filed flight plan FPL message was transmitted and the flight is canceled 7 1 11 FLIGHT PLAN CHANGES AND CANCELLATIONS a Assume departure station duties when a flight plan change is received from an aircraft en route to a foreign location REFERENCE FAAOJO 7110 10 Para 6 4 8 Major Flight Plan Changes from En Route Aircraft FAAO JO 7110 10 Para 6 4 9 Change in ETA b An FSS receiving a VFR flight plan cancellation report from aircraft en route to a foreign location must transmit a cancellation message to the appropriate foreign tie in facility REFERENCE FAAO JO 7110 10 Para 6 4 10 Flight Plan Closure 7 1 12 AIR MOBILE SERVICE AMS a Air Mobile Service AMS is an international air ground communications network It provides service to en route aircraft primarily in support of ATC and company operations and collects meteoro logical data for dissemination Although in the U S this service is provided via contract ARINC FAA flight service facilities may be required to relay information on a case by case basis b The AMS network is
112. initiating SAR action for the U S portion of the route of flight Other SAR Actions d For inbounds from Canada apply standard U S SAR procedures contained in this chapter for the U S portion of the route Include the Canadian departure facility as an addressee on all SAR messages since that facility is responsible for initiating SAR action for the Canadian portion of the route of flight e Upon receipt of a Canadian QALQ the departure FSS must take the following actions 1 Check history files for any information about the aircraft 2 Ifunable to obtain additional information or within 15 minutes after receipt of the QALO transmit a message to the destination facility containing all flight plan information not previously sent f Upon receipt of a Canadian INREQ the departure FSS must transmit an INREQ for the U S portion of the route of flight and reply to Canada within 1 hour in accordance with standard INREQ procedures g Upon receipt of a Canadian ALNOT the departure FSS must transmit an ALNOT for the U S portion of the route and reply to Canada within 1 hour in accordance with standard ALNOT procedures NOTE Some U S airspace is controlled by Canadian ATC facilities which may also be addressed when appropriate 8 5 1 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Chapter 9 FAA Weather Services Section 1 General 9 1 1 INTRODUCTION Surface meteorological observations are filed at scheduled and unscheduled interval
113. line of position from the second VOR advise the pilot of the aircraft s position and the safe altitude for orientation in that area PHRASEOLOGY YOU ARE miles direction OF THE name V O R THE SAFE ALTITUDE FOR ORIENTATIONS IN THAT AREA IS feet NOTE The intersection of the two lines of position is the aircraft s position at the time of the second VOR reading 7 Request the pilot s intentions PHRASEOLOGY WHAT ARE YOUR INTENTIONS 5 3 4 GUIDANCE TO AIRPORT After establishing the aircraft s position and if the pilot requests guidance to the airport a Plot the course to the airport b Provide the course guidance information to the pilot 1 Advise the pilot of the direction of the turn and the heading to the airport PHRASEOLOGY FOR A HEADING TO THE name AIRPORT TURN LEFT RIGHT HEADING degrees REPORT ESTABLISHED HEADING degrees 2 After the pilot reports established on the heading to the airport advise the pilot of the position in relation to the airport PHRASEOLOGY YOU ARE miles direction OF THE name AIRPORT CONTINUE HEADING degrees 5 3 4 4 3 14 3 Continue to provide assistance in the form of pilotage and airport information as necessary PHRASEOLOGY DO YOU SEE ANY PROMINENT LANDMARKS ARE YOU FAMILIAR WITH THE name AIRPORT Name AIRPORT FIELD ELEVATION feet IT HAS number and surface type RUNWAYS THE RUNWAY S RUN direction THE AIRPORT I
114. of FAA Form 7233 1 Flight Plan b When closing an active VFR flight plan obtain departure point and destination if not already known NOTE A cancelled VFR flight plan is one that is removed from a proposed list and has not been activated A closed VFR flight plan is one that has been activated and is now removed from an inbound list c Flight plan information may initially be recorded on FAA Form 7233 1 or other paper prior to entry into the operational system General JO 7110 10X 6 1 7 PART TIME FSS CLOSURE ACTION Part time facilities must forward the following information to the designated guard FSS a Inbound flights all information b Outbound flights VFR and IFR flight plan data when proposed departure time and or ETA is within the period from 1 hour prior to closing until 1 hour after opening c All other pertinent information for example NOTAMs and pending outages 6 1 8 TELEPHONE REQUESTS FOR ATC CLEARANCES When a telephone request for an ATC clearance is received positively verify the departure location by airport name or location identifier and the city name and state NOTE 1 With telephone calls being received from larger geographic areas verification of the departure location may prevent a critical safety situation involving similar or identical airport or city names possibly located in different states 2 City refers to a city town village or publicly recognized place 3
115. offices in publications Washington headquarters regional offices service area offices the William J Hughes Technical Center the Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center all air traffic field facilities international aviation field offices and interested aviation public 1 1 2 Introduction 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 2 Terms of Reference 1 2 1 WORD MEANINGS As used in this order a Must means a procedure is mandatory b Should means a procedure is recommended c May or need not means a procedure is optional d Will means futurity not a requirement for application of a procedure e Must not means a procedure is prohibited f Singular words include the plural g Plural words include the singular h Aircraft means the airframe crew members or both i Altitude means indicated altitude mean sea level MSL flight level FL or both j Miles means nautical miles unless otherwise specified and means statute miles in conjunction with visibility k Time when used for ATC operational activities is the hour and the minute s in Coordinated Universal Time UTC Change to the next minute is made at the minute plus 30 seconds except time checks are given to the nearest quarter minute The word local or the time zone equivalent must be stated when local time is given during radio and telephone communications The term ZULU may be used t
116. operations on water or a glider piston powered non pressurized with a fixed or ground adjustable propeller Performance is also limited to a maximum airspeed in level flight of not more than 120 knots CAS have a maximum never exceed speed of not more than 120 knots CAS for a glider and have a maximum stalling speed without the use of lift enhancing devices VS1 of not more than 45 knots CAS They may be certificated as either Experimental LSA or as a Special LSA aircraft A minimum of a sport pilot_certificate is required to operate light sport aircraft Refer to 14 CFR Part 1 1 1 PCG L 2 4 3 14 LINE UP AND WAIT LUAW Used by ATC to inform a pilot to taxi onto the departure runway to line up and wait It is not authorization for takeoff It is used when takeoff clearance cannot immediately be issued because of traffic or other reasons See CLEARED FOR TAKEOFF LOCAL AIRPORT ADVISORY LAA A service provided by facilities which are located on the landing airport have a discrete ground to air communication frequency or the tower frequency when the tower is closed automated weather reporting with voice broadcasting and a continuous ASOS AWSS AWOS data display other continuous direct reading instruments or manual observations available to the specialist See AIRPORT ADVISORY AREA LOCAL TRAFFIC Aircraft operating in the traffic pattern or within sight of the tower or aircraft known to be departing or a
117. or dissipate jet or propeller blast BLAST PAD A surface adjacent to the ends of a runway provided to reduce the erosive effect of jet blast and propeller wash BLIND SPEED The rate of departure or closing of a target relative to the radar antenna at which cancellation of the primary radar target by moving target indicator MTI circuits in the radar equipment causes a reduction or complete loss of signal See ICAO term BLIND VELOCITY BLIND SPOT An area from which radio transmissions and or radar echoes cannot be received The term is also used to describe portions of the airport not visible from the control tower BLIND TRANSMISSION See TRANSMITTING IN THE BLIND Pilot Controller Glossary BLIND VELOCITY ICAO The radial velocity of a moving target such that the target is not seen on primary radars fitted with certain forms of fixed echo suppression BLIND ZONE See BLIND SPOT BLOCKED Phraseology used to indicate that a radio transmission has been distorted or interrupted due to multiple simultaneous radio transmissions BOTTOM ALTITUDE In reference to published altitude restrictions on a STAR or STAR runway transition the lowest altitude authorized BOUNDARY LIGHTS See AIRPORT LIGHTING BRAKING ACTION GOOD FAIR POOR OR NIL A report of conditions on the airport movement area providing a pilot with a degree quality of braking that he she might expect Braking action is reported in terms
118. or location to which an aircraft is cleared when issued an air traffic clearance See ICAO term CLEARANCE LIMIT CLEARANCE LIMIT ICAO The point to which an aircraft is granted an air traffic control clearance CLEARANCE VOID IF NOT OFF BY TIME Used by ATC to advise an aircraft that the departure clearance is automatically canceled if takeoff is not made prior to a specified time The pilot must obtain a new clearance or cancel his her IFR flight plan if not off by the specified time See ICAO term CLEARANCE VOID TIME CLEARANCE VOID TIME ICAO A time specified by an air traffic control unit at which a clearance ceases to be valid unless the aircraft concerned has already taken action to comply therewith CLEARED APPROACH ATC authorization for an aircraft to execute any standard or special instrument approach procedure for that airport Normally an aircraft will be cleared for a specific instrument approach procedure See CLEARED Type of APPROACH See INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE Refer to 14 CFR Part 91 Refer to AIM CLEARED Type of APPROACH ATC authoriza tion for an aircraft to execute a specific instrument Pilot Controller Glossary approach procedure to an airport e g Cleared ILS Runway Three Six Approach See APPROACH CLEARANCE See INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE Refer to 14 CFR Part 91 Refer to AIM CLEARED AS FILED Means the aircraft is cleared to proceed in a
119. other metered arrival aircraft This time is either the vertex time of arrival VTA of the aircraft or the tentative calculated landing time TCLT ACLT of the previous aircraft plus the arrival aircraft interval AAI whichever is later This time will not be updated in response to the aircraft s progress ACTUAL NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE ANP See REQUIRED NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE ADDITIONAL SERVICES Advisory information provided by ATC which includes but is not limited to the following a Traffic advisories b Vectors when requested by the pilot to assist aircraft receiving traffic advisories to avoid observed traffic c Altitude deviation information of 300 feet or more from an assigned altitude as observed on a verified reading correctly automatic altitude readout Mode C d Advisories that traffic is no longer a factor PCG A 1 Pilot Controller Glossary e Weather and chaff information f Weather assistance g Bird activity information h Holding pattern surveillance Additional ser vices are provided to the extent possible contingent only upon the controller s capability to fit them into the performance of higher priority duties and on the basis of limitations of the radar volume of traffic frequency congestion and controller workload The controller has complete discretion for determining if he she is able to provide or continue to provide a service in a particular case The controller s rea
120. pilot s having a stopping capability chart specifically applicable to his her aircraft USAF offices furnish RCR information at airports serving USAF and ANG aircraft 12 1 17 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Chapter 13 Data Communication Systems Section 1 General 13 1 1 TYPES OF DATA ACCEPTABLE ON FAA DATA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS a Distress messages b Messages concerning safety to human life c Flight movement control safety messages d Aviation meteorological observations forecasts warnings e Administrative messages which pertain to FAA personnel facilities or property f NOTAM data 13 1 2 PRIORITY MESSAGES TBL 13 1 1 Priority Messages FF on Flight movement Transmit immedi local and control data re ately make intern agree lating safe efficient al external delivery ments operation of air during next avail craft Also for ad able administrative ministrative data of work day if office is a directive nature closed Delivery may be required to duty officer de pendent GG Meteorological Transmit immedi NOTAM and ately make intern routine administrat ive data al external delivery by 10 30AM of the next business day Priority Message Types Action Required SS Involves safety of Transmit immedi life or property Re ately to all address stricted to emer ees and deliver to gency situations all internal external offices you are re sponsible for DD Priority operational Same
121. plan including changes if any brought about by subsequent clearances CURRENT PLAN The ATC clearance the aircraft has received and is expected to fly CVFP APPROACH See CHARTED VISUAL FLIGHT PROCEDURE APPROACH CWA See CENTER WEATHER ADVISORY and WEATHER ADVISORY 4 3 14 Pilot Controller Glossary D D ATIS See DIGITAL AUTOMATIC TERMINAL INFORMATION SERVICE DA ICAO See ICAO Term DECISION ALTITUDE DECISION HEIGHT DAIR See DIRECT ALTITUDE AND IDENTITY READOUT DANGER AREA ICAO An airspace of defined dimensions within which activities dangerous to the flight of aircraft may exist at specified times Note The term Danger Area is not used in reference to areas within the United States or any of its possessions or territories DAS See DELAY ASSIGNMENT DATA BLOCK See ALPHANUMERIC DISPLAY DEAD RECKONING Dead reckoning as applied to flying is the navigation of an airplane solely by means of computations based on airspeed course heading wind direction and speed groundspeed and elapsed time DECISION ALTITUDE DECISION HEIGHT ICAO A specified altitude or height A H in the precision approach at which a missed approach must be initiated if the required visual reference to continue the approach has not been established Note 1 Decision altitude DA is referenced to mean sea level MSL and decision height DH is referenced to the threshold elevation No
122. planned to start expressed exactly as in 2 above followed by an oblique stroke and both the cruising speed and the cruising level Appendix A 8 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X expressed exactly as in a and b above without a space between them even when only one of these quantities will be changed EXAMPLES LN N0284A045 MAY NO305FI80 HADDY N0420F330 4602N07805 W NOS00F350 46N078W M082F330 DUB180040 N0350M0840 4 Change of flight rules maximum 3 characters The point at which the change of flight rules is planned expressed exactly as in 2 or 3 above as appropriate followed by a space and one of the following VFR if from IFR to VFR IFR if from VFR to IFR EXAMPLES LN VFR LN N0284A050 IFR NOTE U S domestic automation systems cannot accept flight plans that begin VFR and change to IFR For this purpose file a separate flight plan for the IFR portion of the flight 5 Cruise climb maximum 28 characters NOTE Flight plans containing a cruise climb cannot be accepted by domestic U S automation systems The letter C followed by an oblique stroke THEN the point at which cruise climb is planned to start expressed exactly as in 2 above followed by an oblique stroke THEN the speed to be maintained during cruise climb expressed exactly as in a above followed by the two levels defining the layer to be occupied during cruise climb each level expressed exactly as in b above or the level abov
123. procedures 2 Notify any guarding facility sector the Aeronautical Information System Replacement AISR Customer Service Center and NADIN b All outage reports should refer to the correct circuit and or equipment identification numbers Facilities should obtain and record ticket numbers provided by AISR or the TELCO authority c AISR and NADIN telephone numbers 1 NADIN ATLANTA KATLYTYX 770 210 7675 2 NADIN SALT LAKE CITY KSLCYTYX 801 320 2172 3 AISR Helpdesk 866 466 1336 d Weather Message Switching Center Replacement WMSCR telephone numbers 1 WMSCR ATLANTA 770 210 7574 2 WMSCR SALT LAKE CITY 801 320 2046 6 1 2 FLIGHT PLANS Filing a VFR flight plan is recommended Brief pilots as appropriate on the following a Identify the tie in station for the departure point and advise the pilot to report departure time directly to that facility General b When a departure report is unlikely because of inadequate communications capability advise the pilot that the flight plan will be activated using the proposed departure time as the actual departure time Include ASMD DEP in remarks The pilot is responsible for closing cancelling or extending the flight plan if the flight is cancelled or delayed c Determine the flight plan area in which the destination is located Request the pilot close the flight plan with the tie in facility Provide the pilot the tie in facility sector co
124. provides for approach to a height above touchdown of not less PCG I 2 4 3 14 than 100 feet and with runway visual range of not less than 1 200 feet with autoland or HUD to touchdown and noted on authorization no touchdown zone and centerline lighting are required 5 Category III a IIIA An ILS approach procedure which provides for approach without a decision height minimum and with runway visual range of not less than 700 feet b IIIB An ILS approach procedure which provides for approach without a decision height minimum and with runway visual range of not less than 150 feet c MMC An ILS approach procedure which provides for approach without a decision height minimum and without runway visual range minimum ILS PRM APPROACH An instrument landing system ILS approach conducted to parallel runways whose extended centerlines are separated by less than 4 300 feet and at least 3 000 feet where closely spaced independent approaches are permitted Also used in conjunction with an LDA PRM or RNAV GPS PRM approach to conduct Simultaneous Offset Instrument Approach SOIA operations No Transgression Zone NTZ monitoring is required to conduct these approaches When the runway spacing is less than 3 600 feet the NTZ must be monitored by a Precision Runway Monitor PRM or other high update rate surveillance system Refer to AIM IM See INNER MARKER IMC See INSTRUMENT METEOROLOGICAL CONDITIONS IMMEDIA
125. providing approach control service without the use of radar See APPROACH CONTROL FACILITY See APPROACH CONTROL SERVICE c Nonradar Arrival An aircraft arriving at an airport without radar service or at an airport served by a radar facility and radar contact has not been established or has been terminated due to a lack of radar service to the airport See RADAR ARRIVAL See RADAR SERVICE d Nonradar Route A flight path or route over which the pilot is performing his her own navigation The pilot may be receiving radar separation radar monitoring or other ATC services while on a nonradar route See RADAR ROUTE e Nonradar Separation The spacing of aircraft in accordance with established minima without the use of radar e g vertical lateral or longitudinal separation See RADAR SEPARATION See ICAO term NONRADAR SEPARATION NONRADAR SEPARATION ICAO The separa tion used when aircraft position information is derived from sources other than radar NON RESTRICTIVE ROUTING NRR Portions of a proposed route of flight where a user can flight plan the most advantageous flight path with no requirement to make reference to ground based NAVAIDs NOPAC See NORTH PACIFIC NORDO No Radio Aircraft that cannot or do not communicate by radio when radio communication is required are referred to as NORDO See LOST COMMUNICATIONS Pilot Controller Glossary NORMAL OPERATING ZONE NOZ Th
126. radar aircraft targets Targets are displayed by means of computer generated symbols and alphanumeric characters depicting flight identification altitude ground speed and flight plan data The DAIR System 1s capable of interfacing with ARTCCs DIRECTLY BEHIND An aircraft is considered to be operating directly behind when it is following the actual flight path of the lead aircraft over the surface 4 3 14 of the earth except when applying wake turbulence separation criteria DISCRETE BEACON CODE See DISCRETE CODE DISCRETE CODE As used in the Air Traffic Control Radar Beacon System ATCRBS any one of the 4096 selectable Mode 3 A aircraft transponder codes except those ending in zero zero e g discrete codes 0010 1201 2317 7777 nondiscrete codes 0100 1200 7700 Nondiscrete codes are normally reserved for radar facilities that are not equipped with discrete decoding capability and for other purposes such as emergencies 7700 VFR aircraft 1200 etc See RADAR Refer to AIM DISCRETE FREQUENCY A separate radio frequency for use in direct pilot controller commu nications in air traffic control which reduces frequency congestion by controlling the number of aircraft operating on a particular frequency at one time Discrete frequencies are normally designated for each control sector in en route terminal ATC facilities Discrete frequencies are listed in the Airport Facility Directory and the DOD FLIP IFR En
127. sender when the sender is within the departure ARTCC s adapted boundaries NOTE These procedures may not apply to all operational systems 1 Eligibility CM messages may be entered only for the period for which the departure ARTCC s program is adapted normally 5 minutes After that time the flight plan in error drops out to the ARTCC Primary A position for re entry The sender has primary responsibility for corrective action NOTE Error messages are generated only on messages from sending stations within the adaptation parameters of the departure ARTCC and for only that portion of the route within that ARTCC s adapted boundaries Other flight plans in error are referred to a Primary A position 2 Format Responses to error messages must be transmitted in the form of a CM message within the time parameters adapted for your ARTCC 6 3 7 JO 7110 10X EXAMPLE ARTCC Generated Error Message Sending MSG MSG Fieldin Datain Reason Facility Type NR Error Error DCA Error 123 08 9A FORMAT CM Format Field 00 MSG Type Correct Data DCA 1820123 CM 090 3 When a CM message in response to an error message results in any change to a pilot filed Field 06 Departure Point or Field 10 Route of Flight once the flight plan has been accepted an AM message must be sent to add a field 11 intra ARTCC remark In remarks insert FRC PILOT FILED original data 4 Should a NOT YOUR CONTROL response be received d
128. short of an intersecting runway a taxiway a predetermined point or an approach departure flightpath LAHSO DRY Land and hold short operations on runways that are dry LAHSO WET Land and hold short operations on runways that are wet but not contaminated LAND AND HOLD SHORT OPERATIONS Operations which include simultaneous takeoffs and landings and or simultaneous landings when a landing aircraft is able and is instructed by the controller to hold short of the intersecting runway taxiway or designated hold short point Pilots are expected to promptly inform the controller if the hold short clearance cannot be accepted See PARALLEL RUNWAYS Refer to AIM LANDING AREA Any locality either on land water or structures including airports heliports and intermediate landing fields which is used or intended to be used for the landing and takeoff of aircraft whether or not facilities are provided for the shelter servicing or for receiving or discharging passengers or cargo See ICAO term LANDING AREA LANDING AREA ICAO That part of a movement area intended for the landing or take off of aircraft LANDING DIRECTION INDICATOR A device which visually indicates the direction in which landings and takeoffs should be made See TETRAHEDRON Refer to AIM Pilot Controller Glossary L LANDING DISTANCE AVAILABLE LDA The runway length declared available and suitable for a landing airplane See ICAO t
129. special tests of weapons systems or equipment certain U S Navy carrier fleet and anti submarine operations rocket missile and drone Operations and certain aerial refueling or similar Operations STEP TAXI To taxi a float plane at full power or high RPM STEP TURN A maneuver used to put a float plane in a planing configuration prior to entering an active sea lane for takeoff The STEP TURN maneuver should only be used upon pilot request STEPDOWN FIX A fix permitting additional descent within a segment of an instrument approach procedure by identifying a point at which a controlling obstacle has been safely overflown STEREO ROUTE A routinely used route of flight established by users and ARTCCs identified by a coded name e g ALPHA 2 These routes minimize flight plan handling and communications STOL AIRCRAFT See SHORT TAKEOFF AND LANDING AIRCRAFT STOP ALTITUDE SQUAWK Used by ATC to inform an aircraft to turn off the automatic altitude reporting feature of its transponder It is issued when the verbally reported altitude varies 300 feet or more from the automatic altitude report See ALTITUDE READOUT See TRANSPONDER STOP AND GO A procedure wherein an aircraft will land make a complete stop on the runway and then commence a takeoff from that point See LOW APPROACH See OPTION APPROACH STOP BURST See STOP STREAM STOP BUZZER See STOP STREAM STOP SQUAWK Mode or Code Used b
130. the MB conversion chart followed by the word Mbs If the MB setting is not a whole number always round down See TBL 13 1 14 REFERENCE FAAO JO 7110 10 Para 4 3 5f Routine Radio Contacts TBL 12 1 14 Millibar Conversion Millibar Conver Phraseology sion 956 3 Altimeter niner five six millibars 1002 0 Altimeter one zero zero two millibars 1058 9 Altimeter one zero five eight millibars 4 When altimeter is in excess of 31 00 a Advise all aircraft PHRASEOLOGY ALTIMETER GREATER THAN THREE ONE ZERO ZERO HIGH PRESSURE ALTIMETER PROCEDURES ARE IN EFFECT b Advise VFR aircraft to set altimeter to 31 00 en route PHRASEOLOGY RECOMMEND YOU SET ALTIMETER THREE ONE ZERO ZERO EN ROUTE 12 1 6 4 3 14 12 1 9 WEATHER REMARKS Announce pertinent remarks from surface weather observations in accordance with FAA Order JO 7340 2 Contractions and as shown in the following tables Do not state additive data or other information intended for NWS analysis or processing that does not contribute to the description of the conditions occurring at the station a Sky and Ceiling See TBL 12 1 15 TBL 12 1 15 Sky and Ceiling Contraction Phraseology CIG 005V010 Ceiling variable between five hundred and one thousand CIG 020 RY11 Ceiling two thousand at runway one one CB N MOV E Cumulonimbus north moving east CBMAM DSNTS Cumulonimbus mammatus distant
131. the NAS a ASDE 3 a Surface Movement Radar b ASDE X a system that uses a X band Surface Movement Radar and multilateration Data from these two sources are fused and presented on a digital display c ASDE 3X an ASDE X system that uses the ASDE 3 Surface Movement Radar AIRPORT SURVEILLANCE RADAR Approach control radar used to detect and display an aircraft s position in the terminal area ASR provides range and azimuth information but does not provide elevation data Coverage ofthe ASR can extend up to 60 miles AIRPORT TAXI CHARTS See AERONAUTICAL CHART AIRPORT TRAFFIC CONTROL SERVICE A service provided by a control tower for aircraft operating on the movement area and in the vicinity of an airport See MOVEMENT AREA See TOWER See ICAO term AERODROME CONTROL SERVICE AIRPORT TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER See TOWER AIRSPACE CONFLICT Predicted conflict of an aircraft and active Special Activity Airspace SAA Pilot Controller Glossary AIRSPACE FLOW PROGRAM AFP AFP is a Traffic Management TM process administered by the Air Traffic Control System Command Center ATCSCC where aircraft are assigned an Expect Departure Clearance Time EDCT in order to manage capacity and demand for a specific area of the National Airspace System NAS The purpose of the program is to mitigate the effects of en route constraints It is a flexible program and may be implemented in various forms depending upon the ne
132. the first point of the route to which the flight plan applies ITEM 15 ROUTE ENTER the first cruising speed as in a and the first cruising level as in b without a space between them THEN following the arrow ENTER the route description as in c a Cruising speed maximum 5 characters ENTER the True Air Speed for the first or the whole cruising portion of the flight in terms of Kilometers per hour expressed as K followed by 4 figures for example K0830 or Knots expressed as N followed by 4 figures for example N0485 or True Mach number when so prescribed by the appropriate ATS authority to the nearest hundredth of unit Mach expressed as M followed by 3 figures for example M082 b Cruising level maximum 5 characters ENTER the planned cruising level for the first or the whole portion of the route to be flown in terms of Flight level expressed as F followed by 3 figures for example F085 F330 or Standard Metric Level in tens of meters expressed as S followed by 4 figures for example 1130 or Altitude in hundreds of feet expressed as A followed by 3 figures for example A045 A100 or Altitude in tens of meters expressed as M followed by 4 figures for example M0840 or for uncontrolled VFR flights the letters VFR When so prescribed by the appropriate ATS authorities c Route including changes of speed level and or flight rules Flights along designated ATS routes ENTER if the departure aerod
133. the normal procedure is to provide assistance on the initial contact frequency Flight watch specialists should bear in mind that air traffic facilities based at or near to the remote location may be in a better position to assist the pilot A decision to affect a frequency change should be based on the situation and circumstances involved in the emergency 4 6 3 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Chapter 5 Emergency Services Section 1 General 5 1 1 EMERGENCY DETERMINATION a Because of the infinite variety of possible emergency situations specific procedures cannot be prescribed However when it is believed that an emergency exists or is imminent take a course of action which appears to be most appropriate under the circumstances and which most nearly conforms to the instructions in this manual b An emergency can be either a DISTRESS or URGENCY condition as defined in the Pilot Controller Glossary NOTE A pilot who encounters a DISTRESS condition may declare an emergency by beginning the initial communication with the word MAYDAY preferably repeated three times For an URGENCY condition the word PAN PAN may be used in the same manner c If the words MAYDAY or PAN PAN are not used and there is doubt that a situation constitutes an emergency or potential emergency handle it as though it is an emergency d Consider an aircraft emergency exists and inform the appropriate control facility when 1 An emergency is decl
134. the purpose of damaging or destroying such 5 2 3 JO 7110 10X aircraft notify the supervisor or facility manager If the threat is general in nature handle it as a suspicious activity When the threat is targeted against a specific aircraft and you are in contact with that aircraft take the following actions as appropriate NOTE 1 Facility supervisors are expected to notify the appropriate offices agencies and operators air carriers according to applicable plans directives FAA Order JO 7210 3 Facility Operation and Administration or military directives 2 Suspicious activity is covered in FAA Order JO 7610 4 Chapter 7 Hijacked Suspicious Aircraft Reporting and Procedures Military facilities would report a general threat through the chain of command or according to service directives REFERENCE FAAO JO 7610 4 Chapter 7 Hijacked Suspicious Aircraft Reporting and Procedures 3 A specific threat may be directed at an aircraft registry or tail number the air carrier flight number the name of an operator crew member or passenger the departure ar rival point or times or combinations thereof 1 Advise the pilot of the threat 2 Report the threat to the Domestic Events Network DEN Air Traffic Security Coordinator ATSC via 202 493 4170 If unable to contact the DEN ATSC notify the Transportation Security Administration Transportation Security Operation Center TSA TSOC directly at 703 563 3400 3 Ask
135. the reported ceiling or visibility is below basic VFR minima 10 1 4 APPROACH LIGHTS Operate approach lights a Between sunset and sunrise when one of the following conditions exists 1 They serve the landing runway 2 They serve a runway to which an approach is being made but aircraft will land on another runway b Between sunrise and sunset when the ceiling is less than 1 000 feet or the prevailing visibility is 5 miles or less and approaches are being made to 1 A landing runway served by the lights General 2 A runway served by the lights but aircraft are landing on another runway 3 The airport but landing will be made on a runway served by the lights c As requested by the pilot d As you deem necessary if not contrary to pilot s request NOTE In the interest of energy conservation the approach lighting system should be turned off when not needed for aircraft operations 10 1 5 APPROACH LIGHTING SYSTEM NTENSITY SETTINGS ALS Operate intensity controls in accordance with the values depicted See TBL 10 1 1 TBL 10 1 1 ALS Intensity Setting St Visibility Applicable to runway served by lights ep Day Night 5 Less than 1 mile whew requested 4 1 to but not including 3 miles nen requested 3 3 to but not including 5 miles a than l mile 2 5to but not including 7 miles 1 1 Smiles inclusive 1 When requested renter than 3 miles and or 6 000 feet or less of RVR on
136. the runway served by the ALS and RVR Note Daylight steps 2 and 3 provide recommended settings applicable to conditions in ALS Intensity Settings 10 1 6 SEQUENCED FLASHING LIGHTS SFL Operate sequenced flashing lights when the visibility is less than 3 miles and instrument approaches are being made to the runway served by the associated ALS 10 1 1 JO 7110 10X NOTE SFLs are a component of the ALS and cannot be operated when the ALS is off 10 1 7 RUNWAY EDGE LIGHTS Operate the runway edge light system s serving the runway s in use as follows a Between sunset and sunrise 1 For departures when an aircraft calls for airport advisory or requests the lights be turned on until the aircraft reports departing the airport area or 15 minutes after the last contact with the aircraft 2 For arrivals when an aircraft calls for airport advisory or when the associated approach control advises that an aircraft is on approach until the aircraft reports is observed clear of the runway or 15 minutes after last radio contact or arrival time b Between sunrise and sunset turn the lights on when the surface visibility is less than 2 miles as described in subparagraphs 10 1 7al and a2 c The specialist considers it necessary or it is requested by a pilot and no other known aircraft will be adversely affected d Do not turn on the runway edge lights when a NOTAM closing the runway is in effect e Alaska The runwa
137. to AIM TF See TERRAIN FOLLOWING THAT IS CORRECT The understanding you have is right THREE HOUR TARMAC RULE Rule that relates to Department of Transportation DOT requirements placed on airlines when tarmac delays are anticipated to reach 3 hours 360 OVERHEAD See OVERHEAD MANEUVER THRESHOLD The beginning of that portion of the runway usable for landing See AIRPORT LIGHTING See DISPLACED THRESHOLD THRESHOLD CROSSING HEIGHT The theoreti cal height above the runway threshold at which the aircraft s glideslope antenna would be if the aircraft maintains the trajectory established by the mean ILS glideslope or MLS glidepath See GLIDESLOPE See THRESHOLD THRESHOLD LIGHTS See AIRPORT LIGHTING TIBS See TELEPHONE INFORMATION BRIEFING SERVICE TIE IN FACILITY The FSS primarily responsible for providing FSS services including telecommu nications services for landing facilities or PCG T 3 Pilot Controller Glossary navigational aids located within the boundaries of a flight plan area FPA Three letter identifiers are assigned to each FSS FPA and are annotated as tie in facilities in A FDs the Alaska Supplement the Pacific Supplement and FAA Order JO 7350 8 Location Identifiers Large consolidated FSS facilities may have many tie in facilities or FSS sectors within one facility See FLIGHT PLAN AREA See FLIGHT SERVICE STATION TIME GROUP Four digits representing
138. to the aircraft by the network station serving the location of the originator g Messages passed from aircraft to a network station should be intercepted and acknowledged by other stations which serve locations where the information is also required Such intercepts provide instantaneous delivery of information and eliminates the transmission of messages over the AFTN Networks may not be used for transmission of aircraft reports except under the intercept principle Acknowledgments of intercept must be made immediately after the acknowledgment of receipt by the station to which the message was passed In the absence of acknowledgment of intercept within 1 minute the station accepting the message from the aircraft must forward the message via the AFTN to the ultimate destination h In areas or on routes where radio operations lengths of flights or distance between stations require additional measures to ensure continuity of communications throughout the route segment the stations must share the responsibility of primary guard whereby each station will provide the primary guard for that portion of the flight during which the messages from the aircraft can be handled most effectively by that station 4 3 14 i During its tenure of primary guard each station will 1 Be responsible for designating primary and secondary frequencies for communications with aircraft 2 Receive all position reports and handle other messages from
139. traffic controller PCG A 13 Pilot Controller Glossary ATC SECURITY SERVICES Communications and security tracking provided by an ATC facility in support of the DHS the DOD or other Federal security elements in the interest of national security Such security services are only applicable within designated areas ATC security services do not include ATC basic radar services or flight following ATC SECURITY SERVICES POSITION The position responsible for providing ATC security services as defined This position does not provide ATC IFR separation or VER flight following services but is responsible for providing security services in an area comprising airspace assigned to one or more ATC operating sectors This position may be combined with control positions ATC SECURITY TRACKING The continuous tracking of aircraft movement by an ATC facility in support of the DHS the DOD or other security elements for national security using radar i e radar tracking or other means e g manual tracking without providing basic radar services including traffic advisories or other ATC services not defined in this section ATCAA See ATC ASSIGNED AIRSPACE ATCRBS See RADAR ATCSCC See AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEM COMMAND CENTER ATCT See TOWER ATD See ALONG TRACK DISTANCE ATIS See AUTOMATIC TERMINAL INFORMATION SERVICE ATIS ICAO See ICAO Term AUTOMATIC TERMINAL INFORMATION SERVICE
140. transport a Regions include African Indian Ocean Region Caribbean Region European Region Middle East Asia Region North American Region North Atlantic Region Pacific Region 8 South American Region INTERNATIONAL FLIGHT INFORMATION MANUAL A publication designed primarily as a pilot s preflight planning guide for flights into foreign airspace and for flights returning to the U S from foreign locations INTERROGATOR The ground based surveillance radar beacon transmitter receiver which normally scans in synchronism with a primary radar transmitting discrete radio signals which repetitious ly request all transponders on the mode being used to reply The replies received are mixed with the primary radar returns and displayed on the same plan position indicator radar scope Also applied to the airborne element of the TACAN DME system See TRANSPONDER Refer to AIM NA wn WN PCG I 5 Pilot Controller Glossary INTERSECTING RUNWAYS Two or more runways which cross or meet within their lengths See INTERSECTION INTERSECTION a A point defined by any combination of courses radials or bearings of two or more navigational aids b Used to describe the point where two runways a runway and a taxiway or two taxiways cross or meet PCG I 6 4 3 14 INTERSECTION DEPARTURE A departure from any runway intersection except the end of the runway See INTERSECTION INTERSECTION
141. tween aircraft expressed in time This method would more likely be utilized regardless of altitude MIS See METEOROLOGICAL IMPACT STATEMENT MISSED APPROACH a A maneuver conducted by a pilot when an instrument approach cannot be completed to a landing The route of flight and altitude are shown on instrument approach procedure charts A pilot executing a missed approach prior to the Missed Approach Point MAP must continue along the final approach to the MAP b A term used by the pilot to inform ATC that he she is executing the missed approach c At locations where ATC radar service is provided the pilot should conform to radar vectors when provided by ATC in lieu of the published missed approach procedure See MISSED APPROACH POINT Refer to AIM Pilot Controller Glossary MISSED APPROACH POINT A point prescribed in each instrument approach procedure at which a missed approach procedure shall be executed if the required visual reference does not exist See MISSED APPROACH See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE MISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE ICAO The procedure to be followed if the approach cannot be continued MISSED APPROACH SEGMENT See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE MLDI See METER LIST DISPLAY INTERVAL MLS See MICROWAVE LANDING SYSTEM MLS CATEGORIES a MLS Category I An MLS approach procedure which provides for an approach to a height above t
142. 0 AIE UAIE DPE UAI6 MAN LFPG 0400 CHARTERED ACFT 800103 800315 O 6 7 BAwog2 B737 M EGLL 1810 NO430 F190 ATE UAIE DPE UAI6 MAN LFPG 0400 CHARTERED ACFT ICAO FLIGHT PLANS Appendix A 21 4 3 14 Appendix B FSS Forms S DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FAA USE ONLY E PILOT BRIEFING O VNR FLIGHT PLAN O STOPOVER 2 AIRCRAFT AIRCRAFT TYPE DEPARTURE POINT IDENTIFICATION SPECIAL EQUIPMENT 13 ALTERNATE AIRPORT S 14 PILOT S NAME ADORESS 4 TELEPHONE NUMBER amp AIR JO 7110 10X 6 DEPARTURE TME RAFT HOME BASE CMIL AIRCRAFT PILOTS FAR Part 91 requires you fe an IFR flight plan to operate under instrument fight rules in controlled airspace Failure to file could result in a civil penalty not to exceed 1 000 for each violation Section 901 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1968 as amended Filing of a VFR flight plan is recommended as a good operating practice See also Part 99 for requirements conceming OVFR fight plans onda Vorston Ido CLOSE VFR FLIGHT PLAN WITH ARCRAFT TYPE EQUIPMENT REMARKS FSS Forms FSS ON ARRIVAL Appendix B 1 JO 7110 10X 4 3 14 Paperwork Reduction Act Statement Flight Plan information is collected for the protection and identification of aircraft and property and persons on the ground Air Traffic uses the information to provide control services and search and rescue services An individual respondent would require about 2 5 minutes to provide the information FAR Par
143. 0 0 0 cee ee cece Table of Contents JO 7110 10X Page I tod Qui a bh hanNNvrR DD UY UU UY Y WWW Y Y Y Y iii JO 7110 10X iv Paragraph NNNDNDDADAAA AD 6 2 1 RESPONSIBILITY 205 peace 28 2 ae aan OBTAINING INFORMATION 00 0 eee eee COORDINATION ooo eect a od at ans nen PROVIDING ASSISTANCE e i ee e E A eee eee nen RECORDING INFORMATION 0 0 0 0 cece eee SAFE ALTITUDES FOR ORIENTATIONS 0 0 00 o Section 2 Operations INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS 0 0 0 eee eee FREQUENCY CHANGES 2 2 2220 alee aaa lee a aan AIRCRAFT ORIENTATION 0 0 eee R eee ALTITUDE CHANGE FOR IMPROVED RECEPTION ALERTING CONTROL FACILITY 0 0 0 VFR AIRCRAFT IN WEATHER DIFFICULTY 00 0008 AIRCRAFT POSITION PLOTS a E eee EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER ELT SIGNALS EXPEOSIVE CARGO und e ai a ee ee EXPLOSIVE DETECTION DOG HANDLER TEAMS INFLIGHT EQUIPMENT MALFUNCTIONS 000000 NAVY FLEET SUPPORT MISSIONS 0 0 0 0 o COUNTRIES IN THE SPECIAL INTEREST FLIGHT PROGRAM MINIMUM FUEL enre esse een eh AIRCRAFT BOMB THREATS 0 occccccccococc nennen EMERGENCY SECURITY CONTROL OF AIR TRAFFIC ESCAT Section 3 ADF VOR Orientation ACTIONS REQUIRED 3 4 22 2 0 282 200 2202 0200 same Bas AN 24
144. 0 10X X No transponder TACAN ONLY M No transponder N Transponder with no Mode C P Transponder with Mode C AREA NAVIGATION RNAV C LORAN VOR DME or INS transponder with no Mode C A LORAN VOR DME or INS transponder with Mode C Y LORAN VOR DME or INS with no transponder ADVANCED RNAV With Transponder and Mode C If an aircraft is unable to operate with a transponder and or Mode C it will revert to the appropriate code listed above under Area Navigation E Flight Management System FMS with DME DME and IRU position updating E FMS with DME DME position updating IG Global Navigation Satellite System GNSS including GPS or WAAS with en route and terminal capability IR Required Navigational Performance The aircraft meets the RNP type prescribed for the route segment s route s and or area concerned Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum RVSM Prior to conducting RVSM operations within the U S the operator must obtain authorization from the FAA or from the responsible authority as appropriate J E with RVSM K E with RVSM L G with RVSM Q R with RVSM W RVSM NEW 6 2 1 FLIGHT PLAN RECORDING TBL 6 2 5 Suffix to Aircraft Type Add Navigation Capability Transponder Ca
145. 0 958 3 28 80 975 3 29 30 992 2 27 81 941 8 28 31 958 7 28 81 975 6 29 31 992 6 27 82 942 1 28 32 959 0 28 82 976 0 29 32 992 9 27 83 942 4 28 33 959 4 28 83 976 3 29 33 993 2 27 84 942 8 28 34 959 7 28 84 976 6 29 34 992 6 27 85 943 1 28 35 960 0 28 85 977 0 29 35 993 9 27 86 943 4 28 36 960 4 28 86 977 3 29 36 994 2 27 87 943 8 28 37 960 7 28 87 977 7 29 37 994 6 27 88 944 1 28 38 961 1 28 88 978 0 29 38 994 9 27 89 944 5 28 39 961 4 28 89 978 3 29 39 995 3 27 90 944 8 28 40 961 7 28 90 978 7 29 40 995 6 27 91 945 1 28 41 962 1 28 91 979 0 29 41 995 9 27 92 945 5 28 42 962 4 28 92 979 3 29 42 996 3 Radio Communications inches millibars inches millibars inches millibars inches millibars 29 50 999 0 30 00 1015 9 30 50 1032 8 31 00 1049 8 29 51 999 3 30 01 1016 3 30 51 1033 2 31 01 1050 1 29 52 999 7 30 02 1016 6 30 52 1033 5 31 02 1050 5 29 53 1000 0 30 03 1016 9 30 53 1033 9 31 03 1050 8 29 54 1000 3 30 04 1017 3 30 54 1034 2 31 04 1051 1 29 55 1000 7 30 05 1017 6 30 55 1034 5 31 05 1051 5 29 56 1001 0 30 06 1017 9 30 56 1034 9 31 06 1051 8 29 57 1001 4 30 07 1018 3 30 57 1035 2 31 07 1052 2 29 58 1001 7 30 08 1018 6 30 58 1035 6 31 08 1052 5 29 59 1002 0 30 09 1019 0 30 59 1035 9 31 09 1052 8 29 60 1002 4 30 10 1019 3 30 60 1036 2 31 10 1053 2 29 61 1002 7 30 11 1019 6 30 61 1036 6 31 11 1053 5 29 62 1003 0 30 12 1020 0 30 62 1036 9 31 12 1053 8 29 63 1003 4 30 13 1020 3 30 63 1037 3 31 13 1054 2 29 64 1003 7 30 14 1020 7 30 64 1037 6 31 14
146. 000 MHz The bank of radio frequencies used for military air ground voice communications In some instances this may go as low as 225 MHz and still be referred to as UHF ULTRALIGHT VEHICLE A single occupant aeronautical vehicle operated for sport or recreational purposes which does not require FAA registration an airworthiness certificate nor pilot certification Operation of an ultralight vehicle in certain airspace requires authorization from ATC Refer to 14 CFR Part 103 UNABLE Indicates inability to comply with a specific instruction request or clearance UNASSOCIATED A radar target that does not display a data block with flight identification and altitude information See ASSOCIATED UNDER THE HOOD Indicates that the pilot is using a hood to restrict visibility outside the cockpit while simulating instrument flight An appropriately rated pilot is required in the other control seat while this operation is being conducted Refer to 14 CFR Part 91 UNFROZEN The Scheduled Time of Arrival STA tags which are still being rescheduled by traffic management advisor TMA calculations The aircraft will remain unfrozen until the time the corresponding estimated time of arrival ETA tag passes the preset freeze horizon for that aircraft s stream class At this point the automatic rescheduling will stop and the STA becomes frozen UNICOM A nongovernment communication facil ity which may provide airport
147. 0000 00s 10 1 3 10 1 13 HIGH INTENSITY RUNWAY RUNWAY CENTERLINE RCLS AND TOUCHDOWN ZONE LIGHTS TDZL 2222 00 ccc cece cence eens 10 1 3 10 1 14 HIRL CHANGES AFFECTING RVR 0 c cece cece teen e ete e es 10 1 3 4 3 14 Table of Contents JO 7110 10X 4 3 14 Paragraph Page 10 1 15 HIGH SPEED TURNOFF LIGHTS 0 00000 cece ccc e cence cece ees 10 1 3 10 1 16 RUNWAY END IDENTIFIER LIGHTS REIL 00000 0000 cece seen 10 1 3 0 1 17 TAXIWAY LIGHTS A n 10 1 4 10 1 18 VISUAL APPROACH SLOPE INDICATORS VASIS 0oooccccoocccccoos 10 1 4 10 1 19 VISIBILITY AIDS GENERAL o on usunne uere ene cece eens 10 1 4 10 1 20 RVRIRVV vid eas dy citys O O 10 1 5 10 1 21 OPERATION OF LANDING DIRECTION INDICATOR 0ooocccooocccccoos 10 1 5 Chapter 11 Interphone Communications Section 1 General A E E EE 11 1 1 11 1 2 INTERPHONE TRANSMISSION PRIORITIES 0 00000 000ceeeeee eee 1 1 1 11123 PRIORITY INTERRUPTION ans ya ten sr 11 1 1 11 1 4 MESSAGE INITIATION u a des en a reis 11 1 1 11 1 5 MESSAGE TERMINATION ek tin ie ee He 11 1 2 Chapter 12 Phraseology Section 1 General TA ARO RPO SE RN o 12 1 1 1122 PHRASHOLOGY oriundo tt iia 12 1 1 12 1 3 WORDS AND PHRASES 0ooocccccocccccconorncnnnnrrn nn 12 1 1 12 1 4 ANNOUNCING MISSING ITEMS o n a eneee rererere rana 12 1 1 12 1 5 ICAO PHONETICS do 12 1 1 12 1 6 RELAY OF ATC COMMUNICATIONS 0000 c cece cece cece nee e eee ee 12 1 2 12 1 7 EX
148. 1 Turn the aircraft inbound to the NDB being used Provide the direction of the turn and the heading to be flown Advise the pilot to report when established on that heading PHRASEOLOGY FOR A D F ORIENTATION TURN LEFT RIGHT HEADING degrees REPORT ESTABLISHED HEADING degrees 2 Notify the appropriate control facility Provide all required information including the aircraft s position and heading 5 3 1 JO 7110 10X 3 Verify that the aircraft is established on a line of position to the NDB PHRASEOLOGY WHAT IS YOUR A D F NEEDLE READING 4 Provide heading adjustments as needed for the aircraft to continue inbound to the NDB a If the pilot indicates an ADF reading other than 3 6 0 compute the new heading and advise the aircraft PHRASEOLOGY TURN LEFT RIGHT HEADING degrees REPORT ESTABLISHED HEADING degrees b After pilot reports established and needle is on 3 6 0 heading adjustments are not necessary PHRASEOLOGY CONTINUE HEADING degrees c Cross fixing After the aircraft is established inbound to the NDB use the following procedures 1 Advise the pilot to tune the ADF receiver to the NDB to be used for cross fixing Provide the NDB name identifier and frequency PHRASEOLOGY TUNE YOUR A D F RECEIVER TO THE name RADIO BEACON FREQUENCY frequency IDENTIFICATION identification CHECK VOLUME UP AND IDENTIFY THE STATION ADVISE WHEN YOU HAVE DONE THIS 2 After acknow
149. 1 hour of the proposed departure time and specific arrangements have not been made to activate the flight plan cancel and store in the history file b The FSS history file is used for statistical and historical purposes Movement messages pilot briefings and aircraft contacts are stored in the history files automatically and retained for 15 days c When a pilot reports an actual departure time of more than 2 hours prior to the current clock time request an updated ETE based on the aircraft s present position Amend the ETE in the existing flight plan and activate the flight plan using the current time as the time of departure and inform the pilot of the new_ETA 6 4 2 DEPARTURE REPORT MESSAGE When a pilot activates a flight plan with other than the facility holding the flight plan transmit a numbered message to the departure tie in facility EXAMPLE FF KRCAYXYX DTG KHONYFYX HON001 RCA N98765 D1645 RCA ALW 6 4 3 ACKNOWLEDGING NUMBERED MESSAGES Acknowledge a numbered message as soon as practical after receipt Prefix the acknowledgement with the letter R followed by a space and then the 3 digit message number EXAMPLE FF KMMVYFYX DTG KRNOYFYX R 001 6 4 4 FLIGHT NOTIFICATION MESSAGE a When a departure report is received or the pilot requests an assumed departure transmit a flight notification message to the destination tie in facility as specified in FAA Order JO 7350 8 Location Flight Plan Ha
150. 10 10X Section 4 Alert Notices ALNOTs 8 4 1 ALNOT a If the replies to the INREO are negative or if the aircraft is not located within 1 hour after transmission of the INREQ whichever occurs first the destination station must transmit an ALNOT addressed to 1 Flight Plan Originator If other than DUATS or AISR 2 KSARYCYX Includes RCC AISR and DUAT vendors 3 KxxxYAYX appropriate Regional Opera tions Center ROC 4 Add ARTCCs 50NM either side of route 5 BASOPS if destination or departure tie in facility or the home base of the aircraft 6 Other addresses deemed beneficial to the search by the specialist b Expand the communications search area to that area extending 50 miles on either side of the proposed route of flight from the last reported position to the destination The search area may be expanded to the maximum range of the aircraft at the request of the RCC or by the destination station c If the departure airport route of flight destination airport or alternate airports are within 50 miles of the Great Lakes notify Cleveland RCC via recorded telecommunications line d Include all information from the INREQ plus any additional information received that could assist in search activities Provide the aircraft s last known position as the final item in the message The message text must begin with the contraction ALNOT followed by the aircraft identification EXAMPLE ALNOT N1
151. 1054 5 29 65 1004 1 30 15 1021 0 30 65 1037 9 31 15 1054 9 29 66 1004 4 30 16 1021 3 30 66 1038 3 31 16 1055 2 29 67 1004 7 30 17 1021 7 30 67 1038 6 31 17 1055 5 29 68 1005 1 30 18 1022 0 30 68 1038 9 31 18 1055 9 29 69 1005 4 30 19 1022 4 30 69 1039 3 31 19 1056 2 29 70 1005 8 30 20 1022 7 30 70 1039 6 31 20 1056 6 29 71 1006 1 30 21 1023 0 30 71 1040 0 31 21 1056 9 29 72 1006 4 30 22 1023 4 30 72 1040 3 31 22 1057 2 29 73 1006 8 30 23 1023 7 30 73 1040 6 31 23 1057 6 29 74 1007 1 30 24 1024 0 30 74 1041 0 31 24 1057 9 29 75 1007 5 30 25 1024 4 30 75 1041 3 31 25 1058 2 29 76 1007 8 30 26 1024 7 30 76 1041 6 31 26 1058 6 29 77 1008 1 30 27 1025 1 30 77 1042 0 31 27 1058 9 29 78 1008 5 30 28 1025 4 30 78 1042 3 31 28 1059 3 29 79 1008 8 30 29 1025 7 30 79 1042 7 31 29 1059 6 29 80 1009 1 30 30 1026 1 30 80 1043 0 31 30 1059 9 29 81 1009 5 30 31 1026 4 30 81 1043 3 31 31 1060 3 29 82 1009 8 30 32 1026 8 30 82 1043 7 31 32 1060 6 29 83 1010 2 30 33 1027 1 30 83 1044 0 31 33 1061 0 29 84 1010 5 30 34 1027 4 30 84 1044 4 31 34 1061 3 29 85 1010 8 30 35 1027 8 30 85 1044 7 31 35 1061 6 29 86 1011 2 30 36 1028 1 30 86 1045 0 31 36 1062 0 29 87 1011 5 30 37 1028 4 30 87 1045 4 31 37 1062 3 29 88 1011 9 30 38 1028 8 30 88 1045 7 31 38 1062 6 29 89 1012 2 30 39 1029 1 30 89 1046 1 31 39 1063 0 29 90 1012 5 30 40 1029 5 30 90 1046 4 31 40 1063 3 29 91 1012 9 30 41 1029 8 30 91 1046 7 31 41 1063 7 29 92 1013 2 30 42 1030 1 30 92 1047 1 31 42 1064 0 4 3 3
152. 2 MC 0 e Using a group code the operational system automatically transmits all VFR flight plans to the Drug Enforcement Administration in addition to the destination at the time of activation NOTE All filed flight plans as well as all logged inflight preflight flight watch and contact briefings are transmitted to the Air and Marine Operations Center AMOC using the address KRIVYYYX These transmis sions are transparent f The group code KSARYCYX has been established to assist in the processing of INREQs and ALNOTs 13 1 4 MESSAGE FORMATS a Specialists should follow the transmit formats defined for the operational system in use Failure to comply can result in the message being rejected by either NADIN or WMSCR This may result in non delivery to the intended recipients b Full keyboard punctuation is allowed on all messages destined for internal FAA DOD and NWS General 4 3 14 dissemination For international dissemination punctuation should be limited to those characters identified in pertinent ICAO documents c Contractions and abbreviations should be used to shorten data transmissions to the extent possible In no case should one be used that is not documented in FAA Order JO 7340 2 Contractions For international communications be aware that the foreign correspondent may not understand all FAA contractions and may not have a full command of the English language Care should be exercised in
153. 2 3 1 JO 7110 10X broadcast for any weather reporting point with a field elevation of 2 000 feet MSL or above that reaches the criteria found in TBL 2 2 1 g En Route Forecast Include forecast informa tion from appropriate data for example area forecast FA synopsis terminal aerodrome forecast TAFs and weather advisories h Winds Aloft Include winds aloft as forecast for the route area as interpolated from forecast data for the local and or the adjacent reporting locations for levels through 12 000 feet The broadcast should include the levels from 3 000 to 12 000 feet but must always include at least two forecast levels above the surface i Request for PIREPs When weather conditions within the area or along the route meet requirements for soliciting PIREPs paragraph 9 2 5 include a request in the recording 2 3 2 4 3 14 PHRASEOLOGY PILOT WEATHER REPORTS ARE REQUESTED CONTACT FLIGHT WATCH or FLIGHT SERVICE as appropriate j Closing Announcement The closing announcement must provide instructions for contacting a pilot briefer for NOTAMs military training activity or other information 2 3 3 MONITORING a Manually prepared recordings must be monitored immediately after recording to insure accuracy of data and availability by calling 1 800 WX BRIEF b Automated TIBS products and non meteorological recordings must be monitored once each shift to ensure clarity and accuracy Telephone Infor
154. 21 4 12 FSS Forms Appendix B 7 JO 7110 10X 4 3 14 PREFLIGHT BRIEFING LOG 1 STATION 2 DATE 3 POSITION sane IDENTIFICATION POINT DESTI NATION REMAR KS BRIEFER FAA Form 7233 2 6 91 Supersedas Previous Edtion Electronic Version Adobe Appendix B 8 FSS Forms 4 3 14 Pilot Controller Glossary PILOT CONTROLLER GLOSSARY PURPOSE a This Glossary was compiled to promote a common understanding of the terms used in the Air Traffic Control system It includes those terms which are intended for pilot controller communications Those terms most frequently used in pilot controller communications are printed in bold italics The definitions are primarily defined in an operational sense applicable to both users and operators of the National Airspace System Use of the Glossary will preclude any misunderstandings concerning the system s design function and purpose b Because of the international nature of flying terms used in the Lexicon published by the International Civil Aviation Organization ICAO are included when they differ from FAA definitions These terms are followed by ICAO For the reader s convenience there are also cross references to related terms in other parts of the Glossary and to other documents such as the Code of Federal Regulations CFR and the Aeronautical Information Manual AIM c This Glossary will be revised as necessary to maintain a common understanding of the system EXPLANATI
155. 2345 flight plan information additional pertinent information e Ten minutes after the ALNOT is issued call the RCC to ensure delivery of the ALNOT and to answer any inquiries NOTE 1 Alaska Joint Base Elmendorf Richardson RCC at 907 551 7230 800 420 7230 or DSN 317 551 7230 Alert Notices ALNOTs 2 RCC Tyndall AFB phone numbers are 800 851 3051 or 850 283 5955 f If additional pertinent information is received transmit the information as necessary to all original addressees 8 4 2 ACTION UPON RECEIPT OF ALNOT Upon receipt of an ALNOT including those received from other ATC facilities each station whose flight plan area extends into the ALNOT search area must a Immediately conduct an expanded communications search of those airports which fall within the ALNOT search area that could accommodate the aircraft and that were not checked during the INREQ search Notify the appropriate ATC facilities Request the appropriate law enforcement agency to check airports which cannot be contacted otherwise b For ARTCC issued ALNOTS coordinate with the issuing facility to determine the extent of communications already completed prior to contacting airports and other ATC facilities whose flight plan area extends into the ALNOT search area c Within 1 hour after receipt of the ALNOT notify the originator of the results or status of the communications search Transmit pertinent information such as aircraft
156. 3 4 3 14 Pilot Controller Glossary M MAA See MAXIMUM AUTHORIZED ALTITUDE MACH NUMBER The ratio of true airspeed to the speed of sound e g MACH 82 MACH 1 6 See AIRSPEED MACH TECHNIQUE ICAO Describes a control technique used by air traffic control whereby turbojet aircraft operating successively along suitable routes are cleared to maintain appropriate MACH numbers for a relevant portion of the en route phase of flight The principle objective is to achieve improved utilization of the airspace and to ensure that separation between successive aircraft does not decrease below the established minima MAHWP Missed Approach Holding Waypoint MAINTAIN a Concerning altitude flight level the term means to remain at the altitude flight level specified The phrase climb and or descend and normally precedes maintain and the altitude assignment e g descend and maintain 5 000 b Concerning other ATC instructions the term is used in its literal sense e g maintain VFR MAINTENANCE PLANNING FRICTION LEVEL The friction level specified in AC 150 5320 12 Measurement Construction and Maintenance of Skid Resistant Airport Pavement Surfaces which represents the friction value below which the runway pavement surface remains acceptable for any category or class of aircraft operations but which is beginning to show signs of deterioration This value will vary depending on the particular fr
157. 3 figures giving degrees magnetic followed by the distance from the point in the form of 3 figures expressing nautical miles In areas of high latitude where it is determined by the appropriate authority that reference to degrees magnetic is impractical ICAO FLIGHT PLANS Appendix A 11 JO 7110 10X 4 3 14 degrees true may be used Make up the correct number of figures where necessary by insertion of zeros e g a point of 180 magnetic at a distance of 40 nautical miles from VOR DUB should be expressed as DUB180040 OR The first point of the route name or LAT LONG or the marker radio beacon if the aircraft has not taken off from an aerodrome DEST Insert the non ICAO identifier of destination aerodrome if ZZZZ is inserted in Item 16 For aerodromes not listed in the relevant Aeronautical Information Publication indicate location in LAT LONG or bearing and distance from the nearest significant point as described under DEP above DOF The date of flight departure in a six figure format Y YMMDD where YY equals the year MM equals the month and DD equals the day The FAA will not accept flight plans filed with Date of Flight resulting in more than 24 hours in advance REG The nationality or common mark and registration mark of the aircraft if different from the aircraft identification in Item 7 EET Significant points or FIR boundary designators and accumulated estimated elapsed times from take off to such p
158. 300 feet from the threshold and extending at equal intervals up to 1 500 feet from the threshold The other two lights are located one on each side of the runway threshold at a lateral distance of 40 feet from the runway edge or 75 feet from the runway edge when installed on a runway equipped with a VASI Refer to FAAO JO 6850 2 VISUAL GUIDANCE LIGHTING SYSTEMS b Runway Lights Runway Edge Lights Lights having a prescribed angle of emission used to define the lateral limits of a runway Runway lights are uniformly spaced at intervals of approximately 200 feet and the intensity may be controlled or preset c Touchdown Zone Lighting Two rows of transverse light bars located symmetrically about the runway centerline normally at 100 foot intervals The basic system extends 3 000 feet along the runway d Runway Centerline Lighting Flush centerline lights spaced at 50 foot intervals beginning 75 feet from the landing threshold and extending to within 75 feet of the opposite end of the runway e Threshold Lights Fixed green lights arranged symmetrically left and right of the runway centerline identifying the runway threshold f Runway End Identifier Lights REIL Two synchronized flashing lights one on each side of the PCG A 8 4 3 14 runway threshold which provide rapid and positive identification of the approach end of a particular runway g Visual Approach Slope Indicator VASI An airport lighting facil
159. 5 ARTCC RELAY OF VFR MESSAGES 7 1 9 Section 2 Customs Notification and ADIZ Requirements 7 2 1 FLIGHT PLAN CUSTOMS REQUIREMENTS ceeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 2 1 7 2 2 INBOUND AIRCRAFT CUSTOMS REQUIREMENTS 000e cece ee 7 2 1 7 2 3 INBOUND AIRCRAFT ADIZ REQUIREMENTS 00eceeeeeeeeees 7 2 2 Section 3 Alerting Service 12321 GENERAL A er cid is ek ass 7 3 1 97 322 ALERTING PHASES 1 242 202 28 ana ias 7 3 1 7 3 3 ALERTING MESSAGE CONTENTS o 7 3 1 Section 4 Canadian Movement and Control Messages Transborder Flights Only FAA GENERA Losec trey bg bcd ET RR ie NE RN a ltd 7 4 1 7 4 2 INBOUNDS FROM CANADA cos nennen 7 4 1 7 4 3 OUTBOUNDS TO CANADA cos 7 4 1 7 4 4 OUTBOUNDS TO CANADA DEPARTING FROM OUTSIDE FLIGHT PLAN ARA A e au Cab a ed a O ee e EAT 7 4 2 7 4 5 IFR FLIGHT PLANS DEPARTING CANADIAN AIRPORTS 22222 7 4 3 7 4 6 SEARCH AND RESCUE MESSAGES 7 4 3 Section 5 Mexican Movement and Control Messages Transborder Flights Only 72521 S GENERAL gt es dec ia tie an Por E Ol tak Pie Me Mh Beek Pe E 7 5 1 7 5 2 INBOUNDS FROM MEXICO 0 ccc cc ccc ccc eeeneeeeeeteeeeeees 7 5 1 7 5 3 OUTBOUNDS TO MEXICO cc 7 5 1 Chapter 8 Search and Rescue SAR Procedures Section 1 General 8 1 1 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SAR ACTION 8 1 1 4 3 14 Table of Contents 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Paragraph Page 8 1 2 OVERDUE AIRCRAFT ON FLIGHT PLAN 0 0000 cence eee ens 8 1
160. 5 ST 1045 ST 1145 ST 0245 ST 2d Issuance 1745 DT 1845 DT 1945 DT 1030 0930 0940 0745 DT 1845 ST 1945 ST 2045 ST 0845 ST 31d Issuance 0045 DT 0145 DT 0245 DT 1830 1530 1540 1345 DT 0145 ST 0245 ST 0345 DT 1445 ST 4th Issuance 2130 2140 1945 DT 2045 ST Note DT Daylight Time ST Standard Time UTC Coordinated Universal Time NEW 9 5 2 AREA FORECAST FA SCHEDULE FAs are issued three times a day in the contiguous U S Alaska and the Gulf of Mexico and four times a day in Hawaii and the Caribbean The issuance times are in TBL 9 5 2 Boston Chicago San Fran Gulf of Caribbean Hawaii Alaska and and Fort cisco and Mexico UTC UTC UTC Miami Worth Salt Lake UTC UTC UTC City UTC 1 Issuance 0845 DT 0945 DT 1045 DT 0130 0330 0340 0415 DT 0945 ST 1045 ST 1145 ST 0515 ST 21d Issuance 1745 DT 1845 DT 1945 DT 1030 0930 0940 1215 DT 1845 ST 1945 ST 2045 ST 1315 ST 31d Issuance 0045 DT 0145 DT 0245 DT 1830 1530 1540 2015 DT 0145 ST 0245 ST 0345 DT 2115 ST 4th Issuance 2130 2140 Note DT Daylight Time ST Standard Time UTC Coordinated Universal Time Briefing Guide BG 5 JO 7110 10X 1 PARAGRAPH NUMBER AND TITLE 9 7 1 GENERAL 4 3 14 2 BACKGROUND This change is proposed in response to National Weather Service NWS plans to modify transmission times of Alaskan Airmets on October 15 2013 This change to Table 9 7 1 is needed to reflect the new i
161. A in Weather and H2S NO ASH SO2 NO ASH or SULFUR SMELL NO ASH in Remarks EXAMPLE UA OV PANC240075 TM 2010 FL370 TP DC10 WX VA RM SULFUR SMELL NO ASH c If a volcanic activity report is received from other than a pilot enter Aircraft UNKN Flight Level UNKN and in Remarks UNOFFICIAL 9 The SKYSPOTTER program is a result of a recommendation from the Safer Skies FAA INDUSTRY Joint Safety Analysis and 9 2 7 JO 7110 10X Implementation Teams The term SKYSPOTTER indicates that a pilot has received specialized training in observing and reporting inflight weather phenomenon pilot weather reports or PIREPs When a PIREP from a pilot identifying themselves as a SKYSPOTTER aircraft is received the additional comment AWC must be added at the end of the remarks section of the PIREP EXAMPLE PIREP Text RM Text AWC 10 If ISA is reported 9 2 8 4 3 14 EXAMPLE RM ISA 10C 9 2 15 PIREP ENCODING PIREPs must be coded to ensure the PIREP is stored and subsequently distributed with the surface observation location nearest the condition being reported If more than one METAR location is appropriate select the location that provides the greatest distribution and or prominence such as a major hub airport Pilot Weather Report UA UUA 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 3 Wind and Temperature Aloft Forecast FB 9 3 1 GENERAL Wind and temperatu
162. A continuous recording of meteorological and aeronau tical information that is broadcast on L MF and VOR facilities for pilots Provided only in Alaska Refer to AIM Pilot Controller Glossary TRANSFER OF CONTROL That action whereby the responsibility for the separation of an aircraft is transferred from one controller to another See ICAO term TRANSFER OF CONTROL TRANSFER OF CONTROL ICAO Transfer of responsibility for providing air traffic control service TRANSFERRING CONTROLLER A controller facility transferring control of an aircraft to another controller facility See ICAO term TRANSFERRING UNIT CONTROLLER TRANSFERRING FACILITY See TRANSFERRING CONTROLLER TRANSFERRING UNIT CONTROLLER ICAO Air traffic control unit air traffic controller in the process of transferring the responsibility for providing air traffic control service to an aircraft to the next air traffic control unit air traffic controller along the route of flight Note See definition of accepting unit controller TRANSITION a The general term that describes the change from one phase of flight or flight condition to another e g transition from en route flight to the approach or transition from instrument flight to visual flight b A published procedure DP Transition used to connect the basic DP to one of several en route airways jet routes or a published procedure STAR Transition used to connect one of several en rou
163. A number of miles NAUTICAL MILE RADIUS OF location or location not defined by nautical mile radius or THE ROUTE FROM location TO location b Weather Advisories Include WST WS WA CWA AWW urgent PIREP UUA and any other available meteorological information that may adversely affect flight in the route area PHRASEOLOGY WEATHER ADVISORIES ARE IN EFFECT FOR adverse conditions OVER geographic area text c VFR Not Recommended VNR Statement Include this recommendation when current or forecast conditions surface or aloft would make flight under visual flight rules doubtful PHRASEOLOGY V F RFLIGHT NOT RECOMMENDED location DUE TO conditions d Synopsis A brief statement describing the type location and movement of weather systems and or masses which might affect the route or the area This element may be combined with adverse conditions and or the VNR element in any order when it will help to more clearly describe conditions e Current Conditions Include current weather conditions over the route area and PIREPs on conditions reported aloft NOTE When communicating weather information on the TIBS broadcast or telephone specialists may announce cloud heights in either group form or in hundreds or thousands of feet such as seventeen thousand or one sev en thousand f Density Altitude Include the statement Check Density Altitude as part of the surface weather
164. ADCUS in the remarks section of an IFR flight plan or flight notification message satisfies this requirement c VFR Flight Plans 1 Upon notification of departure of VFR flights transmit a flight notification message When Customs notification service is requested for an airport of entry include ADCUS and the information listed in subpara 7 5 3a Address messages to the ICAO addressee for the appropriate destination location 2 Ifa VER flight plan is filed with a destination other than an airport of entry transmit the flight notification message to the Regional Flight Dispatch Office not the destination tie in station If the correct addressee cannot be determined transmit to the nearest border Regional Flight Dispatch Office NOTE Facilities with interphone telephone capability may relay flight notification messages by this method REFERENCE FAAO JO 7350 8 Location Identifiers 3 Address messages to the ICAO addressee for the appropriate destination location Transmit the following information a Type of flight b Aircraft identification 7 5 1 JO 7110 10X c Aircraft type d Departure point e Destination f ETA g Remarks EXAMPLE FF MMCUXMXO DTG KSJTYFYX VFR N1234S C182 SJT MMCU 1400 ADCUS 4ZUCHERMANN d If acknowledgment is not received within 30 minutes after departure transmit a request acceptance message to the destination station tie in addressee and to the Region
165. ATC assigned airspace and any other designated airspace areas The dimensions of this airspace are programmed into URET and can be designated as either active or inactive by screen entry Aircraft trajectories are constantly tested against the dimensions of active areas and alerts issued to the applicable sectors when violations are predicted See USER REQUEST EVALUATION TOOL SPECIAL EMERGENCY A condition of air piracy or other hostile act by a person s aboard an aircraft which threatens the safety of the aircraft or its passengers SPECIAL INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCE DURE See INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE SPECIAL USE AIRSPACE Airspace of defined dimensions identified by an area on the surface of the earth wherein activities must be confined because of their nature and or wherein limitations may be imposed upon aircraft operations that are not a part of those activities Types of special use airspace are a Alert Area Airspace which may contain a high volume of pilot training activities or an unusual type of aerial activity neither of which is hazardous to aircraft Alert Areas are depicted on aeronautical charts for the information of nonparticipating pilots All activities within an Alert Area are conducted in accordance with Federal Aviation Regulations and pilots of participating aircraft as well as pilots transiting the area are equally responsible for collision avoidance Pilot Controller Glossary b Controlled F
166. Altitudes or flight levels 1 Altitudes Pronounce each digit in the number of hundreds or thousands followed by the word hundred or thousand as appropriate See TBL 12 1 26 TBL 12 1 26 Altitudes Altitude Phraseology 5 000 Five thousand 10 000 One zero thousand 11 500 One one thousand five hundred 2 Altitudes may be restated in group form for added clarity 1f the specialist chooses See TBL 12 1 27 TBL 12 1 27 Altitudes continued Altitude Phraseology 10 000 Ten thousand 11 500 Eleven thousand five hundred 3 Flight levels The words flight level followed by the separate digits of the flight level See TBL 12 1 28 12 1 9 JO 7110 10X TBL 12 1 28 Flight Levels Flight Level Phraseology 180 Flight level one eight zero 270 Flight level two seven zero 4 MDA DH Altitudes The words minimum descent altitude or decision height followed by separate digits of the MDA DH altitude See TBL 12 1 29 TBL 12 1 29 MDA DH Altitude Altitude Phraseology 486 Decision height four eight six 1 320 Minimum descent altitude one three two zero c Time 1 General time information The four separate digits of the hour and minutes in terms of Coordinated Universal Time UTC See TBL 12 1 30 TBL 12 1 30 Coordinated Universal Time Time Phraseology 0115 UTC Zero one one five 1315 UTC One th
167. BE SUSPENDED 0 0 2 cee ee 2 2 5 MONITORING sS potogen a aa ES FE BG 200 BES FTA EG Bunt JO 7110 10X 4 3 14 Paragraph Page 2 3 2 AREA ROUTE BRIEFING PROCEDURES 0000 cece ee eee sence 2 3 1 2 3 3 MONITORING ee se ee ee 2 3 2 Section 4 Hazardous Inflight Weather Advisory Service HIWAS ST GENERA Lenii a en es et 2 4 1 DASE PRIORHN a ee ee ee a es 2 4 1 2247 MOONEE rl a Sal eye aeae nee 2 4 1 2 4 4 BROADCAST PROCEDURES 0 00 cece cece cece ce se seen ee ensnenes 2 4 1 21 SUSPENSION en ae re Mav og 2 4 2 Section 5 Automatic Flight Information Service AFIS Alaska Only 2 5 1 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT INFORMATION SERVICE AFIS o n a anaana 2 5 1 Chapter 3 Pilot Briefing Section 1 General 321 1 DEFINITION ae ers o ice aeie 3 1 1 3 1 2 PRE DUTY REQUIREMENTS 0 00 00 c cece cece eee e teen teen teens 3 1 1 3 1 3 PREFLIGHT BRIEFING DISPLAY 0 00000 cece cece cece cence rnrn nn 3 1 1 3 1 4 WEATHER DISPLAY PRODUCTS 0 000s ccc c ccc c ene n ence nen enens 3 1 1 3 1 5 FORECASTS WARNINGS AND ADVISORIES 0 0 000cceeeeuees 3 1 2 3 1 6 UNAVAILABILITY OF DATA e 3 1 3 3 1 7 TYPE OF BRIEFING TO BE CONDUCTED 0 00 0 c cece cece ee nn 3 1 3 3 1 8 LOGGING PILOT BRIEFINGS 0 0 00000 c cece ee eee eee rr 3 1 3 Section 2 Preflight Pilot Briefing 3 2 1 CONDUCT OF STANDARD BRIEFING 0 000 ccc cece ee ee ence cues 3 2 1 3 2 2 CONDUCT OF ABBREVIATED BRIEFING
168. BLISHED HEADING degrees 2 Notify the appropriate control facility Provide all the required information including the aircraft s position and heading 3 Verify that the aircraft is established on a line of position to the VOR PHRASEOLOGY WHAT IS THE POSITION OF YOUR LEFT RIGHT NEEDLE 4 Provide heading adjustments as needed for the aircraft to continue inbound to the VOR a When the pilot indicates the left right needle is not centered advise the pilot to re center needle with a TO indication and report the course selector reading PHRASEOLOGY Pilot response indicates needle not centered ROTATE YOUR COURSE SELECTOR SLOWLY UNTIL THE LEFT RIGHT NEEDLE CENTERS WITH A TO INDICATION ADVISE YOUR COURSE SELECTOR READING If appropriate TURN LEFT RIGHT HEADING degrees REPORT ESTABLISHED degrees b After the aircraft is established on the inbound radial advise the aircraft to continue on the inbound heading PHRASEOLOGY CONTINUE HEADING degrees 5 Plot line of position ADF VOR Orientation JO 7110 10X c Cross fixing After the aircraft is established inbound to the VOR use the following procedures 1 Advise the pilot to tune the receiver to the VOR you have selected for cross fixing Provide VOR name frequency and lost communications procedures PHRASEOLOGY CONTINUE TRANSMITTING THIS FREQUENCY TUNE YOUR V O R RECEIVER TO THE name V O R FREQUENCY frequency IDEN
169. C use to alert pilots of existing or anticipated adverse weather conditions within the next 2 hours A CWA may modify or redefine a SIGMET See AWW See AIRMET See CONVECTIVE SIGMET See SIGMET Refer to AIM PCG C 1 Pilot Controller Glossary CENTRAL EAST PACIFIC An organized route system between the U S West Coast and Hawaii CEP See CENTRAL EAST PACIFIC CERAP See COMBINED CENTER RAPCON CERTIFIED TOWER RADAR DISPLAY CTRD A FAA radar display certified for use in the NAS CFR See CALL FOR RELEASE CHAFF Thin narrow metallic reflectors of various lengths and frequency responses used to reflect radar energy These reflectors when dropped from aircraft and allowed to drift downward result in large targets on the radar display CHARTED VFR FLYWAYS Charted VFR Fly ways are flight paths recommended for use to bypass areas heavily traversed by large turbine powered aircraft Pilot compliance with recommended flyways and associated altitudes is strictly voluntary VFR Flyway Planning charts are published on the back of existing VFR Terminal Area charts CHARTED VISUAL FLIGHT PROCEDURE APPROACH An approach conducted while operating on an instrument flight rules IFR flight plan which authorizes the pilot of an aircraft to proceed visually and clear of clouds to the airport via visual landmarks and other information depicted on a charted visual flight procedure This approach must be autho
170. CASTS WARNINGS AND ADVISORIES a Use only weather forecasts warnings and advisories issued by a National Weather Service NWS office including Center Weather Service General 4 3 14 Units CWSUs the U S military foreign govern ments or graphics systems owned leased by the FAA or provided through a FAA contracted service provider b Use the OUTLOOK section of WSTs to provide information on where convective activity is expected Use the Convective Outlooks ACUSO1 KWNS to extract pertinent forecast information regarding the convective activity c When an NWS forecast requires an amendment or correction request assistance from the appropriate NWS office 3 1 6 UNAVAILABILITY OF DATA Use all available means to obtain the data required to brief pilots If a complete briefing cannot be provided due to circuit problems or missing data inform the pilot of this fact Brief to the extent possible Advise the pilot of the time you expect the data to be available 3 1 7 TYPE OF BRIEFING TO BE CONDUCTED Provide the pilot with the type of briefing requested standard abbreviated or outlook When it is not clear initially which type briefing is desired provide the first one or two items requested and then ascertain if the pilot would like a standard briefing If a standard briefing is requested conduct the briefing in accordance with para 3 2 1 If the pilot does not desire a standard briefing provide either an
171. CHG VFR N711VR C182 BUF YYZ 1845 CANPASS i Do not transmit IFR flight notification messages except for military aircraft or Customs notification purposes NOTE Canada will not acknowledge receipt of these messages j When available use interphone or telephone for flights of 30 minutes or less 7 4 4 OUTBOUNDS TO CANADA DEPARTING FROM OUTSIDE FLIGHT PLAN AREA Accept flight plans regardless of departure point within the NAS See para 7 4 1 and subpara 7 4 3a for CANPASS guidance a Forward VFR flight plan information for aircraft departing from outside the facility s flight plan area to the tie in SECTOR FSS for the departure point in the following format 1 Aircraft identification 2 Aircraft type Canadian Movement and Control Messages Transborder Flights Only 4 3 14 3 Departure point 4 Destination 5 Proposed departure time ETE 6 Remarks EXAMPLE FF PAKTYFYX DTG KSEAYFYX N7IIVR C182 KTN YYJ P1630 0330 CANPASS b Forward IFR flight plan information for aircraft proposing to depart from outside the facility s flight plan area in accordance with Para 6 3 1 Domestic IFR Flight Plans If Customs flight notification service ADCUS is requested advise the pilot to contact CANPASS at 888 226 7277 include CANPASS information as an intrafacility remark and transmit the proposal message to both the ARTCC and the tie in SECTOR FSS Enter the ARTCC computer address last EXAMPLE FF KAO
172. Center or Sector D 5 FSS Kenai radio Kenai progress Apache One Two Three Center Go ahead FSS Over Kenai etc L H Center C M Voice signaling Shout Line FSS Fort Worth Center Fort Worth Radio Clearance Request Center Fort Worth Center Go Ahead FSS Request Clearance Army etc c When calling or replying on an interphone line which connects only two facilities you may omit the facility s name EXAMPLE Radio inbound estimate d FSS 1 Inflight position State the name of the FSS sector followed by the word RADIO and position if appropriate EXAMPLE Fairbanks Radio Leesburg Radio 2 Flight Watch position State the name of the associated ARTCC followed by the words FLIGHT WATCH 11 1 1 JO 7110 10X 4 3 14 EXAMPLE Indianapolis Flight Watch 11 1 5 MESSAGE TERMINATION Terminate interphone messages with your operating initials EXAMPLE VN 11 1 2 General 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Chapter 12 Phraseology Section 1 General 12 1 1 PURPOSE This chapter prescribes standardized procedures and phraseologies to be used by specialist when communicating weather and aeronautical information in broadcast radiotelephone and interphone communications Where position or procedure specific phraseology is required reference is to be made to the relevant chapter of this order
173. Controller Glossary HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS High radio frequencies HF between 3 and 30 MHz used for air to ground voice communication in overseas operations HIGH SPEED EXIT See HIGH SPEED TAXIWAY HIGH SPEED TAXIWAY A long radius taxiway designed and provided with lighting or marking to define the path of aircraft traveling at high speed up to 60 knots from the runway center to a point on the center of a taxiway Also referred to as long radius exit or turn off taxiway The high speed taxiway is designed to expedite aircraft turning off the runway after landing thus reducing runway occupancy time HIGH SPEED TURNOFF See HIGH SPEED TAXIWAY HIWAS See HAZARDOUS INFLIGHT WEATHER ADVISORY SERVICE HIWAS AREA See HAZARDOUS INFLIGHT WEATHER ADVISORY SERVICE HIWAS BROADCAST AREA A geographical area of responsibility including one or more HIWAS outlet areas assigned to a FSS for hazardous weather advisory broadcasting HIWAS OUTLET AREA An area defined as a 150 NM radius of a HIWAS outlet expanded as necessary to provide coverage HOLD FOR RELEASE Used by ATC to delay an aircraft for traffic management reasons i e weather traffic volume etc Hold for release instructions including departure delay information are used to inform a pilot or a controller either directly or through an authorized relay that an IFR departure clearance is not valid until a release time or additional instructi
174. DTG KMIVYFYX MIV001 DCA N8567 A1745 FPNO PHF NMK 2 If the station receiving the closure message is not the destination tie in station transmit a numbered closure message to the destination tie in station including the aircraft identification the closure time the departure point and destination Remarks are optional EXAMPLE FF KHUFYFYX DTG KDAYYFYX DAY003 NIIND C1217 LOU INDLNDD CMH Flight Plan Handling JO 7110 10X 6 4 11 MILITARY FLIGHTS TO FROM U S a To U S If REQ ARR is in remarks suspend the flight plan until arrival information is received from BASOPS and forward to the departure location b From U S If requested by BASOPS include REQ ARR in remarks section of ICAO flight plan Terminate suspense action only after receipt of an arrival message and delivery to BASOPS 6 4 5 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 5 Military Operations 6 5 1 SPECIAL MILITARY FLIGHTS a Advise the ARTCC of flight notification messages progress reports changes en route and related messages concerning Presidential or Vice Presidential flights b Alaska In addition to the above give advance notice to all RCCs along the route of flight Telephone SARCC 907 752 0227 or 907 752 0128 Initiate communications search proced ures if arrival is not received within 15 minutes after ETA and immediately notify Alaskan NORAD Region Control Center ANRCC 6 5 2 MILITARY FOREIGN FLIGHTS Generally all militar
175. E RCLS AND TOUCHDOWN ZONE LIGHTS TDZL Operate high intensity runway and associated runway centerline and touch down zone lights in accordance with TBL 10 1 6 TBL 10 1 6 HIRL RCLS TDZL Intensity Setting Visibility a 2 miles 3 2 to but not including 1 to but not 3 miles including 3 miles 2 When requested 3 to 5 miles inclusive 1 When requested More than 5 miles NOTE When switching from a given brightness step setting to a lower Setting rotation of the brightness control to a point below the intended step setting and then back to the appropriate step setting will ensure that the MALSR will operate at the appropriate brightness 10 1 12 MEDIUM INTENSITY RUNWAY LIGHTS MIRL Operate MIRL or MIRL which control the associated MALSR in accordance with the TBL 10 1 5 TBL 10 1 5 MIRL Intensity Setting Visibility Step Day Night 3 Less than 2 miles Less than 1 mile 2 2 to 3 miles 1 to 3 miles 1 When requested More than 3 miles REFERENCE FAAO JO 7110 10 para 10 1 11 Note General Step Day Night 5 Less than 1 mile When requested 4 1 to but not including Less than 1 mile 2 miles 3 2 to but not including 1 to but not 3 miles including 3 miles 2 When requested 3 to le inclusive 1 When requested More than 5 miles and or appropriate RVR RVV equivalent 10 1 14 HIRL CHANGES AFFECTING RVR Keep the appropriate approach controller or Precision Approach Radar PAR controller infor
176. EFAS is as follows 4 6 1 JO 7110 10X a The associated CWSU is designated as the primary support facility for each flight watch area The CWSU should be contacted at least once per shift for a general briefing of meteorological conditions which are impacting or expected to impact aviation weather within the flight watch ARTCC area NOTE Due to assigned priorities the CWSU meteorologist may not be able to provide in depth briefing service for up to 2 hours after the start of the first shift of the CWSU unit See FAA Order JO 7210 3 Para 14 3 6 National Weather Service NWS Support for establishment of operational support b During the period when the CWSU is not available to provide consultation service WFOs are responsible for responding to EFAS facility requests regarding weather conditions prevailing within the WFO area of responsibility The EFAS specialist should contact the responsible WFO directly for clarification of forecasts or questions concerning products originated by the WFO NOTE The ARTCC EFAS area may encompass multiple WFO areas c Consult with the Aviation Weather Center AWC as appropriate when further information or clarification is needed regarding WS WST WA and FA products 4 6 6 PILOT WEATHER REPORTS a Actively solicit and disseminate PIREPs in accordance with Chapter 9 Section 2 Additionally PIREPs concerning winds and temperature aloft wind shear turbulence and icing m
177. EM See MICROWAVE LANDING SYSTEM See RADIAL CPDLC See CONTROLLER PILOT DATA LINK COMMUNICATIONS CPL ICAO See ICAO term CURRENT FLIGHT PLAN CRITICAL ENGINE The engine which upon failure would most adversely affect the performance or handling qualities of an aircraft CROSS FIX AT ALTITUDE Used by ATC when a specific altitude restriction at a specified fix is required CROSS FIX AT OR ABOVE ALTITUDE Used by ATC when an altitude restriction at a specified fix is required It does not prohibit the aircraft from crossing the fix at a higher altitude than specified however the higher altitude may not be one that will violate a succeeding altitude restriction or altitude assignment See ALTITUDE RESTRICTION Refer to AIM CROSS FIX AT OR BELOW ALTITUDE Used by ATC when a maximum crossing altitude at a specific fix is required It does not prohibit the aircraft from crossing the fix at a lower altitude however it must be at or above the minimum IFR altitude See ALTITUDE RESTRICTION See MINIMUM IFR ALTITUDES Refer to 14 CFR Part 91 Pilot Controller Glossary CROSSWIND a When used concerning the traffic pattern the word means crosswind leg See TRAFFIC PATTERN b When used concerning wind conditions the word means a wind not parallel to the runway or the path of an aircraft See CROSSWIND COMPONENT CROSSWIND COMPONENT The wind compo nent measur
178. ENDIX B FSS FORMS 41 2 2 a cialis APPENDIX B 1 PILOT CONTROLLER GLOSSARY a Sinead age Baars oe es PCG 1 INDE A ela Me eit Cat as pred ed Recetas ete gio a ae ihe ate a I 1 x Table of Contents 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Chapter 1 General Section 1 Introduction 1 1 1 PURPOSE OF THIS ORDER This order prescribes procedures and phraseology for use by air traffic personnel providing flight services Flight service specialists are required to be familiar with the provisions of this order that pertain to their Operational responsibilities and to exercise their best judgment if they encounter situations that are not covered 1 1 2 AUDIENCE This order applies to all ATO personnel and anyone using ATO directives 1 1 3 WHERE TO FIND THIS ORDER This order is available on the FAA Web site at http faa gov air_traffic publications and http em ployees faa gov tools_resources orders_notices 1 1 4 WHAT THIS ORDER CANCELS FAA Order 7110 10W Flight Services dated March 7 2013 and all changes to it are canceled 1 1 5 EXPLANATION OF CHANGES The significant changes to this order are identified in the Explanation of Changes page s It is advisable to retain the page s throughout the duration of the basic order If further information is desired direct questions through the appropriate facility service area office staff to Flight Services Safety and Operations Policy Group 1 1 6 SUBMISSION CUTOFF AND EFFECTIVE DATE
179. ER AT YOUR ALTITUDE AND FUEL REMAINING IN TIME 4 Advise the pilot to maintain the same heading verify the aircraft has ADF equipment and determine the airspeed PHRASEOLOGY CONTINUE HEADING degrees WHAT TYPE OF ADF VOR Orientation NAVIGATIONAL EQUIPMENT DO YOU HAVE ON BOARD AND WHAT IS YOUR AIRSPEED 5 Advise the pilot to tune the ADF receiver to the NDB Provide the NDB name identifier and frequency PHRASEOLOGY TUNE YOUR A D F RECEIVER TO THE name RADIO BEACON FREQUENCY frequency IDENTIFICATION ident CHECK VOLUME UP AND IDENTIFY THE STATION ADVISE WHEN YOU HAVE DONE THIS 6 After acknowledgment has been received advise the pilot to set the ADF function switch to the ADF position and report the reading PHRASEOLOGY IF YOU HAVE A ROTATING COMPASS CARD ROSE ON YOUR A D F INDICATOR MAKE CERTAIN NORTH IS AT THE TOP OF THE DIAL TURN THE FUNCTION SWITCH TO THE A D F POSITION WHEN THE NEEDLE STABILIZES ADVISE THE A D F NEEDLE READING REFERENCE The Instrument Flying Handbook North may mean north N zero 0 or 360 7 Compute the magnetic bearing a Relative Bearing RB Magnetic Heading MH Magnetic Bearing MB b If the MB exceeds 360 degrees subtract 360 to determine MB for example 480 degrees 360 degrees 120 degrees MB 8 Advise the pilot of direction from the NDB PHRASEOLOGY YOU ARE direction OF THE name RADIO BEACON b Orientation
180. ERFORMANCE BASED NAVIGATION Pilot Controller Glossary PDC See PRE DEPARTURE CLEARANCE PERFORMANCE BASED NAVIGATION PBN ICAO Area navigation based on performance requirements for aircraft operating along an ATS route on an instrument approach procedure or in a designated airspace Note Performance requirements are expressed in navigation specifications RNAV specification RNP specification in terms of accuracy integrity continuity availability and functionality needed for the proposed operation in the context of a particular airspace concept PERMANENT ECHO Radar signals reflected from fixed objects on the earth s surface e g buildings towers terrain Permanent echoes are distinguished from ground clutter by being definable locations rather than large areas Under certain conditions they may be used to check radar alignment PHOTO RECONNAISSANCE Military activity that requires locating individual photo targets and navigating to the targets at a preplanned angle and altitude The activity normally requires a lateral route width of 16 NM and altitude range of 1 500 feet to 10 000 feet AGL PILOT BRIEFING A service provided by the FSS to assist pilots in flight planning Briefing items may include weather information NOTAMS military activities flow control information and other items as requested Refer to AIM PILOT IN COMMAND The pilot responsible for the operation and safety of an aircra
181. ES UHF VHF S X K m X Wu A XA X DINGHIES NUMBER CAPACITY COVER COLOUR Diira1 E 3 0 0 Guor x AIRCRAFT COLOUR AND MARKINGS A WHITE REMARKS u K scone cime E FILED BY AIR CHARTER INT ACCEPTED BY ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FAA Form 7233 4 5 93 Supersedes Previous Edition Appendix A 16 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X 6 ICAO Model Flight Plan Reverse Side Aircraft Identification Designator En Route Destination Airspace Restrictions u nz Time of Briefing Report Weather Conditions Aloft Report immediately weather conditions encountered particularly cloud tops upper cloud layers thunderstorms ice turbulence winds and temperature Altitude im Weather Conditions 4 Position Civil Aircraft Pilots FAR Part 91 states that each person operating a civil aircraft of U S registry over the high seas shall comply with annex 2 to the Convention of International Civil Aviation International Standards Rules ofthe Air Annex 2 requires the submission of a flight plan containing items 1 19 prior to operating any flight across international waters Failure to file could result in a civil penalty not to exceed 1 000 for each violation Section 901 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 as amended Check data as soon as practicable after entering foreign airspace as our int
182. FECTIVE DATES 000000 7 DELIVERY DATES 22 Bahasa Daioh eels un 8 RECOMMENDATION FOR PROCEDURAL CHANGES 0 9 SUBSCRIPTION INFORMATION 0 0 eee cc eee eee 1 10 DISTRIBUTION 42 208 kenn es ae 1 2 T WORD MEANINGS eu ae rn seh ne se 122 NOTES donacion o T 2 3 EXAMPLES 2 2 22 2002 20 2 Bed Sida ek RR el ni 1 2 4 BHRASEOLOGY 12 ia aa 2222 282 AG na Ann 1 2 5 ABBREVIAITONS cuota na aid Bass an RR BER Rn deed 122 6 JO 7110 10 CHANGES aces ccd asia 2 man near al zn a sa an 1 2 7 SYSTEM INSTRUCTIONS evisos 0 8 2 25 280 aa 1 3 1 PROCEDURAL APPLICATIONS 0 0 ee cece eee 1 32 DUTY PRIORITY u a otha bevels dee e anti 1 3 3 2 1 1 TYPES OF BROADCASTS 2 cece cc ccc eee eee ee en ee ene eens 2 1 2 SPEECH RATE AND PHRASEOLOGY 0 0 000 eee 2 1 3 REDUCING RECORDED WEATHER INFORMATION SERVICES 2 14 CURRENT DATA u a east ander 2 1 5 AUTOMATED BROADCAST 22222 ce ccc eee JO 7110 10X Pp RR rt tory Eo coe LL l l l ha EAN l a l Sa as aa as NP RP RP RP RRR l Section 2 Transcribed Weather Broadcasts TWEB Alaska Only Section 3 Telephone Information Briefing Service TIBS 2317 GENERAL NS enen iS ER A TOT Table of Contents 2 21 GENERAD sa y A A E an 2222 CONTENT A a E oe OE AA Drehen 2 2 3 TESTING TWEB EQUIPMENT euor cecene e ee eee eee 2 2 4 SERVICE MAY
183. FERENCE FAAO JO 7110 10 Para 8 2 1 Communications Search FAAO JO 7110 10 Para 8 4 1 ALNOT 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 2 Overdue Aircraft Action 8 2 1 COMMUNICATIONS SEARCH a As soon as a VFR DVFR aircraft military or civil becomes overdue the destination tie in facility sector including intermediate destination tie in facilities for military aircraft must initiate a communications search to locate the aircraft by checking the following 1 Destination airport 2 Flight plan phone number if available 3 BASOPS if applicable 4 Customs if applicable 5 ATC facilities as applicable 6 DUAT vendor if applicable b If the aircraft has not been located check the following 1 Departure airport 2 All airports adjacent to the destination that could accommodate the aircraft 3 Appropriate ARTCC sectors 8 2 2 QALQ a If the communications search does not locate the aircraft and the flight plan is not held by the destination station transmit a OALO to the facility sector that holds the flight plan Possible Flight Plan Originators KxxxYFYX Flight Service Station Sector Kxxx YX YX Military BASOPS KIADXCLX or KMIVXDTC DUAT Vendors KAISXCLX AISR NOTE QALQ is used to solicit information that is not accessible If the flight plan information is already available to the destination tie in facility sector QALQ is not required b The QALO message text must begin with the contraction
184. FORMATION MANUAL AIP ICAO See ICAO term AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION PUBLICATION AIR CARRIER DISTRICT OFFICE An FAA field office serving an assigned geographical area staffed with Flight Standards personnel serving the aviation industry and the general public on matters related to the certification and operation of scheduled air carriers and other large aircraft operations AIR DEFENSE EMERGENCY A military emer gency condition declared by a designated authority This condition exists when an attack upon the continental U S Alaska Canada or U S installa tions in Greenland by hostile aircraft or missiles is considered probable is imminent or is taking place Refer to AIM AIR DEFENSE IDENTIFICATION ZONE ADIZ The area of airspace over land or water extending upward from the surface within which the ready identification the location and the control of aircraft are required in the interest of national security a Domestic Air Defense Identification Zone An ADIZ within the United States along an international boundary of the United States b Coastal Air Defense Identification Zone An ADIZ over the coastal waters of the United States c Distant Early Warning Identification Zone DEWIZ An ADIZ over the coastal waters of the State of Alaska PCG A 4 4 3 14 d Land Based Air Defense Identification Zone An ADIZ over U S metropolitan areas which is activated and deactivated as needed with dime
185. GNSS Equipped Aircraft Operating on Random and Random Impromptu Routes effective October 24 2013 Explanation of Changes c 9 5 2 AREA FORECAST FA SCHEDULE This change is proposed in response to NWS Technical Implementation Notice 13 21 The change will be reflected in FAA JO 7110 10 paragraph 9 5 2 The paragraph will now state that the Alaska Area Forecasts will be issued three times a day effective October 15 2013 Concurrently Table 9 5 2 will be updated to reflect the new issuance times for NWS Alaska Area Forecasts d 9 7 1 GENERAL TBL 9 7 1 This change is proposed to Table 9 7 1 is needed to reflect the new issuance times for NWS Alaska Airmets which are scheduled for 615 am 1215 pm 615pm and 1215am local time e Entire Publication Additional editorial format changes were made where necessary Revision bars were not used because of the insignificant nature of these changes E of C 1 4 3 14 Table of Contents Chapter 1 General Section 1 Introduction Paragraph 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section 3 Responsibility DUTY FAMILIARIZATION AND TRANSFER OF POSITION RESPONSIBILITY Chapter 2 Broadcast Procedures Section 1 General 1 PURPOSE OE THIS ORDER fcc chiA a A A e 2 AUDIENCE apnea ia 3 WHERE TO FIND THIS ORDER 0 0 cece ec cee eee 4 WHAT THIS ORDER CANCELS 0 0 eee ec cee eee 5 EXPLANATION OF CHANGES 0 0 ccc cece eee 6 SUBMISSION CUTOFF AND EF
186. IFR FLIGHT PROGRESS REPORTS 0 0 0 0c eee eee AREA A a a en 3 ANAS WA AERA Ria Section 4 Airport Advisory Services 4 4 1 TYPES OF AIRPORT ADVISORY SERVICES 0000020 o 42422 GENERAL teca en tad onesie Ener eins ie Se wet ou 4 4 3 AIRPORT ADVISORY RAIS ELEMENTS AND PHRASEOLOGY 444 CHARTS uo ij een ne 4 4 5 AUTHORIZED FREQUENCIES 0 0 0 2 cee en 4 4 6 TRAFFIC CONTROL 235 ec ok oe A En eo ae 4 4 7 AIRCRAFT EQUIPMENT CHECKS 0 0 0 2 Section 5 Special VFR Operation 1 AUTHORIZATION 2 2 22 2 20 20 2 2820 ne ds Nga ole labia shaw aod 2 REQUESTS FOR SPECIAL VFR CLEARANCE 00000000020 3 VISIBILITY BELOW 4 MIEE ovni ttre en Uk 8 see 4 PREDESIGNED SPECIAL VFR CLEARANCES 000000000000 Section 6 En Route Flight Advisory Service EFAS 4 0 1 GENERAL 2000 2 0 2 2 2 0 Rss di aus andes al ER TAES 4 6 2 POSITION RESPONSIBILITIES 0 0 0 0 eee eee eee 4 6 3 OPERATING PROCEDURES cieee er aia SEE cece eee 4 674 FREQUENCIES 4 2 2 2 0 den ard en ae in RER 4 6 5 NWS SUPPORT TO EFAS our arar e a ee ee 4 6 6 PILOT WEATHER REPORTS 0 0 0 0 cece eee ae 4 6 7 GRAPHIC WEATHER DISPLAY 0 0 cee cee eee 4 6 8 INTERRUPTIONS TO SERVICE 0 0 eee eee 4 0 9 EMERGENCIES nr na 3a and Ge aie eee ele ee anna en lew Sune Sans Chapter 5 Emergency Services Section 1 General 5 1 1 EMERGENCY DETERMINATION
187. IFR Flight Plan Handling separate messages Delay information must be filed within the route of flight If a change of altitude stratum is indicated transmit separate messages as in subparas 6 3 2 a or b d When a composite stopover or terminal area delay flight plan is revised 1 Before departure transmit the information to the original addressees plus any new addressees 2 After departure transmit the information to all new addresses that are affected by the change e When a flight is to depart after 0500 hours local time on the day following the filing of the flight plan do not transmit the flight plan to the ARTCC until after 0000 hours local time NOTE In the event of a time zone difference between the station and the associated ARTCC use the ARTCC s local time in determining transmission time f Address all IFR flight plan messages to the ARTCC serving the point of departure and all concerned oceanic and non conterminous air traffic service ATS units except FAA ATCTs NOTE The ARTCC within whose control area IFR flight is proposed to begin will forward the proposed tower en route flight plan data to the appropriate departure terminal facility g For flights inbound to the conterminous U S from Alaska or Hawaii address only the first conterminous U S ARTCC for example for a proposed flight from Sitka to Houston address PAZAZOZX CZVRZOZX and KZSEZOZX REFERENCE FAAO JO 7110 65 Para 2 2 2
188. IMITY 1 2 3 4 5 Light MI Shallow DZ Drizzle BR Mist PO Well Developed Dust Sand Whirls BC Patchy RA Rain FG Fog SQ Squalls Moderate DR Low Drifting SN Snow FU Smoke FC Funnel Cloud No Qualifier FC Tornado or Waterspout BL Blowing SG Snow Grains DU Dust SS Sandstorm Heavy SH Showers IC Ice Crystals SA Sand DS _Duststorm TS Thunderstorm PL Ice Pellets HZ Haze VC Inthe Vicinity FZ Freezing GR Hail PY Spray PR Partial GS Small Hail or VA Volcanic Ash Snow Pellets lt 1 4 UP Unknown Precipitation Automated stations only i Ceiling and Sky Coverage 12 1 4 1 State sky coverage in the same order as reported on the weather observation Announce ceiling as follows See TBL 12 1 8 General 4 3 14 TBL 12 1 8 Ceiling and Sky Coverage Designator Phraseology BKN000 SKY PARTIALLY OBSCURED BKN000 CEILING LESS THAN FIVE ZERO BROKEN FEWO000 SKY PARTIALLY OBSCURED FEW000 FEW CLOUDS AT LESS THAN FIVE ZERO lowest layer aloft precede with CEILING BKN OVC SCT000 SKY PARTIALLY OBSCURED SCT000 LESS THAN FIVE ZERO SCATTERED VV INDEFINITE CEILING 1 Surface based obscurations Requires remarks i e RMK FG SCT000 FU BKN000 etc 2 No remark means the layer is aloft 2 State cloud heights in tens hundreds and or thousands of feet See TBL 12 1 9 TBL 12 1 9 Cloud Heights Number Phraseology 000 ZERO 003 THREE HUNDRED 018 ONE THOUSAND EIGHT HUNDRED 200 TWO ZERO THOUSAND 1 Spoken as
189. ING MANEUVER See CIRCLE TO LAND MANEUVER CIRCLING MINIMA See LANDING MINIMUMS CLASS A AIRSPACE See CONTROLLED AIRSPACE CLASS B AIRSPACE See CONTROLLED AIRSPACE CLASS C AIRSPACE See CONTROLLED AIRSPACE CLASS D AIRSPACE See CONTROLLED AIRSPACE CLASS E AIRSPACE See CONTROLLED AIRSPACE CLASS G AIRSPACE That airspace not designated as Class A B C D or E CLEAR AIR TURBULENCE CAT Turbulence encountered in air where no clouds are present This term is commonly applied to high level turbulence associated with wind shear CAT is often encountered in the vicinity of the jet stream See WIND SHEAR See JET STREAM CLEAR OF THE RUNWAY a Taxiing aircraft which is approaching a runway is clear of the runway when all parts of the 4 3 14 aircraft are held short of the applicable runway holding position marking b A pilot or controller may consider an aircraft which is exiting or crossing a runway to be clear of the runway when all parts of the aircraft are beyond the runway edge and there are no restrictions to its continued movement beyond the applicable runway holding position marking c Pilots and controllers shall exercise good judgement to ensure that adequate separation exists between all aircraft on runways and taxiways at airports with inadequate runway edge lines or holding position markings CLEARANCE See AIR TRAFFIC CLEARANCE CLEARANCE LIMIT The fix point
190. If adverse conditions are reported or forecast advise the pilot Provide details on these conditions in accordance with subparagraph 3 2 1c1 at the pilot s request 2 When a pilot requests an update to a previous briefing obtain from the pilot the time the briefing was received and necessary background information To the extent possible limit the briefing to appreciable changes in meteorological and aeronaut ical conditions since the previous briefing 3 When a pilot requests information to supplement data obtained through FSS mass dissem ination media obtain pertinent background informa tion the specific items required by the pilot and provide the information in the sequence listed in subparagraph 3 2 1c Preflight Pilot Briefing JO 7110 10X 4 When a pilot requests to file a flight plan only ask if he she requires the latest information on adverse conditions along the route of flight If so provide the information pertinent to the route of flight in accordance with subparagraph 3 2 1c1 5 Solicit PIREPs in accordance with subparagraph 3 2 1c11 3 2 3 CONDUCT OF OUTLOOK BRIEFING a Provide an outlook briefing when the proposed departure is 6 hours or more from the time of the briefing Conduct the briefing in accordance with subparagraph 3 2 1c Omit items in subparagraphs c2 c4 and c7 through c12 unless specifically requested by the pilot or deemed pertinent by the specialist b When the proposed fligh
191. If unable to complete the communications search within 1 hour forward a status report followed by a final report when the search is complete EXAMPLE HNLOO1 appropriate three character identifiers INREQ N1234A status report HNL001 appropriate three character identifiers INREQ N1234A final report NOTE Upon receipt of INREOs and ALNOTs ATCTs and ARTCCs are required to check facility records report findings to the FSS that alerted them within 1 hour and retain in an active status until canceled REFERENCE FAAO JO 7110 65 Para 10 3 4 ALNOT b If the INREO indicates that the departure airport route of flight destination airport or alternate airports are within 50 miles of the Great Lakes notify Cleveland RCC via recorded telecommunications line c For facilities that have any portion of their incoming calls and or Service B diverted to another facility notify that facility of the INREQ The facility receiving diverted calls or Service B traffic must check their records and advise of any information or contact with the aircraft 8 3 3 CANCELLATION OF INREQ The INREO originator must transmit a cancellation message containing the location of the aircraft to all INREQ addressees if the aircraft is located Notify associated ATC facilities 8 3 1 JO 7110 10X 4 3 14 EXAMPLE LOU001 appropriate three character identifiers INREQ N1234A CNLD LCTD BWG 8 3 2 Information Requests INREQs 4 3 14 JO 71
192. K Any other plain language remarks when required by the appropriate ATS authority or deemed necessary ITEM 19 SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION Endurance After E ENTER a 4 figure group giving the fuel endurance in hours and minutes Persons on board After P ENTER the total number of persons passengers and crew on board when required by the appropriate ATS authority ENTER TBN to be notified if the total number of persons is not known at the time of filing Emergency and survival equipment R RADIO CROSS OUT U if UHF on frequency 243 0 MHz is not available CROSS OUT V if VHF on frequency 121 5 MHz is not available CROSS OUT E if emergency locator transmitter ELT is not available S SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT CROSS OUT all indicators if survival equipment is not carried CROSS OUT P if polar survival equipment is not carried CROSS OUT D if desert survival equipment is not carried CROSS OUT M if maritime survival equipment is not carried CROSS OUT J if jungle survival equipment is not carried J JACKETS CROSS OUT all indicators if life jackets are not carried CROSS OUT L if life jackets are not equipped with lights CROSS OUT F if life jackets are not equipped with fluorescein CROSS OUT U or V or both as in R above to indicate radio capability of jackets if any D DINGHIES NUMBER CROSS OUT indicators D and C if no dinghies are carried or ENTER number of dinghies carried and CAPACITY ENTER total capacity in persons of
193. K OF INTEREST RESOLUTION A TOI will normally be considered resolved when the aircraft object is no longer airborne the aircraft complies with air traffic control instructions aviation regulations and or issued flight restrictions security procedures radio contact is re established and authorized control of the aircraft is verified the aircraft is intercepted and intent is verified to be nonthreatening nonhostile TOI was identified based on specific and credible intelligence that was later determined to be invalid or unreliable or displayed data is identified and characterized as invalid TRAFFIC a A term used by a controller to transfer radar identification of an aircraft to another controller for the purpose of coordinating separation action Traffic is normally issued 1 In response to a handoff or point out 2 In anticipation of a handoff or point out or 3 In conjunction with a request for control of an aircraft b A term used by ATC to refer to one or more aircraft PCG T 5 Pilot Controller Glossary TRAFFIC ADVISORIES Advisories issued to alert pilots to other known or observed air traffic which may be in such proximity to the position or intended route of flight of their aircraft to warrant their attention Such advisories may be based on a Visual observation b Observation of radar identified and nonidenti fied aircraft targets on an ATC radar display or c Verbal reports from pilots or other fac
194. L M0600V2500FT Runway three six left R V R variable between less than six hundred and two thousand five hundred Or Runway three six left visual range variable between less than six hundred and two thousand five hundred Runway three six R V R more than six thousand Or Runway three six visual range more than six thousand R36 P6000FT h Weather Elements TBL 12 1 6 depicts sample phraseology for weather element contractions Intensity refers to precipitation not descriptors Proximity is spoken after the phenomenon to which it refers Descriptors are spoken ahead of weather phenomenon with the exception of showers which is spoken after the precipitation TBL 12 1 7 contains 12 1 3 JO 7110 10X 4 3 14 a complete list of weather elements and appropriate phraseology TBL 12 1 6 Examples of Combining Intensity Descriptors and Weather Phenomenon Contractions Phraseology BLSN BLOWING SNOW FZRAPL LIGHT FREEZING RAIN ICE PELLETS FZRA FREEZING RAIN FZDZ FREEZING DRIZZLE MIFG SHALLOW FOG SHRA LIGHT RAIN SHOWERS SHRA RAIN SHOWERS SHSN SNOW SHOWERS TSRA THUNDERSTORM RAIN TSRA THUNDERSTORM HEAVY RAIN SHOWERS TSRAGR THUNDERSTORM HEAVY RAIN HAIL VCSH SHOWERS IN THE VICINITY ISince thunderstorms imply showery precipitation showers may be used to describe precipitation that accompany thunderstorms TBL 12 1 7 Weather Elements INTENSITY DESCRIPTOR PRECIPITATION OBSCURATION OTHER or PROX
195. LE ICAO The length of runway declared available and suitable for the ground run of an aeroplane take off Pilot Controller Glossary TARGET The indication shown on an analog display resulting from a primary radar return or a radar beacon reply See ASSOCIATED See DIGITAL TARGET See DIGITIZED RADAR TARGET See FUSED TARGET See PRIMARY RADAR TARGET See RADAR See SECONDARY RADAR TARGET See TARGET SYMBOL See ICAO term TARGET See UNASSOCIATED TARGET ICAO In radar a Generally any discrete object which reflects or retransmits energy back to the radar equipment b Specifically an object of radar search or surveillance TARGET RESOLUTION A process to ensure that correlated radar targets do not touch Target resolution must be applied as follows a Between the edges of two primary targets or the edges of the ASR 9 11 primary target symbol b Between the end of the beacon control slash and the edge of a primary target c Between the ends of two beacon control slashes Note 1 Mandatory traffic advisories and safety alerts must be issued when this procedure is used Note 2 This procedure must not be used when utilizing mosaic radar systems or multi sensor mode TARGET SYMBOL A computer generated indica tion shown on a radar display resulting from a primary radar return or a radar beacon reply TARMAC DELAY The holding of an aircraft on the ground either before departure or afte
196. LEARANCE TIME The time a pilot can expect to receive clearance beyond a clearance limit EXPECT FURTHER CLEARANCE VIA AIR WAYS ROUTES OR FIXES Used to inform a pilot of the routing he she can expect if any part of the route beyond a short range clearance limit differs from that filed EXPEDITE Used by ATC when prompt com pliance is required to avoid the development of an imminent situation Expedite climb descent normal ly indicates to a pilot that the approximate best rate of climb descent should be used without requiring an exceptional change in aircraft handling characteris tics 4 3 14 FAF See FINAL APPROACH FIX FAST FILE An FSS system whereby a pilot files a flight plan via telephone that is recorded and later transcribed for transmission to the appropriate air traffic facility Alaska only FAWP Final Approach Waypoint FCLT See FREEZE CALCULATED LANDING TIME FEATHERED PROPELLER A propeller whose blades have been rotated so that the leading and trailing edges are nearly parallel with the aircraft flight path to stop or minimize drag and engine rotation Normally used to indicate shutdown of a reciprocating or turboprop engine due to malfunc tion FEDERAL AIRWAYS See LOW ALTITUDE AIRWAY STRUCTURE FEEDER FIX The fix depicted on Instrument Approach Procedure Charts which establishes the starting point of the feeder route FEEDER ROUTE A route depicted on instrument approach procedure
197. LOFT FORECAST FB When announcing the FB use the following phraseology and procedures a State the altitude then announce wind direction and speed by the separate digits of the wind direction to the 10 degree multiple the word AT and the separate digits of the speed b When the forecast speed is less than 5 knots the coded group is 9900 and read light and variable c Encoded wind speed 100 to 199 knots have 50 added to the direction code and 100 subtracted from the speed d If wind speed is forecast at 200 knots or greater the wind group is coded as 199 knots for example 7799 is decoded 270 degrees at 199 knots or greater e A six digit group includes forecast temperature Provide temperatures on request only stating the word temperature followed by the word minus as appropriate and the separate digits See TBL 12 1 24 General JO 7110 10X TBL 12 1 24 Altitude Coded Phraseology 2707 altitude two seven zero at seven 7799 altitude two seven zero at one niner niner or greater 850552 altitude three five zero at one zero five temperature minus five two 9900 00 altitude light and variable temperature zero 12 1 13 NUMBER USAGE State numbers as follows a Serial numbers The separate digits See TBL 12 1 25 TBL 12 1 25 Serial Numbers Number Phraseology 11 495 One one four niner five 20 069 Two zero zero six niner b
198. MATION NOTE Use of indicators not included under this item may result in data being rejected processed incorrectly or lost Hyphens or oblique strokes should only be used as prescribed below ENTER 0 zero if no other information OR any other necessary information in the sequence shown hereunder in the form of the appropriate indicator selected from those defined hereunder followed by an oblique stroke and the information to be recorded STS Reason for special handling by ATS for example a search and rescue mission as follows NOTE Additional information if needed to clarify a reason for special handling must follow RMK ALTRV for a flight operated in accordance with an altitude reservation EXAMPLE STS ALTRV RMK ALTRV AT CN718 FL250B270 ATFMX for a flight approved for exemption from ATFM measures by the appropriate ATS authority FFR fire fighting FLTCK flight check for calibration of NAVAIDs EXAMPLE STS FLTCHK RMK FLIGHT CHECK ILS RY23 AT YIP HAZMAT for a flight carrying hazardous material HEAD a flight with Head of State status HOSP for a medical flight declared by medical authorities HUM for a flight operating on a humanitarian mission MARSA for a flight for which a military entity assumes responsibility for separation of military aircraft EXAMPLE STS MARSA RMK IR101 E1802X1817 MARSA BAKER23 AND TOGA17 MEDEVAC fora life critical medical emergency evacuation NONRVSM for a non RVSM c
199. MMEND YOU SET ALTIMETER THREE ONE ZERO ZERO EN ROUTE NOTE Airports unable to accurately measure barometric pressures above 31 00 inches Hg will report the barometric pressure as missing or in excess of 31 00 inches Hg Flight operations to or from those airports are restricted to VER weather conditions REFERENCE AIM Chapter 7 Section 2 Altimeter Setting Procedures FAAO JO 7110 65 Para 2 7 2 g Altimeter Setting Issuance Below Lowest Usable FL e Incorrect Cruising Altitude If the aircraft is operating VFR at an altitude between 3 000 feet AGL to but not including FL180 and reports at an JO 7110 10X incorrect cruising altitude for the direction of flight issue a VFR cruising altitude advisory PHRASEOLOGY V F R CRUISING LEVELS FOR YOUR DIRECTION OF FLIGHT ARE Odd Even ALTITUDES PLUS FIVE HUNDRED FEET NOTE Facilities located in those areas where VFR altitude separation is below 3 000 feet AGL or above FL 180 must provide appropriate phraseology examples for local use f Altimeter Setting in Millibars MBs If a request for the altimeter setting in MBs is received use the setting for the location nearest the position of the aircraft and convert to the MBs equivalent value using a MBs conversion chart If the Mbs setting is not a whole number always round down See TBL 4 3 1 TBL 4 3 1 Millibar Conversion Chart MILLIBAR CONVERSION CHART inches millibars inches millibars inches millibars inch
200. NERAL Severe weather forecasts are issued by the NWS Storm Prediction Center SPC in Norman Oklahoma in the form of weather watches convective outlooks and status reports and transmit ted to WMSCR for distribution An Aviation Watch Notification Message SPC AWW is the weather watch formatted for the aviation community to alert them of organized thunderstorms forecast to produce tornadic and or severe weather FSSs may obtain the public weather watch SPC WW from WMSCR if desired Severe Weather Forecasts 9 6 2 DISTRIBUTION Upon receipt of SPC AWW alert the WMSCR immediately transmits the report on selected Service A circuits Severe weather status reports WW A are never urgent These are relayed unscheduled 9 6 3 CONVECTIVE OUTLOOK NARRATIVE AC The Storm Prediction Center will issue ACs numerous times each day These forecasts describe the potential for severe and non severe convective activity across the contiguous U S 9 6 1 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 7 Flight Advisories SIGMET WS Airmet WA Convective SIGMET WST 9 7 1 GENERAL Flight advisories are issued by the AWC in Kansas City Missouri the AAWU in Anchorage Alaska and the WFO in Honolulu Hawaii for the occurrence or expected occurrence of specified en route weather phenomena which may affect the safety of aircraft operations The report type designator WS for SIGMETs WST for Convective SIGMETs and WA for AIRMETS is used to effect se
201. NOTE See paragraph 6 2 3 to file NAV for flight with Area Navigation RNAV Routes in Domestic U S airspace COM Indicate communications applications or capabilities not specified in Item 10 a DAT Indicate data applications or capabilities not specified in 10 a SUR Include surveillance applications or capabilities not specified in Item 10 b If ADS B capability filed in Item 10 is compliant with RTCA DO 260B include the item 260B in SUR If ADS B capability filed in Item 10 is compliant with RTCA DO 282B include the item 282B in SUR EXAMPLE 1 SUR 260B 2 SUR 260B 282B DEP Insert the non ICAO identifier of departure aerodrome if ZZZZ is inserted in Item 13 or the ATS unit from which supplementary flight plan data can be obtained if AFIL is inserted in Item 13 For aerodromes not listed in the relevant Aeronautical Information Publication indicate location as follows With 4 figures describing latitude in degrees and tens and units of minutes followed by N North or S South followed by 5 figures describing longitude in degrees and tens and units of minutes followed by E East or W West Make up the correct number of figures where necessary by insertion of zeros e g 4620N07805W 11 characters OR Bearing and distance from the nearest significant point as follows The identification of the significant point followed by the bearing from the point in the form of
202. ON LNAV A function of area navigation RNAV equipment which calculates PCG L 1 Pilot Controller Glossary displays and provides lateral guidance to a profile or path LATERAL SEPARATION The lateral spacing of aircraft at the same altitude by requiring operation on different routes or in different geographical locations See SEPARATION LDA See LOCALIZER TYPE DIRECTIONAL AID See LANDING DISTANCE AVAILABLE See ICAO Term LANDING DISTANCE AVAILABLE LF See LOW FREQUENCY LIGHTED AIRPORT An airport where runway and obstruction lighting is available See AIRPORT LIGHTING Refer to AIM LIGHT GUN A handheld directional light signaling device which emits a brilliant narrow beam of white green or red light as selected by the tower controller The color and type of light transmitted can be used to approve or disapprove anticipated pilot actions where radio communication is not available The light gun is used for controlling traffic operating in the vicinity of the airport and on the airport movement area Refer to AIM LIGHT SPORT AIRCRAFT LSA An FAA registered aircraft other than a helicopter or powered lift that meets certain weight and performance Principally it is a single engine aircraft with a maximum of two seats and weighing no more than 1 430 pounds if intended for operation on water or 1 320 pounds if not They must be of simple design fixed landing gear except if intended for
203. ON feet IT HAS number and surface type RUNWAYS THE RUNWAY S RUN direction THE AIRPORT IS LOCATED direction distance FROM landmark visible to the aircraft 4 Advise the pilot to report the landing airport in sight 5 4 2 4 3 14 PHRASEOLOGY REPORT AIRPORT IN SIGHT 5 Determine when the pilot no longer needs assistance PHRASEOLOGY DO YOU REQUIRE FURTHER ASSISTANCE 6 When the pilot indicates assistance is no longer required terminate the service Provide the CTAF frequency if appropriate and the local altimeter setting PHRASEOLOGY GPS ORIENTATION SERVICE TERMINATED COMMON TRAFFIC ADVISORY FREQUENCY frequency ALTIMETER setting NOTE CTAF is defined as a UNICOM Multicom FSS or ATCT frequency 7 Notify appropriate control facility of the aircraft s position termination of services and the pilot s intentions Global Positioning System GPS 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Chapter 6 Flight Data Section 1 General 6 1 1 COMMUNICATIONS SERVICE Most flight movement data exchanged outside of the facility is processed by automated systems such as NADIN It is important to adhere to strict format and procedures during normal operations as well as system interruption periods a Circuit interruption notifications should be as follows 1 Consult your operational system handbook and standard operating procedures for detailed instructions regarding circuit interruption notification
204. ON OF CHANGES d Terms Added BOTTOM ALTITUDE CLIMB VIA DEFENSE AREA DESCEND VIA FUSED TARGET FUSION GROSS NAVIGATION ERROR ISR INSTRUMENT APPROACH OPERATIONS ICAO LIGHT SPORT AIRCRAFT TAKEOFF ROLL TOP ALTITUDE e Terms Modified INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE LANDING MINIMUMS RESUME NORMAL SPEED TARGET ULTRALIGHT VEHICLE WHEN ABLE f Editorial format changes were made where necessary Revision bars were not used due to the insignificant nature of the changes PCG 1 4 3 14 Pilot Controller Glossary A AAI See ARRIVAL AIRCRAFT INTERVAL AAR See AIRPORT ARRIVAL RATE ABBREVIATED IFR FLIGHT PLANS An authorization by ATC requiring pilots to submit only that information needed for the purpose of ATC It includes only a small portion of the usual IFR flight plan information In certain instances this may be only aircraft identification location and pilot request Other information may be requested if needed by ATC for separation control purposes It is frequently used by aircraft which are airborne and desire an instrument approach or by aircraft which are on the ground and desire a climb to VFR on top See VFR ON TOP Refer to AIM ABEAM An aircraft is abeam a fix point or object when that fix point or object is approximately 90 degrees to the right or left of the aircraft track Abeam indicates a general position rather than a precise point ABORT To terminate a preplanned aircraf
205. OVC BLO 7 Plain Language If specific phraseology is not adequate use plain language to describe the phenomena or local geographic locations Include remarks that do not fit in other TEIs like DURC DURD RCA TOP TOC or CONTRAILS EXAMPLE RM BUMPY VERY ROUGH RIDE RM CONTRAILS UA OV BIS270030 TM 1445 FL060 TP CVLT TB LGT RM Donner Summit Pass 8 Volcanic Activity Volcanic eruption ash clouds and or sulfur gases are Urgent PIREPs Reports of volcanic activity must include as much information as possible for example the name of the mountain ash clouds observed and their movement the height of the top and bottom of the ash clouds etc a If a pilot detected the smell of sulfur gases H2S or SO in the cabin and reported volcanic ash clouds include VA in Weather and H2S SO2 or SULFUR SMELL in Remarks NOTE The smell of sulfur gases in the cockpit may indicate volcanic activity that has not yet been detected or reported and or possible entry into an ash bearing cloud ADS also known as sewer gas has the odor of rotten eggs SO is identifiable as the sharp acrid odor of a freshly struck EXAMPLE UUA OV PANC240075 TM 2010 FL370 TP DC10 WX VA RM VOLCANIC ERUPTION 2008Z MT AU GUSTINE ASH 40S MOV SSE SO2 b Ifa pilot only detected the smell of sulfur gases H2S or SO in the cabin and confirmed there were no volcanic ash clouds classify the PIREP as Routine and include V
206. OYFYX KZOBZOZX DTG KDCAYFYX DCA2010001 FP N1234P P28R A 150 PIT P0200 150 PIT CIP DKK BUF YYZ 0130 CANPASS NOTE The operational system will automatically format the required items and transmit the flight notification message c Identify the tie in SECTOR FSS and advise the pilot to report departure time directly to that facility NOTE While the report may be relayed through another facility it is the pilot s responsibility to notify the tie in SECTOR FSS of the departure time Canadian Movement and Control Messages Transborder Flights Only JO 7110 10X d Upon receipt of the departure report the tie in SECTOR FSS is responsible for delivery of the flight notification message to Canada 1 Transmit a flight notification message in accordance with para 6 4 4 Flight Notification Message NOTE If a departure report has not been received within 1 hour of the proposed departure time cancel and file the proposed flight plan 2 The operational system changed should automatically format the required items and transmit the flight notification message e Acknowledgment from the departure point tie in SECTOR FSS is required for both VFR and IFR proposals 7 4 5 IFR FLIGHT PLANS DEPARTING CANADIAN AIRPORTS a Accept IFR flight plans departing from Canadian airports and destined to the U S Transmit a proposal message in ARTCC HOST computer format to the associated Canadian ACC Address messages to the ACC l
207. Omit entries of TEls except as listed in subpara 9 2 13b for which no data was reported 9 2 14 PIREP FORMAT Using TEIs as described below prepare PIREPs for system entry in the following format a UUA or UA Message type Urgent or Routine PIREP b OV 1 Location in reference to a VHF NAVAID or an airport using the three or four alphanumeric identifier If appropriate encode the identifier then three digits to define a radial and three digits to define the distance in nautical miles EXAMPLE OV KJFK OV KJFK107080 OV KFMG233016 RM RNO 10SW 2 Route segment Two or more fixes to describe a route EXAMPLE OV KSTL KMKC OV KSTL090030 KMKC045015 c TM Time that the reported phenomenon occurred or was encountered Report time in four digits UTC EXAMPLE TM 1315 d FL Altitude flight level Enter the altitude in hundreds of feet MSL where the phenomenon was first encountered If not known enter UNKN If the aircraft was climbing or descending enter the appropriate contraction DURC or DURD in the remarks RM TEI If the condition was encountered within a layer enter the altitude range within the appropriate TEI describing the condition 9 2 4 4 3 14 EXAMPLE FLO93 FL310 FLUNKN RM DURC e TP Type aircraft Enter aircraft type f not known enter UNKN Icing and turbulence reports must always include the aircraft type EXAMPLE TP AEST TP C150 TP P28R TP UNKN
208. PEDITIOUS COMPLIANCE u recien ea kn 12 1 2 12 1 8 WEATHER PHRASEOLOGY 0 000000 ce cece eee cece eee e ects anes 12 1 2 12 1 9 WEATHER REMARKS A 2 Se ae ee 12 1 6 12 1 10 WEATHER ADVISORIES ya ea nei spe 12 1 8 POTD A een steno 12 1 9 12 1 12 WINDS AND TEMPERATURES ALOFT FORECAST FB 222220 12 1 9 12 1 13 NUMBER USAGE 0 00 c ccc nauuri rurarna nanara enn n eee rrna 12 1 9 12 1214 FACILITY IDENTIFICATION bene 12 1 11 12 1 15 AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION A a ae 12 1 12 12 1 16 DESCRIPTION OF AIRCRAFT TYPES 00 00000 0c cece eee cece eens 12 1 15 12 1 17 AIRCRAFT EQUIPMENT CODES 0 000 0c cc cee cece eee cece anes 12 1 15 12 1218 AIRWAYS AND ROUTES au ee a rrara 12 1 15 1221219 NAVAID TERMS ses a a ae nr ue aa a a get 12 1 16 II A A 12 1 16 12 1 21 RUNWAY CONDITIONS u 1 ua0400 0000 vad haar na kan are 12 1 16 Chapter 13 Data Communication Systems Section 1 General 13 1 1 TYPES OF DATA ACCEPTABLE ON FAA DATA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS en too cad a Be AEA a sn ee use 13 1 1 1321 2 PRIORITY MESSAGES vis kann sans era eed rar EEE 13 1 1 Table of Contents ix JO 7110 10X 4 3 14 Paragraph Page 13 153 GROUP CODES ta a 13 1 1 13 1 4 MESSAGE FORMATS 0 00 cece cnet errno rererere 13 1 2 13 1 5 WMSCR NEGATIVE RESPONSE MESSAGES 0000 000s eeeeeeees 13 1 3 1321 6 CONSIGN ALS ee nee are ne 13 1 3 Appendices APPENDIX A ICAO FLIGHT PLANS un san len ati APPENDIX A 1 APP
209. R ACTION a The departure tie in facility sector is responsible for SAR action until the destination tie in facility sector acknowledges receipt of the flight notification message SAR responsibility is then transferred to the destination tie in facility sector NOTE Tie in facilities may include an FSS Military BASOPS foreign facilities etc b The National SAR Plan assigns search and rescue responsibilities as follows 1 To the military agencies for conducting physical search and rescue operations 2 To the FAA for a Providing emergency service to aircraft in distress b Assuring that SAR procedures will be initiated if an aircraft becomes overdue or unreported This is accomplished through the ATC system for IFR aircraft and the flight plan program and or reports of overdue aircraft received at air traffic facilities for VFR aircraft c Attempting to locate overdue or unreported aircraft by information request INREQ and alert notice ALNOT communications search d Cooperating in the physical search by making all possible facilities available for use by the searching agencies NOTE The National SAR Plan is outlined in the AIM c FSSs serve as the central point for collecting and disseminating information on overdue or missing aircraft which are not on an IFR flight plan d ARTCCs serve as the central points for collecting information coordinating with SAR and conducting a communications search
210. R 5 W TL OP amp C CP CZYZZFZX TA 1830 CANPASS FR V AI N1234 AT C150 TS 90 DD BUF TM P1800 AE 045 RT BUF CYYZ AD CYYZ TE 0030 RM CANPASS FB 0330 AA PD JOE PILOT HB DSM NB 2 CR 5 W TL OP amp C CP CZYZZFZX TA 1830 f Refer to the Canada and North Atlantic IFR and VFR supplements to determine Customs hours of service availability of Customs flight notification service CANPASS and the relay facility for infrequently used Airports of Entry not listed in FAA Order JO 7350 8 Location Identifiers g Suspense VFR message until acknowledgment is received REFERENCE FAAO JO 7110 10 Para 8 5 2 Canadian Transborder 7 4 2 4 3 14 1 If an acknowledgment is not received within 30 minutes after departure retransmit the message AISR facilities transmit the contraction REQ ACP request acceptance and the complete aircraft identification EXAMPLE FF CZYZZFZX DTG KBUFYFYX REQ ACP N711VR 2 If acknowledgment is not received within 1 hour after departure use interphone or telephone to deliver In any event assure delivery prior to ETA 3 Refer to Section B of the Canada and North Atlantic IFR Supplements for Canadian FSS and Area Control Center ACC telephone numbers h When correcting or revising a message retransmit the complete message preceded by the contraction CHG change EXAMPLE FF CZYZZFZX DTG KBUFYFYX CHG VFR N711VR C182 BUF YYZ 1845 CANPASS FF CZYZZFZX DTG KBUFYFYX
211. R ROUTE See RADAR SERVICE RADAR ROUTE A flight path or route over which an aircraft is vectored Navigational guidance and altitude assignments are provided by ATC See FLIGHT PATH See ROUTE RADAR SEPARATION See RADAR SERVICE 4 3 14 RADAR SERVICE A term which encompasses one or more of the following services based on the use of radar which can be provided by a controller to a pilot Of a radar identified aircraft a Radar Monitoring The radar flight following of aircraft whose primary navigation is being performed by the pilot to observe and note deviations from its authorized flight path airway or route When being applied specifically to radar monitoring of instrument approaches i e with precision approach radar PAR or radar monitoring of simultaneous ILS MLS approaches it includes advice and instructions whenever an aircraft nears or exceeds the prescribed PAR safety limit or simultaneous ILS MLS no transgression zone See ADDITIONAL SERVICES See TRAFFIC ADVISORIES b Radar Navigational Guidance Vectoring aircraft to provide course guidance c Radar Separation Radar spacing of aircraft in accordance with established minima See ICAO term RADAR SERVICE RADAR SERVICE ICAO Term used to indicate a service provided directly by means of radar a Monitoring The use of radar for the purpose of providing aircraft with information and advice relative to significant deviations
212. R RVV and the indicated value When issued along with other weather elements transmit these values in the normal sequence used for weather reporting General JO 7110 10X b When two or more RVR systems serve the runway in use report the indicated values for the different systems in terms of touchdown mid and rollout as appropriate c When there is a requirement to issue an RVR RVV value and a visibility condition greater or less than the reportable values of the equipment is indicated state the condition as MORE THAN or LESS THAN the appropriate minimum or maximum readable value d When a readout indicates a rapidly varying visibility condition 1 000 feet or more for RVR one or more reportable values for RVV report the current value followed by the range of visibility variance 10 1 21 OPERATION OF LANDING DIRECTION INDICATOR Align the landing direction indicator with the favored or designated runway 10 1 5 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Chapter 11 Interphone Communications Section 1 General 11 1 1 PURPOSE a The procedures and phraseologies contained in this chapter apply to inter facility and intra facility telephone communications conducted from any position of operation b Interphone use is restricted to authorized official business only c Monitor interphones continuously At facilities without ringers keep speaker volume at a level sufficient to hear all transmissions In the even
213. R aircraft that requires immediate attention action See CONFLICT ALERT MONITOR When used with communication transfer listen on a specific frequency and stand by for instructions Under normal circumstances do not establish communications MONITOR ALERT MA A function of the TFMS that provides traffic management personnel with a tool for predicting potential capacity problems in individual operational sectors The MA is an indication that traffic management personnel need to analyze a particular sector for actual activity and to determine the required action s if any needed to control the demand MONITOR ALERT PARAMETER MAP The number designated for use in monitor alert processing by the TFMS The MAP is designated for each operational sector for increments of 15 minutes MOSAIC MULTI SENSOR MODE Accepts posi tional data from multiple radar or ADS B sites Targets are displayed from a single source within a PCG M 6 4 3 14 radar sort box according to the hierarchy of the sources assigned MOVEMENT AREA The runways taxiways and other areas of an airport heliport which are utilized for taxiing hover taxiing air taxiing takeoff and landing of aircraft exclusive of loading ramps and parking areas At those airports heliports with a tower specific approval for entry onto the movement area must be obtained from ATC See ICAO term MOVEMENT AREA MOVEMENT AREA ICAO That part of an aerodrome to be used
214. REPORT PROGRESSIVE TAXI Precise taxi instructions given to a pilot unfamiliar with the airport or issued in stages as the aircraft proceeds along the taxi route PROHIBITED AREA See SPECIAL USE AIRSPACE See ICAO term PROHIBITED AREA PROHIBITED AREA ICAO An airspace of defined dimensions above the land areas or territorial waters of a State within which the flight of aircraft is prohibited PROMINENT OBSTACLE An obstacle that meets one or more of the following conditions a An obstacle which stands out beyond the adjacent surface of surrounding terrain and immedi ately projects a noticeable hazard to aircraft in flight b An obstacle not characterized as low and close in whose height is no less than 300 feet above the 4 3 14 departure end of takeoff runway DER elevation is within 10NM from the DER and that penetrates that airport heliport s diverse departure obstacle clear ance surface OCS c An obstacle beyond 10NM from an airport heli port that requires an obstacle departure procedure ODP to ensure obstacle avoidance See OBSTACLE See OBSTRUCTION PROPOSED BOUNDARY CROSSING TIME Each center has a PBCT parameter for each internal airport Proposed internal flight plans are transmitted to the adjacent center if the flight time along the proposed route from the departure airport to the center boundary is less than or equal to the value of PBCT or if airport adaptation specifies transm
215. REQUIRED REQUEST YOUR INTENTIONS 2 Inform the control facility immediately 3 Relay ATC instructions b Penetration of PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AREA When an aircraft report indicates penetration of a prohibited restricted area 1 Inform the pilot PHRASEOLOGY YOU ARE IN A PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AREA AUTHORIZATION IS REQUIRED REQUEST YOUR INTENTIONS 2 Inform the control facility immediately Relay ATC instructions 4 3 5 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 4 Airport Advisory Services 4 4 1 TYPES OF AIRPORT ADVISORY SERVICES Airport advisory services are provided at airports without an operating control tower that have certified automated weather reporting via voice capability The types of service depend upon the location of the FSS and communications capabilities There are three types a Local airport advisory LAA is a service provided by facilities that are located on the landing airport b Remote airport advisory RAA is a remote service which may be provided by facilities that are not located on the landing airport NOTE LAA RAA both have 1 Ground to air communication on the com mon traffic advisory frequency CTAF 2 Automated weather reporting with voice broadcasting 3 A continuous automated weather data display 4 Other continuous direct reading instruments or manual observations available to the specialist c Remote airport information service RAIS is a temporary servi
216. RMET See AWW See CONVECTIVE SIGMET See CWA See ICAO term SIGMET INFORMATION Refer to AIM SIGMET INFORMATION ICAO Information issued by a meteorological watch office concerning the occurrence or expected occurrence of specified en route weather phenomena which may affect the safety of aircraft operations SIGNIFICANT METEOROLOGICAL INFOR MATION See SIGMET SIGNIFICANT POINT A point whether a named intersection a NAVAID a fix derived from a NAVAID s or geographical coordinate expressed in degrees of latitude and longitude which is established for the purpose of providing separation as a reporting point or to delineate a route of flight SIMPLIFIED DIRECTIONAL FACILITY A NAVAID used for nonprecision instrument approaches The final approach course is similar to that of an ILS localizer except that the SDF course may be offset from the runway generally not more than 3 degrees and the course may be wider than the localizer resulting in a lower degree of accuracy Refer to AIM SIMULATED FLAMEOUT A practice approach by a jet aircraft normally military at idle thrust to a runway The approach may start at a runway high key and may continue on a relatively high and wide downwind leg with a continuous turn to final It terminates in landing or low approach The purpose of this approach is to simulate a flameout See FLAMEOUT SIMULTANEOUS ILS APPROACHES An approach system permitting simult
217. RNAV routes add the word Romeo EXAMPLE J Eight Thirty Romeo J Five Thirty Three Offset one zero miles right of J Eight Thirty Romeo Victor Seven Ten Romeo Victor Twelve b VOR VORTAC TACAN alternate airways State the word Victor followed by the number of the airway in group form and the alternate direction EXAMPLE Victor Twelve South c Colored L MF airways State the color of the airway followed by the number in group form EXAMPLE Blue Eighty One d Named Routes State the words North American Route or Bahama Route followed by the number of the route in group form EXAMPLE North American Route Fifty Bahama Route Fifty Five Victor 12 1 15 JO 7110 10X e Military Training Routes MTRs State the letters ER or V R followed by the number of the route in group form EXAMPLE ER Five Thirty One V R Fifty two 12 1 19 NAVAID TERMS a Announce NAVAIDs as follows in TBL 12 1 42 TBL 12 1 42 NAVAID Terms ILS I L S Lom Nondirectional radio beacon Area Navigation System TACK AN V O R VORTAC VOR as in vortex TACK Wide Area Augmentation System b Describe radials arcs courses bearings and quadrants of NAVAIDs as follows 1 VOR VORTAC TACAN MLS NAVAIDs State the name of the NAVAID followed by the separate digits of the radial azimuth omitting the word degre
218. RTURE additional instructions as required b Transmit clearance for local SVFR operations for a specified period series of takeoffs and landings etc upon request if the aircraft can be recalled when traffic or weather conditions require Letters of agreement may be established PHRASEOLOGY LOCAL SPECIAL V F R OPERATIONS IN THE IMMEDIATE VICINITY OF name AIRPORT ARE AUTHORIZED UNTIL time MAINTAIN SPECIAL V F R CONDITIONS c If an aircraft operating under visual flight rules attempts to enter depart or operate within surface areas contrary to the provisions of 14 CFR Section 91 157 visual flight rules ensure the pilot is aware of the current weather conditions Provide the following information 1 At airports with commissioned automated weather with continuous automated voice capability instruct the pilot to monitor the automated broadcast and advise intentions PHRASEOLOGY MONITOR location AUTOMATED WEATHER frequency ADVISE INTENTIONS 2 At airports without a commissioned automated weather or if the pilot is unable to receive the automated weather broadcast issue the most current weather report available Advise the pilot that the weather is below VFR minima and request the pilot s intentions PHRASEOLOGY Location WEATHER CEILING height VISIBILITY miles Location SURFACE AREA IS BELOW V F R MINIMA AN ATC CLEARANCE IS REQUIRED ADVISE INTENTIONS NOTE Helicopters performing h
219. RVR The RVR readout values obtained from RVR equipment located midfield of the runway 4 3 14 3 Rollout RVR The RVR readout values obtained from RVR equipment located nearest the rollout end of the runway See ICAO term FLIGHT VISIBILITY See ICAO term GROUND VISIBILITY See ICAO term RUNWAY VISUAL RANGE See ICAO term VISIBILITY VISIBILITY ICAO The ability as determined by atmospheric conditions and expressed in units of distance to see and identify prominent unlighted objects by day and prominent lighted objects by night a Flight Visibility The visibility forward from the cockpit of an aircraft in flight b Ground Visibility The visibility at an aero drome as reported by an accredited observer c Runway Visual Range RVR The range over which the pilot of an aircraft on the centerline of a runway can see the runway surface markings or the lights delineating the runway or identifying its centerline VISUAL APPROACH An approach conducted on an instrument flight rules IFR flight plan which authorizes the pilot to proceed visually and clear of clouds to the airport The pilot must at all times have either the airport or the preceding aircraft in sight This approach must be authorized and under the control of the appropriate air traffic control facility Reported weather at the airport must be ceiling at or above 1 000 feet and visibility of 3 miles or greater See ICAO term VISUAL APPROACH VIS
220. Refer to AIM MARSA See MILITARY AUTHORITY ASSUMES RESPONSIBILITY FOR SEPARATION OF AIRCRAFT MAWP Missed Approach Waypoint MAXIMUM AUTHORIZED ALTITUDE A pub lished altitude representing the maximum usable altitude or flight level for an airspace structure or route segment It is the highest altitude on a Federal airway jet route area navigation low or high route or other direct route for which an MEA is designated in 14 CFR Part 95 at which adequate reception of navigation aid signals is assured MAYDAY The international radiotelephony distress signal When repeated three times it indicates PCG M 1 Pilot Controller Glossary imminent and grave danger and that immediate assistance is requested See PAN PAN Refer to AIM MCA See MINIMUM CROSSING ALTITUDE MDA See MINIMUM DESCENT ALTITUDE MEA See MINIMUM EN ROUTE IFR ALTITUDE MEARTS See MICRO EN ROUTE AUTOMATED RADAR TRACKING SYSTEM METEOROLOGICAL IMPACT STATEMENT An unscheduled planning forecast describing conditions expected to begin within 4 to 12 hours which may impact the flow of air traffic in a specific center s ARTCC area METER FIX ARC A semicircle equidistant from a meter fix usually in low altitude relatively close to the meter fix used to help CTAS HOST calculate a meter time and determine appropriate sector meter list assignments for aircraft not on an established arrival route or assigned a meter fix
221. Relative humidity 87 percent only crossing of zero degrees Celsius isotherm was four thousand five hundred M S L Relative humidity 87 percent at the lowest crossing of zero degrees Celsius Two crossings occurred at two thousand four hundred and one zero thousand five hundred M S L The sounding terminated below the first crossing of the zero degree Celsius isotherm Temperatures were all above freezing RADAT 871024105 RADAT MISG RADAT ZERO The entire sounding was below zero degrees Celsius h Icing Data See TBL 12 1 22 TBL 12 1 22 Icing Data Contraction Explanation RAICG 12 MSL Icing at one thousand two hundred M S L RAICG 24 MSL SNW Icing at two thousand four hundred M S L in snow i Maintenance Data See TBL 12 1 23 12 1 8 4 3 14 TBL 12 1 23 Maintenance Data RVR RVV Phraseology PNO Precipitation amount not available RVRNO R V R or runway visual range information not available TSNO Thunderstorm lightning information not available VISNO Visibility sensor information not available 12 1 10 WEATHER ADVISORIES a When announcing weather advisories include the complete advisory description including the product name and alphanumeric identification Specify Eastern Central or Western section as applicable when stating WSTs PHRASEOLOGY AIRMET ALERT WEATHER WATCH ONE ZERO SEVEN FOR SEVERE THUNDERSTORMS CONVECTIVE SIGMET TWO SEVEN
222. S The 49 States located on the continent of North America and the District of Columbia CONTINUE When used as a control instruction should be followed by another word or words clarifying what is expected of the pilot Example continue taxi continue descent continue inbound etc CONTROL AREA ICAO A controlled airspace extending upwards from a specified limit above the earth CONTROL SECTOR An airspace area of defined horizontal and vertical dimensions for which a controller or group of controllers has air traffic control responsibility normally within an air route traffic control center or an approach control facility Sectors are established based on predominant traffic flows altitude strata and controller workload Pilot communications during operations within a sector are normally maintained on discrete frequen cies assigned to the sector See DISCRETE FREQUENCY CONTROL SLASH A radar beacon slash repre senting the actual position of the associated aircraft Normally the control slash is the one closest to the interrogating radar beacon site When ARTCC radar is operating in narrowband digitized mode the control slash is converted to a target symbol CONTROLLED AIRSPACE An airspace of defined dimensions within which air traffic control PCG C 6 4 3 14 service is provided to IFR flights and to VFR flights in accordance with the airspace classification a Controlled airspace is a gene
223. S This order and its changes are scheduled to be published to coincide with AIRAC dates The effective dates will be Introduction Publication Schedule Cutoff Date Effective Date for Submission of Publication JO 7110 10X 8 22 13 4 3 14 1 1 7 DELIVERY DATES If an FAA facility has not received the order changes at least 30 days before the above effective dates the facility must notify its service area office distribution officer 1 1 8 RECOMMENDATION FOR PROCEDURAL CHANGES Any changes to this order must be submitted to the VP Mission Support Services attn ATC Procedures Office AJV 11 a Personnel should submit recommended changes in procedures to facility management b Recommendations from other sources should be submitted through appropriate FAA military or industry user channels c Procedural changes will not be made to this order until the operational system software has been adapted to accomplish the revised procedures 1 1 9 SUBSCRIPTION INFORMATION This publication may be purchased from the U S Government Printing Office Address subscription inquiries to Superintendent of Documents U S Government Printing Office P O Box 979050 St Louis MO 63197 9000 Online http bookstore gpo gov 1 1 1 JO 7110 10X 4 3 14 FAA air traffic publications are also available on the 1 1 10 DISTRIBUTION FAAS web site at http www faa gov air_traffic This order is distributed to selected
224. S ARE IN EFFECT FOR adverse conditions OVER geographical area list weather advisories only no text c Synopsis A brief statement describing the type location and movement of weather systems and or masses which might affect the route or the area d Terminal Forecasts Include the valid time of forecast PHRASEOLOGY TERMINAL FORECAST FOR location VALID UNTIL time ZULU Transcribed Weather Broadcasts TWEB Alaska Only e Winds Aloft Forecast Broadcast winds aloft forecast for the location nearest to the TWEB The broadcast should include the levels from 3 000 to 12 000 feet but must always include at least two forecast levels above the surface PHRASEOLOGY WINDS ALOFT FORECAST VALID UNTIL time ZULU Location Altitude direction AT speed f Surface Weather Reports Record surface reports as described in paragraph 12 1 8 Weather Phraseology 1 Broadcast local reports first then broadcast the remainder of the reports beginning with the first station east of true north and continuing clockwise around the TWEB location 2 Announce the location name of a surface report once a Surface weather broadcast introduction PHRASEOLOGY Location name AVIATION WEATHER 4 digits of time ZULU OBSERVATIONS b Special weather reports PHRASEOLOGY Location name SPECIAL REPORT last 2 digits of time OBSERVATION weather report g Density Altitude Include temperature and the statemen
225. S LOCATED direction distance FROM landmark visible to the aircraft 4 Advise the pilot to report the landing airport in sight PHRASEOLOGY REPORT AIRPORT IN SIGHT 5 Determine when the pilot no longer needs assistance PHRASEOLOGY DO YOU REQUIRE FURTHER ASSISTANCE 6 When the pilot indicates assistance is no longer required terminate the service Provide the CTAF frequency if appropriate and the local altimeter setting PHRASEOLOGY VOR ADF ORIENTATION SERVICE TERMINATED COMMON TRAFFIC ADVISORY FREQUENCY frequency ALTIMETER setting NOTE CTAF is defined as a UNICOM Multicom FSS or airport traffic control tower ATCT frequency 7 Notify appropriate control facility of the aircraft s position termination of services and the pilot s intentions ADF VOR Orientation 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 4 Global Positioning System GPS 5 4 1 ACTIONS REQUIRED When providing GPS orientation services to an aircraft in emergency status a Determine if the aircraft is in VFR or IFR weather conditions fuel remaining altitude and heading b If the aircraft is operating in IFR weather conditions coordinate with the appropriate control facility c Determine if the aircraft is on a flight plan If the aircraft is not on an IFR flight plan and is in VFR weather conditions advise the pilot to remain VFR 5 4 2 GPS ORIENTATION When using GPS orientation determine the aircraft s
226. TAKEOFF See INTERSECTION DEPARTURE IR See IFR MILITARY TRAINING ROUTES ISR Indicates the confidence level of the track requires 5NM separation 3NM separation 1 1 2NM separation and target resolution cannot be used 4 3 14 JAMMING Electronic or mechanical interference which may disrupt the display of aircraft on radar or the transmission reception of radio communications navigation JET BLAST Jet engine exhaust thrust stream turbulence See WAKE TURBULENCE JET ROUTE A route designed to serve aircraft Operations from 18 000 feet MSL up to and including flight level 450 The routes are referred to as J routes with numbering to identify the designated Pilot Controller Glossary route e g J105 See Class A AIRSPACE Refer to 14 CFR Part 71 JET STREAM A migrating stream of high speed winds present at high altitudes JETTISONING OF EXTERNAL STORES Air borne release of external stores e g tiptanks ordnance See FUEL DUMPING Refer to 14 CFR Part 91 JOINT USE RESTRICTED AREA See RESTRICTED AREA PCG J 1 4 3 14 Pilot Controller Glossary K KNOWN TRAFFIC With respect to ATC clear ances means aircraft whose altitude position and intentions are known to ATC PCG K 1 4 3 14 LAA See LOCAL AIRPORT ADVISORY LAAS See LOW ALTITUDE ALERT SYSTEM LAHSO An acronym for Land and Hold Short Operation These operations include landing and holding
227. TELY Used by ATC or pilots when such action compliance is required to avoid an imminent situation INCERFA Uncertainty Phase ICAO A situation wherein uncertainty exists as to the safety of an aircraft and its occupants INCREASE SPEED TO SPEED See SPEED ADJUSTMENT INERTIAL NAVIGATION SYSTEM An RNAV system which is a form of self contained navigation See Area Navigation RNAV INFLIGHT REFUELING See AERIAL REFUELING 4 3 14 INFLIGHT WEATHER ADVISORY See WEATHER ADVISORY INFORMATION REQUEST A request originated by an FSS for information concerning an overdue VER aircraft INITIAL APPROACH FIX The fixes depicted on instrument approach procedure charts that identify the beginning of the initial approach segment s See FIX See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE INITIAL APPROACH SEGMENT See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE INITIAL APPROACH SEGMENT ICAO That segment of an instrument approach procedure between the initial approach fix and the intermediate approach fix or where applicable the final approach fix or point INLAND NAVIGATION FACILITY A navigation aid on a North American Route at which the common route and or the noncommon route begins or ends INNER MARKER A marker beacon used with an ILS CAT ID precision approach located between the middle marker and the end of the ILS runway transmitting a radiation pattern keyed at six dots per second and
228. TEMS Refer to AIM ALTITUDE RESERVATION Airspace utilization under prescribed conditions normally employed for the mass movement of aircraft or other special user requirements which cannot otherwise be accomplished ALTRVs are approved by the appropriate FAA facility See AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEM COMMAND CENTER ALTITUDE RESTRICTION An altitude or alti tudes stated in the order flown which are to be maintained until reaching a specific point or time Altitude restrictions may be issued by ATC due to traffic terrain or other airspace considerations ALTITUDE RESTRICTIONS ARE CANCELED Adherence to previously imposed altitude restric tions is no longer required during a climb or descent ALTRV See ALTITUDE RESERVATION AMVER See AUTOMATED MUTUAL ASSISTANCE VESSEL RESCUE SYSTEM APB See AUTOMATED PROBLEM DETECTION BOUNDARY 4 3 14 APD See AUTOMATED PROBLEM DETECTION APDIA See AUTOMATED PROBLEM DETECTION INHIBITED AREA APPROACH CLEARANCE Authorization by ATC for a pilot to conduct an instrument approach The type of instrument approach for which a clearance and other pertinent information is provided in the approach clearance when required See CLEARED APPROACH See INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE Refer to AIM Refer to 14 CFR Part 91 APPROACH CONTROL FACILITY A terminal ATC facility that provides approach control service in a terminal area See APPROACH CONTROL
229. TIATING LEAMS 34 ots nori Ra aan ea eee eS Section 8 Non Emergency Parachute Jumping 1 COORDINATION ees detec ek En ke 2 PRE JUMP RADIO COMMUNICATIONS 0 0 0 0 0 eee eee eee eee Section 9 SECURITY NOTICE SECNOT 1 SECURITY NOTICE SECNOT 2 22 22 een 2 ACTION UPON RECEIVING A SECNOT 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ee eee eee eee Table of Contents JO 7110 10X JO 7110 10X vi Paragraph Page 6 9 3 CANCELING A SECNOT ae 6 9 1 Chapter 7 International Operations Section 1 Messages and Formats EERE INI YAN EEE E er a E A E E TEE 7 1 1 7 1 2 AIR TRAFFIC SERVICE ATS MESSAGES nunnurnar 7 1 1 7 1 3 CATEGORIES OF MESSAGES 7 1 1 7 1 4 SERVICE MESSAGES 0 00 ccc cece ccc cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenas 7 1 2 7 1 5 TRANSMISSION VIA NADIN 7 1 2 7 1 6 TRANSMISSION OF ATS MESSAGES nn 7 1 3 7 1 7 ORIGINATING MESSAGES ccc ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaas 7 1 4 7 1 8 ADDRESSING MESSAGES ccc cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaas 7 1 4 7 1 9 FLIGHT PLAN FORMS AND INSTRUCTIONS 2 2 7 1 4 7 1 10 ICAO ATS MESSAGE FORMAT ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenas 7 1 5 7 1 11 FLIGHT PLAN CHANGES AND CANCELLATIONS 2200eeeeeeees 7 1 5 7 1 12 AIR MOBILE SERVICE AMS 00 cc cece nent e nen een ene en eens 7 1 5 7 1 13 AIREPS POSITION REPORTS 0 0 ccc cence nce n tence neces eneens 7 1 6 led ATREP SPECIALS ARS En ee Er Oe HERS 7 1 8 7 1 1
230. TIFICATION identification CHECK VOLUME UP IF COMMUNICATION IS NOT ESTABLISHED IMMEDIATELY RETURN TO THIS FREQUENCY 2 Using only the voice feature of the second VOR establish positive communication with the aircraft PHRASEOLOGY Name RADIO TRANSMITTING ON THE name V O R HOW DO YOU HEAR OVER NOTE Transmit only on the frequency of the VOR being used for cross fixing if available 3 After communication has been reestablished advise the pilot to re center the VOR left right needle and advise the reading PHRASEOLOGY ROTATE YOUR COURSE SELECTOR SLOWLY UNTIL THE LEFT RIGHT NEEDLE CENTERS WITH A TO INDICATION ADVISE YOUR COURSE SELECTOR READING 4 If the pilot is transmitting on duplex 122 1 and the cross fix VOR has no voice capability provide the following instructions PHRASEOLOGY CONTINUE TRANSMITTING THIS FREQUENCY TUNE YOUR VOR RECEIVER TO THE name VOR FREQUENCY frequency IDENTIFICATION ident CHECK VOLUME UP AND IDENTIFY THE STATION ROTATE YOUR COURSE SELECTOR SLOWLY UNTIL THE LEFT RIGHT NEEDLE CENTERS WITH A TO INDICATION ADVISE YOUR COURSE SELECTOR READING PAUSE RETUNE YOUR VOR RECEIVER TO THE name VOR FREQUENCY frequency IDENTIFICATION identification SAY YOUR AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION AND THE name VOR COURSE SELECTOR READING 5 Advise the pilot to continue the inbound heading JO 7110 10X PHRASEOLOGY CONTINUE HEADING degrees 6 Plot the new
231. TURBULENCE CAT 10 EQUIPMENT 13 DEPARTURE AEODROME WE 15 CRUISING SPEED LEVEL ROUTE gt TOTAL EET 16 DESTINATION AERODROME HR MIN ALTN AERODROME 2ND ALTN AERODROME Pama A A 18 OTHER INFORMATION KE SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION NOT TOBE TRANSMITTED IN FPL MESSAGES RENSE 19 ENDURANCE EMERGENCY RADIO UHF VHF ELBA Se gt R U E SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT POLAR DESERT MARITIME JUNGLE LIGHT FLOURES UHF VHF gt s P o m oE F ul DINGHIES NUMBER CAPACITY COVER COLOUR DU ch x AIRCRAFT COLOUR AND MARKINGS Al REMARKS gt N za Re FILED BY ACCEPTED BY ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Appendix A 2 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X 2 Instructions for the Completion of the Flight Plan Form 2 1 General Follow the prescribed formats and manner of specifying data Start entering data in the first space provided Leave unused spaces blank ENTER all clock times in 4 figures UTC ENTER all estimated elapsed times in 4 figures hours and minutes Shaded area preceding Item 3 to be completed by ATS and COM services unless the responsibility for originating flight plan messages has been delegated NOTE The term aerodrome where used in the flight plan also covers sites other than aerodromes which may be used by certain types of aircraft for example helicopters or balloons 2 2 Instructions for entering ATS data Complete Items 7 to 18 as indicat
232. TURN PROCEDURE TURN ICAO A maneuver in which a turn is made away from a designated track followed by a turn in the opposite direction to permit PCG P 4 4 3 14 the aircraft to intercept and proceed along the reciprocal of the designated track Note 1 Procedure turns are designated left or right according to the direction of the initial turn Note 2 Procedure turns may be designated as being made either in level flight or while descending according to the circumstances of each individual approach procedure PROCEDURE TURN INBOUND That point of a procedure turn maneuver where course reversal has been completed and an aircraft is established inbound on the intermediate approach segment or final approach course A report of procedure turn inbound is normally used by ATC as a position report for separation purposes See FINAL APPROACH COURSE See PROCEDURE TURN See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE PROFILE DESCENT An uninterrupted descent except where level flight is required for speed adjustment e g 250 knots at 10 000 feet MSL from cruising altitude level to interception of a glideslope or to a minimum altitude specified for the initial or intermediate approach segment of a nonprecision instrument approach The profile descent normally terminates at the approach gate or where the elideslope or other appropriate minimum altitude is intercepted PROGRESS REPORT See POSITION
233. Three zero miles 12 1 14 FACILITY IDENTIFICATION Identify facilities as follows a Airport traffic control towers State the name of the facility followed by the word tower Where military and civil airports are located in the same general area and have similar names state the name of the military service followed by the name of the military facility and the word tower EXAMPLE Barksdale Tower Columbus Tower Navy Jacksonville Tower b Function within a terminal facility State the name of the facility followed by the name of the function EXAMPLE Boston Departure LaGuardia Clearance Delivery O Hare Ground c Approach control facilities including TRACONs RAPCONs RATCFs and ARACs State the name of the facility followed by the word approach Where military and civil facilities are located in the same general area and have similar 12 1 1 JO 7110 10X names state the name of the military service followed by the name of the military facility and the word approach EXAMPLE Denver Approach Griffiss Approach Navy Jacksonville Approach d Air route traffic control centers State the name of the facility followed by the word center e When calling or replying on an interphone line which connects only two facilities you may omit the facility s name EXAMPLE Flight Data Inflight clearance request
234. U S DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION ORDER FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION JO 7110 10X Air Traffic Organization Policy Effective Date April 3 2014 SUBJ Flight Services This order prescribes air traffic control procedures and phraseology for use by personnel providing air traffic control services Controllers are required to be familiar with the provisions of this order that pertain to their operational responsibilities and to exercise judgment if they encounter situations not covered by it Elizabeth L Ray Vice President Mission Support Services Air Traffic Organization FFR 1 9 2014 Date Distribution ZAT 710 ZAT 464 Initiated By AJV 0 Vice President System Operations Services RECORD OF CHANGES _ pircrive no JO 7110 10X FAA Form 1320 5 6 80 USE PREVIOUS EDITION 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Flight Services Explanation of Changes Basic Direct questions through appropriate facility service center office staff to the Office of Primary Interest OPI a 2 1 2 SPEECH RATE AND PHRASEOLOGY This change amends FAA Order JO 7110 10 paragraph 2 1 2 in response to an update to the FAA Order JO 7210 3 Facility Operations paragraph 10 4 1 c in 2012 b 6 2 5 SUFFIX TO AIRCRAFT TYPE TBL 6 2 5 This change eliminates use of the R and Q suffixes and provides guidance for positive identification of GNSS equipped aircraft This change cancels and incorporates N JO 7110 640 Global Navigation Satellite System
235. UAL APPROACH ICAO An approach by an IFR flight when either part or all of an instrument approach procedure is not completed and the approach is executed in visual reference to terrain VISUAL APPROACH SLOPE INDICATOR See AIRPORT LIGHTING VISUAL CLIMB OVER AIRPORT VCOA A departure option for an IFR aircraft operating in visual meteorological conditions equal to or greater than the specified visibility and ceiling to visually conduct climbing turns over the airport to the published climb to altitude from which to proceed with the instrument portion of the departure VCOA Pilot Controller Glossary procedures are developed to avoid obstacles greater than 3 statute miles from the departure end of the runway as an alternative to complying with climb gradients greater than 200 feet per nautical mile These procedures are published in the Take Off Minimums and Obstacle Departure Procedures section of the Terminal Procedures Publications See AIM VISUAL DESCENT POINT A defined point on the final approach course of a nonprecision straight in approach procedure from which normal descent from the MDA to the runway touchdown point may be commenced provided the approach threshold of that runway or approach lights or other markings identifiable with the approach end of that runway are clearly visible to the pilot VISUAL FLIGHT RULES Rules that govern the procedures for conducting flight under visual conditions T
236. UST DEVILS NW Dust devils northwest FG DSIPTG Fog dissipating FU DRFTG OVR Smoke drifting over field FLD FUOCTY Smoke over city GR 2 Hailstones two inches in diameter INTMT RA Intermittent light rain OCNL LTG DSNT Occasional lightning distant NW northwest OCNL SHRA Occasional moderate rain showers RA OCNLY RA Light rain occasionally heavy RAB30 Rain began at three zero SNB15E40 Snow began at one five ended at four zero SNINCR 5 10 Snow increase five inches during past hour ten inches on the ground TS OHD MOVE Thunderstorm overhead moving east FRQ ETGCG TSW Frequent lightning cloud to MOV E ground thunderstorm west moving east UNCONFIRMED Unconfirmed tornado one TORNADO 15W five west of Oklahoma City OKC MOV NE 2015 moving northeast sighted at two zero one five zulu WET SN Wet snow e Wind See TBL 12 1 19 TBL 12 1 19 Wind Contraction Phraseology PK WND 33048 22 Peak wind three three zero at four eight occurred at two two past the hour Wind shifted at three zero WSHFT 30 12 1 7 JO 7110 10X f Pressure See TBL 12 1 20 TBL 12 1 20 Pressure Contraction Phraseology PRESFR Pressure falling rapidly PRESRR Pressure rising rapidly g Freezing Level Data See TBL 12 1 21 TBL 12 1 21 Freezing Level Data Contraction RADAT 87045 Explanation
237. WHAT IS THE WEATHER AT YOUR ALTITUDE AND FUEL REMAINING IN TIME 4 Advise the pilot to maintain the same heading verify the aircraft has VOR equipment and determine the airspeed PHRASEOLOGY CONTINUE HEADING degrees WHAT TYPE OF NAVIGATIONAL EQUIPMENT DO YOU HAVE ON BOARD AND WHAT IS YOUR AIRSPEED 5 If the pilot calls on a simplex frequency such as 122 2 advise the pilot to tune the receiver to the VOR you have selected Provide the VOR name frequency and communication procedures PHRASEOLOGY CONTINUE TRANSMITTING THIS FREQUENCY TUNE YOUR V O R RECEIVER TO THE name V O R FREQUENCY frequency IDENTIFICATION identification CHECK VOLUME UP AND IDENTIFY THE STATION ADVISE WHEN YOU HAVE DONE THIS NOTE If the pilot calls on duplex 122 1 use the VOR the pilot is tuned as the initial VOR 6 Determine the aircraft s course selector reading ADF VOR Orientation 4 3 14 PHRASEOLOGY ROTATE YOUR COURSE SELECTOR SLOWLY UNTIL THE LEFT RIGHT NEEDLE CENTERS WITH A TO INDICATION ADVISE YOUR COURSE SELECTOR READING 7 Advise the pilot of the aircraft s position PHRASEOLOGY YOU ARE direction OF THE name V O R b Orientation 1 Turn the aircraft inbound to the VOR being used Provide the direction of turn and the heading to be flown Advise the pilot to report when established on that heading PHRASEOLOGY FOR V O R ORIENTATION TURN LEFT RIGHT HEADING degrees REPORT ESTA
238. XTRM PCPN MOVG FROM 2525 3 4 INCH HAIL RPRTD LAST 5 MINS 20 SW YIP TSTMS WITH HVY TO EXTRM PCPN CONTG DTW AREA BYD 2300 ZKC1 CWA 121528 ZKC CWA 102 VALID UNTIL 121728 STL DIAM 30 NM NMRS RPTS OF MOD TO SEV ICG 080 090 LGT OR NEG ICG RPTD 040 120 RMNDR OF ZKC AREA AND NE OF AREA 9 8 3 DISTRIBUTION The CWA will be distributed to ARTCC area supervisors and traffic management coordinators and will be entered through FAA AISR and other communications media to make it available for dissemination to other FAA and NWS facilities 9 8 1 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Chapter 10 Airport Lighting and Visibility Aids Alaska Only Section 1 General 10 1 1 AIRPORT LIGHTING a General Lighting Operate airport lighting in accordance with associated tables except 1 As requested by the pilot 2 As required by facility directives or letters of agreement to meet local conditions or requirements 3 As specialist deems necessary if not contrary to pilot s request or local directives b Emergency Lighting When it appears that an emergency has or will occur provide for the operation of all appropriate airport lighting aids in accordance with local procedures and or as required 10 1 2 OBSTRUCTION LIGHTS If controls are provided operate the lights between sunset and sunrise 10 1 3 ROTATING BEACON If controls are provided turn on the rotating beacon a Between sunset and sunrise b Between sunrise and sunset when
239. YX VFR N2346F AC11 JNU FAI 1303 SFIRIV ENA 6 4 1 JO 7110 10X NOTE The operational system will auto address to the tie in facility Because the pilot elected to FIRIV with ENA a facility other than the tie in facility the message must also be manually addressed to ENA d The facility with which the pilot elects to close the flight plan must forward a numbered closure message to the designated tie in facility e On civil flight plans if the pilot advises of stopover points show these in remarks EXAMPLE FF KBOIYFYX DTG KCDCYFYX VFR N12345 C182 U PVU BOI 1958 LNDG TWF f On military flight plans in remarks use coded data pertinent to services passengers or cargo In the absence of remarks enter the letter N meaning none in the remarks field REFERENCE DOD Flight Information Publication General Planning Document 1 Flight notification messages with remarks generate an alert at designated workstations 2 When landing at a civil airport if there are no remarks with the flight notification message it is placed on the Inbound List with no alerts for notification purposes 3 When landing at a military airport all flight notification messages generate an alert EXAMPLE FF KRCAYXYX DTG KRIUYFYX IFR DECALOI T18 R SMF RCA 0135 SAP3NP3S FF KBOIYFYX DTG KCDCYFYX VER R54321 2 UH1 U SLC BOI 1943 N g Address military stopover flight notification messages to and obtain acknowledgements
240. a Data must be spoken such that per minute Standardized procedures and phraseo logy to be used by FSS personnel and automated equipment are to be conducted in accordance with Chapter 12 Phraseology Add 1 The speech rate is not excessive Add 2 The enunciation is of the highest quality and Add 3 Each part of the message is easily understood Add b Standardized procedures and phraseology to be used by FSS personnel and automated equipment are to be conducted in accordance with Chapter 12 Phraseology 1 PARAGRAPH NUMBER AND TITLE 6 2 1 FLIGHT PLAN RECORDING 2 BACKGROUND Since the introduction of ICAO flight plan filing in the NAS a translation issue has been identified in the HOST ERAM processing of those flight plans ICAO flight plan format requires multiple codes be used to describe individual navigation capabilities Occasionally when these flight plans are processed by HOST or ERAM the NAS equipment suffix displayed to the controller for an aircraft is R Q Y or C For these suffixes the aircraft may or may not be GNSS capable 3 CHANGE OLD 6 2 1 FLIGHT PLAN RECORDING TBL 6 2 5 Suffix to Aircraft Type Delete Suffix Aircraft Equipment Suffixes DME A Transponder with Mode C B Transponder with no Mode C D No transponder NO DME Transponder with no Mode C Transponder with Mode C GR Briefing Guide BG 3 JO 711
241. a profile or path VERTICAL SEPARATION Separation between aircraft expressed in units of vertical distance See SEPARATION VERTICAL TAKEOFF AND LANDING AIR CRAFT Aircraft capable of vertical climbs and or descents and of using very short runways or small areas for takeoff and landings These aircraft include but are not limited to helicopters See SHORT TAKEOFF AND LANDING AIRCRAFT VERY HIGH FREQUENCY The frequency band between 30 and 300 MHz Portions of this band 108 to 118 MHz are used for certain NAVAIDs 118 to 136 MHz are used for civil air ground voice communications Other frequencies in this band are used for purposes not related to air traffic control VERY HIGH FREQUENCY OMNIDIRECTION AL RANGE STATION See VOR VERY LOW FREQUENCY The frequency band between 3 and 30 kHz VFR See VISUAL FLIGHT RULES VFR AIRCRAFT An aircraft conducting flight in accordance with visual flight rules See VISUAL FLIGHT RULES VFR CONDITIONS Weather conditions equal to or better than the minimum for flight under visual flight rules The term may be used as an ATC clearance instruction only when a An IFR aircraft requests a climb descent in VFR conditions b The clearance will result in noise abatement benefits where part of the IFR departure route does not conform to an FAA approved noise abatement route or altitude c A pilot has requested a practice instrument approach and is not on an IFR flig
242. affic Cessna Four Twenty One passing SPUTS intersection eastbound on Victor One Fifty Seven at seven thousand 6 8 1 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 9 SECURITY NOTICE SECNOT 6 9 1 SECURITY NOTICE SECNOT A SECNOT is a request originated by the Domestic Events Network DEN Air Traffic Security Coordinator ATSC for an extensive communica tions search for aircraft involved or suspected of being involved in a security violation A SECNOT will include the aircraft identification the search area and an expiration time The search area as defined by the ATSC can be a single airport multiple airports a radius of an airport or fix or a route of flight Once the expiration time has been reached the SECNOT is considered to be canceled NOTE 1 The DEN will notify the FSS of the SECNOT by telephone 2 The ATSC may expand the search area or expiration time following the initial notification of the security notice 6 9 2 ACTION UPON RECEIVING A SECNOT a As soon as a SECNOT is received the facility must attempt to locate the aircraft by checking all airports in the search area that could accommodate the aircraft Relay the SECNOT to all terminal facilities in the search area NOTE 1 Terminal facilities will reply directly to the DEN SECURITY NOTICE SECNOT 2 The DEN is responsible for coordination with ARTCCs b When contacting airports or offices outside official Government agencies provide no fur
243. ages in submission Utilize more than one line for any RPL where the space provided for items O and Q on one line is not sufficient 7 3 A flight must be cancelled as follows a indicate a minus sign in item H followed by all other items of the cancelled flight b insert a subsequent entry denoted by a plus sign in item H and the date of the last flight in item J with all other items of the cancelled flight unchanged 7 4 Modification to a flight must be made as follows a carry out the cancellation as indicated in 7 2 and b insert a third entry giving the new flight plan s with the appropriate items modified as necessary including the new validity dates in items I and J Note All entries related to the same flight will be inserted in succession in the order specified above 7 5 Instructions for insertion of RPL data Complete Items A to Q as indicated hereunder ITEM A OPERATOR INSERT Name of operator ITEM B ADDRESSEE S INSERT Name of agency ies designated by States to administer RPL s for FIR s or areas of responsibility concerned with the route of flight ITEM C DEPARTURE AERODROME S INSERT Location indicator s of departure aerodrome s ITEM D DATE INSERT On each page of submission the date year month day in a 6 figure group that the listing was submitted ITEM E SERIAL NUMBER INSERT Serial number of submission 2 numerics indicating last two digits of year a dash and the sequen
244. airspace area is individually tailored and when instrument procedures are published the airspace will normally be designed to contain the procedures Arrival extensions for instrument approach procedures may be Class D or Class E airspace Unless otherwise authorized each person must establish two way radio communications with the ATC facility providing air traffic services prior to entering the airspace and thereafter maintain those communications while in the airspace No separation services are provided to VFR aircraft 5 CLASS E Generally if the airspace is not Class A Class B Class C or Class D and it is controlled airspace it is Class E airspace Class E airspace extends upward from either the surface or a designated altitude to the overlying or adjacent controlled airspace When designated as a surface area the airspace will be configured to contain all instrument procedures Also in this class are Federal airways airspace beginning at either 700 or 1 200 feet AGL used to transition to from the terminal or en route environment en route domestic and offshore airspace areas designated below 18 000 feet MSL Unless designated at a lower altitude Class E airspace begins at 14 500 MSL over the United States including that airspace overlying the waters within 12 nautical miles of the coast of the 48 contiguous States and Alaska up to but not including 18 000 feet MSL and the airspace above FL 600 CONTROLLED AIRSPACE ICAO
245. airspeed within the route re entry or loop routes as an option or a time delay at a fix within the route as an option Some of the principal uses of coded routes are as follows 1 Instrument Departures DP DP if used must be filed by the computer code designator as the second element of Field 10 and be followed by the transition or exit fix 2 Standard Terminal Arrivals STARs STAR if used must be filed by the computer code designator as the next to last element of Field 10 and immediately follow the entry or transition fix 3 Published Radials Published radials for example within a preferred route are considered airways Do not file unpublished radials EXAMPLE JFK053 DPK017 RBV020 4 Military Routes Certain military routes for example MTR and air refueling tracks anchors are considered coded routes The route designator must be preceded and followed by the entry and exit IFR Flight Plan Handling 4 3 14 fixes in terms of fix radial distance FRD and re entry information may be suffixed to certain military coded routes as follows a The entry and exit fix must be associated with a fix on the route and the entry fix must be prior to the exit fix on the route EXAMPLE TNP355025 IR252 PKE107012 b Routes having re entries for a single strategic training range STR site must contain the entry of alternate entry fix in terms of FRD the route designator followed immediately by a plus si
246. al Flight Dispatch Office Manually address the message to the designated Regional Flight Dispatch Office 4 3 14 REFERENCE FAAO JO 7350 8 Location Identifiers EXAMPLE FF MMCUXMXO MMMYXMXO REQ ACP N1234S e The Regional Flight Dispatch Office involved will then normally send an acknowledgment to the departure station and assume responsibility for the flight notification message f If acknowledgment acceptance is not received within 1 hour of the departure use interphone telephone or other available means to deliver the message to the appropriate Regional Flight Dispatch Office See TBL 7 5 1 for telephone numbers For a complete address add xmxo to the identifier TBL 7 5 1 Mexican Regional Flight Dispatch Office Phone Numbers Mexican Regional Flight Dispatch Office Telephone Numbers REGION CENTRO Central NORESTE Northeast NOROESTE Northwest OCCIDENTE West SURESTE Southeast g Do not accept round robin flight plans to Mexico 7 5 2 IDENTIFIER MMMX MMMY MMMZ MMGL MMMD TELEPHONE NUMBER 01152 5 762 7062 01152 5 784 40 99 ext 153 01152 5 762 58 77 ext 153 01152 83 454 020 ext 141 01152 67 23 114 01152 67 22 075 ext 140 01152 36 890 121 ext 32 and 167 01152 99 231 186 ext 149 Mexican Movement and Control Messages Transborder Flights Only 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Chapter 8 Search and Rescue SAR Procedures Section 1 General 8 1 1 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SA
247. all repeat the last message transmission or portion indicated sent to me or transmission s from QTA Shall cancel message number other identification General or Cancel message number acknowledge receipt of transmission number or type of message Repeat the last message transmission or portion indicated sent to me or transmission s from A not received B partially received garbled or other identification 13 1 3 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Appendix A ICAO FLIGHT PLANS ICAO Model Flight Plan Form Instructions for the Completion of the Flight Plan Form Instructions for the Transmission of a Filed Flight Plan FPL Message Instructions for the Transmission of a Supplementary Flight Plan SPL Message Example of Completed Flight Plan Form ICAO Model Flight Plan Reverse Side ICAO Model Repetitive Flight Plan RPL Listing Form AD ana wW YN Example of a Completed Repetitive Flight Plan RPL Listing Form ICAO FLIGHT PLANS Appendix A 1 JO 7110 10X 4 3 14 1 ICAO Model Flight Plan Form A F ocre ot Transporaion International Flight Plan Federal Aviation Administration PRIORITY ADDRESSEE S FF gt lt FILING TIME ORIGINATOR L n a SPECIFIC IDENTIFICATION OF ADDRESSEE S AND OR ORIGINATOR 3 MESSAGE 7 AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION 8 FLIGHT RULES TYPE OF FLIGHT FPL 9 NUMBER TYPE OF AIRCRAFT WAKE
248. all altitude and or speed restrictions depicted on the procedure This term may be used in lieu of repeating each remaining restriction that appears on the procedure COMPOSITE FLIGHT PLAN A flight plan which specifies VER operation for one portion of flight and IFR for another portion It is used primarily in military operations Refer to AIM COMPOSITE ROUTE SYSTEM An organized oceanic route structure incorporating reduced lateral spacing between routes in which composite separation is authorized COMPOSITE SEPARATION A method of separat ing aircraft in a composite route system where by management of route and altitude assignments a combination of half the lateral minimum specified for the area concerned and half the vertical minimum is applied COMPULSORY REPORTING POINTS Reporting points which must be reported to ATC They are designated on aeronautical charts by solid triangles or filed in a flight plan as fixes selected to define direct routes These points are geographical locations which are defined by navigation aids fixes Pilots should discontinue position reporting over compul sory reporting points when informed by ATC that their aircraft is in radar contact CONFIDENCE MANEUVER A confidence man euver consists of one or more turns a climb or descent or other maneuver to determine if the pilot in command PIC is able to receive and comply with ATC instructions CONFLICT ALERT A function of certai
249. all dinghies carried and COVER CROSS OUT indicator C if dinghies are not covered and COLOR ENTER color of dinghies if carried A AIRCRAFT COLOR AND MARKINGS ENTER color of aircraft and significant markings N REMARKS CROSS OUT indicator N if no remarks or INDICATE any other survival equipment carried and any other remarks regarding survival equipment C PILOT ENTER name of pilot in command 2 3 Filed by ENTER the name of the unit agency or person filing the flight plan 2 4 Acceptance of the flight plan Indicate acceptance of the flight plan in the manner prescribed by the appropriate ATS authority 2 5 Instructions for entering COM data Items to be completed COMPLETE the top two shaded lines of the form and COMPLETE the third shaded line only when necessary following the provisions in PANS ATM Chapter 11 11 2 1 2 unless ATS prescribes otherwise ICAO FLIGHT PLANS Appendix A 13 JO 7110 10X 4 3 14 3 Instructions for the Transmission of a Filed Flight Plan FPL Message 3 1 Correction of obvious errors Unless otherwise prescribed CORRECT obvious format errors and or omissions i e oblique stokes to ensure adherence as specified in Section 2 3 2 Items to be transmitted TRANSMIT items as indicated below unless otherwise prescribed a the items in the shaded lines above Item 3 b Starting with lt lt FPL of Item 3 All symbols and data in the unshaded boxes to the lt lt at the end of It
250. an ASR or surveillance approach when a nonpreci sion radar approach is desired See RADAR APPROACH GROUND DELAY PROGRAM GDP A traffic management process administered by the ATCSCC when aircraft are held on the ground The purpose of the program is to support the TM mission and limit airborne holding It is a flexible program and may be implemented in various forms depending upon the needs of the AT system Ground delay programs provide for equitable assignment of delays to all system users GROUND SPEED The speed of an aircraft relative to the surface of the earth GROUND STOP GS The GS is a process that requires aircraft that meet a specific criteria to remain on the ground The criteria may be airport specific airspace specific or equipment specific for example all departures to San Francisco or all departures entering Yorktown sector or all Category I and II aircraft going to Charlotte GSs normally occur with little or no warning 4 3 14 GROUND VISIBILITY See VISIBILITY GS See GROUND STOP Pilot Controller Glossary PCG G 3 4 3 14 Pilot Controller Glossary H HAA See HEIGHT ABOVE AIRPORT HAL See HEIGHT ABOVE LANDING HANDOFF An action taken to transfer the radar identification of an aircraft from one controller to another if the aircraft will enter the receiving controller s airspace and radio communications with the aircraft will be transferred HAR See
251. and in capability using UAT V1 ADS B out capability using VDL Mode 4 V2 ADS B out and in capability using VDL Mode 4 NOTE File no more than one code for each type of capability e g file B1 or B2 and not both ADS C D1 ADS C with FANS 1 A capabilities G1 ADS C with ATN capabilities Alphanumeric characters not indicated above are reserved EXAMPLE ADE3RV HB2U2V2G1 NOTE Additional surveillance application should be listed in Item 18 following the indicator SUR Appendix A 6 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X ITEM 13 DEPARTURE AERODROME AND TIME 8 CHARACTERS ENTER the ICAO four letter location indicator of the departure aerodrome as specified in Doc 7910 Location Indicators OR if no location indicator has been assigned ENTER ZZZZ and SPECIFY in Item 18 the name and location of the aerodrome preceded by DEP OR the first point of the route or the marker radio beacon preceded by DEP if the aircraft has not taken off from the aerodrome OR if the flight plan is received from an aircraft in flight ENTER AFIL and SPECIFY in Item 18 the ICAO four letter location indicator of the location of the ATS unit from which supplementary flight plan data can be obtained preceded by DEP THEN WITHOUT A SPACE ENTER for a flight plan submitted before departure the estimated off block time EOBT OR for a flight plan received from an aircraft in flight the actual or estimated time over
252. and to the aircraft essential to the safe conduct of the flight 3 Be responsible for the action required in case of failure of communication j Transfer of primary guard from one primary station to the next will normally take place at the time of traversing FIR or control area boundaries When communications conditions so demand a station may be required to retain primary guard beyond geographical boundaries or release its guard before the aircraft reaches a boundary 7 1 13 AIREPs POSITION REPORTS a AIREPs are messages from an aircraft to a ground station AIREPs are normally comprised of the aircraft s position time flight level ETA over its next reporting point destination ETA fuel remaining and meteorological information When recording an AIREP on data terminals or written copy the following procedures must be used 1 Each line must begin at the left margin 2 A new line must be used for each transmission 3 If communications allow each report must contain the following items in the order shown a Message type aerodrome reference point ARP b Call sign of the calling station aircraft c Text of the message d Call sign of the station called or receiving station followed by the appropriate abbreviation to indicate received readback or no reply heard e Call sign of station s acknowledging intercept followed by appropriate abbreviation to indicate received f Designation of freq
253. aneous ILS MLS approaches to airports having parallel runways separated by at least 4 300 feet between centerlines Integral parts of a total system are ILS MLS radar communications ATC procedures and appropriate airborne equipment See PARALLEL RUNWAYS Refer to AIM an NT PCG S 4 4 3 14 SIMULTANEOUS MLS APPROACHES See SIMULTANEOUS ILS APPROACHES SIMULTANEOUS OFFSET INSTRUMENT APPROACH SOIA An instrument landing system comprised of an ILS PRM or RNAV GPS PRM approach to one runway and an offset LDA PRM with glideslope or an RNAV GPS PRM approach utilizing vertical guidance to another where parallel runway spaced less than 3 000 feet and at least 750 feet apart The approach courses converge by 2 5 to 3 degrees Closely spaced independent approach procedures apply up to the point where the approach course separation becomes 3 000 feet at the offset MAP From the offset MAP to the runway threshold visual separation by the aircraft conducting the offset LDA PRM or GPS PRM approach is utilized Refer to AIM SINGLE DIRECTION ROUTES Preferred IFR Routes which are sometimes depicted on high altitude en route charts and which are normally flown in one direction only See PREFERRED IFR ROUTES Refer to AIRPORT FACILITY DIRECTORY SINGLE FREQUENCY APPROACH A service provided under a letter of agreement to military single piloted turbojet aircraft which permits use of a single UHF frequency during app
254. apability in order to operate in MNPS designated airspace In addition aircraft must be certified by their State of Registry for MNPS operation MINIMUM NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION AIRSPACE Designated airspace in which MNPS procedures are applied between MNPS certified and equipped aircraft Under certain conditions non MNPS aircraft can operate in MNPSA However standard oceanic separation minima is provided between the non MNPS aircraft and other traffic Currently the only designated MNPSA is described as follows a Between FL 285 and FL 420 b Between latitudes 27 N and the North Pole c In the east the eastern boundaries of the CTAs Santa Maria Oceanic Shanwick Oceanic and Reykjavik d In the west the western boundaries of CTAs Reykjavik and Gander Oceanic and New York Oceanic excluding the area west of 60 W and south of 38 30 N MINIMUM OBSTRUCTION CLEARANCE ALTI TUDE MOCA The lowest published altitude in effect between radio fixes on VOR airways off airway routes or route segments which meets obstacle clearance requirements for the entire route segment and which assures acceptable navigational signal coverage only within 25 statute 22 nautical miles of a VOR Refer to 14 CFR Part 91 Refer to 14 CFR Part 95 PCG M 4 4 3 14 MINIMUM RECEPTION ALTITUDE The lowest altitude at which an intersection can be determined Refer to 14 CFR Part 95 MINIMUM SAFE ALTITUDE a The
255. apable flight intending to operate in RVSM airspace SAR for a flight engaged in a search and rescue mission and STATE for a flight engaged in military customs or police services Other reasons for special handling by ATS must be denoted under the designator RMK PBN Indication of RNAV and or RNP capabilities Include as many of the applicable descriptors up to a maximum of 8 entries not more than 16 characters Appendix A 10 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X RNAV SPECIFICATIONS B4 RNAV 5 VOR DME B5 RNAV 5 INS or IRS A1 RNAV 10 RNP 10 B6 RNAV 5 LORAN C B1 RNAV 5 all permitted sensors C1 RNAV 2 all permitted sensors B2 RNAV 5 GNSS C2 RNAV 2 GNSS B3 RNAV 5 DME DME C3 RNAV 2 DME DME C4 RNAV 2 DME DME IRU RNP SPECIFICATIONS D RNAV 1 all permitted sensors L1 RNP 4 ol Basic RNP 1 all permitted sensors D2 RNAV 1 GNSS O2 Basic RNP 1 GNSS D3 RNAV 1 DME DME O3 Basic RNP 1 DME DME D4 RNAV 1 DME DME IRU O4 Basic RNP 1 DME DMF IRU S1 RNP APCH S2 RNP APCH with BARO VNAV T1 RNP AR APCH with RF special authorization required T2 RNP AR APCH without RF special authorization required Combinations of alphanumeric characters not indicated above are reserved NAV Significant data related to navigation equipment other than specified in PBN as required by the appropriate ATS authority Indicate GNSS augmentation under this indicator with a space between two or more methods of augmentation for example NAV GBAS SBAS
256. appear on AFTN NADIN circuits The number above the data corresponds to the field type numbers on the flight plan form FAA Form 7233 4 and on the chart of Standard ATS Messages and Their Composition Appendix A a Departure Message DEP ARTCCs are the designated ATS unit responsible for originating and transmitting DEP messages on all IFR aircraft departing airports within their center boundaries IFR flight plans must be transmitted to ARTCCs at least 1 hour before departure This allows ARTCCs to determine recipients of DEP message when domestic portions are transmitted to ARTCCs in an automated format Do not hold FPLs and combine with DEP into a single message b Delay Message DLA Transmitted when departure of an aircraft for which an FPL message has been transmitted is postponed or delayed more than 30 minutes after the estimated time of departure contained in the FPL c Alerting Message ALR Relating to an overdue situation on an aircraft d Supplementary Flight Plan SPL Information must be sent to ATS units that transmit Request Supplementary Flight Plan ROS messages e Arrival Message ARR Sent only on Canadian MOT U S DOT or FAA aircraft or upon request f Current Flight Plan CPL Message Originated by and transmitted in a step by step mode between successive ACCs and between the last ACC to the Messages and Formats JO 7110 10X control at the airport of intended landing CPLs contain only
257. are for the 45 000 and 53 000 foot levels They are not normally disseminated on Service A but are available on request reply 9 3 3 DISTRIBUTION All FBs are transmitted to the WMSCR by NCEP Distribution by the WMSCR is accomplished in accordance with established program requirements 9 3 1 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 4 Terminal Aerodrome Forecast TAF 9 4 1 GENERAL 9 4 2 TERMINAL AERODROME NWS forecast offices prepare and forward 24 or FORECAST SCHEDULES 30 hour TAFs for selected U S terminals to the TAFSs are prepared four times a day and are issued at WMSCR for distribution Similar forecasts for the 2330 0530 1130 and 1730 UTC U S Military Canada and Mexico are sent to WMSCR from the NCEP and Air Force Weather Agency AFWA for distribution Terminal Aerodrome Forecast TAF 9 4 1 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 5 Area Forecast FA 9 5 1 GENERAL a Area forecasts FA are available through the WMSCR and provide an overview of weather conditions which could impact aviation operations FAs are issued by the Aviation Weather Center AWC in Kansas City Missouri the Alaska Aviation Weather Unit AAWU in Anchorage Alaska and the Weather Forecast Office WFO in Honolulu Hawaii The delineation of the areas is specified in the National Weather Service Instruction 10 811 Canadian and Mexican FAs are also available through WMSCR b FAs consist of the following elements according to each geog
258. ared by any of the following a The pilot b Facility personnel c Officials responsible for the operation of the aircraft 2 Reports indicate that the aircraft s operating efficiency is so impaired that a forced landing may be is necessary 3 Reports indicate the crew has abandoned the aircraft or is about to do so 4 Intercept or escort services are requested 5 The need for ground rescue appears likely 6 An Emergency Locator Transmitter ELT signal is heard or reported General REFERENCE FAAO 7110 10 Para 5 1 2c Responsibility FAAO 7110 10 Para 5 2 8 Emergency Locator Transmitter ELT Signals 5 1 2 RESPONSIBILITY a Ifin communication with an aircraft in distress handle the emergency and coordinate and direct the activities of assisting facilities Transfer this responsibility to another facility only when better handling of the emergency will result b Upon receipt of information about an aircraft in distress forward detailed data to the appropriate control facility in whose area the emergency exists NOTE Notifying the appropriate control facility about a VFR aircraft emergency allows provision of IFR separation if considered necessary c The ARTCC is responsible for consolidation of all pertinent ELT signal information Notify the ARTCC of all heard or reported ELT signals 5 1 3 OBTAINING INFORMATION Obtain enough information to handle the emergency intelligently Base dec
259. as above and circuit control data General 13 1 3 GROUP CODES a NADIN has established group codes to allow message originators to input a single address which will result in dissemination to a selected number of facilities b System wide group codes have been estab lished for the primary use of RWA KRWAYAYX and the ATCSCC KCFCZDZX These codes are KDOMYFYX and KDOMYYYX respectively c A group code has also been established for each regional office and ARTCC primarily for the issuance of regional office notices RENOT and all ARTCC instructions They are as follows for Regional Offices in TBL 13 1 2 and ARTCCs in TBL 13 1 3 13 1 1 JO 7110 10X 4 3 14 TBL 13 1 2 Region Group Code Region ID Great XGC Lakes Region ID Mountain Western XLA Pacific New XBW England TBL 13 1 3 ARTCC Group Code C ARo m NOTE Except in Alaska All of the group codes can be converted to a full eight character address by placing a K in front of and YFYX following the three characters listed in TBL 13 1 2and TBL 13 1 3 d In addition the following six group codes were established that include multiple states 1 KFSSYFCE CENTRAL AREA AR IN IL KY MO TN 2 KFSSYFEA EAST COAST AREA MD NC NJ VA WV 3 KFSSYFNE NORTHEAST AREA CT ME VT 4 KFSSYFNP NORTHERN PLAINS AREA ID MT ND NE SD WY 5 KFSSYFSE SOUTHEAST AREA AL FL GA 6 KFSSYFWC WEST COAST AREA AZ CA NV OR 13 1
260. at which MARSA applies as expanding elements effect separation within a flight or between subsequent participating flights b ASLAR procedures shall be covered in a Letter of Agreement between the responsible USAF military ATC facility and the concerned Federal Aviation Administration facility Initial Approach Fix spacing requirements are normally addressed as a minimum AIRMEN S METEOROLOGICAL INFORMATION See AIRMET AIRMET In flight weather advisories issued only to amend the area forecast concerning weather phenomena which are of operational interest to all aircraft and potentially hazardous to aircraft having limited capability because of lack of equipment instrumentation or pilot qualifications AIRMETs concern weather of less severity than that covered by SIGMETs or Convective SIGMETs AIRMETs cover moderate icing moderate turbulence sustained winds of 30 knots or more at the surface widespread areas of ceilings less than 1 000 feet and or visibility less than 3 miles and extensive mountain obscurement See AWW See CONVECTIVE SIGMET See CWA See SIGMET Refer to AIM AIRPORT An area on land or water that is used or intended to be used for the landing and takeoff of aircraft and includes its buildings and facilities if any AIRPORT ADVISORY AREA The area within ten miles of an airport without a control tower or where Pilot Controller Glossary the tower is not in operation and on which a
261. ation new ETA and in Remarks aircraft position and time the words ORIG DESTN followed by the identifier of the original destination EXAMPLE VFR Change of Destination FF KBOIYFYX KSEAYFYX DTG KCDCYFYX VER N98789 C182 U PVU GEG 2230 0VR SLC 1900 ORIG DESTN BOI IFR Change of Destination FF KRCAYXYX KTIKYXYX KRIUYFYX DTG KCDCYFYX IFR DECALO1 T43 R SMF TIK 0230 AP3NP3S OVR SLC 2330 ORIG DESTN RCA b Change from IFR to VFR When a civil aircraft changes from an IFR to a VFR flight plan obtain all flight plan information and send a flight notification message to the destination tie in facility Include the type of flight plan aircraft identification and type departure point destination ETA and pertinent remarks EXAMPLE FF KABOYFYX DTG KOAKYFYX VER N87690 C182 U SFO ELP 2100 CNLD IFR OVER BFL NOTE Obtaining the name of the original flight plan source may provide additional information if the aircraft becomes overdue c Military Change from IFR to VFR or VFR to IFR When a military aircraft changes from IFR to VFR or VFR to IFR or requests that other significant information be forwarded transmit this information to the destination station 6 4 4 4 3 14 EXAMPLE FF KTIKYXYX DTG KDENYFYX DECALO1 CHGD TO VFR RON 6 4 9 CHANGE IN ETA When an aircraft wants to change its ETE obtain a new ETA and forward the information to the destination tie in facility as a numbered message The
262. ation in the INREQ message which could assist in search activities Retrieve data from the history files format the message and transmit Provide the aircraft s last known position as the final item of the message The message text must begin with the contraction INREO followed by the aircraft identification EXAMPLE DCA001 appropriate three character identifiers INREQ N12345 flight plan information additional pertinent information c If the departure airport route of flight destination airport or alternate airports are within 50 miles of the Great Lakes notify Cleveland RCC via recorded telecommunications line d Ifthe flight is within the Honolulu sector notify Honolulu SARCC via recorded telecommunications line e RCC does not have transmit capability Acknowledgement is not required for messages to RCC Information Requests INREQs f If additional information is received in INREQ reply messages transmit the information as necessary to all original addressees 8 3 2 ACTION UPON RECEIPT OF INREQ Stations receiving an INREQ must take the following action a Search facility records for information regarding the aircraft Expand the communications search to include all flight plan area airports along the proposed route of flight that could accommodate the aircraft Notify appropriate ATC facilities Reply to the INREO within 1 hour of receipt with flight plan and other pertinent information
263. ational transmission are contained in 14 CFR Part 189 c Address the message to the proper FSS gateway facility sector for handling FSSs that transmit only occasional international messages or are unable to Messages and Formats determine the correct addressing for all air traffic units concerned may refer or transfer the pilot to the proper gateway facility sector The FSS gateway facility sector and their areas of responsibilities are as follows 1 Miami FSS Sector MIA Africa Bermuda Canada Caribbean Central America Europe North Atlantic and South America 2 Kenai FSS ENA Alaska 3 Honolulu HNL Oakland OAK Sectors Pacific 4 Seattle Sector SEA Pacific Northwest to Alaska d To ensure that the FSS gateway facility sector understands your request include T transmit instructions in the first line of text EXAMPLE FF KOAKYFYX DTG PAJNYFYX OAK T ALL INTL ADDRESSEES Text e Use of FAA Form 7233 4 is mandatory for all IFR flights that will depart U S domestic airspace and enter international airspace The filer is responsible for providing the information required in items 3 through 19 7 1 2 AIR TRAFFIC SERVICE ATS MESSAGES ATS messages as used in this section is a generic term meaning and including flight information alerting air traffic advisory and air traffic control ATC services 7 1 3 CATEGORIES OF MESSAGES The following ATS messages with their normal priorit
264. aused by overflow puncture loose cap etc FUEL VENTING See FUEL SIPHONING FUSED TARGET See DIGITAL TARGET FUSION STARS CARTS the combination of all available surveillance sources airport surveillance radar ASR air route surveillance radar ARSR ADS B etc into the display of a single tracked PCG F 5 Pilot Controller Glossary target for air traffic control separation services FUSION is the equivalent of the current single sensor radar display FUSION performance is characteristic of a single sensor radar display system Terminal areas use mono pulse secondary surveil lance radar ASR 9 Mode S or ASR 11 MSSR PCG F 6 4 3 14 4 3 14 Pilot Controller Glossary G GATE HOLD PROCEDURES Procedures at selected airports to hold aircraft at the gate or other ground location whenever departure delays exceed or are anticipated to exceed 15 minutes The sequence for departure will be maintained in accordance with initial call up unless modified by flow control restrictions Pilots should monitor the ground control clearance delivery frequency for engine start taxi advisories or new proposed start taxi time 1f the delay changes GBT See GROUND BASED TRANSCEIVER GCA See GROUND CONTROLLED APPROACH GDP See GROUND DELAY PROGRAM GENERAL AVIATION That portion of civil aviation which encompasses all facets of aviation except air carriers holding a certificate of public convenience a
265. ay number When cleared to fly or maintain runway heading pilots are expected to fly or maintain the heading that corresponds with the extended centerline of the departure runway Drift correction shall not be applied e g Runway 4 actual magnetic heading of the runway centerline 044 fly 044 4 3 14 RUNWAY IN USE ACTIVE RUNWAY DUTY RUNWAY Any runway or runways currently being used for takeoff or landing When multiple runways are used they are all considered active runways In the metering sense a selectable adapted item which specifies the landing runway configuration or direction of traffic flow The adapted optimum flight plan from each transition fix to the vertex is determined by the runway configuration for arrival metering processing purposes RUNWAY LIGHTS See AIRPORT LIGHTING RUNWAY MARKINGS See AIRPORT MARKING AIDS RUNWAY OVERRUN In military aviation exclu sively a stabilized or paved area beyond the end of a runway of the same width as the runway plus shoulders centered on the extended runway centerline RUNWAY PROFILE DESCENT An instrument flight rules IFR air traffic control arrival procedure to a runway published for pilot use in graphic and or textual form and may be associated with a STAR Runway Profile Descents provide routing and may depict crossing altitudes speed restrictions and headings to be flown from the en route structure to the point where the pilot will receive clearance
266. be cancelled SECURITY SERVICES AIRSPACE Areas established through the regulatory process or by NOTAM issued by the Administrator under title 14 CFR sections 99 7 91 141 and 91 139 which specify that ATC security services are required i e ADIZ or temporary flight rules areas SEE AND AVOID When weather conditions permit pilots operating IFR or VFR are required to observe and maneuver to avoid other aircraft Right of way rules are contained in 14 CFR Part 91 SEGMENTED CIRCLE A system of visual indicators designed to provide traffic pattern information at airports without operating control towers Refer to AIM SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE An instrument approach procedure may have as many as four separate segments depending on how the approach procedure is structured a Initial Approach The segment between the initial approach fix and the intermediate fix or the 4 3 14 point where the aircraft is established on the intermediate course or final approach course See ICAO term INITIAL APPROACH SEGMENT b Intermediate Approach The segment between the intermediate fix or point and the final approach fix See ICAO term INTERMEDIATE APPROACH SEGMENT c Final Approach The segment between the final approach fix or point and the runway airport or missed approach point See ICAO term FINAL APPROACH SEGMENT d Missed Approach The segment between the missed approach point or th
267. below or is predicted by the computer to go below a predetermined minimum safe altitude Refer to AIM MINIMUM SECTOR ALTITUDE ICAO The lowest altitude which may be used under emergency conditions which will provide a minimum clearance of 300 m 1 000 feet above all obstacles located in an area contained within a sector of a circle of 46 km 25 NM radius centered on a radio aid to navigation MINIMUMS Weather condition requirements established for a particular operation or type of 4 3 14 operation e g IFR takeoff or landing alternate airport for IFR flight plans VER flight etc See IFR CONDITIONS See IFR TAKEOFF MINIMUMS AND DEPARTURE PROCEDURES See LANDING MINIMUMS See VFR CONDITIONS Refer to 14 CFR Part 91 Refer to AIM nn ON S MINIMUM VECTORING ALTITUDE MVA The lowest MSL altitude at which an IFR aircraft will be vectored by a radar controller except as otherwise authorized for radar approaches departures and missed approaches The altitude meets IFR obstacle clearance criteria It may be lower than the published MEA along an airway or J route segment It may be utilized for radar vectoring only upon the controller s determination that an adequate radar return is being received from the aircraft being controlled Charts depicting minimum vectoring altitudes are normally available only to the controllers and not to pilots Refer to AIM MINUTES IN TRAIL A specified interval be
268. broadcasts are automated products that are available 24 hours a day The products must adhere to the requirements of this chapter Specialists are responsible for monitoring the product for accuracy speech rate and proper enunciation before it is transmitted 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 2 Transcribed Weather Broadcasts TWEB Alaska Only 2 2 1 GENERAL a Transcribed weather broadcast service provides continuous aeronautical and meteorological information on low or medium frequency L ME and very high frequency omnidirectional range VOR facilities b At TWEB equipment locations controlling two or more VORs the one used least for ground to air communications preferably the nearest VOR may be used as a TWEB outlet simultaneously with the nondirectional radio beacon NDB facility Where this is accomplished capability to manually override the broadcast must be provided for emergency communications 2 2 2 CONTENT The sequence source and content of transcribed broadcast material must be a Introduction State the location and prepara tion time PHRASEOLOGY location TRANSCRIBED AVIATION WEATHER BROADCAST PREPARED AT time ZULU b Adverse Conditions Extracted from convect ive significant meteorological information SIG MET WST SIGMET WS Airmen s Meteorological Information AIRMET AIRMET WA Center Weather Advisory CWA and Alert Weather Watch AWW PHRASEOLOGY WEATHER ADVISORIE
269. c intensity control with only an on off switch a two step intensity system or a three step intensity system REFERENCE FAAO JO 7210 3 Para 10 6 5 Visual Approach Slope Indicator VASI Systems 10 1 19 VISIBILITY AIDS GENERAL a Where RVR RVV equipment is operational irrespective of subsequent operation or nonoperation of navigational or visual aids for the application of RVR RVV as a takeoff or landing minima furnish the values for the runway in use in accordance with para 10 1 20 RVR RVV b Issue current touchdown RVR RVV for the runway s in use 1 When prevailing visibility is 1 mile or less regardless of the value indicated 2 When RVR RVV indicates a reportable value regardless of the prevailing visibility NOTE Reportable values are RVR 6 000 feet or less RVV 1 1 2 miles or less General 4 3 14 3 When it is determined from a reliable source that the indicated RVR value differs by more than 400 feet from the actual conditions within the area of the transmissometer the RVR data is not acceptable and must not be reported NOTE A reliable source is considered to be a certified weather observer air traffic controller or pilot 4 When the observer has reliable reports or has otherwise determined that the instrument values are not representative of the associated runway the data must not be used 10 1 20 RVR RVV a Provide RVR RVV information by stating the runway the abbreviation RV
270. capability to WMSCR for dissemination on the Service A domestic aviation weather system These reports must be entered into the operational system as individual reports not appended to a surface observation 9 2 2 PREPARATION FOR TRANSMISSION Record PIREP data directly into the operational system on FAA Form 7110 2 or on other material deemed appropriate for example 5 x 8 plain paper 9 2 3 RESPONSIBILITY FSS specialists must actively solicit PIREPs in conjunction with preflight and inflight communications with pilots and assure timely dissemination of the PIREP information Each facility should make special efforts to obtain PIREPs on departure and arrival weather conditions at airports within their flight plan area 9 2 4 PIREP DISPLAY Maintain a PIREP graphical display to conform to the particular requirements of your facility If it is posted for internal use only symbology may be used at the facility s discretion If it is displayed as a pilot self briefing aid the use of contractions such as overcast OVC must be applicable 9 2 5 SOLICITING PIREPs a Solicit PIREPs for the affected area s when one or more of the following weather conditions exist are reported or forecast to occur 1 Ceilings at or below 5 000 feet 2 Visibility reported on the surface or aloft is 5 miles or less 3 Thunderstorms and related phenomenon 4 Turbulence of moderate degree or greater Pilot Weather Re
271. ccordance with the route of flight filed in the flight plan This clearance does not include the altitude DP or DP Transition See REQUEST FULL ROUTE CLEARANCE Refer to AIM CLEARED FOR TAKEOFF ATC authorization for an aircraft to depart It is predicated on known traffic and known physical airport conditions CLEARED FOR THE OPTION ATC authoriza tion for an aircraft to make a touch and go low approach missed approach stop and go or full stop landing at the discretion of the pilot It is normally used in training so that an instructor can evaluate a student s performance under changing situations See OPTION APPROACH Refer to AIM CLEARED THROUGH ATC authorization for an aircraft to make intermediate stops at specified airports without refiling a flight plan while en route to the clearance limit CLEARED TO LAND ATC authorization for an aircraft to land It is predicated on known traffic and known physical airport conditions CLEARWAY An area beyond the takeoff runway under the control of airport authorities within which terrain or fixed obstacles may not extend above specified limits These areas may be required for certain turbine powered operations and the size and upward slope of the clearway will differ depending on when the aircraft was certificated Refer to 14 CFR Part 1 CLIMB TO VFR ATC authorization for an aircraft to climb to VFR conditions within Class B C D and E surface areas when the
272. ce and Alerting Service are provided a Flight Information Service A service provided for the purpose of giving advice and information useful for the safe and efficient conduct of flights b Alerting Service A service provided to notify appropriate organizations regarding aircraft in need of search and rescue aid and to assist such organizations as required FLIGHT INFORMATION SERVICE A service provided for the purpose of giving advice and information useful for the safe and efficient conduct of flights FLIGHT INFORMATION SERVICE BROADCAST FIS B A ground broadcast service provided through the ADS B Broadcast Services network over the UAT data link that operates on 978 MHz The FIS B system provides pilots and flight crews of properly equipped aircraft with a cockpit display of certain aviation weather and aeronautical information Pilot Controller Glossary FLIGHT INSPECTION Inflight investigation and evaluation of a navigational aid to determine whether it meets established tolerances See FLIGHT CHECK See NAVIGATIONAL AID FLIGHT LEVEL A level of constant atmospheric pressure related to a reference datum of 29 92 inches of mercury Each is stated in three digits that represent hundreds of feet For example flight level FL 250 represents a barometric altimeter indication of 25 000 feet FL 255 an indication of 25 500 feet See ICAO term FLIGHT LEVEL FLIGHT LEVEL ICAO A surface of constant atmosph
273. ce provided by facilities which are not located on the landing airport but have 1 Communication capability 2 Automated weather reporting available to the pilot at the landing airport NOTE FAA policy requires pilots to access the current automated weather prior to requesting any remote ATC services at non towered airports It is the pilot s responsibility to comply with the Federal Aviation Regulations FARs if landing clearance is required 4 4 2 GENERAL a Ifa pilot asks for airport advisory services at an airport where the requested service is not available but one of the services is available inform the pilot Airport Advisory Services about what service is available and provide the appropriate service PHRASEOLOGY Airport name AIRPORT ADVISORY IS NOT AVAILABLE REMOTE AIRPORT INFORMATION b At airports with commissioned automated weather with continuous automated voice capability instruct the pilot to monitor the automated broadcast and advise intentions PHRASEOLOGY MONITOR location AUTOMATED WEATHER frequency ADVISE INTENTIONS 1 When the pilot indicates receipt of automated weather provide the appropriate non weather elements 2 If the pilot reports the automated weather is out of service provide the last reported weather available and the appropriate non weather elements c Advise the pilot that the requested airport advisory RAIS service is not available Provide CTAF frequenc
274. cedure will be commenced or if no navigation aid is associated with the destination aerodrome to arrive over the destination aerodrome For VFR flights the estimated time required from take off to arrive over the destination aerodrome See ICAO term ESTIMATED ELAPSED TIME TOUCH AND GO An operation by an aircraft that lands and departs on a runway without stopping or exiting the runway TOUCH AND GO LANDING See TOUCH AND GO TOUCHDOWN a The point at which an aircraft first makes contact with the landing surface b Concerning a precision radar approach PAR it is the point where the glide path intercepts the landing surface See ICAO term TOUCHDOWN TOUCHDOWN ICAO The point where the nominal glide path intercepts the runway Note Touchdown as defined above is only a datum and is not necessarily the actual point at which the aircraft will touch the runway TOUCHDOWN RVR See VISIBILITY TOUCHDOWN ZONE The first 3 000 feet of the runway beginning at the threshold The area is used for determination of Touchdown Zone Elevation in the development of straight in landing minimums for instrument approaches See ICAO term TOUCHDOWN ZONE TOUCHDOWN ZONE ICAO The portion of a runway beyond the threshold where it is intended landing aircraft first contact the runway TOUCHDOWN ZONE ELEVATION The highest elevation in the first 3 000 feet of the landing surface TDZE is indicated on the instrument app
275. cept round robin flight plans to international locations other than Canada NOTE 1 Only accept VER round robin flight plans to Canada if the filer of the flight plan is in possession of a valid numbered letter of authorization and adheres to the provisions contained therein 2 Individual requests for the temporary authorization letter should be directed to the appropriate service area office 3 The temporary authorization letter mandates the pilot or responsible party to provide the FSS with a name telephone number and authorization number for inclusion in the remarks section of the flight plan 4 FSS must log a double 2 count for the round robin flight plan d Do not accept assumed departure flight plans when the destination is in a foreign country other than Canada e Aircraft movement control and flight informa tion messages for purposes other than ATS such as operational control must be originated by the pilot the operator or their designated representative 7 1 8 ADDRESSING MESSAGES a Addressing the flight plan is determined by the point of departure the destination and the FIR boundaries to be penetrated during the course of the flight b Address IFR FPL messages to the ARTCC serving the airport of departure and to all ATS units including oceanic providing air traffic control service or concerned with flight along part or the whole of the route to be flown except FAA ATCTs and other conterminous
276. ces Aircraft Operations PANS OPS Doc 8168 Volume I Flight Procedures if so prescribed by the appropriate ATS authority ALTN Name of destination alternate aerodrome s if ZZZZ is inserted in Item 16 For aerodromes not listed in the relevant Aeronautical Information Publication indicate location in LAT LONG or bearing and distance from the nearest significant point as described in DEP above RALT ICAO four letter indicator s for en route alternate s as specified in Doc 7910 Location Indicators or name s of en route alternate aerodrome s if no indicator is allocated For aerodromes not listed in the relevant Aeronautical Information Publication indicate location in LAT LONG or bearing and distance from the nearest significant point as described in DEP above TALT ICAO four letter indicator s for take off alternate as specified in Doc 7910 Location Indicators or name of take off alternate aerodrome if no indicator is allocated For aerodromes not listed in the relevant Aeronautical Appendix A 12 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Information Publication indicate location in LAT LONG or bearing and distance from the nearest significant point as described in DEP above RIF The route details to the revised destination aerodrome following by the ICAO four letter location indicator of the aerodrome The revised route is subject to reclearance in flight EXAMPLES RIF DTA HEC KLAX RIF ESP G94 CLA YPPH RM
277. ces on aircraft that reduce airspeed during descent and landing SPEED SEGMENTS Portions of the arrival route between the transition point and the vertex along the optimum flight path for which speeds and altitudes are specified There is one set of arrival speed segments adapted from each transition point to each vertex Each set may contain up to six segments SQUAWK Mode Code Function Activate specific modes codes functions on the aircraft transponder e g Squawk three alpha two one zero five low See TRANSPONDER STA See SCHEDULED TIME OF ARRIVAL STAGING QUEUING The placement integration and segregation of departure aircraft in designated movement areas of an airport by departure fix EDCT and or restriction STAND BY Means the controller or pilot must pause for a few seconds usually to attend to other duties of a higher priority Also means to wait as in stand by for clearance The caller should reestablish contact if a delay is lengthy Stand by is not an approval or denial PCG S 6 4 3 14 STANDARD INSTRUMENT APPROACH PRO CEDURE SIAP See INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE SID A preplanned instrument flight rule IFR air traffic control ATC departure procedure printed for pilot controller use in graphic form to provide obstacle clearance and a transition from the terminal area to the appropriate en route structure SIDs are primarily desig
278. ch course beginning at the final approach fix or point and extending to the airport or the point where a circle to land maneuver or a missed approach is executed See FINAL APPROACH COURSE See FINAL APPROACH FIX See FINAL APPROACH POINT See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE See ICAO term FINAL APPROACH FINAL APPROACH POINT The point applicable only to a nonprecision approach with no depicted FAF such as an on airport VOR where the aircraft is established inbound on the final approach course from the procedure turn and where the final approach descent may be commenced The FAP serves as the FAF and identifies the beginning of the final approach segment See FINAL APPROACH FIX See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE FINAL APPROACH SEGMENT See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE FINAL APPROACH SEGMENT ICAO That segment of an instrument approach procedure in which alignment and descent for landing are accomplished FINAL CONTROLLER The controller providing information and final approach guidance during PAR and ASR approaches utilizing radar equipment See RADAR APPROACH FINAL GUARD SERVICE A value added service provided in conjunction with LAA RAA only during periods of significant and fast changing weather conditions that may affect landing and takeoff Operations PCG F 2 4 3 14 FINAL MONITOR AID A high resolution color display that
279. collects and disseminates pertinent weather information for pilots aircraft operators and ATC Available aviation weather reports and forecasts are displayed at each NWS office and FAA FSS See EN ROUTE FLIGHT ADVISORY SERVICE See TRANSCRIBED WEATHER BROADCAST See WEATHER ADVISORY Refer to AIM AWW See SEVERE WEATHER FORECAST ALERTS AZIMUTH MLS A magnetic bearing extending from an MLS navigation facility Note Azimuth bearings are described as magnetic and are referred to as azimuth in radio telephone communications 4 3 14 BACK TAXI A term used by air traffic controllers to taxi an aircraft on the runway opposite to the traffic flow The aircraft may be instructed to back taxi to the beginning of the runway or at some point before reaching the runway end for the purpose of departure or to exit the runway BASE LEG See TRAFFIC PATTERN BEACON See AERONAUTICAL BEACON See AIRPORT ROTATING BEACON See AIRWAY BEACON See MARKER BEACON See NONDIRECTIONAL BEACON See RADAR nn BEARING The horizontal direction to or from any point usually measured clockwise from true north magnetic north or some other reference point through 360 degrees See NONDIRECTIONAL BEACON BELOW MINIMUMS Weather conditions below the minimums prescribed by regulation for the particular action involved e g landing minimums takeoff minimums BLAST FENCE A barrier that is used to divert
280. composed of individual units geographically limited to areas where effective coordination and cooperation between ground stations are possible c For any individual route segment the AMS communication requirements will normally be met by two or more network stations serving the flights on that route segment In general these primary stations serve the ACC serving the FIRs and the points of takeoff and landing In some cases additional JO 7110 10X suitably located stations are required to complete the communications coverage d Each of these stations may be required at some stage of the flight to exchange communications with the aircraft and when not so engaged to intercept as required communications exchanged between the aircraft and any one of the other stations e Stations providing regular network service to aircraft operation along route segments in an ACC s FIR are termed regular stations Other network stations will only be required to assist communica tions for that FIR in the event of communications failure f When communications permit aircraft should transmit their messages to the primary station of the network from which they can most readily be delivered to their ultimate destination In particular aircraft reports required by ATC should be transmitted to the network station serving the ATC center in whose area the aircraft is flying Conversely messages to aircraft in flight should be transmitted direct
281. d Flight Plan Proposals JO 7110 10X L tem 12 Fuel on Board Enter in hours and minutes in four digit format for example 0330 m Item 13 Alternate Airport s Enter the location identifier if specified by the pilot n Item 14 Pilot s Name Telephone Number Aircraft s Home Base Self explanatory NOTE Pilot s name not required if BASEOPS Aircraft Operators name and contact data is provided o Item 15 Number Aboard Self explanatory p Item 16 Color of Aircraft Use authorized contractions when available See TBL 6 2 7 TBL 6 2 7 Code and Color Code Color Code Color A Amber B Blue BE Beige BK Black BR Brown G Green GD Gold GY Gray M Maroon O Orange OD Olive Drab P Purple PK Pink R Red S Silver T Tan TO Turquoise V Violet W White Y Yellow NOTE 1 For ICAO flight plans see Appendix A 2 Local procedures may be developed for use on the reverse side of FAA Form 7233 1 6 2 2 OUTBOUNDS DEPARTING FROM OUTSIDE FLIGHT PLAN AREA For domestic flight plans accept flight plans regardless of departure point within the NAS Forward VFR flight plan proposals for aircraft proposing to depart from outside the facility s flight plan area to the tie in facility sector for the departure point Insert the originator of the flight plan into the Remarks field Transmit the proposed flight plan in the following format a Type of flight b Aircraft identification c Aircraft type d Departur
282. d measured in degrees from true north b Magnetic A predetermined desired course direction to be followed measured in degrees from local magnetic north DESIRED TRACK The planned or intended track between two waypoints It is measured in degrees from either magnetic or true north The instantaneous angle may change from point to point along the great circle track between waypoints DETRESFA DISTRESS PHASE ICAO The code word used to designate an emergency phase wherein there is reasonable certainty that an aircraft and its occupants are threatened by grave and imminent danger or require immediate assistance DEVIATIONS a A departure from a current clearance such as an off course maneuver to avoid weather or turbulence b Where specifically authorized in the CFRs and requested by the pilot ATC may permit pilots to deviate from certain regulations DH See DECISION HEIGHT DH ICAO See ICAO Term DECISION ALTITUDE DECISION HEIGHT DIGITAL AUTOMATIC TERMINAL INFORMA TION SERVICE D ATIS The service provides PCG D 2 4 3 14 text messages to aircraft airlines and other users outside the standard reception range of conventional ATIS via landline and data link communications to the cockpit Also the service provides a computer synthesized voice message that can be transmitted to all aircraft within range of existing transmitters The Terminal Data Link System TDLS D ATIS application uses
283. d airspace must be forwarded immediately to the appropriate ARTCC 6 6 2 AMIS WITHIN AN ADIZ DVFR For security control of air traffic specific information contained in flight plans filed by a pilot operating or proposing to operate in accordance with DVFR within an ADIZ must be forwarded to NORAD NOTE Other offices military and civil as well as pilots may file DVFR flight plans for civil aircraft with a FSS for forwarding to NORAD 6 6 3 FORWARDING DVFR INFORMATION a Forward DVFR flight plan information to NORAD via the Service B NORAD address or by telephone NOTE 1 The following NORAD addresses are group addresses that include all appropriate NORAD sectors and law enforcement KZAMZOZX the contiguous 48 states and San Juan PHIRAOCZ Hawaii PAEDYYYX Alaska 2 NORAD will not send an acknowledgement and must be manually acknowledged from the suspense list by the specialist NORAD Headquarters assumes responsibility for receipt b DVFR flight plans must be entered into the operational system for processing in accordance with system instructions and include the following information 1 Aircraft call sign 2 Number and type of aircraft 3 Altitude within ADIZ 4 True airspeed IFR DVFR ADIZ Flight Plans 5 Time of departure a When the flight plan information is provided before the aircraft s departure enter as a proposal Depart the flight plan immediately upon receipt of the ac
284. d be used sequentially beginning with Alfa ending with Zulu Full time facilities must repeat the letter without regard to the beginning of a new day Part time facilities must identify the first resumed broadcast message with Alfa b The AFIS recording must be reviewed for completeness accuracy speech rate and proper enunciation before being transmitted c Maintain an AFIS message that reflects the most current local airport information 1 Make a new AFIS recording when any of the following occur a Upon receipt of any new official weather regardless of any change in values b When runway braking action reports are received that indicate runway braking is worse than that which was included in the current AFIS broadcast c When there is a change in any other pertinent data for the airport or surrounding area such as change in favored runway new or canceled NOTAMs WAs WSs CWAs PIREPs or other information that facilitates the repetitive transmission of essential but routine information Automatic Flight Information Service AFIS 2 Omit rapidly changing data When this occurs the AFIS must contain a statement advising pilots whom to contact for the omitted data EXAMPLE For latest ceiling visibility altimeter wind other condi tions contact facility and frequency 3 Broadcast on the LAA frequency the new airport AFIS phonetic alphabet identifier after each new recording
285. d does not preclude turning lights on for use of unaffected portions of a runway for taxiing aircraft surface vehicles maintenance repair etc TBL 10 1 2 Two Step MALS One Step RAIL Visibility Setting Day Night MALS HI RAIL Less than 3 miles Less than 3 ON miles MALS LOW When requested ES pl more At locations providing part time flight service the MALSR must be set to low intensity during the hours of darkness when the station is unmanned TBL 10 1 3 Three Step MALS Three Step RAIL Visibility Setting Day Night 3 Less than 2 miles Less than 1 mile 1 to but not 2 2 to 5 miles inclusive including 3 miles 1 When requested 3 miles or more At locations providing part time flight service the air to ground radio link must be activated during the hours of darkness when the station is unmanned If there is no radio air to ground control the MALSR must be set on intensity step 2 during the hours of darkness when the station is unmanned Reference FAAO JO 7210 3 Para 10 6 4 Approach Light Systems General 8 22 13 10 1 11 HIGH INTENSITY RUNWAY LIGHTS HIRL ASSOCIATED WITH MALSR Operate HIRL that controls the associated MALSR in accordance with the intensity setting in TBL 10 1 4 TBL 10 1 4 HIRL Associated with MALSR Visibility Step Day Night 5 Less than 1 mile When requested 1 to but not including Less than 1 mile JO 7110 10W CHG1 10 1 13 HIGH INTENSITY RUNWAY RUNWAY CENTERLIN
286. d for operations down to an RVR of the order of 50 m no decision height being applicable using visual aids for taxiing 3 Intended for operations without reliance on visual reference for landing or taxiing Note 1 See Annex 10 Volume Part I Chapter 3 for related ILS specifications Note 2 Visual aids need not necessarily be matched to the scale of nonvisual aids provided The criterion for the selection of visual aids is the conditions in which operations are intended to be conducted INTEGRITY The ability of a system to provide timely warnings to users when the system should not be used for navigation INTERMEDIATE APPROACH SEGMENT See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE INTERMEDIATE APPROACH SEGMENT ICAO That segment of an instrument approach procedure between either the intermediate approach fix and the final approach fix or point or between the end of a reversal race track or dead reckoning track procedure and the final approach fix or point as appropriate INTERMEDIATE FIX The fix that identifies the beginning of the intermediate approach segment of an instrument approach procedure The fix is not normally identified on the instrument approach chart as an intermediate fix IF See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE INTERMEDIATE LANDING On the rare occasion that this option is requested it should be approved The departure center however must advise the ATCSCC so that the
287. d landing using instruments for navigation guidance based on an instrument approach procedure There are two methods for executing instrument approach operations a A two dimensional 2D instrument approach operation using lateral navigation guidance only and b A three dimensional 3D instrument approach operation using both lateral and vertical navigation guidance Note Lateral and vertical navigation guidance refers to the guidance provided either by a a ground based radio navigation aid or b computer generated navigation data from ground based space based self contained navigation aids or a combination of these See ICAO term INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE ICAO A series of predetermined maneuvers by reference to flight instruments with specified protection from obstacles from the initial approach fix or where applicable from the beginning of a defined arrival route to a point from which a landing can be completed and thereafter if a landing is not completed to a position at which holding or en route obstacle clearance criteria apply See ICAO term INSTRUMENT APPROACH OPERATIONS PCG I 3 Pilot Controller Glossary INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURES CHARTS See AERONAUTICAL CHART INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE PROCEDURE DP A preplanned instrument flight rule IFR departure procedure published for pilot use in graphic or textual format that provides obstruction cl
288. ditions below the minimum for flight under visual flight rules See INSTRUMENT METEOROLOGICAL CONDITIONS IFR DEPARTURE PROCEDURE See IFR TAKEOFF MINIMUMS AND DEPARTURE PROCEDURES Refer to AIM IFR FLIGHT See IFR AIRCRAFT IFR LANDING MINIMUMS See LANDING MINIMUMS IFR MILITARY TRAINING ROUTES IR Routes used by the Department of Defense and associated Reserve and Air Guard units for the purpose of conducting low altitude navigation and tactical training in both IFR and VFR weather conditions below 10 000 feet MSL at airspeeds in excess of 250 knots IAS IFR TAKEOFF MINIMUMS AND DEPARTURE PROCEDURES Title 14 Code of Federal PCG I 1 Pilot Controller Glossary Regulations Part 91 prescribes standard takeoff rules for certain civil users At some airports obstructions or other factors require the establishment of nonstandard takeoff minimums departure proce dures or both to assist pilots in avoiding obstacles during climb to the minimum en route altitude Those airports are listed in FAA DOD Instrument Approach Procedures IAPs Charts under a section entitled IFR Takeoff Minimums and Departure Procedures The FAA DOD IAP chart legend illustrates the symbol used to alert the pilot to nonstandard takeoff minimums and departure procedures When depart ing IFR from such airports or from any airports where there are no departure procedures DPs or ATC facilities available pilots should advise ATC
289. e NOTE When visibility is less than 3 miles and variable this information is reported in the remarks g RVR RVV 1 Provide RVR RVV information by stating the runway the abbreviation RVR RVV and the indicated value The abbreviations R V R or R V V may be spoken in lieu of visual range or visibility value When the indicated values are separated by a V preface the values with the words variable followed by the first value the word to then the second value See TBL 12 1 4 General JO 7110 10W CHG1 TBL 12 1 4 RVR RVV RVR RVV Phraseology R36VV11 2 Runway three six R V V one and one half ROSLVV1V2 Runway five left R V V variable between one and two R18 2000V3000FT Runway one eight R V R variable between two thousand to three thousand Or Runway ff one eight visual range variable between two thousand and three thousand Runway two six right visual range two thousand four hundred R26R 2400FT 2 When there is a requirement to issue an RVR or RVV value and a visibility condition greater or less than the reportable values of the equipment is indicated state the condition as MORE THAN or LESS THAN the appropriate minimum or maximum readable value See TBL 12 1 5 TBL 12 1 5 RVR RVV RVR RVV Phraseology R16 MO600FT Runway one six runway visual range less than six hundred Or Runway one six R V R less than six hundred R36
290. e alert area MOA warning area and ATCAA MTR data includes the following types of airspace instrument flight rule IFR training routes IR VFR training routes VR and slow training routes SR b Approximate density altitude data c Information regarding such items as air traffic service and rules customs immigration procedures air defense identification zone ADIZ rules SAR Flight Watch etc d Military NOTAMs REFERENCE FAAO 7930 2 Paragraph 8 3 1 Military NOTAM Availability e Special FDC instrument approach proced ure changes 3 2 2 CONDUCT OF ABBREVIATED BRIEFING a Provide an abbreviated briefing when a pilot requests information to supplement mass dissemin ated data update a previous briefing or when the pilot requests that the briefing be limited to specific information If applicable include the statement VER flight not recommended in accordance with subparagraph 3 2 1c2 The specialist must issue the following cautionary advisory to a pilot planning a flight outside of United States controlled airspace unless the pilot advises they have the international cautionary advisory PHRASEOLOGY CHECK DATA AS SOON AS PRACTICAL AFTER ENTERING FOREIGN AIRSPACE AS OUR Preflight Pilot Briefing 4 3 14 INTERNATIONAL DATA MAY BE INACCURATE OR INCOMPLETE b Conduct abbreviated briefings as follows 1 When a pilot desires specific information only provide the requested information
291. e automatically discontinues reporting over compulso ry reporting points See RADAR CONTACT LOST See RADAR FLIGHT FOLLOWING See RADAR SERVICE See RADAR SERVICE TERMINATED Refer to AIM b The term used to inform the controller that the aircraft is identified and approval is granted for the aircraft to enter the receiving controllers airspace See ICAO term RADAR CONTACT RADAR CONTACT ICAO The situation which exists when the radar blip or radar position symbol of a particular aircraft is seen and identified on a radar display RADAR CONTACT LOST Used by ATC to inform a pilot that radar data used to determine the aircraft s position is no longer being received or is no longer reliable and radar service is no longer being provided The loss may be attributed to several factors including the aircraft merging with weather or ground clutter the aircraft operating below radar line of sight coverage the aircraft entering an area of poor radar return failure of the aircraft transponder or failure of the ground radar equipment See CLUTTER See RADAR CONTACT RADAR ENVIRONMENT An area in which radar service may be provided See ADDITIONAL SERVICES See RADAR CONTACT See RADAR SERVICE See TRAFFIC ADVISORIES RADAR FLIGHT FOLLOWING The observation of the progress of radar identified aircraft whose primary navigation is being provided by the pilot ann NT PCG R 2 4 3 14 wherein th
292. e flight is estimated to arrive at the gate scheduled operators or the actual runway on times for nonscheduled operators ESTIMATED TIME EN ROUTE The estimated flying time from departure point to destination lift off to touchdown ETA See ESTIMATED TIME OF ARRIVAL ETE See ESTIMATED TIME EN ROUTE EXECUTE MISSED APPROACH Instructions issued to a pilot making an instrument approach which means continue inbound to the missed approach point and execute the missed approach procedure as described on the Instrument Approach Procedure Chart or as previously assigned by ATC The pilot may climb immediately to the altitude specified in the missed approach procedure upon making a missed approach No turns should be initiated prior to reaching the missed approach point When conducting an ASR or PAR approach execute the assigned missed approach procedure immediately PCG E 2 4 3 14 upon receiving instructions to execute missed approach Refer to AIM EXPECT ALTITUDE AT TIME or FIX Used under certain conditions to provide a pilot with an altitude to be used in the event of two way communications failure It also provides altitude information to assist the pilot in planning Refer to AIM EXPECT DEPARTURE CLEARANCE TIME EDCT The runway release time assigned to an aircraft in a traffic management program and shown on the flight progress strip as an EDCT See GROUND DELAY PROGRAM EXPECT FURTHER C
293. e in red the time minutes and altitude when a flight plan or estimate is forwarded Use this method in both inter center and intra center coordination Other than assigned altitude reported circle reported altitude DME holding use with mileages 10 Upper figure indicates distance from station to DME fix lower figure 6 indicates length of holding pattern In this example the DME fix is 10 miles out with a 6 mile pattern indicated mi dir DME arc of VORTAC TACAN or MLS gt freq Contact facility or freq time fix or altitude if appropriate Insert frequency only when it is other than standard Radar contact EN ROUTE Requested altitude preceding altitude information Radar service terminated Radar contact lost R R gt RV Radar vector Radar handoff circle symbol when handoff completed E red EMERGENCY W red WARNING P Points out initiated Indicated the appropriate facility sector or position Example PZFW FUEL Minimum fuel NOTE The absence of an airway route number between two fixes in the route of flight indicates direct no symbol or abbreviation is required g Do not record issuance of altimeter setting unless that is the only information provided during the contact b When using flight progress strips if the station has the aircraft s flight plan enter FP in item 14 on the strip to show the flight plan is on fi
294. e ICAO designator as specified in ICAO Doc 8643 Aircraft Type Designators INSERT H M or L indicator as appropriate H HEAVY to indicate an aircraft type with a maximum certificated take off mass of 136 000 kg or more M MEDIUM to indicate an aircraft type with a maximum certificated take off mass of less than 136 000 kg but more than 7 000 kg L LIGHT to indicate an aircraft type with a maximum certificated take off mass of 7 000 kg or less ITEM N DEPARTURE AERODROME AND TIME Item 13 of the ICAO flight plan INSERT Location indicator of the departure aerodrome INSERT The off block time i e the estimated time that the aircraft will commence movement associated with departure ITEM O ROUTE Item 15 of the ICAO flight plan a Cruising Speed INSERT The true airspeed for the first or whole cruising portion of the flight in accordance with Item 15 a of the ICAO flight plan b Cruising level INSERT The planned cruising level for the first or whole portion of the route in accordance with Item 15 b of the ICAO flight plan c Route INSERT The entire route in accordance with Item 15 c of the ICAO flight plan ITEM P DESTINATION AERODROME AND TOTAL ESTIMATED ELAPSED TIME Item 16 of the ICAO flight plan INSERT Location indicator of the destination aerodrome INSERT The total estimated elapsed time ITEM Q REMARKS INSERT Items of information as required by the appropriate ATS authority items normally notified in Ite
295. e NOZ is the operating zone within which aircraft flight remains during normal independent simultaneous parallel ILS approaches NORTH AMERICAN ROUTE A numerically coded route preplanned over existing airway and route systems to and from specific coastal fixes serving the North Atlantic North American Routes consist of the following a Common Route Portion That segment of a North American Route between the inland navigation facility and the coastal fix b Noncommon Route Portion That segment of a North American Route between the inland navigation facility and a designated North American terminal c Inland Navigation Facility A navigation aid on a North American Route at which the common route and or the noncommon route begins or ends d Coastal Fix A navigation aid or intersection where an aircraft transitions between the domestic route structure and the oceanic route structure NORTH AMERICAN ROUTE PROGRAM NRP The NRP is a set of rules and procedures which are designed to increase the flexibility of user flight planning within published guidelines NORTH MARK A beacon data block sent by the host computer to be displayed by the ARTS on a 360 degree bearing at a locally selected radar azimuth and distance The North Mark is used to ensure correct range azimuth orientation during periods of CENRAP NORTH PACIFIC An organized route system between the Alaskan west coast and Japan NOTAM See NOTICE TO AIRMEN
296. e controller retains and correlates the aircraft identity with the appropriate target or target symbol displayed on the radar scope See RADAR CONTACT See RADAR SERVICE Refer to AIM RADAR IDENTIFICATION The process of ascertaining that an observed radar target is the radar return from a particular aircraft See RADAR CONTACT See RADAR SERVICE See ICAO term RADAR IDENTIFICATION RADAR IDENTIFICATION ICAO The process of correlating a particular radar blip or radar position symbol with a specific aircraft RADAR IDENTIFIED AIRCRAFT An aircraft the position of which has been correlated with an observed target or symbol on the radar display See RADAR CONTACT See RADAR CONTACT LOST RADAR MONITORING See RADAR SERVICE RADAR NAVIGATIONAL GUIDANCE See RADAR SERVICE RADAR POINT OUT An action taken by a controller to transfer the radar identification of an aircraft to another controller if the aircraft will or may enter the airspace or protected airspace of another controller and radio communications will not be transferred RADAR REQUIRED A term displayed on charts and approach plates and included in FDC NOTAMs to alert pilots that segments of either an instrument approach procedure or a route are not navigable because of either the absence or unusability of a NAVAID The pilot can expect to be provided radar navigational guidance while transiting segments labeled with this term See RADA
297. e delivered via Service B message or recorded communications b If unable to obtain additional information transmit a message to the destination tie in facility containing all information not previously sent Include any verbal or written remarks which could be pertinent to the search NOTE For operational systems using a common data base the departure and destination station may be considered the same 8 2 1 JO 7110 10X 4 3 14 EXAMPLE after the QALO is sent transmit a cancellation QALQ N4367V message addressed to all recipients of the QALO flight plan information additional pertinent information EXAMPLE QALQ N4367V CNLD 8 2 4 CANCELLATION OF THE QALQ If the aircraft is located by the destination facility 8 2 2 Overdue Aircraft Action 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 3 Information Requests INREQs 8 3 1 INREQ If the reply to the QALQ is negative or the aircraft has not been located within 30 minutes after it becomes overdue whichever occurs first a The destination tie in facility sector must transmit a numbered INREQ message addressed to 1 Flight plan originator if other than DUATS or AISR 2 En route FSS as applicable 3 KSARYCYX includes RCC AISR and DUAT vendors 4 En route ARTCCs as applicable 5 BASOPS if destination or departure tie in facility 6 Other addresses the specialist deems benefi cial to the search b Include the flight plan and any other pertinent inform
298. e evening when the center of the sun s disk is 6 degrees below the horizon and begins in the morning when the center of the sun s disk is 6 degrees below the horizon NO GYRO APPROACH A radar approach vector provided in case of a malfunctioning gyro compass or directional gyro Instead of providing the pilot with headings to be flown the controller observes the radar track and issues control instructions turn right left or stop turn as appropriate Refer to AIM NO GYRO VECTOR See NO GYRO APPROACH PCG N 2 4 3 14 NO TRANSGRESSION ZONE NTZ The NTZ is a 2 000 foot wide zone located equidistant between parallel runway final approach courses in which flight is not allowed NONAPPROACH CONTROL TOWER Author izes aircraft to land or takeoff at the airport controlled by the tower or to transit the Class D airspace The primary function of a nonapproach control tower is the sequencing of aircraft in the traffic pattern and on the landing area Nonapproach control towers also separate aircraft operating under instrument flight rules clearances from approach controls and centers They provide ground control services to aircraft vehicles personnel and equipment on the airport movement area NONCOMMON ROUTE PORTION That segment of a North American Route between the inland navigation facility and a designated North American terminal NONCOMPOSITE SEPARATION Separation in accordance with minima other than
299. e incorporated in certain airborne navigation and flight instruments indicating that a Instruments are inoperative or otherwise not Operating satisfactorily or b Signal strength or quality of the received signal falls below acceptable values FLAG ALARM See FLAG FLAMEOUT An emergency condition caused by a loss of engine power 4 3 14 FLAMEOUT PATTERN An approach normally conducted by a single engine military aircraft experiencing loss or anticipating loss of engine power or control The standard overhead approach starts at a relatively high altitude over a runway high key followed by a continuous 180 degree turn to a high wide position low key followed by a continuous 180 degree turn final The standard straight in pattern starts at a point that results in a straight in approach with a high rate of descent to the runway Flameout approaches terminate in the type approach requested by the pilot normally fullstop FLIGHT CHECK A call sign prefix used by FAA aircraft engaged in flight inspection certification of navigational aids and flight procedures The word recorded may be added as a suffix e g Flight Check 320 recorded to indicate that an automated flight inspection is in progress in terminal areas See FLIGHT INSPECTION Refer to AIM FLIGHT FOLLOWING See TRAFFIC ADVISORIES FLIGHT INFORMATION REGION An airspace of defined dimensions within which Flight Information Servi
300. e point 6 2 3 JO 7110 10X e Destination f Proposed departure time ETE g Remarks EXAMPLE FF PAENYFYX DTG PAFAYFYX VFR N1234 BE9L ENA FAI P1330 0130 FP PAFAYFYX NOTE For civil flight movement messages with remarks precede the remarks with a dollar symbol 6 2 3 FLIGHT PLANS WITH AREA NAVIGATION RNAV ROUTES IN DOMESTIC U S AIRSPACE Use FAA Form 7233 4 International Flight Plan and 6 2 4 4 3 14 use the following guidelines for pilots filing flight plans in domestic U S airspace if automatic assignment of any of the following RNAV routes are desired a RNAV standard instrument departure SID b RNAV standard terminal arrival route STAR and or c RNAV point to point PTP ICAO Flight Plan procedures are located in Appendix A Flight Plan Proposals 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 3 IFR Flight Plan Handling 6 3 1 IFR FLIGHT PLANS IFR flight plans should consist of items 1 through 17 of FAA Form 7233 1 or electronic equivalent Items 1 through 11 must be transmitted to the ARTCC as part of the IFR flight plan proposal Items 12 through 17 must be retained by the FSS or in the operational system and be available upon request NOTE 1 Part time FSSs must forward items 1 through 17 in accordance with para 6 1 7 Part time FSS Closure Action 2 Procedures for automatic assignment of RNAV routes are contained in para 6 2 3 Flight Plans with Area Navigation RNAV Routes
301. e point of arrival at decision height and the missed approach fix at the prescribed altitude Refer to 14 CFR Part 97 See ICAO term MISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE SEPARATION In air traffic control the spacing of aircraft to achieve their safe and orderly movement in flight and while landing and taking off See SEPARATION MINIMA See ICAO term SEPARATION SEPARATION ICAO Spacing between aircraft levels or tracks SEPARATION MINIMA The minimum longitudi nal lateral or vertical distances by which aircraft are spaced through the application of air traffic control procedures See SEPARATION SERVICE A generic term that designates functions or assistance available from or rendered by air traffic control For example Class C service would denote the ATC services provided within a Class C airspace area SEVERE WEATHER AVOIDANCE PLAN An approved plan to minimize the affect of severe weather on traffic flows in impacted terminal and or ARTCC areas SWAP is normally implemented to provide the least disruption to the ATC system when flight through portions of airspace is difficult or impossible due to severe weather Pilot Controller Glossary SEVERE WEATHER FORECAST ALERTS Preliminary messages issued in order to alert users that a Severe Weather Watch Bulletin WW is being issued These messages define areas of possible severe thunderstorms or tornado activity The messages are unscheduled and issued as requi
302. e the correct information adjacent to it 2 Do not erase any item 4 2 3 IFR VFR DVFR FLIGHT PLAN RECORDING a Use the operational system to record and file flight plans flight plan modifications cancellations activations and closures for appropriate distribution and processing Detailed instructions are contained in the operational system manuals NOTE FSS operational systems contain an electronic equivalent of FAA Form 7233 1 Flight Plan b When closing an active VFR flight plan obtain departure point and destination if not already known NOTE A cancelled VFR flight plan is one that is removed from a proposed list and has not been activated A closed VFR flight plan is one that has been activated and is then removed from an inbound list 4 3 14 c Flight plan information may initially be recorded on FAA Form 7233 1 or other paper prior to entry into the operational system 4 2 4 FLIGHT PROGRESS STRIPS FAA FORMS 7230 21 AND 7233 5 a When officially used to record inflight data use flight progress strips to record 1 Aircraft contacts 2 ATC clearances 3 Pilot briefings on airborne aircraft 4 Other operationally significant items b Use a flight progress strip for each aircraft and record all contacts with that aircraft on the same strip If supplemental strips are needed for additional writing space keep the original and supplemental strips together NOTE Multiple flights by the sa
303. e the message await closure cancellation departure and assume destination station responsibility 3 Forward the departure time to the destination tie in facility and assume departure station responsib ility 4 All flight notification messages are suspen ded on the Inbound List An entry on the list will remain there until the flight plan is closed Thirty minutes after the ETA if the flight plan has not been closed it is considered overdue and will generate an alert at designated workstations c If no information is received for example departure time revised ETA indicating that the flight is still active prior to the void time close the flight plan and note this on the flight notification message and file 6 4 8 MAJOR FLIGHT PLAN CHANGES FROM EN ROUTE AIRCRAFT a Change of Destination 1 When a civil aircraft on a VFR flight plan or a military aircraft on any flight plan changes destination obtain as a minimum the following information if not already known a Type of flight plan b Aircraft identification 6 4 3 JO 7110 10X c Aircraft type d Departure point e Old destination f Present position g Altitude and route h New destination i Estimated time en route 2 Transmit a revised flight notification message to the departure original and new destination tie in facilities containing the type of flight aircraft identification aircraft type departure point new destin
304. e transition points NOTE 1 On some direct flights beyond the departure center s airspace it may be necessary to include a fix in the adjacent center s airspace or latitude longitude coordinates as appropriate to facilitate computer acceptance Local procedures should be applied to these special situations 2 NRS waypoints consist of five alphanumeric characters which include the ICAO Flight Information Region FIR identifier followed by the letter corresponding to the FIR subset ARTCC area for the contiguous U S the latitude increment in single digit or group form and the longitude increment EXAMPLE KD34U i Item 9 Destination Enter two to twelve alphanumeric and or slant characters for name or identifier of the destination airport or point over which the flight plan is to be cancelled j Item 10 Estimated Time En route Enter in hours and minutes the total elapsed time between departure and destination in four digit format for example 0215 k Item 11 Remarks Information necessary for ATC search and rescue operations and any other data pertinent to the flight or provided by the pilot For RM field only Use 1 80 characters beginning with or See TBL 6 2 6 TBL 6 2 6 transmit remarks to all centers transmit remarks to departure centers only transmit remarks only to those addresses in the CP field of the flight notification mes sage for remarks not to be transmitte
305. e which cruise climb is planned followed by the letters PLUS without a space between them EXAMPLES C 48N050W M082F290F350 C 48N050W M082F290PLUS C 52N050W M220F580F620 ITEM 16 DESTINATION AERODROME AND TOTAL ESTIMATED ELAPSED TIME DESTINATION ALTERNATE AERODROME S Destination aerodrome and total estimated elapsed time 8 characters ENTER the ICAO four letter location indicator of the destination aerodrome as specified in Doc 7910 Location Indicators OR if no location indicator has been assigned ENTER ZZZZ followed without a space by the total estimated elapsed time and SPECIFY in Item 18 the name and location of the aerodrome preceded by DEST THEN WITHOUT A SPACE ENTER the total estimated elapsed time NOTE For a flight plan received from an aircraft in flight the total estimated elapsed time is the estimated time from the first point of the route to which the flight plan applies to the termination point of the flight plan ICAO FLIGHT PLANS Appendix A 9 JO 7110 10X 4 3 14 Destination alternate aerodrome s ENTER the ICAO four letter location indicator s of not more than two destination alternate aerodromes as specified in Doc 7910 Location Indicators separated by a space OR if no location indicator has been assigned to the destination alternate aerodrome s ENTER ZZZZ and SPECIFY in Item 18 the name and location of the destination alternate aerodrome s preceded by ALTN ITEM 18 OTHER INFOR
306. ear flight path Front FRONT 2 Clouds If heights of cloud bases and or tops can be accurately ascertained amount of clouds scattered SCT if clear intervals predominate broken BKN if cloud masses predominate or continuous CNS type of clouds only if cumulonimbus CB and an indication of the bases BASE and or the tops TOP together with the 4 3 14 respective height indication F number or number or number M or number FT 3 Turbulence and Icing Moderate turbulence TURB MOD if in subsonic flight or moderate aircraft icing ICE MOD observed prior to the last 10 minutes 4 D Value Reading or radio altimeter minus reading of pressure altimeter set to 1013 2 mb and corrected for calibration and position error record differences as PS plus or MS minus no space followed by the number of meters or feet EXAMPLE Full AIREP FF CYYZCPCX MMMXXMZT KMIAYMYX 162215 TJSIJYFYX ARP CPC583 2709N05415W 2212 F330 23N056W 59 0035 FUEL 0324 M534 310 60 MEAN 2543N05532W TURB MOD ICE MOD SCT CB TOP F280 TJSJ RB TO2214 NOTE Transmit to the WMO office serving the FIR where the report is made 5 Operationally Significant Weather Radar Echoes echo or echo line True bearing of center of echo or line and distance from aircraft in nautical miles if appropriate indicate weather intensifying or weakening and whether no gaps some gaps or frequent gaps are observed 6 Significant differences between
307. earance from the terminal area to the appropriate en route structure There are two types of DP Obstacle Departure Procedure ODP printed either textually or graphically and Standard Instrument Departure SID which is always printed graphically See IFR TAKEOFF MINIMUMS AND DEPARTURE PROCEDURES See OBSTACLE DEPARTURE PROCEDURES See STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES Refer to AIM INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE PROCEDURE DP CHARTS See AERONAUTICAL CHART INSTRUMENT FLIGHT RULES Rules governing the procedures for conducting instrument flight Also a term used by pilots and controllers to indicate type of flight plan See INSTRUMENT METEOROLOGICAL CONDITIONS See VISUAL FLIGHT RULES See VISUAL METEOROLOGICAL CONDITIONS See ICAO term INSTRUMENT FLIGHT RULES Refer to AIM INSTRUMENT FLIGHT RULES ICAO A set of rules governing the conduct of flight under instrument meteorological conditions INSTRUMENT LANDING SYSTEM A precision instrument approach system which normally consists of the following electronic components and visual aids a Localizer See LOCALIZER b Glideslope See GLIDESLOPE c Outer Marker See OUTER MARKER PCG I 4 4 3 14 d Middle Marker See MIDDLE MARKER e Approach Lights See AIRPORT LIGHTING Refer to 14 CFR Part 91 Refer to AIM INSTRUMENT METEOROLOGICAL CONDI TIONS Meteorological conditions expressed in terms of visibility
308. ed below Complete also Item 19 as indicated below when required by the appropriate ATS authority or when otherwise deemed necessary NOTE 1 Item numbers on the form are not consecutive as they correspond to Field Type numbers in ATS messages 2 ATS data systems may impose communications or processing constraints on information in filed flight plans Possible constraints may for example be limits regarding item length number of elements in the route item or total flight plan length Significant constraints are documented in the relevant Aeronautical Information Publication AIP ITEM 7 AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION MAXIMUM 7 CHARACTERS ENTER one of the following aircraft identifications not exceeding 7 alphanumeric characters and without hyphens or symbols a The ICAO designator for the aircraft operating agency followed by the flight identification for example KLM511 NGA213 JTR25 When in radiotelephony the call sign to be used by the aircraft will consist of the ICAO telephony designator for the operating agency followed by the flight identification for example KLM511 NIGERIA213 JESTER25 b The nationality or common mark and registration marking of the aircraft for example EIAKO 4XBCD N2567GA when 1 In radiotelephony the call sign to be used by the aircraft will consist of this identification alone for example CGAJS or preceded by the ICAO telephony designator for the aircraft operating agency for examp
309. ed by increasing or decreasing the angle from the corner IAF s to the IF or by eliminating one or both corner IAFs c STANDARD I An RNAV approach design for a single runway with both corner IAFs eliminated Course reversal or radar vectoring may be required at busy terminals with multiple runways d TERMINAL ARRIVAL AREA TAA The TAA is controlled airspace established in conjunction with the Standard or Modified T and I RNAV approach configurations In the standard TAA there are three areas straight in left base and right base The arc boundaries of the three areas of the TAA are published portions of the approach and allow aircraft to transition from the en route structure direct to the nearest IAF TAAs will also eliminate or reduce feeder routes departure extensions and procedure turns or course reversal PCG A 12 4 3 14 1 STRAIGHT IN AREA A 30NM arc centered on the IF bounded by a straight line extending through the IF perpendicular to the intermediate course 2 LEFT BASE AREA A 30NM arc centered on the right corner IAF The area shares a boundary with the straight in area except that it extends out for 30NM from the IAF and is bounded on the other side by a line extending from the IF through the FAF to the arc 3 RIGHT BASE AREA A 30NM arc centered on the left corner IAF The area shares a boundary with the straight in area except that it extends out for 30NM from the IAF and is bounded on the other side b
310. ed in knots at 90 degrees to the longitudinal axis of the runway CRUISE Used in an ATC clearance to authorize a pilot to conduct flight at any altitude from the minimum IFR altitude up to and including the altitude specified in the clearance The pilot may level off at any intermediate altitude within this block of airspace Climb descent within the block is to be made at the discretion of the pilot However once the pilot starts descent and verbally reports leaving an altitude in the block he she may not return to that altitude without additional ATC clearance Further it is approval for the pilot to proceed to and make an approach at destination airport and can be used in conjunction with a An airport clearance limit at locations with a standard special instrument approach procedure The CFRs require that if an instrument letdown to an airport is necessary the pilot shall make the letdown in accordance with a standard special instrument approach procedure for that airport or b An airport clearance limit at locations that are within below outside controlled airspace and with out a standard special instrument approach procedure Such a clearance is NOT AUTHORIZA TION for the pilot to descend under IFR conditions below the applicable minimum IFR altitude nor does it imply that ATC is exercising control over aircraft in Class G airspace however it provides a means for the aircraft to proceed to destination airport descend and
311. ed locations on the positions of operation are elements of Status Information Areas 3 Checklist An ordered listing of items to be covered in a position relief briefing d Precautions 1 Specialists involved in the position relief process should not rush or be influenced to rush 2 During position operation each item of status information which is or may be an operational factor for the relieving specialist should be recorded as soon as it is operationally feasible so that it will not be forgotten or incorrectly recorded 3 Extra care should be taken when more than one specialist relieves or is being relieved from a position at the same time for example combining or decombining positions e Responsibilities The specialist being relieved must be responsible for ensuring that any pertinent status information of which he she is aware is relayed to the relieving specialist and is either 1 Accurately displayed in the Status Information Areas for which he she has responsibility or 2 Relayed to the position having responsibility for accurately displaying the status information Prior to accepting responsibility for a position the relieving specialist must be responsible for ensuring that any unresolved questions pertaining to the operation of the position are resolved The specialists engaged in a position relief must conduct the relief process at the position being relieved unless other 1 3 2 4 3 14 procedures
312. ed takeoff weight up to but not including 300 000 pounds c Small Aircraft of 41 000 pounds or less maximum certificated takeoff weight Refer to AIM AIRCRAFT CONFLICT Predicted conflict within URET of two aircraft or between aircraft and airspace A Red alert is used for conflicts when the predicted minimum separation is 5 nautical miles or less A Yellow alert is used when the predicted minimum separation is between 5 and approximately 12 nautical miles A Blue alert is used for conflicts between an aircraft and predefined airspace See USER REQUEST EVALUATION TOOL AIRCRAFT LIST ACL A view available with URET that lists aircraft currently in or predicted to be in a particular sector s airspace The view contains textual flight data information in line format and may be sorted into various orders based on the specific needs of the sector team See USER REQUEST EVALUATION TOOL 4 3 14 AIRCRAFT SURGE LAUNCH AND RECOVERY Procedures used at USAF bases to provide increased launch and recovery rates in instrument flight rules conditions ASLAR is based on a Reduced separation between aircraft which is based on time or distance Standard arrival separation applies between participants including multiple flights until the DRAG point The DRAG point is a published location on an ASLAR approach where aircraft landing second in a formation slows to a predetermined airspeed The DRAG point is the reference point
313. eds of the air traffic system AIRSPACE HIERARCHY Within the airspace classes there is a hierarchy and in the event of an overlap of airspace Class A preempts Class B Class B preempts Class C Class C preempts Class D Class D preempts Class E and Class E preempts Class G AIRSPEED The speed of an aircraft relative to its surrounding air mass The unqualified term airspeed means one of the following a Indicated Airspeed The speed shown on the aircraft airspeed indicator This is the speed used in pilot controller communications under the general term airspeed Refer to 14 CFR Part 1 b True Airspeed The airspeed of an aircraft relative to undisturbed air Used primarily in flight planning and en route portion of flight When used in pilot controller communications it is referred to as true airspeed and not shortened to airspeed AIRSTART The starting of an aircraft engine while the aircraft is airborne preceded by engine shutdown during training flights or by actual engine failure AIRWAY A Class E airspace area established in the form of a corridor the centerline of which is defined by radio navigational aids See FEDERAL AIRWAYS See ICAO term AIRWAY Refer to 14 CFR Part 71 Refer to AIM AIRWAY ICAO A control area or portion thereof established in the form of corridor equipped with radio navigational aids AIRWAY BEACON Used to mark airway segments in remote mountain a
314. ee FIG 3 1 1 c Precipitation and obstruction to vision See FIG 3 1 2 JO 7110 10X FIG 3 1 1 Map Features Chart FIG 3 1 2 Precipitation and Obstruction To Vision Chart 4 3 14 Color red green gamn gean red yokw yaw birk bown d Interpret and summarize weather radar displays as appropriate 1 Use all available radar data and PIREPs to determine intensity tops area of coverage move ment etc REFERENCE Pilot Controller Glossary P CG Term Precipitation Radar Weather Descriptions 2 Identify data obtained from sources other than radar display by source and time of observation 3 Define area of coverage in relation to VORs airways for the route structure being flown airports or geographic points to assist the pilot in relating coverage to route of flight or destination EXAMPLE A broken line of light to heavy echoes covers an area along and three zero miles east of a line from the Crazy Woman V O R to the Riverton V O R Average tops between two six thousand and three four thousand This line is increasing in intensity Movement has been from northwest to southeast at three zero knots The line includes an extreme echo one five miles in diameter on Victor Two Ninety eight forty eight miles southeast of the Worland V O R tops four three thousand There are no known echoes within three zero nautical miles of Victor Eight five or Victor Two Ninety eight south at this time 3 1 5 FORE
315. ellation or a summary that does not include this aircraft s registration number 6 7 2 INITIATING LEAMs Any inquiries from airport managers aircraft owners or law enforcement entities to initiate an alert message must be directed to EPIC EPIC is interfaced with the National Crime Information Center which gives them access to any stolen aircraft report entered by law enforcement agencies FAA facilities must not volunteer to relay this information to EPIC Assistance must be limited to providing EPIC phone number s as specified in subparagraph 6 7 1c3 or advising the inquiring party to go through normal law enforcement channels 6 7 1 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 8 Non Emergency Parachute Jumping 6 8 1 COORDINATION All pertinent information received from pilots prior to and during parachute jumping activity must be forwarded to other affected ATC facilities 6 8 2 PRE JUMP RADIO COMMUNICATIONS a When a pre jump radio call required by 14 CFR Section 105 13 is received contact the ARTCC sector or terminal facility in whose airspace the jump Non Emergency Parachute Jumping begins If the controller has pertinent traffic advise the jump aircraft to contact the control facility on the appropriate frequency for traffic information b If the aircraft is unable to contact the control facility direct obtain traffic information and relay it to the aircraft EXAMPLE Cessna Four Zero Yankee A T C advises tr
316. em 18 additional alignment functions as necessary to prevent the inclusion of more than 69 characters in any line of Items 15 and 18 The alignment function is to be inserted only in lieu of a space so as not to break up a group of data letter shifts and figure shifts not preprinted on the form as necessary c the AFTN Ending as described below End of Text Signal 1 one LETTER SHIFT 2 two CARRIAGE RETURNS one LINE FEED Page feed Sequence Seven LINE FEEDS End of Message Signal Four of the letter N Appendix A 14 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X 4 Instructions for the Transmission of a Supplementary Flight Plan SPL Message 4 1 Items to be transmitted Transmit items as indicated hereunder unless otherwise prescribed a c AFTN Priority Indicator Addressee Indicators lt lt Filing Time Originator Indicator lt lt and if necessary specific identification of addressees and or originator Starting with lt lt b SPL all symbols and data in the unshaded areas of boxes 7 13 16 and 18 except that the at the end of box 18 is not to be transmitted and then the symbols in the unshaded area of box 19 down to and including the lt lt b of box 19 additional alignment functions as necessary to prevent the inclusion of more than 69 characters in any line of Items 18 and 19 The alignment function is to be inserted only in lieu of a space so as not to break up a group of data letter shif
317. em 2 of the flight plan for air carrier or air taxi MEDEVAC aircraft Include the word MEDEVAC in the remarks section of the flight plan 2 U S Military Aircraft a Use the military abbreviation followed by the last five digits of the aircraft s number For certain tactical mission aircraft enter the assigned three to six letter code word followed by a one to four digit number See TBL 6 2 1 Flight Plan Proposals TBL 6 2 1 Military Abbreviation Military Service A USAF C Coast Guard E Air Evacuation G Air Army National Guard L LOGAIR USAF contract R Army RCH REACH USAF Air Mobility Command S Special Air Mission VM Marine Corps VV Navy b Aircraft carrying the President Vice President and or their family members will use the identifiers in the following tables See TBL 6 2 2 and TBL 6 2 3 TBL 6 2 2 President and Family Service President Family Air Force AF1 EXECIF Marine VM1 EXEC1F Navy VV1 EXEC1F Army RR1 EXEC1F Coast Guard C1 EXEC1F Guard G1 EXEC1F Commercial EXEC1 EXECIF TBL 6 2 3 Vice President and Family Service Vice President Family Air Force AF2 EXEC2F Marine VM2 EXEC2F Navy VV2 EXEC2F Army RR2 EXEC2F Coast Guard C2 EXEC2F Guard G2 EXEC2F Commercial EXEC2 EXEC2F 3 Canadian Military Aircraft The abbreviations must be followed by a number group not to exceed four digits See TBL 6 2 4 TBL 6 2 4 Canadian Military Abbreviation Military Service CFC Canadian Forces CTG Ca
318. en requested Less than 1 mile 1 When requested 1 mile or more TBL 10 1 9 Five Step Taxiway Lights Visibilit Step Day Night 5 Less than 1 mile When requested 4 When requested Less than 1 mile 3 When requested 1 mile or more 1 amp 2 When requested When requested TBL 10 1 10 One Step Taxiway Lights Day Night Less than 1 mile On 10 1 18 VISUAL APPROACH SLOPE INDICATORS VASIs The VASI system with remote on off switching must be operated when it serves the runway in use and where intensities are controlled in accordance with TBL 10 1 11 and TBL 10 1 12 10 1 4 4 3 14 TBL 10 1 11 VASI Intensity Setting Two Step System Step Period Condition High Day Sunrise to sunset Low Night Sunrise to sunset TBL 10 1 12 VASI Intensity Setting Three Step System Step Period Condition High Day Medium Twilight From sunset to 30 minutes after sunset and from 30 minutes before sunrise to sunrise and during twilight in Alaska Sunrise to sunset Low Night Sunset to sunrise NOTE 1 During a 1 year period twilight may vary 26 to 43 minutes between 25 and 49 degrees N latitude 2 The basic FAA standard for VASI systems permits independent operation by means of photoelectric device This system has no on off control feature and is intended for continuous operation Other VASI systems in use include those that are operated remotely from the control tower These systems may consist of either a photoelectri
319. enced Flashing Lights may be installed in conjunction with the ALS at some airports Types of Approach Light Systems are 1 ALSF 1 Approach Light System with Sequenced Flashing Lights in ILS Cat I configura tion 2 ALSF 2 Approach Light System with Sequenced Flashing Lights in ILS Cat II configura tion The ALSF 2 may operate as an SSALR when weather conditions permit 3 SSALF Simplified Short Approach Light System with Sequenced Flashing Lights PCG A 7 Pilot Controller Glossary 4 SSALR Simplified Short Approach Light System with Runway Alignment Indicator Lights 5 MALSF Medium Intensity Approach Light System with Sequenced Flashing Lights 6 MALSR Medium Intensity Approach Light System with Runway Alignment Indicator Lights 7 RLLS Runway Lead in Light System Consists of one or more series of flashing lights installed at or near ground level that provides positive visual guidance along an approach path either curving or straight where special problems exist with hazardous terrain obstructions or noise abatement procedures 8 RAIL Runway Alignment Indicator Lights Sequenced Flashing Lights which are installed only in combination with other light systems 9 ODALS Omnidirectional Approach Light ing System consists of seven omnidirectional flashing lights located in the approach area of a nonprecision runway Five lights are located on the runway centerline extended with the first light located
320. ended U S airport of first landing Customs Notification and ADIZ Requirements d The pilot may make any required notification directly to the CBP through the Electronic Advance Passenger Information System eAPIS at https eapis cbp dhs gov Alternate methods may include telephone radio or other means or may be furnished through the FAA to the CBP REFERENCE U S Customs and Border Protection Guide for Private Flyers e When Customs flight notification service is requested as indicated by inclusion of ADCUS in remarks deliver the complete message to the associated CBP office as soon as practical Relay additional or amended information to the CBP in order to properly comply with requirements for example when actual arrival time varies from ETA by more than 15 minutes 1 Provide the service only for those airports where availability is advertised in the AFD on flight notification messages Pilots are responsible for making their own Customs arrangements for other airports 2 Notify only the CBP office which in turn is responsible for notifying other inspection agencies concerned f Prefiled Customs notification requests for flights returning to the U S must be delivered to the CBP office not earlier than 23 hours in advance g When an airborne aircraft identifies an airport of first intended landing that is not one of the designated airports advise the pilot that this airport is not a designated airport of
321. ents 7 2 1 FLIGHT PLAN CUSTOMS REQUIREMENTS Specific flight plan Customs and other requirements of individual countries are listed in the FAA International Flight Information Manual IFIM 7 2 2 INBOUND AIRCRAFT CUSTOMS REQUIREMENTS a All aircraft entering U S airspace from a foreign port must provide at least 1 hour advance notice to the U S Customs and Border Protection CBP at the point of first intended landing b Aircraft arriving from the following location must furnish a notice of intended arrival to CBP at the nearest designated airport to point of crossing for the first landing in the U S 1 Via the U S Mexican border or the Pacific Coast from a foreign location in the Western Hemisphere south of 33 degrees north latitude 2 From the Gulf of Mexico or the Atlantic Coasts from a place in the Western Hemisphere south of 30 degrees north latitude from any place in Mexico 3 From the U S Virgin Islands 4 From Puerto Rico which if from Puerto Rico are conducting VFR flight c This notice must be given at least 1 hour before crossing the U S coastline or border The advance notice of arrival must include the following 1 Aircraft registration number 2 Name of aircraft commander 3 Number of U S citizen passengers 4 Number of alien passengers 5 Place of last departure 6 Estimated time and location of crossing U S border coastline 7 Estimated time of arrival 8 Name of int
322. ependent operations when runway centerlines or in the case of SOIA final approach courses are separated by less than 3 600 feet High resolution color monitoring display FMA present NTZ surveillance track data to Pilot Controller Glossary controllers along with detailed maps depicting approaches and no transgression zone Refer to AlM PREDICTIVE WIND SHEAR ALERT SYSTEM PWS A self contained system used onboard some aircraft to alert the flight crew to the presence of a potential wind shear PWS systems typically monitor 3 miles ahead and 25 degrees left and right of the aircraft s heading at or below 1200 AGL Departing flights may receive a wind shear alert after they start the takeoff roll and may elect to abort the takeoff Aircraft on approach receiving an alert may elect to go around or perform a wind shear escape maneuver PREFERENTIAL ROUTES Preferential routes PDRs PARs and PDARs are adapted in ARTCC computers to accomplish inter intrafacility controller coordination and to assure that flight data is posted at the proper control positions Locations having a need for these specific inbound and outbound routes normally publish such routes in local facility bulletins and their use by pilots minimizes flight plan route amendments When the workload or traffic situation permits controllers normally provide radar vectors or assign requested routes to minimize circuitous routing Preferential routes are usually c
323. eports predicted positions possible range of flight and any other pertinent information Solicit the assistance of other aircraft known to be operating near the aircraft in distress Forward the information to the appropriate control facility 5 2 8 EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER ELT SIGNALS When an ELT signal is heard or reported a Notify the ARTCC who will coordinate with the Rescue Coordination Center RCC b If the ELT signal report was received from an airborne aircraft attempt to obtain the following information 1 The aircraft altitude 2 Where and when the signal was first heard 3 Where and when maximum signal was heard 4 Where and when signal faded or was lost Solicit the assistance of other aircraft known to be operating in the signal area for the same information Relay all information obtained to the ARTCC c Attempt to obtain fixes or bearings on the signal and forward any information obtained to the ARTCC NOTE Fix information in relation to a VOR or a VORTAC radial distance facilitates accurate ELT plotting by RCC and should be provided when possible d In addition to the above when the ELT signal strength indicates the transmitter may be on the airport or in the vicinity notify the on site technical operations services personnel for their action e Air traffic personnel must not leave their required duty stations to locate an ELT signal source f Attempt to locate the signal s
324. er publications for example the FAA International Flight Information Manual IFIM the Bureau of Customs and Border Protection Guide for Private Flyers the Aeronautical Information Manual AIM Aeronautical Information Publication AIP 14 CFR Part 91 and 14 CFR Part 99 Landing Rights Airports LRA and Airports of Entry AOE are listed in the Airport Facility Directory A FD Supplements b This chapter provides guidance to FSS facilities when transmitting international flight movement messages It incorporates relevant information from ICAO and 14 CFR documents All personnel required to handle international messages must be familiar with ICAO documents containing instructions for preparing and transmitting communications through the Aeronautical Fixed Telecommunications Network AFTN circuits These documents should be retained at facilities FSS personnel must not act as agents for any aircraft operating or dispatching company NOTE International telecommunications instructions are found in International Standards and Recommended Practices ICAO Annex 10 Aeronautical Telecommunications Volume II PANS ATM DOC 4444 Procedures for Air Navigation Services lists various ATS movement messages Location indicators are contained in ICAO Document 7910 and Designators for Aircraft Operating Agencies Aeronautical Authorities and Services are contained in ICAO DOC 8585 FAA policies concerning acceptance of messages for intern
325. eric pressure which is related to a specific pressure datum 1013 2 hPa 1013 2 mb and is separated from other such surfaces by specific pressure intervals Note 1 A pressure type altimeter calibrated in accordance with the standard atmosphere a When set to a QNH altimeter setting will indicate altitude b When set to a QFE altimeter setting will indicate height above the QFE reference datum and c When set to a pressure of 1013 2 hPa 1013 2 mb may be used to indicate flight levels Note 2 The terms height and altitude used in Note 1 above indicate altimetric rather than geometric heights and altitudes FLIGHT LINE A term used to describe the precise movement of a civil photogrammetric aircraft along a predetermined course s at a predetermined altitude during the actual photographic run FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS A comput er system that uses a large data base to allow routes to be preprogrammed and fed into the system by means of a data loader The system is constantly updated with respect to position accuracy by reference to conventional navigation aids The sophisticated program and its associated data base ensures that the most appropriate aids are automati cally selected during the information update cycle FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PROCE DURE An arrival departure or approach procedure developed for use by aircraft with a slant E or slant F equipment suffix PCG F 3 Pilot Control
326. ering more than half the sky CENRAP See CENTER RADAR ARTS PRESENTATION PROCESSING CENRAP PLUS See CENTER RADAR ARTS PRESENTATION PROCESSING PLUS CENTER See AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER CENTER S AREA The specified airspace within which an air route traffic control center ARTCC provides air traffic control and advisory service See AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER Refer to AIM CENTER RADAR ARTS PRESENTATION PROCESSING A computer program developed to provide a back up system for airport surveillance radar in the event of a failure or malfunction The program uses air route traffic control center radar for the processing and presentation of data on the ARTS IIA or INA displays CENTER RADAR ARTS PRESENTATION PROCESSING PLUS A computer program developed to provide a back up system for airport surveillance radar in the event of a terminal secondary radar system failure The program uses a combination of Air Route Traffic Control Center Radar and terminal airport surveillance radar primary targets displayed simultaneously for the processing and presentation of data on the ARTS IJA or IIIA displays CENTER TRACON AUTOMATION SYSTEM CTAS A computerized set of programs designed to aid Air Route Traffic Control Centers and TRACONSs in the management and control of air traffic CENTER WEATHER ADVISORY An unsched uled weather advisory issued by Center Weather Service Unit meteorologists for AT
327. erm LANDING DISTANCE AVAILABLE LANDING DISTANCE AVAILABLE ICAO The length of runway which is declared available and suitable for the ground run of an aeroplane landing LANDING MINIMUMS The minimum visibility prescribed for landing a civil aircraft while using an instrument approach procedure The minimum applies with other limitations set forth in 14 CFR Part 91 with respect to the Minimum Descent Altitude MDA or Decision Height DH prescribed in the instrument approach procedures as follows a Straight in landing minimums A statement of MDA and visibility or DH and visibility required for a Straight in landing on a specified runway or b Circling minimums A statement of MDA and visibility required for the circle to land maneuver Note Descent below the MDA or DH must meet the conditions stated in 14 CFR Section 91 175 See CIRCLE TO LAND MANEUVER See DECISION HEIGHT See INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE See MINIMUM DESCENT ALTITUDE See STRAIGHT IN LANDING See VISIBILITY Refer to 14 CFR Part 91 LANDING ROLL The distance from the point of touchdown to the point where the aircraft can be brought to a stop or exit the runway LANDING SEQUENCE The order in which aircraft are positioned for landing See APPROACH SEQUENCE LAST ASSIGNED ALTITUDE The last altitude flight level assigned by ATC and acknowledged by the pilot See MAINTAIN Refer to 14 CFR Part 91 LATERAL NAVIGATI
328. ernational data may be inaccurate or incomplete Agency Display Of Estimated Burden For International Flight Plan This public report burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 2 5 minutes per response If you wish to comment on the accuracy of the estimate or make suggestions for reducing this burden please direct your comments to OMB and the FAA at the following addresses Office of Management and Budget Paperwork Reduction Project 2120 0026 Washington DC 20503 and U S Department of Transportation Federal Aviation Administration Terminal and Flight Services Operations and Procedures ATO 120 800 Independence Avenue SW Washington DC 20591 Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either ofihese addresses ICAO FLIGHT PLANS Appendix A 17 JO 7110 10X 4 3 14 7 ICAO Model Repetitive Flight Plan RPL Listing Form REPETITIVE FLIGHT PLAN LISTING A OPERATOR B ADDRESSEE S C DEPARTURE AERODROME S bane PR NO PAGE oF Ca G SUPPLEMENTARY DATA Item 19 AT H 1 J K L M N O P Q TYPEOF DEPARTURE DESTINATION aorarr AIRCRAFT amp AERODROME ROUTE Item 15 AERODROME TURBULENCE AND AND TOTAL VAUD VALD Sn IDENTIFI CATEGORY TIME ELAPSED TIME CATION CRUISING REMARKS yymmdd yymmdd 1 213 4 5 6 7 tem7 Item 9 tem 18 SPEED LEVEL ROUTE Item 16
329. erved but not encountered geographical or local description of where the phenomenon occurred International Standard Atmospheric ISA reports and contrails Report hazardous weather first Describe LLWS to the extent possible 1 Wind Shear 10 Kts or more fluctuations in airspeed within 2 000 Ft of the surface requires an UUA report When Low Level Wind Shear is entered in a pilot report enter LLWS as the first remark in the RM TEI LLWS may be reported as or depending on how it effects the aircraft If the location is different than the OV or FL fields include the location in the remarks EXAMPLE RM LLWS 15 KT SFC 008 DURC RY22 JFK 2 FUNNEL CLOUD TORNADO and WATERSPOUT are entered with the direction of movement if reported EXAMPLE RM TORNADO E MOV E 3 Thunderstorm Enter coverage ISOL FEW SCT NMRS and description LN BKN LN SLD LN if reported Follow with TS the location and movement and the type of lightning if reported EXAMPLE RM NMRS TS S MOV E GRI 2 4 Lightning Enter frequency OCNL FRQ CONS followed by type LTGIC LTGCC LTGCG LTGCA or combinations if reported EXAMPLE RM OCNL LTGICCG 5 Electric Discharge Enter DISCHARGE followed by the altitude EXAMPLE RM DISCHARGE 120 6 Clouds Use remarks when clouds can be seen but were not encountered and reported in SK Pilot Weather Report UA UUA JO 7110 10X EXAMPLE RM CB E MOV N RM
330. es and the word radial azimuth EXAMPLE Appleton Zero Five Zero Radial Lindburg Runway Two Seven MLS two six zero azimuth 2 Arcs about VOR DME VORTAC TACAN MLS NAVAIDs State the distance in miles from the NAVAID followed by the words mile arc the direction from the NAVAID in terms of the eight principal points of the compass the word of and the name of the NAVAID EXAMPLE Two zero mile arc southwest of O Hare Runway Two Seven Left M L S 12 1 16 4 3 14 3 Quadrant within a radius of NAVAID State direction from NAVAID in terms of the quadrant e g NE SE SW NW followed by the distance in miles from the NAVAID EXAMPLE Cleared to fly northeast quadrant of Philipsburg VORTAC within four zero mile radius REFERENCE P CG Term QUADRANT 4 Nondirectional beacons State the course to or the bearing from the radio beacon omitting the word degree followed by the words course to or bearing from the name of the radio beacon and the words radio beacon EXAMPLE Three four zero bearing from Randolph Radio Beacon 12 1 20 NAVAID FIXES Describe fixes determined by reference to a radial localizer azimuth and distance from a VOR DME VORTAC TACAN ILS DME or MLS as follows a When a fix is not named state the name of the NAVAID followed by a specified radial localizer azimuth and state the distance in miles followed by the phra
331. es millibars 27 50 931 3 28 00 948 2 28 50 965 1 29 00 982 1 27 51 931 6 28 01 948 5 28 51 965 5 29 01 982 4 27 52 931 9 28 02 948 9 28 52 965 8 29 02 982 7 27 53 932 3 28 03 949 2 28 53 966 1 29 03 983 1 27 54 932 6 28 04 949 5 28 54 966 5 29 04 983 4 27 55 933 0 28 05 949 9 28 55 966 8 29 05 983 7 27 56 933 3 28 06 950 2 28 56 967 2 29 06 984 1 27 57 933 6 28 07 950 6 28 57 967 5 29 07 984 4 27 58 934 0 28 08 950 9 28 58 967 8 29 08 984 8 27 59 934 3 28 09 951 2 28 59 968 2 29 09 985 1 27 60 934 6 28 10 951 6 28 60 968 5 29 10 985 4 27 61 935 0 28 11 951 9 28 61 968 8 29 11 985 8 27 62 935 3 28 12 952 3 28 62 969 2 29 12 986 1 27 63 935 7 28 13 952 6 28 63 969 5 29 13 986 5 27 64 936 0 28 14 952 9 28 64 969 9 29 14 986 8 27 65 936 3 28 15 953 3 28 65 970 2 29 15 987 1 27 66 936 7 28 16 953 6 28 66 970 5 29 16 987 5 27 67 937 0 28 17 953 9 28 67 970 9 29 17 987 8 27 68 937 4 28 18 954 3 28 68 971 2 29 18 988 1 27 69 937 7 28 19 954 6 28 69 971 6 29 19 988 5 27 70 938 0 28 20 955 0 28 70 971 9 29 20 988 8 27 71 938 4 28 21 955 3 28 71 972 2 29 21 989 2 27 72 938 7 28 22 955 6 28 72 972 6 29 22 989 5 27 73 939 0 28 23 956 0 28 73 972 9 29 23 989 8 27 74 939 4 28 24 956 3 28 74 973 2 29 24 990 2 27 75 939 7 28 25 956 7 28 75 973 6 29 25 990 5 27 76 940 1 28 26 957 0 28 76 973 9 29 26 990 8 27 77 940 4 28 27 957 3 28 77 974 3 29 27 991 2 27 78 940 7 28 28 957 7 28 78 974 6 29 28 991 5 27 79 941 1 28 29 958 0 28 79 974 9 29 29 991 9 27 80 941 4 28 3
332. es radar ATC services to aircraft operating in the vicinity of one or more civil and or military airports in a terminal area The facility may provide services of a ground controlled approach GCA i e ASR and PAR approaches A radar approach control facility may be operated by FAA USAF US Army USN USMC or jointly by FAA and a military service Specific facility nomencla tures are used for administrative purposes only and are related to the physical location of the facility and the operating service generally as follows 1 Army Radar Approach Control ARAC Army 2 Radar Air Traffic Control Facility RATCF Navy FAA 3 Radar Approach Control RAPCON Air Force FAA 4 Terminal TRACON FAA 5 Air Traffic Control Tower ATCT FAA Only those towers delegated approach control authority RADAR ARRIVAL An aircraft arriving at an airport served by a radar facility and in radar contact with the facility See NONRADAR Radar Approach Control PCG R 1 Pilot Controller Glossary RADAR BEACON See RADAR RADAR CLUTTER ICAO The visual indication on a radar display of unwanted signals RADAR CONTACT a Used by ATC to inform an aircraft that it is identified on the radar display and radar flight following will be provided until radar identification is terminated Radar service may also be provided within the limits of necessity and capability When a pilot is informed of radar contact he sh
333. escue SAR communications searches flight plan handling transcribed or live broadcasts weather observations pilot weather reports PIREP and pilot briefings 3 Preflight Services Preflight services are those which directly affect aircraft operations but Responsibility which are provided prior to actual departure and usually by telephone These include pilot briefings recorded data flight plan filing processing and aircraft operational reservations 1 3 3 DUTY FAMILIARIZATION AND TRANSFER OF POSITION RESPONSIBILITY The transfer of position responsibility must be accomplished in accordance with appropriate facility directives each time the operational responsibility for a position is transferred from one specialist to another The relieving specialist and the specialist being relieved must share equal responsibility for the completeness and accuracy of the position relief briefing a Purpose This paragraph prescribes the method and the step by step process for conducting a position relief briefing and transferring position responsibility from one specialist to another b Discussion 1 In all operational facilities the increase in traffic density and the need for the expeditious movement of air traffic without compromising safety have emphasized the importance of the position relief process Major problems occur whenever there is a heavy reliance upon memory unsupported by routines or systematic reminders This p
334. ested by the IFR control facility provided the procedures are specified in a Letter of Agreement b When an aircraft which has filed an IFR flight plan requests a VFR departure facilitate the request as follows 1 If the facility sector responsible for issuing the clearance is unable to issue a clearance inform the pilot and suggest that the delay be taken on the ground If the pilot insists upon taking off VFR and obtaining an IFR clearance in the air relay the pilot s Radio Communications 4 3 14 intentions and if possible the VFR departure time to the facility sector holding the flight plan 2 After obtaining approval from the facility sector responsible for issuing the IFR clearance an aircraft planning IFR flight may be authorized to depart VER Inform the pilot of the proper frequency and if appropriate where or when to contact the facility responsible for issuing the clearance a When requesting PHRASEOLOGY Facility RADIO Aircraft identification REQUEST V F R DEPARTURE b When relaying to aircraft PHRASEOLOGY A T C ADVISES aircraft identification V F R DEPARTURE APPROVED CONTACT facility ON frequency AT location or time if required FOR CLEARANCE c Relaying to control facility PHRASEOLOGY Facility RADIO Aircraft identification DEPARTED V F R AT time 4 3 9 IFR FLIGHT PROGRESS REPORTS Relay to the appropriate ATC facility the aircraft identification posit
335. evation in the touchdown zone first 3 000 feet of the runway HAT is published on instrument approach charts in conjunc tion with all straight in minimums See DECISION HEIGHT See MINIMUM DESCENT ALTITUDE HELICOPTER A heavier than air aircraft sup ported in flight chiefly by the reactions of the air on one or more power driven rotors on substantially vertical axes HELIPAD A small designated area usually with a prepared surface on a heliport airport landing take off area apron ramp or movement area used for takeoff landing or parking of helicopters HELIPORT An area of land water or structure used or intended to be used for the landing and takeoff of helicopters and includes its buildings and facilities if any HELIPORT REFERENCE POINT HRP The geographic center of a heliport HERTZ The standard radio equivalent of frequency in cycles per second of an electromagnetic wave Kilohertz kHz is a frequency of one thousand cycles per second Megahertz MHz is a frequency of one million cycles per second HF See HIGH FREQUENCY HF COMMUNICATIONS See HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS HIGH ALTITUDE REDESIGN HAR A level of non restrictive routing NRR service for aircraft that have all waypoints associated with the HAR program in their flight management systems or RNAV equipage HIGH FREQUENCY The frequency band between 3 and 30 MHz See HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS PCG H 1 Pilot
336. f distance expressed in nautical miles from the NAVAID Zeros preceding a significant character must be entered before the azimuth and distance components as required to assure the transmission of three characters for each c Latitude Longitude Consists of nine to twelve characters entered as follows The 6 3 4 4 3 14 latitude must appear as the first component as four numbers trailing zeros required followed by an optional letter N or S If the optional letter is omitted north is understood Latitude must be separated from longitude with a slash element separator Longitude must appear as the second component as four or five digits trailing zeros required leading zero optional followed by an optional letter W or E If the optional letter is omitted west is understood d Navigation Reference System NRS Waypoints NRS waypoints consist of five alphanu meric characters which include the ICAO FIR identifier followed by the letter corresponding to the FIR subset ARTCC area for the contiguous U S the latitude increment in single digit or group form and the longitude increment EXAMPLE KD34U 7 Route Descriptions A route must be filed in one of the following ways a Airway The official airway designator must be filed b Coded Routes Coded routes are a shorthand method of describing a route segment or segments which may have an altitude profile described an adapted
337. f the extended runway centerline e Final Approach A flight path in the direction of landing along the extended runway centerline The final approach normally extends from the base leg to the runway An aircraft making a straight in approach VER is also considered to be on final approach See STRAIGHT IN APPROACH VFR See TAXI PATTERNS See ICAO term AERODROME TRAFFIC CIRCUIT Refer to 14 CFR Part 91 Refer to AIM TRAFFIC SITUATION DISPLAY TSD TSD is a computer system that receives radar track data from all 20 CONUS ARTCCs organizes this data into a mosaic display and presents it on a computer screen The display allows the traffic management coordina tor multiple methods of selection and highlighting of individual aircraft or groups of aircraft The user has the option of superimposing these aircraft positions over any number of background displays These background options include ARTCC boundaries any stratum of en route sector boundaries fixes airways military and other special use airspace airports and geopolitical boundaries By using the TSD a coordinator can monitor any number of traffic situations or the entire systemwide traffic flows TRAJECTORY A URET representation of the path an aircraft is predicted to fly based upon a Current Plan or Trial Plan See USER REQUEST EVALUATION TOOL TRAJECTORY MODELING The automated pro cess of calculating a trajectory TRANSCRIBED WEATHER BROADCAST
338. first landing PHRASEOLOGY BE ADVISED THAT YOUR DESTINATION IS NOT A CUSTOMS AND BORDER PROTECTION DESIGNATED FIRST LANDING AIRPORT WHAT ARE YOUR INTENTIONS NOTE If a pilot insists on landing at a non designated airport pass this information to nearest Customs and Border Protection office h When a flight notification message containing ADCUS in remarks identifies a non designated airport of first intended landing notify the message originator to advise the pilot that the filed destination is not a designated airport 7 2 1 JO 7110 10X PHRASEOLOGY ADVISE aircraft identification THAT THE FILED DESTINATION IS NOT A CUSTOMS AND BORDER PROTECTION DESIGNATED FIRST LANDING AIRPORT NOTE The FAA s role in this program is advisory only Any appearance of action of enforcing compliance must be avoided Any questions should be directed to the U S Customs and Border Protection i Record the time of receipt of Customs requests This time will constitute evidence of the pilot s intention to comply with CBP Immigration and Public Health requirements and will be made available upon request from these authorities 7 2 3 INBOUND AIRCRAFT ADIZ REQUIREMENTS a Unless otherwise authorized by ATC no person may operate an aircraft into within or across an ADIZ unless that person has filed a flight plan with an appropriate aeronautical facility b Unless otherwise authorized by ATC no person may operate an aircra
339. fixes two NAVAIDs or a fix and a NAVAID See FIX See ROUTE See ICAO term ROUTE SEGMENT ROUTE SEGMENT ICAO A portion of a route to be flown as defined by two consecutive significant points specified in a flight plan RSA See RUNWAY SAFETY AREA RTR See REMOTE TRANSMITTER RECEIVER RUNWAY A defined rectangular area on a land airport prepared for the landing and takeoff run of aircraft along its length Runways are normally numbered in relation to their magnetic direction rounded off to the nearest 10 degrees e g Runway 1 Runway 25 See PARALLEL RUNWAYS See ICAO term RUNWAY RUNWAY ICAO A defined rectangular area on a land aerodrome prepared for the landing and take off of aircraft RUNWAY CENTERLINE LIGHTING See AIRPORT LIGHTING RUNWAY CONDITION READING Numerical decelerometer readings relayed by air traffic controllers at USAF and certain civil bases for use by the pilot in determining runway braking action These readings are routinely relayed only to USAF and Air National Guard Aircraft See BRAKING ACTION RUNWAY END IDENTIFIER LIGHTS See AIRPORT LIGHTING RUNWAY GRADIENT The average slope mea sured in percent between two ends or points on a runway Runway gradient is depicted on Government aerodrome sketches when total runway gradient exceeds 0 3 RUNWAY HEADING The magnetic direction that corresponds with the runway centerline extended not the painted runw
340. for each segment of flight Remind the pilot that 14 CFR Part 99 requires departure times to be made good and that a written record should be retained of these times at each departure point 6 6 2 4 3 14 IFR DVFR ADIZ Flight Plans 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 7 Law Enforcement Messages 6 7 1 LAW ENFORCEMENT ALERT MESSAGES LEAM The El Paso Intelligence Center EPIC is a law enforcement organization composed of multiple Federal agencies including the FAA The principal mission of EPIC is to facilitate the exchange of information and tactical intelligence on illicit activity and to support through the intelligence process Federal State and Local investigations concerning violation of Federal State and Local statutes as they apply to narcotics aliens currency and weapons EPIC also supports law enforcement efforts conducted by foreign counterparts throughout the world In response to an increased multi agency need EPIC develops into a fully coordinated tactical intelligence center supported by databases and resources from member agencies EPIC issues a LEAM that pertains to stolen aircraft Upon receipt of a LEAM from EPIC take the following actions a Stolen Aircraft Alerts 1 Stolen aircraft alerts request recipients to watch for and report on the location and movement of an aircraft which has been reported stolen 2 Keep active until included in a stolen aircraft summary or until cancelled 3 Upo
341. for the takeoff landing and taxiing of aircraft consisting of the maneuvering area and the apron s MOVING TARGET INDICATOR An electronic device which will permit radar scope presentation only from targets which are in motion A partial remedy for ground clutter MRA See MINIMUM RECEPTION ALTITUDE MSA See MINIMUM SAFE ALTITUDE MSAW See MINIMUM SAFE ALTITUDE WARNING MTI See MOVING TARGET INDICATOR MTR See MILITARY TRAINING ROUTES MULTICOM A mobile service not open to public correspondence used to provide communications essential to conduct the activities being performed by or directed from private aircraft MULTIPLE RUNWAYS The utilization of a dedicated arrival runway s for departures and a dedicated departure runway s for arrivals when feasible to reduce delays and enhance capacity MVA See MINIMUM VECTORING ALTITUDE 4 3 14 Pilot Controller Glossary N NAS See NATIONAL AIRSPACE SYSTEM NATIONAL AIRSPACE SYSTEM The common network of U S airspace air navigation facilities equipment and services airports or landing areas aeronautical charts information and services rules regulations and procedures technical information and manpower and material Included are system components shared jointly with the military NATIONAL BEACON CODE ALLOCATION PLAN AIRSPACE Airspace over United States territory located within the North American continent between Canada and Mexico
342. formation has been obtained upon which to act Information requirements will vary depending on the existing situation Minimum required information for inflight emergencies is 1 Aircraft identification type and transponder 2 Nature of the emergency 3 Pilot s desires b After initiating action provide the altimeter setting and obtain the following items or any other pertinent information from the pilot or aircraft operator as necessary 1 Aircraft altitude Fuel remaining in time Pilot reported weather Pilot capability for IFR flight Time and place of last known position Heading since last known position Airspeed Navigation equipment capability NAVAID signals received Visible landmarks DD lA A a RR Ww NY _ pa p 2 Aircraft color pu N Number of people on board jua w Point of departure and destination 14 Emergency equipment on board 5 2 2 FREQUENCY CHANGES Provide assistance on the initial contact frequency Change frequencies only when there is a valid reason Advise the pilot to return to the initial frequency if unable to establish contact 5 2 3 AIRCRAFT ORIENTATION Orient an aircraft by the means most appropriate to the circumstances Recognized methods include Operations JO 7110 10X Operations a Radar b NAVAIDs c Pilotage d Sighting by other aircraft 5 2 4 ALTITUDE CHANGE FOR IMPROVED RECEPTION If dee
343. from nominal flight path b Separation The separation used when aircraft position information is derived from radar sources RADAR SERVICE TERMINATED Used by ATC to inform a pilot that he she will no longer be provided any of the services that could be received while in radar contact Radar service is automatically terminated and the pilot is not advised in the following cases a An aircraft cancels its IFR flight plan except within Class B airspace Class C airspace a TRSA or where Basic Radar service is provided b An aircraft conducting an instrument visual or contact approach has landed or has been instructed to change to advisory frequency c An arriving VFR aircraft receiving radar service to a tower controlled airport within Class B airspace Class C airspace a TRSA or where sequencing service is provided has landed or to all Pilot Controller Glossary other airports is instructed to change to tower or advisory frequency d An aircraft completes a radar approach RADAR SURVEILLANCE The radar observation of a given geographical area for the purpose of performing some radar function RADAR TRAFFIC ADVISORIES Advisories issued to alert pilots to known or observed radar traffic which may affect the intended route of flight of their aircraft See TRAFFIC ADVISORIES RADAR TRAFFIC INFORMATION SERVICE See TRAFFIC ADVISORIES RADAR VECTORING ICAO Provision of navigational guidance to aircra
344. from the destination tie in facility serving all destinations 1 For the first leg transmit the items in subparas 6 4 4a and 6 4 4f 2 For each subsequent leg transmit the destination ETE and remarks applicable to that leg only prior to Remarks pertaining to the entire flight are entered in the Remarks section of the 6 4 2 4 3 14 original flight plan and are transmitted to all addressees 3 Separate stopover legs by inserting a slant at the end of each leg except the last Begin each leg on a new line EXAMPLE FF KANDYFYX KGNVYFYX KMIAYFYX DTG KDCAYFYX IFR VV12345 P3 ADW CHS 1300 NIP 01 30 AS BALL DP10 APS S MIA 02 30 NO DE ICING EQUIPMENT 4 For composite flights specify type flight plan as the first item of each leg 5 When en route delays are involved include delay time in ETE h Apply military flight plan procedures to all civil aircraft landing at military bases NOTE It is the civil pilot s responsibility to obtain permission from military authorities to land at a military base i Apply civil flight plan procedure to civil aircraft departing military bases and en route to civil airports 6 4 5 SUSPENDING FLIGHT NOTIFICATION MESSAGES a Suspend the flight notification message or proposal message until acknowledgment is received from the addressee then store in the history file b If an acknowledgment is not received within the following time period use the tele
345. ft during flight time Refer to 14 CFR Part 91 PILOT WEATHER REPORT A report of meteoro logical phenomena encountered by aircraft in flight Refer to AIM PILOT S DISCRETION When used in conjunc tion with altitude assignments means that ATC has offered the pilot the option of starting climb or descent whenever he she wishes and conducting the climb or descent at any rate he she wishes He she may temporarily level off at any intermediate PCG P 1 Pilot Controller Glossary altitude However once he she has vacated an altitude he she may not return to that altitude PIREP See PILOT WEATHER REPORT PITCH POINT A fix waypoint that serves as a transition point from a departure procedure or the low altitude ground based navigation structure into the high altitude waypoint system PLANS DISPLAY A display available in URET that provides detailed flight plan and predicted conflict information in textual format for requested Current Plans and all Trial Plans See USER REQUEST EVALUATION TOOL POFZ See PRECISION OBSTACLE FREE ZONE POINT OUT See RADAR POINT OUT POINT TO POINT PTP A level of NRR service for aircraft that is based on traditional waypoints in their FMSs or RNAV equipage POLAR TRACK STRUCTURE A system of organized routes between Iceland and Alaska which overlie Canadian MNPS Airspace POSITION REPORT A report over a known location as transmitted by an aircraft to ATC Refe
346. ft in the form of specific headings based on the use of radar RADIAL A magnetic bearing extending from a VOR VORTAC TACAN navigation facility RADIO a A device used for communication b Used to refer to a flight service station e g Seattle Radio is used to call Seattle FSS RADIO ALTIMETER Aircraft equipment which makes use of the reflection of radio waves from the ground to determine the height of the aircraft above the surface RADIO BEACON See NONDIRECTIONAL BEACON RADIO DETECTION AND RANGING See RADAR RADIO MAGNETIC INDICATOR An aircraft navigational instrument coupled with a gyro compass or similar compass that indicates the direction of a selected NAVAID and indicates bearing with respect to the heading of the aircraft RAIS See REMOTE AIRPORT INFORMATION SERVICE RAMP See APRON RANDOM ALTITUDE An altitude inappropriate for direction of flight and or not in accordance with FAAO JO 7110 65 Para 4 5 1 VERTICAL SEPARATION MINIMA PCG R 3 Pilot Controller Glossary RANDOM ROUTE Any route not established or charted published or not otherwise available to all users RC See ROAD RECONNAISSANCE RCAG See REMOTE COMMUNICATIONS AIR GROUND FACILITY RCC See RESCUE COORDINATION CENTER RCO See REMOTE COMMUNICATIONS OUTLET RCR See RUNWAY CONDITION READING READ BACK Repeat my message back to me RECEIVER AUTONOMOUS INTEGRITY MON ITORING RAIM
347. ft into within or across an ADIZ unless that aircraft is equipped with a coded radar beacon transponder and automatic pressure altitude reporting equipment having altitude reporting capability that automatically replies to interrogations by transmitting pressure altitude information in 100 foot increments NOTE This paragraph does not apply to the operation of an 7 2 2 4 3 14 aircraft which was not originally certificated with an engine driven electrical system and which has not subsequently been certified with such a system installed for example a balloon or glider c Pilots of aircraft entering the United States through an ADIZ are required to comply with the provisions of 14 CFR Sections 99 17 and 99 19 d Forward information on DVFR aircraft in bound to the U S to NORAD via Service B or by telephone Forward the following information 1 Aircraft call sign Number and type of aircraft Altitude within ADIZ True airspeed Time of departure Point of departure Destination ETA SNA wm PB WwW ND 9 Remarks DVFR discrete transponder code estimated first point of penetration of ADIZ latitude longitude or fix radial distance estimated time of penetration of ADIZ EXAMPLE 1210 135 3442 09345 1446 NOTE 1 See para 6 3 3 IFR Flight Plan Control Messages 2 Further information on ADIZ requirements is contained in 14 CFR Part 99 Customs Notification and ADIZ Requirements 4
348. g 4 3 14 T TACAN See TACTICAL AIR NAVIGATION TACAN ONLY AIRCRAFT An aircraft normally military possessing TACAN with DME but no VOR navigational system capability Clearances must specify TACAN or VORTAC fixes and approaches TACTICAL AIR NAVIGATION An ultra high frequency electronic rho theta air navigation aid which provides suitably equipped aircraft a continuous indication of bearing and distance to the TACAN station See VORTAC Refer to AIM TAILWIND Any wind more than 90 degrees to the longitudinal axis of the runway The magnetic direction of the runway shall be used as the basis for determining the longitudinal axis TAKEOFF AREA See LANDING AREA TAKEOFF DISTANCE AVAILABLE TODA The takeoff run available plus the length of any remaining runway or clearway beyond the far end of the takeoff run available See ICAO term TAKEOFF DISTANCE AVAILABLE TAKEOFF DISTANCE AVAILABLE ICAO The length of the takeoff run available plus the length of the clearway if provided TAKEOFF ROLL The process whereby an aircraft is aligned with the runway centerline and the aircraft is moving with the intent to take off For helicopters this pertains to the act of becoming airborne after departing a takeoff area TAKEOFF RUN AVAILABLE TORA The runway length declared available and suitable for the ground run of an airplane taking off See ICAO term TAKEOFF RUN AVAILABLE TAKEOFF RUN AVAILAB
349. ght watch area FWA from the CWSU of the associated air route traffic control center ARTCC See para 4 6 5 d Maintain currency of weather conditions and trends while assigned the flight watch position by reviewing new or revised meteorological issuances and by observing weather trends contained in current weather reports and PIREPs 4 6 3 OPERATING PROCEDURES a Tailor en route flight advisories to the phase of flight that begins after climb out and ends with descent to land Current weather and terminal forecast at the airport of first intended landing and or the alternate airport must be provided on request When conditions dictate provide information on weather for alternate routes and or altitudes to assist the pilot in the avoidance of hazardous flight conditions Advise the pilot to contact the adjacent FWA when adverse weather conditions along the intended route extend beyond the FWA b EFAS must not be used for routine inflight services for example flight plan filing position reporting or full route preflight briefings If a En Route Flight Advisory Service EFAS request for information is received that is not within the scope of flight watch advise the pilot of the appropriate FSS to contact EXAMPLE Cessna Four Seven Five Eight Xray Cleveland Flight Watch contact Altoona Radio on one two two point four to file your flight plan c Suggest route or destination changes to avoid areas of weather
350. given to the pilot by the traffic alert and collision avoidance systems TCAS II recommending a maneuver to increase vertical separation relative to an intruding aircraft Positive negative and vertical speed limit VSL advisories constitute the resolution advisories A resolution advisory is also classified as corrective or preventive RESTRICTED AREA See SPECIAL USE AIRSPACE See ICAO term RESTRICTED AREA RESTRICTED AREA ICAO An airspace of defined dimensions above the land areas or territorial waters of a State within which the flight of aircraft is restricted in accordance with certain specified conditions RESUME NORMAL SPEED Used by ATC to advise a pilot to resume an aircraft s normal operating speed It is issued to terminate a speed adjustment where no published speed restrictions apply It does not delete speed restrictions in published procedures of upcoming segments of flight This does not relieve the pilot of those speed restrictions which are applicable to 14 CFR Section 91 117 RESUME OWN NAVIGATION Used by ATC to advise a pilot to resume his her own navigational responsibility It is issued after completion of a radar vector or when radar contact is lost while the aircraft is being radar vectored See RADAR CONTACT LOST See RADAR SERVICE TERMINATED RESUME PUBLISHED SPEED Used by ATC to advise a pilot to resume published speed restrictions PCG R 5 Pilot Controller Glossary that are ap
351. gn either the letter R 1st STR site or S 2nd STR site and a digit indicating the number of re entries EXAMPLE FRD IR240 R2 FRD FRD IR240 S3 FRD c Routes having re entries for two STR sites must contain the entry alternate fix in terms of FRD the route designator followed immediately by a plus sign the letter R and a digit indicating the number of re entries on the first STR site immediately followed by second plus sign the letter S and a digit indicating the number of re entries on the second STR site EXAMPLE FRD IR240 R2 S3 FRD d STR routes must be entered and exited at the respective primary fix Alternate STR routes must be entered exited at the alternate entry exit fix The routes must be identified by an individual name EXAMPLE FRD IR240 R2 FRD Primary FRD IR240A R2 FRD Alternate 5 North American Routes NAR NAR routes are numerically coded over existing airways and route systems from and to specific coastal fixes serving the North Atlantic EXAMPLE NA9 NASO 6 Stereo Routes A stereo route must specify a pre stored stereo tag An FP message may be entered with a stereo tag as the only Field 10 entry which causes the Field 10 data stored for the stereo tag to be substituted for the stereo tag and processed IFR Flight Plan Handling JO 7110 10X as the filed Field 10 Additionally the filed departure point Field 06
352. h See STRAIGHT IN APPROACH IFR STRAIGHT IN LANDING MINIMUMS See LANDING MINIMUMS STRAIGHT IN MINIMUMS See STRAIGHT IN LANDING MINIMUMS STRATEGIC PLANNING Planning whereby solutions are sought to resolve potential conflicts SUBSTITUTE ROUTE A route assigned to pilots when any part of an airway or route is unusable because of NAVAID status These routes consist of a Substitute routes which are shown on U S Government charts b Routes defined by ATC as specific NAVAID radials or courses c Routes defined by ATC as direct to or between NAVAIDs PCG S 7 Pilot Controller Glossary SUNSET AND SUNRISE The mean solar times of sunset and sunrise as published in the Nautical Almanac converted to local standard time for the locality concerned Within Alaska the end of evening civil twilight and the beginning of morning civil twilight as defined for each locality SUPER HIGH FREQUENCY The frequency band between 3 and 30 gigahertz GHz The elevation and azimuth stations of the microwave landing system operate from 5031 MHz to 5091 MHz in this spectrum SUPPLEMENTAL WEATHER SERVICE LOCATION Airport facilities staffed with contract personnel who take weather observations and provide current local weather to pilots via telephone or radio All other services are provided by the parent FSS SUPPS Refers to ICAO Document 7030 Regional Supplementary Procedures SUPPS contain procedures for each ICAO Reg
353. h or departure and to the appropriate control facility when visibility is less than 3 miles or when the ceiling is less than 1 000 feet or below the highest circling minimum whichever is greater 8 Weather advisory alert Provide in accord ance with subpara 4 3 5a PHRASEOLOGY Advisory description Is CURRENT FOR condition OVER area 9 Density Altitude a Facilities at airports with field elevations of 2 000 feet MSL or higher transmit a density altitude advisory to departing general aviation aircraft whenever the temperature reaches the criteria contained in TBL 2 2 1 PHRASEOLOGY CHECK DENSITY ALTITUDE b Omit this advisory if pilot states the computation has been done or if the specialist is aware that a density altitude computation for that aircraft was included in the preflight briefing 10 Wake Turbulence Issue cautionary inform ation to any aircraft if in your judgment wake turbulence may have an adverse effect on it PHRASEOLOGY CAUTION WAKE TURBULENCE traffic information 4 4 3 JO 7110 10X NOTE Wake turbulence may be encountered by aircraft in flight as well as when operating on the airport movement area Because wake turbulence is unpredictable air traffic personnel are not responsible for anticipating its existence or effect 11 Final Guard is a wind and altimeter monitoring service provided in conjunction with airport advisory during periods of significant and or fast changing
354. he approach chart shows an alternative lower glideslope intercept altitude and ATC directs a lower altitude the resultant lower intercept position is then the FAF See FINAL APPROACH FIX See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE GLOBAL NAVIGATION SATELLITE SYSTEM GNSS ICAO GNSS refers collectively to the worldwide positioning navigation and timing determination capability available from one or more satellite constellation in conjunction with a network of ground stations GLOBAL NAVIGATION SATELLITE SYSTEM MINIMUM EN ROUTE IFR ALTITUDE GNSS MEA The minimum en route IFR altitude on a published ATS route or route segment which assures acceptable Global Navigation Satellite System reception and meets obstacle clearance requirements Refer to 14 CFR Part 91 Refer to 14 CFR Part 95 GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM GPS GPS refers to the worldwide positioning navigation and timing determination capability available from the U S satellite constellation The service provided by GPS for civil use is defined in the GPS Standard Positioning System Performance Standard GPS is composed of space control and user elements GNSS ICAO See GLOBAL NAVIGATION SATELLITE SYSTEM PCG G 1 Pilot Controller Glossary GNSS MEA See GLOBAL NAVIGATION SATELLITE SYSTEM MINIMUM EN ROUTE IFR ALTITUDE GO AHEAD Proceed with your message Not to be used for any other purpose GO AROUND Instructions for a pilot t
355. he ICAO Radio Communications phonetic pronunciation of the numbers letters of the aircraft registration if used by the pilot on the initial or subsequent call EXAMPLE Specialist initiated call November One Two Three Four Golf Juneau Radio over Piper Three Four Seven Seven Papa Fort Worth Radio A T C clearance over c Replying to call up from aircraft Identification of the aircraft initiating the call up Use the full identification in reply to aircraft with similar sounding identifications For other aircraft use the same identification the pilot used in initial call up then use the correct identification after communication has been established The specialist may State the aircraft type model or manufacturer s name followed by the ICAO phonetic pronunciation of the numbers letters of the aircraft registration if used by the pilot EXAMPLE Responding to pilot s initial or subsequent call Jet Commander One Two Three Four Papa Bonanza One Two Three Four Tango November Six Three Eight Mike Foxtrot d The word heavy must be used as part of the identification in communications with or about heavy jet aircraft PHRASEOLOGY UNITED FIFTY EIGHT HEAVY NOTE 1 Most airlines use the word heavy following the company prefix and trip number when establishing communications or when changing frequencies 2 When in radio telephone communications with Air Force One
356. he appropriate ARTCCs for each segment Unless otherwise covered by a letter of agreement treat flight plans proposing SUA delays in the same manner Separate messages are also required for any other en route delays if a change of altitude stratum is proposed at the delay point See subparagraph 6 3 4n8 b 2 for delays not involving a change of altitude stratum h Some fields contain the necessary functions to operate the computer data terminal adapters and are designated by alpha characters HIO RAW ER V23 EUG D0 30 16S Do not separate these fields with spaces 6 3 4 IFR FLIGHT PLAN CONTROL MESSAGE FORMAT For En Route Automation System Flight Data Processing EAS FDP acceptance the complete message contents the order of data the number of characters allowed within any data field or element and any associated operational procedures or restrictions are as follows as used here field refers to EAS FDP field NOTE Detailed operating instructions for processing IFR Flight Plans are contained in the operational system instructions a Start of Message Code Field A New Line Key b Preamble Line Field B Consists of originator priority and addressee s c Originator Line Field C Consists of a six digit date time group and the eight character originator identifier d End of Line Function Field E Same as subpara 6 3 4a IFR Flight Plan Handling 4 3 14 e Source Identification Field 00
357. he term VFR is also used in the United States to indicate weather conditions that are equal to or greater than minimum VFR requirements In addition it is used by pilots and controllers to indicate type of flight plan See INSTRUMENT FLIGHT RULES See INSTRUMENT METEOROLOGICAL CONDITIONS See VISUAL METEOROLOGICAL CONDITIONS Refer to 14 CFR Part 91 Refer to AIM VISUAL HOLDING The holding of aircraft at selected prominent geographical fixes which can be easily recognized from the air See HOLDING FIX VISUAL METEOROLOGICAL CONDITIONS Meteorological conditions expressed in terms of visibility distance from cloud and ceiling equal to or better than specified minima See INSTRUMENT FLIGHT RULES See INSTRUMENT METEOROLOGICAL CONDITIONS See VISUAL FLIGHT RULES VISUAL SEGMENT See PUBLISHED INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE VISUAL SEGMENT PCG V 3 Pilot Controller Glossary VISUAL SEPARATION A means employed by ATC to separate aircraft in terminal areas and en route airspace in the NAS There are two ways to effect this separation a The tower controller sees the aircraft involved and issues instructions as necessary to ensure that the aircraft avoid each other b A pilot sees the other aircraft involved and upon instructions from the controller provides his her own separation by maneuvering his her aircraft as necessary to avoid it This may involve following another aircraf
358. he transponder This reply transmission rather than a reflected signal is then received back at the transmitter receiver site for processing and display at an air traffic control facility See INTERROGATOR See TRANSPONDER See ICAO term RADAR Refer to AIM RADAR ICAO A radio detection device which provides information on range azimuth and or elevation of objects a Primary Radar Radar system which uses reflected radio signals b Secondary Radar Radar system wherein a radio signal transmitted from a radar station initiates the transmission of a radio signal from another station RADAR ADVISORY The provision of advice and information based on radar observations See ADVISORY SERVICE RADAR ALTIMETER See RADIO ALTIMETER RADAR APPROACH An instrument approach procedure which utilizes Precision Approach Radar PAR or Airport Surveillance Radar ASR See AIRPORT SURVEILLANCE RADAR See INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE See PRECISION APPROACH RADAR See SURVEILLANCE APPROACH See ICAO term RADAR APPROACH Refer to AIM RADAR APPROACH ICAO An approach executed by an aircraft under the direction of a radar controller RADAR APPROACH CONTROL FACILITY A terminal ATC facility that uses radar and nonradar capabilities to provide approach control services to aircraft arriving departing or transiting airspace controlled by the facility See APPROACH CONTROL SERVICE a Provid
359. he use of this term does not relieve controllers of their responsibil ity to separate aircraft in Class B and Class C airspace or TRSAs as required by FAAO JO 7110 65 VFR TERMINAL AREA CHARTS See AERONAUTICAL CHART VER WAYPOINT See WAYPOINT VHF See VERY HIGH FREQUENCY VHF OMNIDIRECTIONAL RANGE TACTICAL AIR NAVIGATION See VORTAC VIDEO MAP An electronically displayed map on the radar display that may depict data such as airports heliports runway centerline extensions hospital emergency landing areas NAVAIDs and fixes reporting points airway route centerlines bound aries handoff points special use tracks obstructions prominent geographic features map alignment indicators range accuracy marks minimum vector ing altitudes VISIBILITY The ability as determined by atmospheric conditions and expressed in units of PCG V 2 4 3 14 distance to see and identify prominent unlighted objects by day and prominent lighted objects by night Visibility is reported as statute miles hundreds of feet or meters Refer to 14 CFR Part 91 Refer to AIM a Flight Visibility The average forward horizon tal distance from the cockpit of an aircraft in flight at which prominent unlighted objects may be seen and identified by day and prominent lighted objects may be seen and identified by night b Ground Visibility Prevailing horizontal visi bility near the earth s surface as reported by the Un
360. ht plan Note All pilots receiving this authorization must comply with the VFR visibility and distance from cloud criteria in 14 CFR Part 91 Use of the term does not relieve controllers of their responsibility to separate aircraft in Class B and Class C airspace or TRSAs as required by FAAO JO 7110 65 When used as an ATC clearance instruction the term may be abbreviated VFR e g MAINTAIN VFR CLIMB DESCEND VFR etc VFR FLIGHT See VFR AIRCRAFT PCG V 1 Pilot Controller Glossary VFR MILITARY TRAINING ROUTES Routes used by the Department of Defense and associated Reserve and Air Guard units for the purpose of conducting low altitude navigation and tactical training under VFR below 10 000 feet MSL at airspeeds in excess of 250 knots IAS VFR NOT RECOMMENDED An advisory provided by a flight service station to a pilot during a preflight or inflight weather briefing that flight under visual flight rules is not recommended To be given when the current and or forecast weather conditions are at or below VFR minimums It does not abrogate the pilot s authority to make his her own decision VFR ON TOP ATC authorization for an IFR aircraft to operate in VER conditions at any appropriate VFR altitude as specified in 14 CFR and as restricted by ATC A pilot receiving this authorization must comply with the VER visibility distance from cloud criteria and the minimum IFR altitudes specified in 14 CFR Part 91 T
361. ic facility or be transmitted directly to the Rescue Coordination Center by telephone See FLIGHT SERVICE STATION See RESCUE COORDINATION CENTER Refer to AIM SEARCH AND RESCUE FACILITY A facility responsible for maintaining and operating a search and rescue SAR service to render aid to persons and property in distress It is any SAR unit station NET or other operational activity which can be usefully PCG S 2 4 3 14 employed during an SAR Mission e g a Civil Air Patrol Wing or a Coast Guard Station See SEARCH AND RESCUE SECNOT See SECURITY NOTICE SECONDARY RADAR TARGET A target derived from a transponder return presented on a radar display SECTIONAL AERONAUTICAL CHARTS See AERONAUTICAL CHART SECTOR LIST DROP INTERVAL A parameter number of minutes after the meter fix time when arrival aircraft will be deleted from the arrival sector list SECURITY NOTICE SECNOT A SECNOT is a request originated by the Air Traffic Security Coordinator ATSC for an extensive communica tions search for aircraft involved or suspected of being involved in a security violation or are considered a security risk A SECNOT will include the aircraft identification search area and expiration time The search area as defined by the ATSC could be a single airport multiple airports a radius of an airport or fix or a route of flight Once the expiration time has been reached the SECNOT is considered to
362. iction measurement equipment used MAKE SHORT APPROACH Used by ATC to inform a pilot to alter his her traffic pattern so as to make a short final approach See TRAFFIC PATTERN MAN PORTABLE AIR DEFENSE SYSTEMS MANPADS MANPADS are lightweight shoul der launched missile systems used to bring down aircraft and create mass casualties The potential for MANPADS use against airborne aircraft is real and requires familiarity with the subject Terrorists choose MANPADS because the weapons are low cost highly mobile require minimal set up time and are easy to use and maintain Although the weapons have limited range and their accuracy is affected by poor visibility and adverse weather they can be fired from anywhere on land or from boats where there is unrestricted visibility to the target MANDATORY ALTITUDE An altitude depicted on an instrument Approach Procedure Chart requiring the aircraft to maintain altitude at the depicted value MANPADS See MAN PORTABLE AIR DEFENSE SYSTEMS MAP See MISSED APPROACH POINT MARKER BEACON An electronic navigation facility transmitting a 75 MHz vertical fan or boneshaped radiation pattern Marker beacons are identified by their modulation frequency and keying code and when received by compatible airborne equipment indicate to the pilot both aurally and visually that he she is passing over the facility See INNER MARKER See MIDDLE MARKER See OUTER MARKER
363. ilities Note 1 The word traffic followed by additional information if known is used to provide such advisories e g Traffic 2 o clock one zero miles southbound eight thousand Note 2 Traffic advisory service will be provided to the extent possible depending on higher priority duties of the controller or other limitations e g radar limitations volume of traffic frequency congestion or controller workload Radar nonradar traffic advisories do not relieve the pilot of his her responsibility to see and avoid other aircraft Pilots are cautioned that there are many times when the controller is not able to give traffic advisories concerning all traffic in the aircrafts proximity in other words when a pilot requests or is receiving traffic advisories he she should not assume that all traffic will be issued Refer to AIM TRAFFIC ALERT aircraft call sign TURN left right IMMEDIATELY climb descend AND MAINTAIN altitude See SAFETY ALERT TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION AVOID ANCE SYSTEM An airborne collision avoidance system based on radar beacon signals which operates independent of ground based equipment TCAS I generates traffic advisories only TCAS II generates traffic advisories and resolution collision avoid ance advisories in the vertical plane TRAFFIC INFORMATION See TRAFFIC ADVISORIES TRAFFIC INFORMATION SERVICE BROADCAST TIS B The broadcast of ATC derived traffic infor
364. ility information name airport b Phonetic alphabet designator c Special routing procedures in effect when appropriate for the Ketchikan KTN area d Time of the AFIS preparation UTC followed by the word ZULU e Include the current weather observation and other pertinent remarks The ceiling sky conditions visibility and obstruction to vision maybe omitted if the ceiling is above 5 000 and the visibility is more than 5 miles EXAMPLE The weather is better than five thousand and five f Favored runway and additional local information as required g NOTAMs concerning local NAVAIDs and field conditions pertinent to flight EXAMPLE Notice to Airmen Iliamna NDB out of service Transcribed weather broadcast out of service h Runway braking action or friction reports when provided Include the time of the report and a word describing the cause of the runway friction problem PHRASEOLOGY RUNWAY number MU first value second value third value AT time cause REFERENCE FAAO JO 7110 10 Para 4 4 3 Airport Advisory RAIS Elements and Phraseology i Low level wind shear LLWS advisory including those contained in the terminal aerodrome forecast TAF and in PIREPs Include PIREP information at least 20 minutes following the report EXAMPLE Low level wind shear is forecast j Unauthorized Laser Illumination Events When a laser event is reported
365. in accordance with its present usage such as a Visual b Nonprecision instrument c Precision instrument Refer to AIM AIRPORT REFERENCE POINT ARP The approximate geometric center of all usable runway surfaces AIRPORT RESERVATION OFFICE Office responsible for monitoring the operation of slot controlled airports It receives and processes requests for unscheduled operations at slot controlled airports AIRPORT ROTATING BEACON A visual NAVAID operated at many airports At civil airports 4 3 14 alternating white and green flashes indicate the location of the airport At military airports the beacons flash alternately white and green but are differentiated from civil beacons by dualpeaked two quick white flashes between the green flashes See INSTRUMENT FLIGHT RULES See SPECIAL VFR OPERATIONS See ICAO term AERODROME BEACON Refer to AIM AIRPORT STREAM FILTER ASF An on off filter that allows the conflict notification function to be inhibited for arrival streams into single or multiple airports to prevent nuisance alerts AIRPORT SURFACE DETECTION EQUIPMENT ASDE Surveillance equipment specifically de signed to detect aircraft vehicular traffic and other objects on the surface of an airport and to present the image on a tower display Used to augment visual observation by tower personnel of aircraft and or vehicular movements on runways and taxiways There are three ASDE systems deployed in
366. inator must transmit a cancellation message with the location of the aircraft if known addressed to all recipients of the original ALNOT Each facility must notify all previously alerted facilities and agencies of the cancellation EXAMPLE ALNOT N12345 CNLD ACFT LCTD JAX ALNOT N1513B CNLD SEARCH SUSPENDED Alert Notices ALNOTs 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 5 Other SAR Actions 8 5 1 CONTACT WITH AIRCRAFT CROSSING HAZARDOUS AREA When lake island mountain swamp reporting or special reporting service programs have been established and a pilot requests the service establish radio contact every 10 minutes or at designated position checkpoints with the aircraft while it is crossing the hazardous area If contact with the aircraft is lost for more than 15 minutes begin search and rescue at the ALNOT phase NOTE Hazardous Area Reporting Service and chart depictions are published in the AIM 8 5 2 CANADIAN TRANSBORDER a Assume SAR responsibility on transborder aircraft upon acknowledgment of the inbound flight notification message b When SAR action is initiated the destination and departure facilities are responsible for all communications search actions within their respect Ive countries and for alerting their respective RCC c Canadian communications search procedures and action times are similar to U S procedures They will address all SAR messages to the U S departure FSS which is then responsible for
367. include reported unauthorized laser illumination events on the AFIS broadcast for one hour following the last report Include the time location altitude color and direction of the laser as reported by the pilot 2 5 2 4 3 14 PHRASEOLOGY UNAUTHORIZED LASER ILLUMINATION EVENT UTC time location altitude color direction EXAMPLE Unauthorized laser illumination event at zero one zero zero Zulu eight mile final runway one eight at three thousand feet green laser from the southwest k Man Portable Air Defense Systems MANPADS alert and advisory Specify the nature and location of threat or incident whether reported or observed and by whom time if known and notification to pilots to advise ATC if they need to divert PHRASEOLOGY MANPADS ALERT EXERCISE EXTREME CAUTION MANPADS THREAT ATTACK POST EVENT ACTIVITY OBSERVED REPORTED BY reporting agency location AT time if known When transmitting to an individual aircraft ADVISE ON INITIAL CONTACT IF YOU WANT TO DIVERT EXAMPLE MANPADS alert Exercise extreme caution MANPADS threat reported by TSA Anchorage area Advise on initial contact if you want to divert MANPADS alert Exercise extreme caution MANPADS attack observed by flight service station one half mile northwest of airfield at one two five zero Zulu Advise on initial contact if you want to divert NOTE 1 Upon receiving or observing an unauthorized MANPADS ale
368. including adjacent territorial waters outward to about boundaries of oceanic control areas CTA Flight Information Regions FIR See FLIGHT INFORMATION REGION NATIONAL FLIGHT DATA CENTER A facility in Washington D C established by FAA to operate a central aeronautical information service for the collection validation and dissemination of aeronau tical data in support of the activities of government industry and the aviation community The informa tion is published in the National Flight Data Digest See NATIONAL FLIGHT DATA DIGEST NATIONAL FLIGHT DATA DIGEST A daily except weekends and Federal holidays publication of flight information appropriate to aeronautical charts aeronautical publications Notices to Airmen or other media serving the purpose of providing Operational flight data essential to safe and efficient aircraft operations NATIONAL SEARCH AND RESCUE PLAN An interagency agreement which provides for the effective utilization of all available facilities in all types of search and rescue missions NAVAID See NAVIGATIONAL AID NAVAID CLASSES VOR VORTAC and TACAN aids are classed according to their operational use The three classes of NAVAIDs are a T Terminal b L Low altitude c H High altitude Note The normal service range for T L and H class aids is found in the AIM Certain operational requirements make it necessary to use some of these aids at greater service ranges than s
369. indicating to the pilot both aurally and visually that he she is at the designated decision height DH normally 100 feet above the touchdown zone elevation on the ILS CAT II approach It also marks progress during a CAT III approach See INSTRUMENT LANDING SYSTEM Refer to AIM INNER MARKER BEACON See INNER MARKER INREQ See INFORMATION REQUEST INS See INERTIAL NAVIGATION SYSTEM INSTRUMENT APPROACH See INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE A series Of predetermined maneuvers for the orderly transfer of an aircraft under instrument flight conditions from the beginning of the initial approach Pilot Controller Glossary to a landing or to a point from which a landing may be made visually It is prescribed and approved for a specific airport by competent authority See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE Refer to 14 CFR Part 91 Refer to AIM a U S civil standard instrument approach procedures are approved by the FAA as prescribed under 14 CFR Part 97 and are available for public use b U S military standard instrument approach procedures are approved and published by the Department of Defense c Special instrument approach procedures are approved by the FAA for individual operators but are not published in 14 CFR Part 97 for public use See ICAO term INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE INSTRUMENT APPROACH OPERATIONS ICAO An approach an
370. inent facility directives 3 1 3 PREFLIGHT BRIEFING DISPLAY Provide a preflight briefing display for specialist pi lot use The contents and method of display must be based on individual facility requirements for example available equipment and space Additional displays as required must be provided to ensure availability of information at all positions At the discretion of facility management provide a separate display for pilot use All material in such displays must be current General 3 1 4 WEATHER DISPLAY PRODUCTS a The weather graphic display should include but not necessarily be limited to the following analysis prognosis and data products 1 Weather Depiction 2 Surface Analysis 3 Forecast Winds Aloft 4 Freezing Level Graphic 5 G AIRMET Graphic 6 12 and 24 hour Low Level Significant Weather Prognosis 7 12 24 36 and 48 hour Surface Prognosis 8 High Level Significant Weather Prognosis 9 Current Icing Product CIP 10 Forecast Icing Product FIP 11 Graphical Turbulence Guidance GTG 12 National Regional Radar Mosaics 13 Radar Echo Tops 14 Radar VAD Wind Profiles 15 Visible IR Satellite Imagery 16 Constant Pressure Charts NOTE Denotes weather products that are supplementary They may only be used to enhance situational awareness When discrepancies are noted the specialist must base their decision on the primary weather product b Map features S
371. inform the pilot of the safest or least congested airport areas Relay the explosive cargo information to a The emergency equipment crew b The airport management c The appropriate military agencies when requested by the pilot 5 2 10 EXPLOSIVE DETECTION DOG HANDLER TEAMS Take the following actions upon receipt of a pilot request for the location of the nearest explosive detection K 9 team Operations 4 3 14 a Obtain the aircraft s identification and current position and advise the person in charge of the watch of the pilot s request b Relay the pilot s request to the FAA Washington Operations Center AEO 100 202 267 3333 and provide the aircraft identification and position c AEO 100 will provide the nearest location Have AEO 100 standby while the information is relayed to the pilot d If the pilot wishes to divert to the airport location provided obtain an estimated arrival time from the pilot and advise the person in charge of the watch e After the aircraft destination has been determined provide the estimated arrival time to AEO 100 AEO 100 will then notify the appropriate airport authority at the diversion airport In the event the K 9 team is not available at this airport AEO 100 will advise the air traffic facility and provide them with the secondary location Relay this to the pilot concerned for appropriate action REFERENCE FAAO 7210 3 Para 2 1 11 Explosives Detection K 9 Team
372. information at certain airports Locations and frequencies of UNICOMs are shown on aeronautical charts and publications See AIRPORT FACILITY DIRECTORY Refer to AIM UNPUBLISHED ROUTE A route for which no minimum altitude is published or charted for pilot use It may include a direct route between NAVAIDs a radial a radar vector or a final approach course beyond the segments of an instrument approach procedure See PUBLISHED ROUTE See ROUTE UNRELIABLE GPS WAAS An advisory to pilots indicating the expected level of service of the GPS and or WAAS may not be available Pilots must then determine the adequacy of the signal for desired use UPWIND LEG See TRAFFIC PATTERN URET See USER REQUEST EVALUATION TOOL URGENCY A condition of being concerned about safety and of requiring timely but not immediate assistance a potential distress condition See ICAO term URGENCY URGENCY ICAO A condition concerning the safety of an aircraft or other vehicle or of person on board or in sight but which does not require immediate assistance USAFIB See ARMY AVIATION FLIGHT INFORMATION BULLETIN USER REQUEST EVALUATION TOOL URET User Request Evaluation Tool is an automated tool provided at each Radar Associate position in selected En Route facilities This tool utilizes flight and radar data to determine present and future trajectories for all active and proposal aircraft and provides enhanced aut
373. ing at a constant distance from a navigational aid by reference to distance measuring equipment DME PCG A 11 Pilot Controller Glossary AREA CONTROL CENTER ICAO An air traffic control facility primarily responsible for ATC services being provided IFR aircraft during the en route phase of flight The U S equivalent facility is an air route traffic control center ARTCC AREA NAVIGATION RNAV A method of navigation which permits aircraft operation on any desired flight path within the coverage of ground or space based navigation aids or within the limits of the capability of self contained aids or a combination of these Note Area navigation includes performance based navigation as well as other operations that do not meet the definition of performance based navigation AREA NAVIGATION RNAV APPROACH CONFIGURATION a STANDARD T An RNAV approach whose design allows direct flight to any one of three initial approach fixes IAF and eliminates the need for procedure turns The standard design is to align the procedure on the extended centerline with the missed approach point MAP at the runway threshold the final approach fix FAF and the initial approach intermediate fix IAF IF The other two IAFs will be established perpendicular to the IF b MODIFIED T An RNAV approach design for single or multiple runways where terrain or operational constraints do not allow for the standard T The T may be modifi
374. ing to flight recorders FLIGHT SERVICE STATION FSS An air traffic facility which provides pilot briefings flight plan processing en route radio communications search and rescue services and assistance to lost aircraft and aircraft in emergency situations FSS also relays ATC clearances processes Notices to Airmen and broadcasts aviation weather and aeronautical inform ation In addition at selected locations FSS provides En Route Flight Advisory Service Flight Watch and PCG F 4 4 3 14 Airport Advisory Service AAS and takes airport weather observations See FLIGHT PLAN AREA See TIE IN FACILITY FLIGHT STANDARDS DISTRICT OFFICE An FAA field office serving an assigned geographical area and staffed with Flight Standards personnel who serve the aviation industry and the general public on matters relating to the certification and operation of air carrier and general aviation aircraft Activities include general surveillance of operational safety certification of airmen and aircraft accident prevention investigation enforcement etc FLIGHT TEST A flight for the purpose of a Investigating the operation flight characteris tics of an aircraft or aircraft component b Evaluating an applicant for a pilot certificate or rating FLIGHT VISIBILITY See VISIBILITY FLIGHT WATCH A shortened term for use in air ground contacts to identify the flight service station providing En Route Flight Advisory Ser
375. ion time altitude estimate of next reporting point name of subsequent reporting point and any pilot remarks or requests including amended flight plan data PHRASEOLOGY Facility RADIO PROGRESS Aircraft identification position altitude time name and estimate of next reporting point name of subsequent reporting point pilot s remarks 4 3 10 ARRIVAL MISSED APPROACH REPORTS Relay to the appropriate ATC facility by the most expeditious means available the time that an IFR aircraft lands cancels or executes a missed approach and intentions if known Radio Communications JO 7110 10X 4 3 11 NONDELIVERY OF MESSAGES Inform ATC when a message has not been delivered within a Three minutes of receipt or b Three minutes after the specified delivery time or c A specified cancellation time 4 3 12 BROADCAST BLIND TRANSMISSION OF MESSAGES Broadcast messages as requested by ATC If no accompanying transmitting instructions are received transmit the message four times a Once upon receipt and b At approximately 3 minute intervals thereafter 4 3 13 PENETRATION OF CLASS A AIRSPACE OR PROHIBITED RESTRICTED AREA a Penetration of Class A airspace When a VFR aircraft s position report indicates penetration of Class A airspace 1 Inform the pilot of the Class A airspace penetration and request intentions PHRASEOLOGY YOU ARE IN CLASS A AIRSPACE AN A T C CLEARANCE IS
376. ion is such that deicing anti icing equipment fails to reduce or control the hazard Immediate diversion is necessary 9 2 9 MEANS USED TO SOLICIT PIREPs Inform pilots of a need for PIREPs The following methods may be used to collect PIREPs a During preflight weather briefings b On post flight contacts c During regular air ground contacts d Broadcast a request on NAVAID frequencies e Append a request on HIWAS TIBS VOR TWEB or TWEB broadcasts f Request PIREPs from air carrier and military operations offices military pilot to forecaster units and local aircraft operators Pilot Weather Report UA UUA 4 3 14 g Solicit from other air traffic facilities 9 2 10 PIREP CLASSIFICATION Categorize PIREPs as follows a URGENT The following weather phenomena must be classified as an URGENT UUA PIREP 1 Tornadoes funnel clouds or waterspouts 2 Severe or extreme turbulence including clear air turbulence 3 Severe icing 4 Hail 5 Low level wind shear Classify LLWS PIREPs as UUA if the pilot reports air speed fluctuations of 10 knots or more Classify reports of LLWS with air speed fluctuations less than 10 knots as routine If airspeed fluctuation is not reported classify PIREP as UUA NOTE LLWS defined as windshear within 2 000 feet of the surface 6 Volcanic eruption ash clouds and or detection of sulfur gases H2S or SO gt in the cabin a Ifa pilot only reported the
377. ion service is requested advise the pilot to contact Canada s Private Aircraft Program for Customs CANPASS at 888 226 7277 and include CANPASS in the remarks section of the flight plan If the pilot informs that he she has contacted CANPASS place CANPASS in the remarks section of the flight plan Process outbound flight plans in accordance with Chapter 6 and subparas 7 4 3d and e b Accept Customs notification requests from inflight aircraft for relay via flight notification message only for airports of entry where Customs Canadian Movement and Control Messages Transborder Flights Only flight notification service is provided and when proposed ETA is during Customs service hours c Upon notification of departure of VFR flights transmit a flight notification message directly to the destination Canadian relay facility Include CAN PASS in the remarks NOTE 1 The operational system will automatically format the required items and transmit the flight notification message when activated if the proposed flight plan was filed in accordance with subparas 7 4 3d and 7 4 3e 2 Facilities address messages to the destination relay facility listed in FAAO JO 7350 8 Location Identifiers Facilities transmit flight notification messages for VFR flights in accordance with para 6 4 4 Flight Notification Message Flight notification messages included the type of flight plan as the first item of the notification message CANPASS is requi
378. ion which are unique to that Region and are not covered in the worldwide provisions identified in the ICAO Air Navigation Plan Procedures contained in Chapter 8 are based in part on those published in SUPPS SURFACE AREA The airspace contained by the lateral boundary of the Class B C D or E airspace designated for an airport that begins at the surface and extends upward PCG S 8 4 3 14 SURPIC A description of surface vessels in the area of a Search and Rescue incident including their predicted positions and their characteristics Refer to FAAO JO 7110 65 Para 10 6 4 INFLIGHT CONTINGENCIES SURVEILLANCE APPROACH An instrument approach wherein the air traffic controller issues instructions for pilot compliance based on aircraft position in relation to the final approach course azimuth and the distance range from the end of the runway as displayed on the controller s radar scope The controller will provide recommended altitudes on final approach if requested by the pilot Refer to AIM SWAP See SEVERE WEATHER AVOIDANCE PLAN SWSL See SUPPLEMENTAL WEATHER SERVICE LOCATION SYSTEM STRATEGIC NAVIGATION Military activity accomplished by navigating along a preplanned route using internal aircraft systems to maintain a desired track This activity normally requires a lateral route width of 10 NM and altitude range of 1 000 feet to 6 000 feet AGL with some route segments that permit terrain followin
379. ircraft at any location not prohibited by 14 CFR Part 91 Appendix D Section 3 or when an exception to 14 CFR Part 91 Appendix D Section 3 has been granted and an associated letter of agreement established REFERENCE 14 CFR Part 91 Appendix D Section 3 Locations at which fixed wing Special VFR operations are prohibited 2 Only within surface areas 3 Only when requested by the pilot b When the primary airport is reporting VFR SVFR operations may be authorized for aircraft transiting surface areas when the pilot advises the inability to maintain VFR NOTE Control facilities must always retain SVFR operations authority when IFR operations are being conducted in surface areas 4 5 2 REQUESTS FOR SPECIAL VFR CLEARANCE a Transmit SVFR clearances only for operations within surface areas on the basis of weather conditions If weather conditions are not reported transmit an SVFR clearance whenever a pilot advises unable to maintain VFR and requests an SVFR clearance provided the pilot reports having at least 1 mile flight visibility PHRASEOLOGY ATC CLEARS aircraft identification TO ENTER OUT OF THROUGH name SURFACE AREA and if required direction OF name AIRPORT specified routing and MAINTAIN SPECIAL V F R CONDITIONS and if required AT OR BELOW altitude below 10 000 feet MSL Special VFR Operation ATC CLEARS aircraft identification coded arrival or departure procedure ARRIVAL DEPA
380. iring Area Airspace wherein activities are conducted under conditions so controlled as to eliminate hazards to nonparticipating aircraft and to ensure the safety of persons and property on the ground c Military Operations Area MOA A MOA is airspace established outside of Class A airspace area to separate or segregate certain nonhazardous military activities from IFR traffic and to identify for VFR traffic where these activities are conducted Refer to AIM d Prohibited Area Airspace designated under 14 CFR Part 73 within which no person may operate an aircraft without the permission of the using agency Refer to AIM Refer to En Route Charts e Restricted Area Airspace designated under 14 CFR Part 73 within which the flight of aircraft while not wholly prohibited is subject to restriction Most restricted areas are designated joint use and IFR VFR operations in the area may be authorized by the controlling ATC facility when it is not being utilized by the using agency Restricted areas are depicted on en route charts Where joint use is authorized the name of the ATC controlling facility is also shown Refer to 14 CFR Part 73 Refer to AIM f Warning Area A warning area is airspace of defined dimensions extending from 3 nautical miles outward from the coast of the United States that contains activity that may be hazardous to nonparticipating aircraft The purpose of such warning area is to warn nonpar
381. irport Facility Directory If a flight is planned to or from an area having such routes but the departure or arrival point is not listed in the Airport Facility Directory pilots may use that part of a Preferred IFR Route which is appropriate for the departure or arrival point that is listed Preferred IFR Routes are correlated with DPs and STARs and may be defined by airways jet routes direct routes between NAVAIDs Waypoints NAVAID radials DME or any combinations thereof See CENTER S AREA See INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE PROCEDURE See PREFERENTIAL ROUTES See STANDARD TERMINAL ARRIVAL Refer to AIRPORT FACILITY DIRECTORY Refer to NOTICES TO AIRMEN PUBLICATION an nT PRE FLIGHT PILOT BRIEFING See PILOT BRIEFING PREVAILING VISIBILITY See VISIBILITY PRIMARY RADAR TARGET An analog or digital target exclusive of a secondary radar target presented on a radar display PRM See ILS PRM APPROACH and PRECISION RUNWAY MONITOR PROCEDURE TURN The maneuver prescribed when it is necessary to reverse direction to establish an aircraft on the intermediate approach segment or final approach course The outbound course direction of turn distance within which the turn must be completed and minimum altitude are specified in the procedure However unless otherwise restricted the point at which the turn may be commenced and the type and rate of turn are left to the discretion of the pilot See ICAO term PROCEDURE
382. is equipped with the controller alert system hardware software which is used in the precision runway monitor PRM system The display includes alert algorithms providing the target predictors a color change alert when a target penetrates or is predicted to penetrate the no transgression zone NTZ a color change alert if the aircraft transponder becomes inoperative synthe sized voice alerts digital mapping and like features contained in the PRM system See RADAR APPROACH FINAL MONITOR CONTROLLER Air Traffic Control Specialist assigned to radar monitor the flight path of aircraft during simultaneous parallel and simultaneous close parallel ILS approach Operations Each runway is assigned a final monitor controller during simultaneous parallel and simulta neous close parallel ILS approaches Final monitor controllers shall utilize the Precision Runway Monitor PRM system during simultaneous close parallel ILS approaches FIR See FLIGHT INFORMATION REGION FIRST TIER CENTER The ARTCC immediately adjacent to the impacted center FIS B See FLIGHT INFORMATION SERVICE BROADCAST FIX A geographical position determined by visual reference to the surface by reference to one or more radio NAVAIDs by celestial plotting or by another navigational device FIX BALANCING A process whereby aircraft are evenly distributed over several available arrival fixes reducing delays and controller workload FLAG A warning devic
383. isions about the type of assistance needed on information and requests received from the pilot 14 CFR Part 91 authorizes the pilot to determine a course of action 5 1 4 COORDINATION a Request assistance from other facilities as soon as possible particularly if radar is available b Coordinate efforts to the extent possible to assist any aircraft believed overdue lost or in emergency status 5 1 5 PROVIDING ASSISTANCE a Provide maximum assistance to aircraft in distress If the aircraft is transponder equipped and not on an IFR flight plan instruct the pilot to squawk code 7700 PHRASEOLOGY SQUAWK SEVEN SEVEN ZERO ZERO JO 7110 10X b Enlist the service of available radar facilities 5 1 6 RECORDING INFORMATION Record all actions taken in the provision of emergency assistance 5 1 7 SAFE ALTITUDES FOR ORIENTATIONS a Providing a safe altitude during an orientation is advisory in nature 4 3 14 b Safe altitude computations once the aircraft position is known are as follows 1 Locate the maximum elevation figure on the appropriate VFR sectional chart 2 To the maximum elevation figure a Add 1 000 feet over non mountainous terrain or b Add 2 000 feet over mountainous terrain 3 Designated mountainous non mountainous areas are found in Title 14 CFR Part 95 subpart b General 4 3 14 Section 2 5 2 1 INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS a Start assistance as soon as enough in
384. ission regardless of PBCT PROPOSED DEPARTURE TIME The time that the aircraft expects to become airborne PROTECTED AIRSPACE The airspace on either side of an oceanic route track that is equal to one half the lateral separation minimum except where reduction of protected airspace has been authorized PROTECTED SEGMENT The protected segment is a segment on the amended TFM route that is to be Pilot Controller Glossary inhibited from automatic adapted route alteration by ERAM PT See PROCEDURE TURN PTP See POINT TO POINT PTS See POLAR TRACK STRUCTURE PUBLISHED INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE VISUAL SEGMENT A segment on an IAP chart annotated as Fly Visual to Airport or Fly Visual A dashed arrow will indicate the visual flight path on the profile and plan view with an associated note on the approximate heading and distance The visual segment should be flown as a dead reckoning course while maintaining visual conditions PUBLISHED ROUTE A route for which an IFR altitude has been established and published e g Federal Airways Jet Routes Area Navigation Routes Specified Direct Routes PWS See PREDICTIVE WIND SHEAR ALERT SYSTEM PCG P 5 4 3 14 Pilot Controller Glossary Q Q ROUTE Q is the designator assigned to published RNAV routes used by the United States QNE The barometric pressure used for the standard altimeter setting 29 92 inches Hg QNH The barome
385. isted in FAA Order JO 7350 8 Location Identifiers NOTE FSSs in Alaska will still accept Canada to Canada IFR flight plans b Canada does not acknowledge for proposal messages Do not expect or request acknowledgment 7 4 6 SEARCH AND RESCUE MESSAGES Provide Search and Rescue for flights inbound from Canada in accordance with Chapter 8 7 4 3 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 5 Mexican Movement and Control Messages Transborder Flights Only 7 5 1 GENERAL Except as outlined in this section handle transborder Mexican movement and control messages as described in Sections 1 2 and 3 IFR flight plans to Mexico require the ICAO flight plan form 7 5 2 INBOUNDS FROM MEXICO a Flight notification messages 1 When received in the proper format VFR flight notification messages are automatically acknowledged and suspended by the operational system Deliver VFR and IFR ADCUS messages to CBP Store IFR ADCUS messages in the history file as appropriate 2 Acknowledge receipt of a flight notification message as soon as practical by transmitting the letter R followed by the full ACID e g R N7IIVR Deliver VFR and IFR ADCUS messages to CBP Suspense VFR flight notification messages until arrival or closure information is received File IFR messages Remove IFR inbounds from Mexico from the inbound list once ADCUS message is delivered to CBP b Search and Rescue Provide search and rescue service in accordance with
386. isting of precision tracking radar coupled to a computer data link to provide continuous information to the aircraft monitoring capability to the pilot and a backup approach system Pilot Controller Glossary AUTOMATIC DEPENDENT SURVEILLANCE ADS ICAO A surveillance technique in which aircraft automatically provide via a data link data derived from on board navigation and position fixing systems including aircraft identification four dimensional position and additional data as appropriate AUTOMATIC DEPENDENT SURVEILLANCE BROADCAST ADS B A surveillance system in which an aircraft or vehicle to be detected is fitted with cooperative equipment in the form of a data link transmitter The aircraft or vehicle periodically broadcasts its GPS derived position and other information such as velocity over the data link which is received by a ground based transmitter receiver transceiver for processing and display at an air traffic control facility See GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM See GROUND BASED TRANSCEIVER AUTOMATIC DEPENDENT SURVEILLANCE CONTRACT ADS C A data link position reporting system controlled by a ground station that establishes contracts with an aircraft s avionics that occur automatically whenever specific events occur or specific time intervals are reached AUTOMATIC DIRECTION FINDER An aircraft radio navigation system which senses and indicates the direction to a L MF nondirectional radio beacon
387. ists 7 3 3 ALERTING MESSAGE CONTENTS a The notification must contain as much of the following information as is available in the order listed NOTE 1 For supplemental flight plan information transmit an ROS Message This information is used in the transmission of the INCERFA 2 See paragraph 1 2 7 Operational System Instructions for message formats EXAMPLE FF SVZMZRZX 231247 KMIAYFYX ROS N1234 SVMI KMIA JO 7110 10X 1 INCERFA ALERFA DETRESFA as ap propriate to the phase of the emergency 2 Agency and person calling 3 Nature of the emergency 4 Significant information from the flight plan 5 Unit which made last contact time and frequency used 6 Last position report and how determined 7 Color and distinctive marks of aircraft 8 Any action taken by reporting office 9 Other pertinent remarks EXAMPLE INCERFA SS MMMXYAYX DTG KSANYFYX ALR INCERFA KSAN OVERDUE N1234S VG C172 KRNO2000 7 3 2 4 3 14 MMLP0130 REQ ACK OR ARR ACFT OVERDUE YOUR STN ALERFA SS MMMXYAYX TEXT ALR ALERFA KSAN OVERDUE text remains same except for remarks information DETRESFA SS MMMXYAYX TEXT ALR DETRESFA KSAN OVERDUE text remains same except for remarks information b The cancellation of action initiated by the RCC is the responsibility of that center EXAMPLE CANCELLATION SS MMMXYAYX 020618 KMIAYFYX ALR ALERFA KMIAYFYX CNLD N1234 LOCATED
388. ited States National Weather Service or an accredited observer c Prevailing Visibility The greatest horizontal visibility equaled or exceeded throughout at least half the horizon circle which need not necessarily be continuous d Runway Visibility Value RVV The visibility determined for a particular runway by a transmis someter A meter provides a continuous indication of the visibility reported in miles or fractions of miles for the runway RVV is used in lieu of prevailing visibility in determining minimums for a particular runway e Runway Visual Range RVR An instrumen tally derived value based on standard calibrations that represents the horizontal distance a pilot will see down the runway from the approach end It is based on the sighting of either high intensity runway lights or on the visual contrast of other targets whichever yields the greater visual range RVR in contrast to prevailing or runway visibility is based on what a pilot in a moving aircraft should see looking down the runway RVR is horizontal visual range not slant visual range It is based on the measurement of a transmissometer made near the touchdown point of the instrument runway and is reported in hundreds of feet RVR is used in lieu of RVV and or prevailing visibility in determining minimums for a particular runway 1 Touchdown RVR The RVR visibility readout values obtained from RVR equipment serving the runway touchdown zone 2 Mid
389. itude MEA See MINIMUM EN ROUTE IFR ALTITUDE MINIMUM DESCENT ALTITUDE The lowest altitude expressed in feet above mean sea level to which descent is authorized on final approach or during circle to land maneuvering in execution of a Pilot Controller Glossary standard instrument approach procedure where no electronic glideslope is provided See NONPRECISION APPROACH PROCEDURE MINIMUM EN ROUTE IFR ALTITUDE MEA The lowest published altitude between radio fixes which assures acceptable navigational signal cover age and meets obstacle clearance requirements between those fixes The MEA prescribed for a Federal airway or segment thereof area navigation low or high route or other direct route applies to the entire width of the airway segment or route between the radio fixes defining the airway segment or route Refer to 14 CFR Part 91 Refer to 14 CFR Part 95 Refer to AIM MINIMUM FRICTION LEVEL The friction level specified in AC 150 5320 12 Measurement Construction and Maintenance of Skid Resistant Airport Pavement Surfaces that represents the minimum recommended wet pavement surface friction value for any turbojet aircraft engaged in LAHSO This value will vary with the particular friction measurement equipment used MINIMUM FUEL Indicates that an aircraft s fuel supply has reached a state where upon reaching the destination it can accept little or no delay This is not an emergency situatio
390. ity providing vertical visual approach slope guidance to aircraft during approach to landing by radiating a directional pattern of high intensity red and white focused light beams which indicate to the pilot that he she is on path if he she sees red white above path if white white and below path if red red Some airports serving large aircraft have three bar VASIs which provide two visual glide paths to the same runway h Precision Approach Path Indicator PAPI An airport lighting facility similar to VASI providing vertical approach slope guidance to aircraft during approach to landing PAPIs consist of a single row of either two or four lights normally installed on the left side of the runway and have an effective visual range of about 5 miles during the day and up to 20 miles at night PAPIs radiate a directional pattern of high intensity red and white focused light beams which indicate that the pilot is on path if the pilot sees an equal number of white lights and red lights with white to the left of the red above path if the pilot sees more white than red lights and below path if the pilot sees more red than white lights i Boundary Lights Lights defining the perimeter of an airport or landing area Refer to AIM AIRPORT MARKING AIDS Markings used on runway and taxiway surfaces to identify a specific runway a runway threshold a centerline a hold line etc A runway should be marked
391. l air traffic control system in the following modes 1 The preferred step by step mode wherein each ACC ARTCC sends forward the full current updated flight plan information as the flight progresses 2 The simultaneous mode wherein information extracted from the filed flight plan FPL is sent simultaneously to all ATS units along the route of flight In this mode only amendments to the FPL plus necessary control information are forwarded from center to center as the flight progresses b Prepare and transmit ATS messages as described below Address these messages as follows 1 Include an eight character addressee indicator for each addressee When the number of addressees required is more than the operational system parameters allow two or more transmissions of the message must be made The eight letter combination addressee indicators are composed as follows a The four letter ICAO location indicator for example MPTO Use only those listed in ICAO DOC 7910 Location Indicators Some ICAO eight character addressees for Mexico and Canada are listed in FAAO JO 7350 8 Location Identifiers b A four letter designator for the facility type office or if no designator has been assigned affix YX YX for military ZZZX for aircraft in flight or YYYX for all other cases for example MTPPYYYX See Note REFERENCE ICAO DOC 8583 Designators for Aircraft Operating Agencies Aeronautical Authorities and Services NOTE
392. land in accordance with applicable CFRs governing VFR flight operations Also this provides search and rescue protection until such time as the IFR flight plan is closed See INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE CRUISE CLIMB A climb technique employed by aircraft usually at a constant power setting resulting in an increase of altitude as the aircraft weight decreases PCG C 9 Pilot Controller Glossary CRUISING ALTITUDE An altitude or flight level maintained during en route level flight This is a constant altitude and should not be confused with a cruise clearance See ALTITUDE See ICAO term CRUISING LEVEL CRUISING LEVEL See CRUISING ALTITUDE CRUISING LEVEL ICAO A level maintained during a significant portion of a flight CT MESSAGE An EDCT time generated by the ATCSCC to regulate traffic at arrival airports Normally a CT message is automatically transferred from the traffic management system computer to the NAS en route computer and appears as an EDCT In the event of a communication failure between the traffic management system computer and the NAS the CT message can be manually entered by the TMC at the en route facility CTA See CONTROLLED TIME OF ARRIVAL See ICAO term CONTROL AREA PCG C 10 4 3 14 CTAF See COMMON TRAFFIC ADVISORY FREQUENCY CTAS See CENTER TRACON AUTOMATION SYSTEM CTRD See CERTIFIED TOWER RADAR DISPLAY CURRENT FLIGHT PLAN ICAO The flight
393. ld and extends 200 feet beyond the last light unit in the approach lighting system The width of the inner approach OFZ is the same as the runway OFZ and rises at a slope of 50 horizontal to 1 vertical from the beginning c Inner transitional OFZ The inner transitional surface OFZ is a defined volume of airspace along the sides of the runway and inner approach OFZ and applies only to precision instrument runways The inner transitional surface OFZ slopes 3 horizontal to 1 vertical out from the edges of the runway OFZ and inner approach OFZ to a height of 150 feet above the established airport elevation Refer to AC 150 5300 13 Chapter 3 Refer to FAAO JO 7110 65 Para 3 1 5 VEHICLES EQUIPMENT PERSONNEL ON RUNWAYS OBSTRUCTION Any object obstacle exceeding the obstruction standards specified by 14 CFR Part 77 Subpart C OBSTRUCTION LIGHT A light or one of a group of lights usually red or white frequently mounted on a surface structure or natural terrain to warn pilots of the presence of an obstruction OCEANIC AIRSPACE Airspace over the oceans of the world considered international airspace where oceanic separation and procedures per the Interna tional Civil Aviation Organization are applied Responsibility for the provisions of air traffic control PCG O 1 Pilot Controller Glossary service in this airspace is delegated to various countries based generally upon geographic proximi ty and the availabilit
394. le BLIZZARD CGAJS or 2 The aircraft is not equipped with radio NOTE 1 Standards for nationality common and registration marks to be used are contained in Annex 7 Chapter 2 2 Provisions for using radiotelephony call signs are contained in Annex 10 Volume II Chapter 5 ICAO designators and telephony designators for aircraft operating agencies are contained in Doc 8585 Designators for Aircraft Operating Agencies Aeronautical Authorities and Services ICAO FLIGHT PLANS Appendix A 3 JO 7110 10X 4 3 14 ITEM 8 FLIGHT RULES AND TYPE OF FLIGHT 1 OR 2 CHARACTERS Flight Rules ENTER one of the following letters to denote the category of flight rules with which the pilot intends to comply I if it is intended that the entire flight will be operated under IFR V ifitis intended that the entire flight will be operated under VFR Y ifthe flight initially will be operated under IFR followed by one or more changes of flight rules Z ifthe flight initially will be operated under VFR followed by one or more changes of flight rules NOTE U S domestic automation systems cannot accept a flight plan that begins under VFR and subsequently changes to one or more flight rules that is Z For this purpose file separate flight plans for the portions of the route that the pilot intends to conduct under IFR Specify in Item 15 the point or points where change of flight rules is planned Type of flight ENTER one of the following lette
395. le at the facility c If there is no flight plan on file for the aircraft the following must be obtained 4 2 6 AIRCRAFT CONTACTS a Inflight and flight watch contacts may be logged in the operational system on flight progress strips or on facility approved alternate forms 4 2 6 1 ACID 2 Type of flight 3 Time of contact Data Recording 4 3 14 4 Other items which are operationally signific ant d If the inflight position is recorded you may limit entries in the aircraft contact portion of the strip to those necessary for your use e Log aircraft contacts using the operational system The following should be logged using the symbols in TBL 4 2 3 and TBL 4 2 4 1 Type of Briefing a Standard b Abbreviated c Outlook 2 Type of Flight a IFR b VFR c Defense VFR DVFR 3 Category of Flight a Air Carrier b Air Taxi c Military d General Aviation 4 Aircraft ID 5 Type of Service a Airport advisory b Clearance s for example IFR special VFR SVFR 6 Remarks Operating Position if not automat ically logged by operational system TBL 4 2 3 Clearance Abbreviation Abbreviation Meaning A Cleared to airport point of intended landing B Center clearance delivered ATC clears when clearance C relayed through non ATC facility CAF Cleared as filed Data Recording JO 7110 10X Cleared to depart from the
396. le in surface area 250 K Aircraft requested to adjust speed to 250 knots 20K Aircraft requested to reduce speed 20 knots 30K Aircraft requested to increase speed 30 knots Q Local Special VFR operations in the vicinity of name airport are authorized until time Maintain special VFR conditions altitude if appropriate gt Before lt After or Past 170 red Ian altitude flight level for direction of flight Underline assigned ght level in red Until Alternate instructions Restriction Restriction ES At or Below a 1 At or Above Dash Alt B Alt vs From to route time etc Indicates a block altitude assignment Altitudes are inclusive and the first altitude must be lower than the second Example 310B370 Clearance void if aircraft not off ground by time NOTE The absence of an airway route number between two fixes in the route of flight indicates direct no symbol or abbreviation is required Data Recording 4 2 5 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X FIG 4 2 6 Control Information Symbols Chart 2 Symbols Meaning G Pilot cancelled flight plan of EN ROUTE Aircraft has reported at assigned altitude Example 80 Y J TERMINAL FSS Information forwarded indicated information forwarded as required O red EN ROUTE Information or revised information forwarded Circle in red inappropriate altitude flight level for direction of flight or orther control information when coordinated Also circl
397. lective distribution For the contiguous U S WSTs are issued hourly at 55 minutes past every hour WAs are issued as described in TBL 9 7 1 9 7 2 DISTRIBUTION WSs are distributed at unscheduled times to all Service A circuits WAs and WSTs bulletins are distributed as scheduled products Updates or amendments issued will completely replace the previously issued advisory TBL 9 7 1 1st Scheduled 2nd Scheduled 3rd Scheduled 4th Scheduled Issuance UTC Issuance UTC Issuance UTC Issuance UTC CONUS 0255 0855 1455 2055 Alaska 0215 DT 0815 DT 1415 DT 2015 DT 0315 ST 0915 ST 1515 ST 2115 ST Hawaii 0400 1000 1600 2200 Note DT Daylight Time ST Standard Time Flight Advisories 9 7 1 8 22 13 JO 7110 10W CHG1 Section 8 Center Weather Advisory CWA 9 8 1 GENERAL A Center Weather Advisory CWA is an unsched uled weather advisory for conditions meeting or approaching national in flight advisory WA WS or WST criteria It is primarily used by aircrews to anticipate and avoid adverse weather conditions in the en route and terminal environments 9 8 2 CRITERIA a CWAs are valid for up to 2 hours and may include forecasts of conditions expected to begin within 2 hours of issuance If conditions are expected to persist after the advisory s valid period a statement to that effect is included in the last line of the text Additional CWAs will subsequen
398. ledgment has been received request ADF reading PHRASEOLOGY WHEN THE NEEDLE STABILIZES ADVISE THE A D F NEEDLE READING 3 Compute and plot the second line of position NOTE The intersection of the two lines of position is the aircraft s position at the time of the second ADF reading 4 Advise the pilot of the aircraft s position and the safe altitude for orientation in that area PHRASEOLOGY YOU ARE miles direction OF THE name RADIO BEACON THE SAFE ALTITUDE FOR ORIENTATIONS IN THAT AREA IS feet 5 Request pilot s intentions and provide assistance as requested PHRASEOLOGY WHAT ARE YOUR INTENTIONS 5 3 2 4 3 14 5 3 3 VOR ORIENTATION VOR CROSS FIX When using VOR orientation and or cross fix procedures determine the aircraft s position as follows a Position Fixing 1 Advise the pilot to remain VFR and provide the local altimeter setting PHRASEOLOGY MAINTAIN V F R AT ALL TIMES ADVISE IF HEADING OR ALTITUDE CHANGE IS NECESSARY TO REMAIN V F R Location ALTIMETER setting 2 Obtain heading and altitude Advise the pilot to maintain straight and level flight and to align the heading indicator to agree with the magnetic compass PHRASEOLOGY MAINTAIN STRAIGHT AND LEVEL FLIGHT RESET YOUR HEADING INDICATOR TO AGREE WITH YOUR MAGNETIC COMPASS AFTER YOU HAVE DONE THIS SAY YOUR HEADING AND ALTITUDE 3 Determine the weather conditions and the fuel status PHRASEOLOGY
399. ler Glossary FLIGHT PATH A line course or track along which an aircraft is flying or intended to be flown See COURSE See TRACK FLIGHT PLAN Specified information relating to the intended flight of an aircraft that is filed orally or in writing with an FSS or an ATC facility See FAST FILE See FILED Refer to AIM FLIGHT PLAN AREA FPA The geographical area assigned to a flight service station FSS for the purpose of establishing primary responsibility for services that may include search and rescue for VFR aircraft issuance of NOTAMs pilot briefings inflight services broadcast services emergency services flight data processing international opera tions and aviation weather services Large consolidated FSS facilities may combine FPAs into larger areas of responsibility AOR See FLIGHT SERVICE STATION See TIE IN FACILITY FLIGHT RECORDER A general term applied to any instrument or device that records information about the performance of an aircraft in flight or about conditions encountered in flight Flight recorders may make records of airspeed outside air temperature vertical acceleration engine RPM manifold pressure and other pertinent variables for a given flight See ICAO term FLIGHT RECORDER FLIGHT RECORDER ICAO Any type of recorder installed in the aircraft for the purpose of complementing accident incident investigation Note See Annex 6 Part I for specifications relat
400. less than 300 feet above the ground PCG O 3 Pilot Controller Glossary 4 3 14 OVERLYING CENTER The ARTCC facility that is responsible for arrival departure operations at a specific terminal PCG O 4 4 3 14 P TIME See PROPOSED DEPARTURE TIME P ACP See PREARRANGED COORDINATION PROCEDURES PAN PAN The international radio telephony urgen cy signal When repeated three times indicates uncertainty or alert followed by the nature of the urgency See MAYDAY Refer to AIM PAR See PRECISION APPROACH RADAR PAR ICAO See ICAO Term PRECISION APPROACH RADAR PARALLEL ILS APPROACHES Approaches to parallel runways by IFR aircraft which when established inbound toward the airport on the adjacent final approach courses are radar separated by at least 2 miles See FINAL APPROACH COURSE See SIMULTANEOUS ILS APPROACHES PARALLEL MLS APPROACHES See PARALLEL ILS APPROACHES PARALLEL OFFSET ROUTE A parallel track to the left or right of the designated or established airway route Normally associated with Area Navi gation RNAV operations See AREA NAVIGATION PARALLEL RUNWAYS Two or more runways at the same airport whose centerlines are parallel In addition to runway number parallel runways are designated as L left and R right or if three parallel runways exist L left C center and R right PBCT See PROPOSED BOUNDARY CROSSING TIME PBN See ICAO Term P
401. llecting offshore coastal routes in the contiguous 48 states Hawaii and Puerto Rico HNL SJU SAN HHR OAK MMV SEA BGR BDR MIV DCA RDU MCN GNV PIE MIA ANB GWO DRI CXO and SJT NOTE The Flight Services Safety and Operations Policy Group assigns PIREP responsibility for an offshore coastal area route or route segment to a specific station The area assigned will be within the same ARTCC area as the station and the station must have adequate air ground communications coverage over its assigned offshore area 9 2 13 PIREP PREPARATION To assure proper dissemination of PIREPs to all system users the encoding procedures listed below must be followed a Identify each element by a Text Element Indicator TEI b Ensure each report includes TEls for message type location time altitude flight level aircraft type and at least one other to describe the reported phenomena c Precede each TEI except message type with a space and a solidus d Follow each TEI except altitude flight level with a space 9 2 3 JO 7110 10X e Insert zeros in reported values when the number of digits in the report is less than the number required by the format f Use only authorized aircraft designators and contractions g In the location TEL include any three character alphanumeric identifier to describe locations or routes Use only authorized identifiers from FAA Order JO 7350 8 Location Identifiers h
402. ller to have an awareness of an unsafe condition The course of action provided will be predicated on other traffic under ATC control Once the alert is issued it is solely the pilot s prerogative to determine what course of action if any he she will take SAFETY LOGIC SYSTEM A software enhance ment to ASDE 3 ASDE X and ASDE 3X that predicts the path of aircraft landing and or departing and or vehicular movements on runways Visual and aural alarms are activated when the safety logic projects a potential collision The Airport Movement Area Safety System AMASS is a safety logic system enhancement to the ASDE 3 The Safety Logic System for ASDE X and ASDE 3X is an integral part of the software program SAFETY LOGIC SYSTEM ALERTS a ALERT An actual situation involving two real safety logic tracks aircraft aircraft aircraft vehicle Pilot Controller Glossary or aircraft other tangible object that safety logic has predicted will result in an imminent collision based upon the current set of Safety Logic parameters b FALSE ALERT 1 Alerts generated by one or more false surface radar targets that the system has interpreted as real tracks and placed into safety logic 2 Alerts in which the safety logic software did not perform correctly based upon the design specifications and the current set of Safety Logic parameters 3 The alert is generated by surface radar targets caused by moderate or greater precipitation
403. location or position report to the destination station EXAMPLE ALNOT N1234A status report ALNOT N1234A final report d Alaska FSSs within the ALNOT search area must broadcast the ALNOT See Para 2 2 2i ALNOT Alert Announcement e Request search assistance from aircraft travers ing the search area 8 4 3 REPORTING ALNOT STATUS TO RCC If the expanded communications search fails to locate the aircraft or if 1 hour has elapsed since ALNOT transmission whichever occurs first the destination station must call the RCC with a status update When appropriate update Cleveland RCC Provide RCC 8 4 1 JO 7110 10X with all pertinent information about the overdue aircraft not already provided in the ALNOT which may include a Agency and the person calling b Details of the flight plan If the aircraft was not on a flight plan include all the facts about the source of the report c Time the last radio transmission was received by whom and the frequency used d Last position report e Whether an ELT signal was heard or reported along the route of flight f Action taken and the proposed action by the reporting FSS 8 4 2 4 3 14 g Furnish positions of other aircraft known to be along or near the route of flight of the missing aircraft 8 4 4 CANCELLATION OF ALNOT The ALNOT remains current until the aircraft is located and or the search is suspended by the RCC In either case the ALNOT orig
404. lowing from the high pressure area to the low pressure area around and about the tips of the airfoil tends to roll up into two rapidly rotating vortices cylindrical in shape These vortices are the most predominant parts of aircraft wake turbulence and their rotational force is dependent upon the wing loading gross weight and speed of the generating aircraft The vortices from medium to heavy aircraft can be of extremely high velocity and hazardous to smaller aircraft See AIRCRAFT CLASSES See WAKE TURBULENCE Refer to AIM VOT A ground facility which emits a test signal to check VOR receiver accuracy Some VOTs are available to the user while airborne and others are limited to ground use only See AIRPORT FACILITY DIRECTORY Refer to 14 CFR Part 91 Refer to AIM VR See VFR MILITARY TRAINING ROUTES VSCS See VOICE SWITCHING AND CONTROL SYSTEM VTA See VERTEX TIME OF ARRIVAL VTOL AIRCRAFT See VERTICAL TAKEOFF AND LANDING AIRCRAFT 4 3 14 Pilot Controller Glossary W WA See AIRMET See WEATHER ADVISORY WAAS See WIDE AREA AUGMENTATION SYSTEM WAKE TURBULENCE Phenomena resulting from the passage of an aircraft through the atmosphere The term includes vortices thrust stream turbulence jet blast jet wash propeller wash and rotor wash both on the ground and in the air See AIRCRAFT CLASSES See JET BLAST See VORTICES Refer to AIM WARNING AREA
405. ltitude Field 09 Consists of two to seven characters followed by a space character Altitudes or flight levels as appropriate must be expressed in hundreds of feet but without leading zeros The letters OTP must be entered in this field to indicate a requested altitude of VFR conditions on top If a VFR conditions on top altitude is provided it must be entered as OTP XXX where XXX is a VFR altitude Blocked altitudes are indicated by entering the lower altitude of the requested block the letter B and the higher altitude of the block for example 80B100 240B270 with no spaces m End of Line New Line Key Field E The first occurrence of Field E must always follow Field 09 of the message Any time a subsequent end of line becomes necessary if used within Field 10 it must be preceded by the appropriate element separator not a space If used within Field 11 Field E may be entered at any point within the remarks sequence n Route of Flight Field 10 The route of flight consists of departure point or pickup point PUP the route of flight and normally a destination followed by a space character 6 3 3 JO 7110 10X 1 Field 10 is a fixed sequence field and must begin with a fix for example fix airway fix airway etc The last element may be a fix or one of the route elements VFR DVFR or XXX incomplete route indicator An element is separated from another element by a period character 2
406. m or 2 Service and type or 3 Type only if no confusion or misidentification is likely EXAMPLE Air Force Bomber B One Bomber F Fifteen Fighter Navy Fighter b Air Carrier 1 Manufacturer s name or model 2 Add the manufacturer s name company name or other identifying features when confusion or misunderstanding is likely EXAMPLE American M D Eighty Seven Thirty Seven Boeing Seven Fifty Seven L Ten Eleven c General Aviation and Air Taxi 1 Manufacturer s model name or designator General JO 7110 10X 2 Manufacturer s name or add color when considered advantageous EXAMPLE Airliner Blue and White King Air Cessna Four Oh One Cessna Three Ten Green Apache P A Twenty Two Tri Pacer 12 1 17 AIRCRAFT EQUIPMENT CODES When communicating this information aircraft equipment suffixes state the aircraft type the word slant and the appropriate phonetic letter equivalent of the suffix EXAMPLE Boeing Seven Oh Seven slant Romeo D C Six slant Tango F Eight E slant Papa F Four C slant November 12 1 18 AIRWAYS AND ROUTES Describe airways routes or jet routes as follows a VOR VORTAC TACAN airways or jet routes State the word Victor or the letter J followed by the number of the airway or route in group form For
407. m 18 of the ICAO flight plan and any other information pertinent to the flight of concern to ATS Appendix A 20 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X 8 Example of a Completed Repetitive Flight Plan RPL Listing Form REPETITIVE FLIGHT PLAN LISTING A OPERATOR B ADDRESSEE S C DEPARTURE AERODROME S D E F UK STORED FLIGHT PLAN Boos 37 a BRITISH AIRWAYS Chef de la Subdivision EGLL ymma grue de hampa ne G SUPPLEMENTARY DATA Item 19 AT 91205 Athismons France BAW Briefing Office H 1 J K L M N o P Q TYPEOF DEPARTURE DESTINATION mACRaFT ARCRAFT amp AERODROME ROUTE Item 15 AERODROME TURBULENCE AND AND TOTAL a VAUD VAUD Sn IDENTIFI CATEGORY TIME ELAPSED TIME CATION CRUISING REMARKS yymmdd yymmdd al4 5 6 7 Item 7 tem 9 tem13 SPEED LEVEL ROUTE Item 16 800401 811031 3 4 5 6 7 BAWoo4 HS21_ s M_ EGLL 0700 NO440 F210 ATE UAIE DPE UA16 MAN LFPG 0045 800401 800731 3 4 5 6 7 BAWos2 Hs21 M EGLL 1800 NO440 F210 AIE UAE DPE UA18 MAN LFPG 0045 800801 811031 3 0 5 o 7 BAwos2 Hs2 M EGLL 1800 N0440 F210 AIE UAIE DPE UA18 MAN LFPG 0045 800601 800930 o o o o 7 BAWos2 HS21 M EGLL 1805 NO450 F270 A1S UAIS RBT UA3 MTL UA3W STP DCT GL LFMN 0130 800103 800930 010 006 BAW092 B737 M EGLL 1810 NO430 F19
408. mation Briefing Service TIBS 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 4 Hazardous Inflight Weather Advisory Service HIWAS 2 4 1 GENERAL a Hazardous Inflight Weather Advisory Service HIWAS available in the 48 contiguous states and the District of Columbia is a continuous broadcast of inflight weather advisories including AWWs WSs WSTs CWAs WAs and UUAs b HIWAS broadcast areas are defined as the area within 150 NM of a HIWAS outlet 2 4 2 PRIORITY HIWAS broadcasts must not be interrupted delayed except for emergency situations when an aircraft requires immediate attention or for reasonable use of the voice override capability on specific HIWAS outlets in order to use the limited Remote Communication Outlet RCO to maintain en route communications The service must be provided 24 hours a day a Make the following announcement if there are no hazardous weather advisories in the HIWAS broadcast area Update the announcement at least every 2 hours PHRASEOLOGY THIS RECORDING PREPARED AT time ZULU THERE ARE NO HAZARDOUS WEATHER ADVISORIES WITHIN A ONE FIVE ZERO NAUTICAL MILE RADIUS OF THIS HIWAS OUTLET b Complete the update recording as soon as practical but not more than 15 minutes from time of receipt of new hazardous weather information 2 4 3 CONTENT Record hazardous weather information occurring within the HIWAS broadcast area The broadcast must include the following elements a Statement of i
409. mation to ADS B equipped 1090ES or UAT aircraft The source of this traffic information is derived from ground based air traffic surveillance sensors typically from radar targets TIS B service will be available throughout the NAS where there are both adequate surveillance coverage radar and adequate broadcast coverage from PCG T 6 4 3 14 ADS B ground stations Loss of TIS B will occur when an aircraft enters an area not covered by the GBT network If this occurs in an area with adequate surveillance coverage radar nearby aircraft that remain within the adequate broadcast coverage ADS B area will view the first aircraft TIS B may continue when an aircraft enters an area with inadequate surveillance coverage radar nearby aircraft that remain within the adequate broadcast coverage ADS B area will not view the first aircraft TRAFFIC IN SIGHT Used by pilots to inform a controller that previously issued traffic is in sight See NEGATIVE CONTACT See TRAFFIC ADVISORIES TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT ADVISOR TMA A computerized tool which assists Traffic Management Coordinators to efficiently schedule arrival traffic to a metered airport by calculating meter fix times and delays then sending that information to the sector controllers TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PROGRAM ALERT A term used in a Notice to Airmen NOTAM issued in conjunction with a special traffic management program to alert pilots to the existence of the prog
410. maximum of two characters followed by a slash EXAMPLE 2 F15 3H B52 10 F18 2 Type of Aircraft This element is mandatory and contains two to four characters consisting of the authorized aircraft designator as contained in FAA Order JO 7340 2 Contractions Enter military designators of aircraft omitting prefixes and suffixes pertaining to aircraft mission or model IFR Flight Plan Handling JO 7110 10X 3 Equipment Suffix This element consists of a slash followed by one letter which is one of the approved designators identifying transponder and or navigation gear i Airspeed Field 05 Consists of two to four characters followed by a space character This field must indicate the filed true airspeed in knots or Mach number EXAMPLE 350 M075 j Departure Point or Coordination Fix Field 06 Consists of two to twelve characters followed by a space character This field contains the departure point or fix at which an aircraft will pick up IFR It must be a fix not an airway For proposed departures it must match the first element in the route of flight and for IFR pickups it must match either the first element in the route of flight or the third element if the or VFR is used as the second element k Proposed Departure Time Field 07 Consists of five or seven characters followed by a space character This field contains the letter P followed by a four or six digit time group in UTC l Requested A
411. mber of frequencies to conduct communications Request pilots file flight plans on discrete frequencies when possible b Monitor assigned radio frequencies continu ously Keep speaker volumes at a level sufficient to hear all transmissions 4 3 2 AUTHORIZED TRANSMISSIONS a Transmit only those messages necessary for safe and efficient use of the National Airspace System NAS 1 Relay operational information to an aircraft or its company as requested when abnormal conditions necessitate such requests Do not agree to handle such messages on a regular basis 2 Relay official FAA messages as required b Inform an aircraft of the source of any message you relay from an appropriate authority c Use the words or phrases in radio communications as contained in the PCG 4 3 3 RADIO MESSAGE FORMAT a Use the following format for radio communica tions with an aircraft 1 Identification of aircraft 2 Identification of the calling unit 3 The type of message to follow when this will assist the pilot 4 The word over if required b Specialist initiated call State the prefix for example November when establishing initial communications with U S registered aircraft followed by the International Civil Aviation Organization ICAO phonetic pronunciation of the numbers letters of the aircraft registration The specialist may state the aircraft type the model the manufacturer s name followed by t
412. me aircraft may be recorded on a single strip when situational awareness and strip bay efficiency are improved 4 2 5 FLIGHT PROGRESS STRIPS AND ENTRY DATA a Flight progress strip See FIG 4 2 2 b Flight progress strip entry See FIG 4 2 3 and 4 2 4 FIG 4 2 2 Flight Progress Strip 4 2 2 Data Recording 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X FIG 4 2 3 Strip Entry 1 7 Geen E ger PB hi S BOE FIG 4 2 4 Strip Entry 2 Y O SAT El 77 PB PPSN N lg fr m ur A E Data Recording 4 2 3 JO 7110 10X 4 3 14 c Flight progress strip Item and Information TBL 4 2 2 SeeTBL 4 2 1 Abbreviation TBL 4 2 1 Abbreviation Meaning Item and Information O Over Flight Item Information y Inbound Flight Aircraft Identification ACID To Outbound Flight identify IFR aircraft piloted by solo A AIRMET WA 1 USAF under graduate pilot the letter Z AA Airport Advisory will be added to aircraft ID on the flight CWT Caution Wake Turbulence progress strip Do not use the suffix in D DVFR f ground to air communications DA Decided Against Flight 2 Type of aircraft special equipment DD Decided to Delay Flight 3 True airspeed TAS and altitude IFR DW Downwind Altitude VFR DVFR if known 7 ried Flight Plan 4 Departure point Sage IC Incomplete Briefing 5 Route of flight E IR Island Re
413. med in advance if possible of HIRL changes that affect RVR 10 1 15 HIGH SPEED TURNOFF LIGHTS Operate high speed turnoff lights whenever the associated runway lights are used for arriving aircraft Leave them on until the aircraft has either entered a taxiway or passed the last light 10 1 16 RUNWAY END IDENTIFIER LIGHTS REIL When separate on off controls are provided operate runway end identifier lights when the associated runway lights are lighted Turn the REIL off after a An arriving aircraft has landed b A departing aircraft has left the traffic pattern area c It is determined that the lights are of no further use to the pilot d Operate intensity setting in accordance with the values in TBL 10 1 7 except as prescribed in subparas b and c above 10 1 3 JO 7110 10X TBL 10 1 7 REIL Intensity Setting Two Step System Visibilit Step Day 2 Night 3 Less than 2 miles Less than 1 mile 2 2 to 5 miles 1 to but not including 3 miles 1 When requested 3 miles or more 10 1 17 TAXIWAY LIGHTS Operate taxiway lights serving the taxiways or portions thereof in use between sunset and sunrise before an aircraft taxies onto the taxiway normally at the time taxi information is issued and until it taxies off it Operate taxiway lights in accordance with TBL 10 1 8 TBL 10 1 9 or TBL 10 1 10 TBL 10 1 8 Three Step Taxiway Lights Visibilit Step Day a Night 3 Less than 1 mile When requested 2 Wh
414. med necessary and if weather and circumstances permit recommend the aircraft maintain or increase altitude to improve communications or reception 5 2 5 ALERTING CONTROL FACILITY When an aircraft is considered to be in emergency status alert the appropriate control facility and forward the following information as available a Facility sector and position calling b Flight plan including color of aircraft if known c Time of last transmission received by whom and frequency used d Last known position estimated present posi tion and maximum range of flight of the aircraft based on remaining fuel and airspeed e Action taken by reporting facility and proposed action f Number of persons on board g Fuel status h Position of other aircraft near the aircraft s route of flight when requested i Whether an ELT signal has been heard or reported in the vicinity of the last known position j Other pertinent information 5 2 6 VFR AIRCRAFT IN WEATHER DIFFICULTY If a VER aircraft requests assistance when it encounters or is about to encounter IFR weather conditions request the pilot contact the appropriate control facility Inform that facility of the situation 5 2 1 JO 7110 10X If the pilot is unable to communicate with the control facility relay information and clearances 5 2 7 AIRCRAFT POSITION PLOTS If necessary plot the flight path of the aircraft on a chart including position r
415. minimum altitude specified in 14 CFR Part 91 for various aircraft operations b Altitudes depicted on approach charts which provide at least 1 000 feet of obstacle clearance for emergency use within a specified distance from the navigation facility upon which a procedure is predicated These altitudes will be identified as Minimum Sector Altitudes or Emergency Safe Altitudes and are established as follows 1 Minimum Sector Altitudes Altitudes de picted on approach charts which provide at least 1 000 feet of obstacle clearance within a 25 mile radius of the navigation facility upon which the procedure is predicated Sectors depicted on approach charts must be at least 90 degrees in scope These altitudes are for emergency use only and do not necessarily assure acceptable navigational signal coverage See ICAO term Minimum Sector Altitude 2 Emergency Safe Altitudes Altitudes de picted on approach charts which provide at least 1 000 feet of obstacle clearance in nonmountainous areas and 2 000 feet of obstacle clearance in designated mountainous areas within a 100 mile radius of the navigation facility upon which the procedure is predicated and normally used only in military procedures These altitudes are identified on published procedures as Emergency Safe Alti tudes MINIMUM SAFE ALTITUDE WARNING A function of the ARTS III computer that aids the controller by alerting him her when a tracked Mode C equipped aircraft is
416. mum obstruction clearance altitudes airway distances reporting points re stricted areas and related data Area charts which are a part of this series furnish terminal data at a larger scale in congested areas e En Route High Altitude Charts Provide aeronautical information for en route instrument navigation IFR in the high altitude stratum Information includes the portrayal of jet routes Pilot Controller Glossary identification and frequencies of radio aids selected airports distances time zones special use airspace and related information f Instrument Approach Procedures IAP Charts Portray the aeronautical data which is required to execute an instrument approach to an airport These charts depict the procedures including all related data and the airport diagram Each procedure is designated for use with a specific type of electronic navigation system including NDB TACAN VOR ILS MLS and RNAV These charts are identified by the type of navigational aid s which provide final approach guidance g Instrument Departure Procedure DP Charts Designed to expedite clearance delivery and to facilitate transition between takeoff and en route operations Each DP is presented as a separate chart and may serve a single airport or more than one airport in a given geographical location h Standard Terminal Arrival STAR Charts Designed to expedite air traffic control arrival procedures and to facilitate transition
417. must agree with the stored departure point 7 Incomplete Route Indicator XXX When XXX the incomplete route indicator appears in Field 10 the element preceding the XXX element must be a fix 8 VFR or DVFR element When VFR or DVER is the second element of Field 10 the filed fix following VFR or DVFR must be internal to the ARTCC s area to whom the flight plan was initially submitted When VFR or DVFR is other than the second element in Field 10 the element preceding the VFR or DVFR must be a filed fix 8 Fix Suffix a En Route Delay Suffix consists of an element separator followed by the letter D followed by the hours and minutes separated by a plus sign Must be appended to a fix EXAMPLE STL D1 30 PKE107012 D2 05 b Use of this suffix is limited to the following cases 1 Aerial Refueling Tracks and Anchors The suffix is appended to the entry fix EXAMPLE ICT248055 D0 30 AR330 2 En route delays not involving a change of altitude stratum and not involving a stopover terminal area delay or SUA delay unless specifically covered by a letter of agreement with the receiving ARTCC c ETE Suffix Consists of an element separator and four digits appended to the destination Leading zeros are required and the time en route is expressed in hours and minutes EXAMPLE STL 0105 9 A period is not required after the last element of Field 10 If remarks Field 11 are present a
418. n 2 Locally approved contractions and identifiers for frequently used terms and local fixes not listed in FAA Order JO 7340 2 Contractions or FAA Order JO 7350 8 Location Identifiers Use only within your facility not on data or interphone circuits All locally 6 1 2 4 3 14 approved contractions and identifiers must be placed in facility files for record and reference purposes d When recording data manually use the standard hand printed characters shown in FIG 6 1 1 to prevent misinterpretation FIG 6 1 1 Hand Printed Characters Chart Typed Hand Printed i val a o D gt General 4 3 14 NOTE A slant line crossing through the numeral zero and an underline of the letter S on handwritten portions of flight progress strips are required only when there is reason to believe the lack of these markings could lead to a misunderstanding A slant line through the numeral zero is required on all weather data e To correct or update data draw a horizontal line through it and write the correct information adjacent to it f Do not erase any item 6 1 6 IFR VFR DVFR FLIGHT PLAN RECORDING a Use the operational system to record and file flight plans flight plan modifications cancellations activations and closures for appropriate distribution and processing Detailed instructions are contained in the operational system manuals NOTE FSS operational systems contain the electronic equivalent
419. n sions activation dates and other relevant information disseminated via NOTAM Note ADIZ locations and operating and flight plan requirements for civil aircraft operations are speci fied in 14 CFR Part 99 Refer to AIM AIR NAVIGATION FACILITY Any facility used in available for use in or designed for use in aid of air navigation including landing areas lights any apparatus or equipment for disseminating weather information for signaling for radio directional finding or for radio or other electrical communica tion and any other structure or mechanism having a similar purpose for guiding or controlling flight in the air or the landing and takeoff of aircraft See NAVIGATIONAL AID AIR ROUTE SURVEILLANCE RADAR Air route traffic control center ARTCC radar used primarily to detect and display an aircraft s position while en route between terminal areas The ARSR enables controllers to provide radar air traffic control service when aircraft are within the ARSR coverage In some instances ARSR may enable an ARTCC to provide terminal radar services similar to but usually more limited than those provided by a radar approach control AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER A facility established to provide air traffic control service to aircraft operating on IFR flight plans within controlled airspace and principally during the en route phase of flight When equipment capabilities and controller workload permit certain ad
420. n nautical miles three numerics from the point such as 4620N07805W 4620N078W 46N078W LN MAY or DUB180040 Precede significant point by ABM abeam if applicable c Item 3 Time Record time in hours and minutes UTC four numerics The time recorded must be the actual time of the aircraft at the position and not the time of origination or transmission of the report d Item 4 Flight level or altitude Record flight level as F followed by three numerics when on standard pressure altimeter setting such as F370 Record altitude in meters followed by M or in feet followed by FT when on QNH Record ASC level Messages and Formats JO 7110 10X when climbing or DES level when descending to a new level after passing the significant point e Item 5 Next position and time over Record the next reporting point and the estimated time over such reporting point or record the estimated position that will be reached 1 hour later according to the position reporting procedures in effect Use the data conventions specified in subpara 7 1 13b1 b Item 2 Position for position Record time in minutes past the hour two numerics or in hours and minutes UTC four numerics when necessary EXAMPLE PSNRP portion of AIREP prepared by De Ridder and addressed to Canadian Pacific Airlines CPC in Toronto and Mexico City FF CYYZCPCX MMMXXMZT 122105 KDRIYFYX ARP CPC583 KBRO 2100 F370 MMTM28 KNEW RB MMMM R TO2103
421. n air traffic control automated systems designed to alert radar Pilot Controller Glossary controllers to existing or pending situations between tracked targets known IFR or VFR aircraft that require his her immediate attention action See MODE C INTRUDER ALERT CONFLICT RESOLUTION The resolution of potential conflictions between aircraft that are radar identified and in communication with ATC by ensuring that radar targets do not touch Pertinent traffic advisories shall be issued when this procedure is applied Note This procedure shall not be provided utilizing mosaic radar systems CONFORMANCE The condition established when an aircraft s actual position is within the conformance region constructed around that aircraft at its position according to the trajectory associated with the aircraft s Current Plan CONFORMANCE REGION A volume bounded laterally vertically and longitudinally within which an aircraft must be at a given time in order to be in conformance with the Current Plan Trajectory for that aircraft At a given time the conformance region is determined by the simultaneous application of the lateral vertical and longitudinal conformance bounds for the aircraft at the position defined by time and aircraft s trajectory CONSOLAN A low frequency long distance NAVAID used principally for transoceanic naviga tions CONTACT a Establish communication with followed by the name of the facility a
422. n but merely indicates an emergency situation is possible should any undue delay occur Refer to AIM MINIMUM HOLDING ALTITUDE The lowest altitude prescribed for a holding pattern which assures navigational signal coverage communica tions and meets obstacle clearance requirements MINIMUM IFR ALTITUDES MIA Minimum altitudes for IFR operations as prescribed in 14 CFR Part 91 These altitudes are published on aeronautical charts and prescribed in 14 CFR Part 95 for airways and routes and in 14 CFR Part 97 for standard instrument approach procedures If no applicable minimum altitude is prescribed in 14 CFR Part 95 or 14 CFR Part 97 the following minimum IFR altitude applies a In designated mountainous areas 2 000 feet above the highest obstacle within a horizontal distance of 4 nautical miles from the course to be flown or PCG M 3 Pilot Controller Glossary b Other than mountainous areas 1 000 feet above the highest obstacle within a horizontal distance of 4 nautical miles from the course to be flown or c As otherwise authorized by the Administrator or assigned by ATC See MINIMUM CROSSING ALTITUDE See MINIMUM EN ROUTE IFR ALTITUDE See MINIMUM OBSTRUCTION CLEARANCE ALTITUDE See MINIMUM SAFE ALTITUDE See MINIMUM VECTORING ALTITUDE Refer to 14 CFR Part 91 MINIMUM NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION A set of standards which require aircraft to have a minimum navigation performance c
423. n receipt check records for any aircraft contact beginning with the date the aircraft was reported stolen 4 Relay any information available to the office listed on the alert b Stolen Aircraft Summaries 1 Stolen aircraft summaries should be used to replace and consolidate all the individual stolen aircraft alerts received in the interim 2 Monthly summaries are sent as soon as possible after the end of the month They include Law Enforcement Messages aircraft registration numbers aircraft type and the date time stolen and or recovered c All LEAM 1 Distribute the stolen aircraft alerts and summaries at the discretion of the air traffic manager to all parties fixed base operators airport managers etc REFERENCE FAAO 1600 29 Para 7c 6 Stolen Aircraft Alert Procedure 2 Check local records for the previous 24 hours 3 Notify by telephone 1 888 873 3742 USE EPIC 1 915 760 2226 for the Air Watch Desk or 1 915 760 2200 for the General Watch Desk of any contact within the past 24 hours Also notify the Regional Duty Officer for relay to the cognizant Transportation Security Administration Aviation Command Center 4 Subsequent aircraft transactions must be monitored and require the same notification as defined in subparagraph 6 7 1c3 5 Take no action regarding the aircraft crew or passengers other than normal air traffic job related functions 6 Cease all actions upon receipt of a canc
424. nadian Coast Guard JO 7110 10X c Item 3 Aircraft Type Insert the name or abbreviation two to four alphanumeric characters of the manufacturer s or military designation For amateur built experimental aircraft use HXA HXB or HXC in accordance with the FAA Order JO 7110 65 Appendix C Aircraft Information Specific Homebuilt Experimental spell out aircraft type in Remarks 1 Prefix to Aircraft Type one to two alphanu meric characters For IFR operations if the aircraft s weight class is heavy indicate this with the prefix H If a formation flight is planned enter the number and type of aircraft for example 2H B52 2 Suffix to Aircraft Type one alpha character Indicate for IFR operations the aircraft s radar transponder DME or RNAV includes LORAN capability by adding the appropriate symbol preceded by a slant See TBL 6 2 5 TBL 6 2 5 Suffix to Aircraft Type Navigation Transponder Capability Capability Suffix No GNSS Transponder W No RNAV with Mode C RNAV No Transponder IZ RVSM GNSS with Mode C Transponder GNSS with Mode C L 6 2 2 4 3 14 No transpon der Transponder with no Mode C Transponder with Mode C No transpon der Transponder DME with no Mode C Transponder with Mode C No transpon der Transponder with no Mode C Transponder with Mode C No transpon der Transponder with no Mode C C
425. nd if appropriate the frequency to be used b A flight condition wherein the pilot ascertains the attitude of his her aircraft and navigates by visual reference to the surface See CONTACT APPROACH See RADAR CONTACT CONTACT APPROACH An approach wherein an aircraft on an IFR flight plan having an air traffic control authorization operating clear of clouds with at least 1 mile flight visibility and a reasonable expectation of continuing to the destination airport in those conditions may deviate from the instrument approach procedure and proceed to the destination airport by visual reference to the surface This approach will only be authorized when requested by PCG C 5 Pilot Controller Glossary the pilot and the reported ground visibility at the destination airport is at least 1 statute mile Refer to AIM CONTAMINATED RUNWAY A runway is considered contaminated whenever standing water ice snow slush frost in any form heavy rubber or other substances are present A runway is contami nated with respect to rubber deposits or other friction degrading substances when the average friction value for any 500 foot segment of the runway within the ALD fails below the recommended minimum friction level and the average friction value in the adjacent 500 foot segments falls below the maintenance planning friction level CONTERMINOUS U S The 48 adjoining States and the District of Columbia CONTINENTAL UNITED STATE
426. nd necessity from the Civil Aeronau tics Board and large aircraft commercial operators See ICAO term GENERAL AVIATION GENERAL AVIATION ICAO All civil aviation operations other than scheduled air services and nonscheduled air transport operations for remunera tion or hire GEO MAP The digitized map markings associated with the ASR 9 Radar System GLIDEPATH See GLIDESLOPE GLIDEPATH ICAO A descent profile determined for vertical guidance during a final approach GLIDEPATH INTERCEPT ALTITUDE See GLIDESLOPE INTERCEPT ALTITUDE GLIDESLOPE Provides vertical guidance for aircraft during approach and landing The glideslope glidepath is based on the following a Electronic components emitting signals which provide vertical guidance by reference to airborne instruments during instrument approaches such as ILS MLS or b Visual ground aids such as VASI which provide vertical guidance for a VFR approach or for the visual portion of an instrument approach and landing c PAR Used by ATC to inform an aircraft making a PAR approach of its vertical position elevation relative to the descent profile See ICAO term GLIDEPATH GLIDESLOPE INTERCEPT ALTITUDE The minimum altitude to intercept the glideslope path on a precision approach The intersection of the published intercept altitude with the glideslope path designated on Government charts by the lightning bolt symbol is the precision FAF however when t
427. ndling Identifiers Telephone or interphone when available may be used for flights of 30 minutes or less The flight notification message must contain the following information 1 Type of flight plan VFR or IFR Aircraft identification Aircraft type 2 3 4 Departure point 5 Destination 6 ETA If more than 24 hours may use DTG 7 Remarks preceded by a sign as appropriate EXAMPLE FF KBOIYFYX DTG KCDCYFYX VFR N2346F AC11 U PVU BOI 1348 ASMD DEP NOTE The operational system will automatically format the required items and transmit the flight notification message when activated b When the proposed flight plan is received from another FSS base operations BASOPS or direct user access terminal DUAT vendor and the departure facility has only partial flight plan data add a remark indicating the Service B address of the facility holding the complete flight plan Operational systems will automatically add this to the Remarks section of the flight plan EXAMPLE FF KBOIYFYX DTG KCDCYFYX VER N12345 C182 U PVU BOI 1958 F PKIADXCLX c If the pilot elects to close the flight plan with a facility other than the designated tie in facility send the flight notification message with remarks to both tie in facilities for example FIRIV FAI The designated tie in facility must assume both destination and search and rescue responsibility EXAMPLE FF PAENYFYX PAFAYFYX DTG KJNUYF
428. ned for system enhancement to expedite traffic flow and to reduce pilot controller workload ATC clearance must always be received prior to flying a SID See IFR TAKEOFF MINIMUMS AND DEPARTURE PROCEDURES See OBSTACLE DEPARTURE PROCEDURE Refer to AIM STANDARD RATE TURN A turn of three degrees per second STANDARD TERMINAL ARRIVAL A preplanned instrument flight rule IFR air traffic control arrival procedure published for pilot use in graphic and or textual form STARs provide transition from the en route structure to an outer fix or an instrument approach fix arrival waypoint in the terminal area STANDARD TERMINAL ARRIVAL CHARTS See AERONAUTICAL CHART STANDARD TERMINAL AUTOMATION RE PLACEMENT SYSTEM STARS See DTAS STAR See STANDARD TERMINAL ARRIVAL STATE AIRCRAFT Aircraft used in military customs and police service in the exclusive service of any government or of any political subdivision thereof including the government of any state territory or possession of the United States or the District of Columbia but not including any government owned aircraft engaged in carrying persons or property for commercial purposes STATIC RESTRICTIONS Those restrictions that are usually not subject to change fixed in place and or published STATIONARY RESERVATIONS Altitude reservations which encompass activities in a fixed area Stationary reservations may include activities 4 3 14 such as
429. netic from that aid See DISTANCE MEASURING EQUIPMENT See FIX See MICROWAVE LANDING SYSTEM DME SEPARATION Spacing of aircraft in terms of distances nautical miles determined by reference to distance measuring equipment DME See DISTANCE MEASURING EQUIPMENT DOD FLIP Department of Defense Flight Informa tion Publications used for flight planning en route and terminal operations FLIP is produced by the National Geospatial Intelligence Agency NGA for world wide use United States Government Flight Information Publications en route charts and instrument approach procedure charts are incorpo rated in DOD FLIP for use in the National Airspace System NAS DOMESTIC AIRSPACE Airspace which overlies the continental land mass of the United States plus Hawaii and U S possessions Domestic airspace extends to 12 miles offshore DOWNBURST A strong downdraft which induces an outburst of damaging winds on or near the ground Damaging winds either straight or curved are highly divergent The sizes of downbursts vary from 1 2 mile or less to more than 10 miles An intense downburst often causes widespread damage Damag ing winds lasting 5 to 30 minutes could reach speeds as high as 120 knots DOWNWIND LEG See TRAFFIC PATTERN DP See INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE PROCEDURE PCG D 3 Pilot Controller Glossary DRAG CHUTE A parachute device installed on certain aircraft which is deployed on landing roll to
430. ng on request only 3 When a pilot acknowledges that he she has received the AFIS broadcast specialists may omit those items contained in the broadcasts if they are current 4 Aircraft arriving or departing from a non towered airport which has a commissioned automated weather reporting with ground to air capability must be advised to monitor the automated weather frequency for the altimeter setting PHRASEOLOGY MONITOR location AUTOMATED WEATHER FOR CURRENT ALTIMETER NOTE This requirement is deleted if the pilot states that he she has the automated weather 5 When the barometric pressure is greater than 31 00 inches Hg Flight Standards will implement high barometric pressure procedures by NOTAM defining the geographic area affected When this occurs use the following procedures a IFR aircraft Issue the altimeter setting and advise the pilot that high pressure altimeter setting procedures are in effect Control facilities will issue specific instructions when relaying IFR clearances and control instructions through FSS facilities when the altimeter is above 31 00 inches Hg b VFR aircraft Issue the altimeter setting Advise the pilot that high pressure altimeter setting procedures are in effect and to use an altimeter setting of 31 00 inches Hg en route PHRASEOLOGY ALTIMETER IN EXCESS OF THREE ONE ZERO ZERO Radio Communications 4 3 14 HIGH PRESSURE ALTIMETER SETTING PROCEDURES ARE IN EFFECT RECO
431. ntact information upon request d Recommend that a separate flight plan be filed for each leg of a VFR flight e Request the pilot inform FSS whenever the filed time en route changes more than 30 minutes f On return flights from remote areas such as a fishing site establish a mutually acceptable date time with the pilot for alerting search and rescue g When a pilot files to an airport served by a part time FSS and the ETA is during the period the facility is closed ask the pilot to close with the associated FSS identified in FAA Order JO 7350 8 Location Identifiers and the Airport Facility Directory h Upon request inform pilots filing IFR flight plans of the appropriate and most effective means of obtaining IFR departure clearances i When a pilot files a DVFR flight plan advise the pilot to activate with Flight Service Also advise the pilot that a discrete beacon code will be assigned upon activation NOTE 1 A discrete beacon code may be assigned when the flight plan is filed as necessary If the pilot wants to file a DVFR flight plan that departs outside the facility s flight plan area provide the applicable toll free number for the departure FSS 2 Discrete beacon codes are assigned to facilities in accordance with FAA Order JO 7110 66 National Beacon Code Allocation Plan JO 7110 10X 6 1 3 FLIGHT PLAN DATA Handle flight plan data as follows a Record flight plan data on a domestic or ICAO
432. ntroduction including the appropriate area s and a recording time PHRASEOLOGY HIWAS WITHIN A ONE FIVE ZERO NAUTICAL MILE RADIUS OF geographic area RECORDED AT time ZULU text Hazardous Inflight Weather Advisory Service HIWAS NOTE Border facilities must append in domestic U S airspace to the geographical area text in the introduction statement b Statement of hazardous weather including WSTs WSs WAs UUAs AWWs and CWAs c Request for PIREPs if applicable See paragraph 9 2 5 Soliciting PIREPs PHRASEOLOGY PILOT WEATHER REPORTS ARE REQUESTED d Recommendation to contact Flight Watch or Flight Service for additional details concerning hazardous weather PHRASEOLOGY CONTACT FLIGHT WATCH or FLIGHT SERVICE as appropriate FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS 2 4 4 BROADCAST PROCEDURES a Upon receipt of new hazardous weather information 1 Update the HIWAS broadcast 2 Make a HIWAS update announcement once on all communications navigational aid NAVAID frequencies except on emergency EFAS and navigational frequencies already dedicated to continuous broadcast services Delete reference to Flight Watch when those services are closed PHRASEOLOGY ATTENTION ALL AIRCRAFT HAZARDOUS WEATHER ADVISORY UPDATE FOR geographical area IS AVAILABLE ON HIWAS OR CONTACT FLIGHT WATCH or FLIGHT SERVICE as appropriate b In the event that a HIWAS broadcast area is out of service make the following
433. o abandon his her approach to landing Additional instructions may follow Unless otherwise advised by ATC a VFR aircraft or an aircraft conducting visual approach should overfly the runway while climbing to traffic pattern altitude and enter the traffic pattern via the crosswind leg A pilot on an IFR flight plan making an instrument approach should execute the published missed approach procedure or proceed as instructed by ATC e g Go around additional instructions if required See LOW APPROACH See MISSED APPROACH GPD See GRAPHIC PLAN DISPLAY GPS See GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM GRAPHIC PLAN DISPLAY GPD A view available with URET that provides a graphic display of aircraft traffic and notification of predicted conflicts Graphic routes for Current Plans and Trial Plans are displayed upon controller request See USER REQUEST EVALUATION TOOL GROSS NAVIGATION ERROR GNE A lateral deviation from a cleared track normally in excess of 25 Nautical Miles NM More stringent standards for example 10NM in some parts of the North Atlantic region may be used in certain regions to support reductions in lateral separation GROUND BASED TRANSCEIVER GBT The ground based transmitter receiver transceiver re ceives automatic dependent surveillance broadcast messages which are forwarded to an air traffic control facility for processing and display with other radar targets on the plan position indicato
434. o denote UTC l Sector when used in conjunction with flight service station FSS functions means a specifically described geographic area that is assigned a National Airspace Data Interchange Network NADIN address m Tie in facility as indicated in FAA Order JO 7350 8 Location Identifiers for the purposes of this order designates the responsible facility sector for sending receiving flight plans flight notification messages and performing search and rescue duties for the listed location Terms of Reference n Shared database is a database within an FSS operational system that is accessible by specialists in other geographical locations o Transmit means to send data via NADIN or Weather Message Switching Center Replacement WMSCR to an outside recipient or to process data internally within an operational system that shares a global database p Form means a paper record or an automated equivalent Both must be retained in accordance with FAA directives q History files means one or more digital or paper repositories of data that must be retained in accordance with FAA directives r Pertinent means relating directly and significantly to the matter at hand 1 2 2 NOTES Statements of fact or of an explanatory nature and relating to the use of directive material have been identified and worded as Notes 1 2 3 EXAMPLES Any illustration used which serves to e
435. o determine position or location COORDINATION FIX The fix in relation to which facilities will handoff transfer control of an aircraft or coordinate flight progress data For terminal facilities it may also serve as a clearance for arriving aircraft COPTER See HELICOPTER CORRECTION An error has been made in the transmission and the correct version follows COUPLED APPROACH A coupled approach is an instrument approach performed by the aircraft autopilot which is receiving position information and or steering commands from onboard navigation PCG C 7 Pilot Controller Glossary 4 3 14 equipment In general coupled nonprecision ap descent altitude and coupled precision approaches proaches must be discontinued and flown manually must be flown manually below 50 feet AGL at altitudes lower than 50 feet below the minimum PCG C 8 4 3 14 Note Coupled and autoland approaches are flown in VFR and IFR It is common for carriers to require their crews to fly coupled approaches and autoland approaches if certified when the weather conditions are less than approximately 4 000 RVR See AUTOLAND APPROACH COURSE a The intended direction of flight in the horizontal plane measured in degrees from north b The ILS localizer signal pattern usually specified as the front course or the back course c The intended track along a straight curved or segmented MLS path See BEARING See INSTRUMENT LANDING SYST
436. o not retransmit the flight plan or the AM Confirm ARTCC receipt of the flight plan or AM FRC REMARKS via interphone with the Primary A position See TBL 6 3 3 TBL 6 3 3 Computer Flight Data Input COMPUTER FLIGHT DATA INPUT CHART Field Element Example Requirements A Start of New Line Required for Message Key SOM SOM code recognition B Preamble FF Provides Line KZFWZQZ priority and X addressee C Originator DTG Required for KMLCYFY ending the X message header D End of Line New Line EOL Key E End of Enter End of Message Message Function 6 3 8 4 3 14 6 3 6 COORDINATE RNAV ROUTES a When accepting flight plans containing coor dinate RNAV routes ensure that the route of flight after the departure fix is defined by latitude longitude coordinates and a fix identifier b The arrival fix must be identified by both the latitude longitude coordinates and the fix identifier EXAMPLE 1 2 3 4 4 3 MIA SRQ 3407 10615 3407 11546 TNP LAX 1 Departure airport 2 Departure fix 3 Intermediate fixes defined by latitude longitude coordinates 4 Arrival fix for the destination airport in terms of both the latitude longitude coordinates and the fix identifier 5 Destination airport IFR Flight Plan Handling 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 4 Flight Plan Handling 6 4 1 FLIGHT PLAN ACTIVATION a If a departure report has not been received within a predetermined time but not less than
437. ocation area CONTACT name RADIO FLIGHT WATCH ON frequency TO REPORT THESE CONDITIONS 9 2 6 DATA TO BE INCLUDED IN PIREPs Include the following reports of flight conditions as appropriate a Height and coverage of cloud bases tops and layers 9 2 1 JO 7110 10X b Flight visibility c Restrictions to visibility and weather occurring at altitude d Air temperature and changes to temperature with altitude or range e Direction and speed of wind aloft f Duration and intensity of turbulence REFERENCE FAAO JO 7110 10 Para 9 2 7 g Extent type and intensity of icing REFERENCE FAAO JO 7110 10 Para 9 2 8 h Weather conditions and cloud cover through mountain passes and over ridges and peaks i Location extent and movement of thunderstorms and or tornadic activity j Excessive winds aloft LLWS and other phenomena bearing on safety and efficiency of flight 9 2 7 REPORTING TURBULENCE IN PIREPs a Turbulence reports must include location altitude or range of altitudes and aircraft type and should include whether in clouds or clear air The degree of turbulence intensity and duration occasional intermittent and continuous is determined by the pilot 1 Light Loose objects in aircraft remain at rest 2 Moderate Unsecured objects are dislodged Occupants feel definite strains against seat belts and shoulder straps 3 Severe Occupants thrown violently against sea
438. of any departure limitations Controllers may query a pilot to determine acceptable departure directions turns or headings after takeoff Pilots should be familiar with the departure procedures and must assure that their aircraft can meet or exceed any specified climb gradients IF LAWP Intermediate Fix Initial Approach Way point The waypoint where the final approach course of a T approach meets the crossbar of the T When designated in conjunction with a TAA this waypoint will be used as an IAWP when approaching the airport from certain directions and as an IFWP when beginning the approach from another IAWP IFWP Intermediate Fix Waypoint ILS See INSTRUMENT LANDING SYSTEM ILS CATEGORIES 1 Category I An ILS approach procedure which provides for approach to a height above touchdown of not less than 200 feet and with runway visual range of not less than 1 800 feet 2 Special Authorization Category I An ILS approach procedure which provides for approach to a height above touchdown of not less than 150 feet and with runway visual range of not less than 1 400 feet HUD to DH 3 Category II An ILS approach procedure which provides for approach to a height above touchdown of not less than 100 feet and with runway visual range of not less than 1 200 feet with autoland or HUD to touchdown and noted on authorization RVR 1 000 feet 4 Special Authorization Category II with Reduced Lighting An ILS approach procedure which
439. of good fair poor or nil See RUNWAY CONDITION READING BRAKING ACTION ADVISORIES When tower controllers have received runway braking action reports which include the terms fair poor or nil or whenever weather conditions are conducive to deteriorating or rapidly changing runway braking conditions the tower will include on the ATIS broadcast the statement Braking action advisories are in effect on the ATIS broadcast During the time braking action advisories are in effect ATC will issue the latest braking action report for the runway in use to each arriving and departing aircraft Pilots should be prepared for deteriorating braking conditions and should request current runway condition information if not volunteered by controllers Pilots should also be prepared to provide a descriptive runway condition report to controllers after landing BREAKOUT A technique to direct aircraft out of the approach stream In the context of close parallel operations a breakout is used to direct threatened aircraft away from a deviating aircraft BROADCAST Transmission of information for which an acknowledgement is not expected See ICAO term BROADCAST PCG B 1 Pilot Controller Glossary 4 3 14 BROADCAST ICAO A transmission of informa tion relating to air navigation that is not addressed to a specific station or stations PCG B 2 4 3 14 Pilot Controller Glossary C CALCULATED LANDING TIME A term
440. of no more than 1 mile laterally or longitudinally and within 100 feet vertically from the flight leader is maintained by each wingman b Nonstandard formations are those operating under any of the following conditions 1 When the flight leader has requested and ATC has approved other than standard formation dimensions 2 When operating within an authorized altitude reservation ALTRV or under the provisions of a letter of agreement 3 When the operations are conducted in airspace specifically designed for a special activity See ALTITUDE RESERVATION Refer to 14 CFR Part 91 FRC See REQUEST FULL ROUTE CLEARANCE FREEZE FROZEN Terms used in referring to arrivals which have been assigned ACLTs and to the lists in which they are displayed FREEZE CALCULATED LANDING TIME A dynamic parameter number of minutes prior to the meter fix calculated time of arrival for each aircraft when the TCLT is frozen and becomes an ACLT i e the VTA is updated and consequently the TCLT is modified as appropriate until FCLT minutes prior to meter fix calculated time of arrival at which time updating is suspended and an ACLT and a frozen meter fix crossing time MFT is assigned FREEZE HORIZON The time or point at which an aircraft s STA becomes fixed and no longer fluctuates Pilot Controller Glossary with each radar update This setting ensures a constant time for each aircraft necessary for the metering controller to plan
441. oint however the common route may only consist of a single point that joins the en route and runway transitions COMMON TRAFFIC ADVISORY FREQUENCY CTAF A frequency designed for the purpose of carrying out airport advisory practices while operating to or from an airport without an operating control tower The CTAF may be a UNICOM Multicom FSS or tower frequency and is identified in appropriate aeronautical publications Refer to AC 90 42 Traffic Advisory Practices at Airports Without Operating Control Towers COMPASS LOCATOR A low power low or medium frequency L MF radio beacon installed at the site of the outer or middle marker of an instrument landing system ILS It can be used for navigation at distances of approximately 15 miles or as authorized in the approach procedure a Outer Compass Locator LOM A compass locator installed at the site of the outer marker of an instrument landing system See OUTER MARKER 4 3 14 b Middle Compass Locator LMM A compass locator installed at the site of the middle marker of an instrument landing system See MIDDLE MARKER See ICAO term LOCATOR COMPASS ROSE A circle graduated in degrees printed on some charts or marked on the ground at an airport It is used as a reference to either true or magnetic direction COMPLY WITH RESTRICTIONS An ATC instruction that requires an aircraft being vectored back onto an arrival or departure procedure to comply with
442. oints or FIR boundaries when so prescribed on the basis of regional air navigation agreements or by the appropriate ATS authority EXAMPLES EET CAP0745 XYZ0830 EET EINN0204 SEL SELCAL Code for aircraft so equipped TYP Type s of aircraft preceded if necessary without a space by number s of aircraft and separated by one space if ZZZZ is inserted in Item 9 EXAMPLE TYP 2F15 5F5 3B2 CODE Aircraft address expressed in the form of an alphanumerical code of six hexadecimal characters when required by the appropriate ATS authority Example F00001 is the lowest aircraft address contained in the specific block administered by ICAO DLE En route delay or holding insert the significant point s on the route where a delay is planned to occur followed by the length of delay using four figure time in hours and minutes hhmm EXAMPLE DLE MDG0030 OPR ICAO designator or name of the aircraft operating agency if different from the aircraft identification in item 7 ORGN The originatorl amp s 8 letter AFTN address or other appropriate contact details in cases where the originator of the flight plan may not be readily identified as required by the appropriate ATS authority NOTE In some areas flight plan reception centers may insert the ORGN identifier and originator s AFTN address automatically PER Aircraft performance data indicated by a single letter as specified in the Procedures for Air Navigation Servi
443. omated flight data management PCG U 1 4 3 14 Pilot Controller Glossary V VASI See VISUAL APPROACH SLOPE INDICATOR VCOA See VISUAL CLIMB OVER AIRPORT VDP See VISUAL DESCENT POINT VECTOR A heading issued to an aircraft to provide navigational guidance by radar See ICAO term RADAR VECTORING VERIFY Request confirmation of information e g verify assigned altitude VERIFY SPECIFIC DIRECTION OF TAKEOFF OR TURNS AFTER TAKEOFF Used by ATC to ascertain an aircraft s direction of takeoff and or direction of turn after takeoff It is normally used for IFR departures from an airport not having a control tower When direct communication with the pilot is not possible the request and information may be relayed through an FSS dispatcher or by other means See IFR TAKEOFF MINIMUMS AND DEPARTURE PROCEDURES VERTEX The last fix adapted on the arrival speed segments Normally it will be the outer marker of the runway in use However it may be the actual threshold or other suitable common point on the approach path for the particular runway configura tion VERTEX TIME OF ARRIVAL A calculated time of aircraft arrival over the adapted vertex for the runway configuration in use The time is calculated via the optimum flight path using adapted speed segments VERTICAL NAVIGATION VNAV A function of area navigation RNAV equipment which calculates displays and provides vertical guidance to
444. ome variations based on site specific requirements The outer area extends outward from the primary Class C airspace airport and extends from the lower limits of radar radio coverage up to the ceiling of the approach control s delegated airspace excluding the Class C charted area and other airspace as appropriate See CONFLICT RESOLUTION See CONTROLLED AIRSPACE OUTER COMPASS LOCATOR See COMPASS LOCATOR OUTER FIX A general term used within ATC to describe fixes in the terminal area other than the final approach fix Aircraft are normally cleared to these fixes by an Air Route Traffic Control Center or an Approach Control Facility Aircraft are normally cleared from these fixes to the final approach fix or final approach course OR OUTER FIX An adapted fix along the converted route of flight prior to the meter fix for which crossing times are calculated and displayed in the metering position list Pilot Controller Glossary OUTER FIX ARC A semicircle usually about a 50 70 mile radius from a meter fix usually in high altitude which is used by CTAS HOST to calculate outer fix times and determine appropriate sector meter list assignments for aircraft on an established arrival route that will traverse the arc OUTER FIX TIME A calculated time to depart the outer fix in order to cross the vertex at the ACLT The time reflects descent speed adjustments and any applicable delay time that must be absorbed prior to c
445. on If assistance is needed provide or summon it as appropriate e Sign off the position in accordance with existing directives or otherwise indicate that the relief process is complete Responsibility 4 3 14 REFERENCE FAAO JO 7210 3 Para 2 2 4 Duty Familiarization and the Transfer of Position Responsibility FAAO JO 7210 3 Para 2 2 6 Sign In Out and On Off Procedures RELIEVING SPECIALIST f Ask questions necessary to ensure a complete understanding of the operations situation Responsibility JO 7110 10X g Make a statement or otherwise indicate to the specialist being relieved that position responsibil ity has been assumed h Sign on the position unless a facility directive authorizes substep g above i Check verify and update the information obtained in steps 1 and 2 g Check position equipment in accordance with existing directives 1 3 3 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Chapter 2 Broadcast Procedures Section 1 General 2 1 1 TYPES OF BROADCASTS Weather and flight information must be broadcast recorded by one or more of the following categories a Transcribed Weather Broadcast TWEB Alaska only b Telephone Information Briefing Service TIBS c Hazardous Inflight Weather Advisory Service HIWAS d Automatic Flight Information Service AFIS Alaska only 2 1 2 SPEECH RATE AND PHRASEOLOGY a Data must be spoken such that 1 The speech rate is not excessive
446. on computer to computer circuits only They will not be sent on AFTN or NADIN circuits 7 1 4 SERVICE MESSAGES a NADIN immediately generates a service message to an originator when incorrect code or routing indicators are detected EXAMPLE FF KZKCZOZX 031840 KSLCYTYX SVC ZKC121 QTA RPT FF KZKCZQZX 031840 KSLCYTYX SVC ZKC122 QTA MSR b Assign the appropriate priority indicator to international service messages When service messages refer to messages previously transmitted assign the same priority prefix Identify a service message by inserting SVC as the first item of the text EXAMPLE FF TISJYFYX DTG KSEAYFYX SVC RUMES 231015 Text 7 1 5 TRANSMISSION VIA NADIN International messages are generally introduced on NADIN for relay to AFTN circuits a Operational Systems use the ICAO Flight Plan or Service B message formats as described in the Operational System operating procedures b Handle international messages on NADIN for relay to AFTN as follows 1 Start of message New Line Key 2 Preamble priority space addressee s a Priority Two character precedence field b Addressee s Not to exceed 69 characters or seven addressees each addressee separated by a space c End of Line EOL new line key d End of Text EOT enter function Messages and Formats 4 3 14 7 1 6 TRANSMISSION OF ATS MESSAGES a Air traffic service messages are interchanged in the internationa
447. onfined to one ARTCC s area and are referred to by the following names or acronyms a Preferential Departure Route PDR A specific departure route from an airport or terminal area to an en route point where there is no further need for flow control It may be included in an Instrument Departure Procedure DP or a Preferred IFR Route b Preferential Arrival Route PAR A specific arrival route from an appropriate en route point to an airport or terminal area It may be included in a Standard Terminal Arrival STAR or a Preferred IFR Route The abbreviation PAR is used primarily within the ARTCC and should not be confused with the abbreviation for Precision Approach Radar c Preferential Departure and Arrival Route PDAR A route between two terminals which are within or immediately adjacent to one ARTCC s area PDARs are not synonymous with Preferred IFR Routes but may be listed as such as they do accomplish essentially the same purpose See PREFERRED IFR ROUTES PREFERRED IFR ROUTES Routes established between busier airports to increase system efficiency and capacity They normally extend through one or PCG P 3 Pilot Controller Glossary more ARTCC areas and are designed to achieve balanced traffic flows among high density terminals IFR clearances are issued on the basis of these routes except when severe weather avoidance procedures or other factors dictate otherwise Preferred IFR Routes are listed in the A
448. only weather limitation is restricted visibility The aircraft must remain clear of clouds while climbing to VFR See SPECIAL VFR CONDITIONS Refer to AIM CLIMBOUT That portion of flight operation between takeoff and the initial cruising altitude PCG C 3 Pilot Controller Glossary CLIMB VIA An abbreviated ATC clearance that requires compliance with the procedure lateral path associated speed restrictions and altitude restrictions along the cleared route or procedure CLOSE PARALLEL RUNWAYS Two parallel runways whose extended centerlines are separated by less than 4 300 feet having a Precision Runway Monitoring PRM system that permits simultaneous independent ILS approaches CLOSED RUNWAY A runway that is unusable for aircraft operations Only the airport management military operations office can close a runway CLOSED TRAFFIC Successive operations involv ing takeoffs and landings or low approaches where the aircraft does not exit the traffic pattern CLOUD A cloud is a visible accumulation of minute water droplets and or ice particles in the atmosphere above the Earth s surface Cloud differs from ground fog fog or ice fog only in that the latter are by definition in contact with the Earth s surface CLI See CALCULATED LANDING TIME CLUTTER In radar operations clutter refers to the reception and visual display of radar returns caused by precipitation chaff terrain numerous aircraft targe
449. ons have been received See ICAO term HOLDING POINT HOLD IN LIEU OF PROCEDURE TURN A hold in lieu of procedure turn shall be established over a final or intermediate fix when an approach can be made from a properly aligned holding pattern The hold in lieu of procedure turn permits the pilot to align with the final or intermediate segment of the approach and or descend in the holding pattern to an PCG H 2 4 3 14 altitude that will permit a normal descent to the final approach fix altitude The hold in lieu of procedure turn is a required maneuver the same as a procedure turn unless the aircraft is being radar vectored to the final approach course when NoPT is shown on the approach chart or when the pilot requests or the controller advises the pilot to make a straight in approach HOLD PROCEDURE A predetermined maneuver which keeps aircraft within a specified airspace while awaiting further clearance from air traffic control Also used during ground operations to keep aircraft within a specified area or at a specified point while awaiting further clearance from air traffic control See HOLDING FIX Refer to AIM HOLDING FIX A specified fix identifiable to a pilot by NAVAIDs or visual reference to the ground used as a reference point in establishing and maintaining the position of an aircraft while holding See FIX See VISUAL HOLDING Refer to AIM HOLDING POINT ICAO A specified location
450. or his her operations office or the controller responsible for initiating the clearance to the aircraft 2 In the case of applicable military flights requesting that the flight plan is not passed to air defense radar NOPAR NOPAR must be the first item in Remarks Field 11 3 Remarks for military flight plans filing an IR route must contain the IR route designator entry time prefaced by the letter E exit time prefaced by the letter X and MARSA when applicable Remarks for flight plans filing a terminal area delay must contain the airport identifier at which the delay will occur followed by the letter D followed by the duration of the delay in hours plus minutes followed by the destination airport These should be the first item in Remarks Field 11 4 When a pilot files an FAA assigned three letter company designator if the designator and or radiotelephony is new or changed the authorized radiotelephony call sign must be included in the remarks field for at least 60 days following the effective date In cases where there is no three letter identifier assignment or a three letter identifier is used in a medical emergency the assigned radiotelephony must be included in the remarks field 6 3 6 4 3 14 NOTE 1 A radiotelephony may be assigned by the FAA without assigning a three letter identifier Special radiotelephony assignments are usually temporary and for commemor ative flights large number of
451. orm Check the pilot briefing block fill in specialist s initials and note the time started As applicable also enter AB OTLK and or check the VNR block 3 FAA Forms 7233 5 Inflight Contact Record or 7230 21 Flight Progress Strip Enter PB in block 14 if a briefing is provided As applicable also enter AB OTLK and or VNR in the same block NOTE See Appendix B for FAA forms d Where audio recorders are used facility management may limit entries on pilot briefing records to those required for facility use e Where fast file recorders are used and the pilot states the source of a briefing on the recorder it must be entered in the remarks field of the flight plan EXAMPLE PB DCA PB DUATS 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 2 Preflight Pilot Briefing 3 2 1 CONDUCT OF STANDARD BRIEFING a Brief by translating interpreting and summarizing available data for the intended flight Do not read individual weather reports or forecasts unless in your judgment it is necessary to emphasize an important point or unless specifically requested to do so by the pilot Obtain the following information 1f 1t is pertinent and not evident or already known 1 Type of flight planned Aircraft identification or pilot s name Aircraft type Departure point Route of flight Destination Flight altitude s LX XA A un A U N Estimated time of departure ETD and estimated time en route ETE b
452. ort management to describe braking action in terms easily understood by the pilot EXAMPLE Braking action poor first half of runway reported by a Gulfstream Two Braking action poor beyond the intersection of Runway Two Seven reported by a Boeing Seven Twenty Seven NOTE Descriptive terms such as first last half of the runway should normally be used rather than landmark descriptions for example opposite the fire station south of a taxiway General JO 7110 10X b State runway friction measurement readings values as received from airport management to aircraft as follows 1 At airports with friction measuring devices provide runway friction reports as received from airport management to pilots on request State the runway number followed by the MU number for each of the three runway zones the time of the report in UTC and a word describing the cause of the runway friction problem EXAMPLE Runway Two Seven MU forty two forty one twenty eight at one zero one eight ZULU ice 2 Issue the runway surface condition and or the runway condition reading RCR if provided to all USAF and ANG aircraft Issue the RCR to other aircraft upon request EXAMPLE Ice on runway R C R Zero Five patchy NOTE USAF has established RCR procedures for determining the average deceleration readings of runways under conditions of water slush ice or snow The use of RCR code is dependent upon a
453. otal flying time b Required Navigation Performance RNP Airspace A generic term designating airspace route s leg s operation s or procedure s where minimum required navigational performance RNP have been established c Actual Navigation Performance ANP A measure of the current estimated navigational performance Also referred to as Estimated Position Error EPE d Estimated Position Error EPE A measure of the current estimated navigational performance Also referred to as Actual Navigation Performance ANP e Lateral Navigation LNAV A function of area navigation RNAV equipment which calculates displays and provides lateral guidance to a profile or path f Vertical Navigation VNAV A function of area navigation RNAV equipment which calculates Pilot Controller Glossary displays and provides vertical guidance to a profile or path RESCUE COORDINATION CENTER A search and rescue SAR facility equipped and manned to coordinate and control SAR operations in an area designated by the SAR plan The U S Coast Guard and the U S Air Force have responsibility for the operation of RCCs See ICAO term RESCUE CO ORDINATION CENTRE RESCUE CO ORDINATION CENTRE ICAO A unit responsible for promoting efficient organization of search and rescue service and for coordinating the conduct of search and rescue operations within a search and rescue region RESOLUTION ADVISORY A display indication
454. ouchdown of not less than 200 feet and a runway visual range of not less than 1 800 feet b MLS Category II Undefined until data gather ing analysis completion c MLS Category III Undefined until data gathering analysis completion MM See MIDDLE MARKER MNPS See MINIMUM NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION MNPSA See MINIMUM NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION AIRSPACE MOA See MILITARY OPERATIONS AREA MOCA See MINIMUM OBSTRUCTION CLEARANCE ALTITUDE MODE The letter or number assigned to a specific pulse spacing of radio signals transmitted or received by ground interrogator or airborne transponder components of the Air Traffic Control Radar Beacon PCG M 5 Pilot Controller Glossary System ATCRBS Mode A military Mode 3 and Mode C altitude reporting are used in air traffic control See INTERROGATOR See RADAR See TRANSPONDER See ICAO term MODE Refer to AIM MODE SSR MODE ICAO The letter or number assigned to a specific pulse spacing of the interrogation signals transmitted by an interrogator There are 4 modes A B C and D specified in Annex 10 corresponding to four different interrogation pulse spacings MODE C INTRUDER ALERT A function of certain air traffic control automated systems designed to alert radar controllers to existing or pending situations between a tracked target known IFR or VFR aircraft and an untracked target unknown IFR or VF
455. ource by checking all adjacent airports not already checked by other ATC facilities for the following information 5 2 2 4 3 14 1 Can ELT signal be heard 2 Does signal strength indicate transmitter may be on airport 3 Can attempt be made to locate and silence transmitter 4 Advise the results of any action taken Forward all information obtained and action taken to the ARTCC g Notify the ARTCC if the signal source is located and whether the aircraft is in distress plus any action taken or proposed for silencing the transmitter Request person who located signal s source to attempt to obtain ELT make model etc for relay to RCC via the ARTCC h Notify the ARTCC if the signal terminates prior to location of the source NOTE 1 The ARTCC serves as the contact point for collecting information and coordinating with the RCC on all ELT signals 2 Operational ground testing of ELT has been authorized during the first 5 minutes of each hour To avoid confusing the tests with an actual alarm the testing is restricted to no more than three audio sweeps 3 Portable handcarried receivers assigned to air traffic facilities where no technical operations services personnel are available may be loaned to responsible airport personnel or local authorities to assist in locating signal source 5 2 9 EXPLOSIVE CARGO When you receive information that an emergency landing will be made with explosive cargo aboard
456. outages Aircraft contact information should be logged in the operational system as soon as practical c Use control clearance symbols abbreviations location identifiers and contractions for recording position reports traffic clearances and other data When recording data either electronically or manually you may use 1 Plain language to supplement data when it will aid in understanding the recorded information 2 Locally approved contractions and identifi ers for frequently used terms and local fixes not listed in either FAA Order JO 7340 2 Contractions or FAA Order JO 7350 8 Location Identifiers Use only within your facility not on data or interphone circuits All locally approved contractions and identifiers must be placed in facility files for record and reference purposes d When recording data manually use the standard hand printed characters shown in FIG 4 2 1 to prevent misinterpretation Data Recording FIG 4 2 1 Hand Printed Characters Chart Typed Hand Printed aj A wn Dim N 4 2 1 JO 7110 10X NOTE A slant line crossing through the numeral zero and an underline of the letter S on handwritten portions of flight progress strips are required only when there is reason to believe the lack of these markings could lead to a misunderstanding A slant line through the numeral zero is required on all weather data 1 To correct or update data draw a horizontal line through it and writ
457. over taxiing operations normally not above 10 feet within the boundary of the airport are considered to be taxiing aircraft d Ata pilot s request issue a SVFR clearance if appropriate when a SVFR letter of agreement exists between an FSS and the control facility If no agreement exists request clearance from the control JO 7110 10X facility State the aircraft s location and route of flight PHRASEOLOGY Facility name RADIO REQUEST SPECIAL V F R CLEARANCE aircraft identification direction OF location AIRPORT specified routing TO ENTER OUT OF THROUGH name AIRPORT specified routing NOTE IFR aircraft normally have priority over SVER aircraft 1 If the pilot is operating outside surface area and requests SVFR clearance issue the clearance or if unable advise the pilot to maintain VFR outside surface area and to standby for clearance PHRASEOLOGY MAINTAIN V F R OUTSIDE location SURFACE AREA STANDBY FOR CLEARANCE 2 When an aircraft requests a SVFR clearance to enter surface area during periods of SVFR activity instruct the pilot to maintain VFR conditions outside surface area pending arrival recall departure of SVFR operations PHRASEOLOGY MAINTAIN V F R CONDITIONS OUTSIDE OF THE location SURFACE AREA PENDING ARRIVAL RECALL DEPARTURE OF IFR SPECIAL V F R AIRCRAFT 3 If the pilot is operating inside the surface area and requests an SVFR clearance advise the pilot to maintain VFR and
458. pability Suffix No GNSS No RNAV Transponder with Mode C W RNAV No GNSS Transponder with Mode C Z RVSM GNSS Transponder with Mode C L No transponder X No DME Transponder with no Mode C T Transponder with Mode C NU No transponder D DME Transponder with no Mode C B Transponder with Mode C A No No transponder M RVSM TACAN Transponder with no Mode C N See Transponder with Mode C P No transponder X RNAV No GNSS Transponder with no Mode C LC Transponder with Mode C A No transponder V GNSS Transponder with no Mode C IS Transponder with Mode C G 4 3 14 BG 4 Briefing Guide 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X 1 PARAGRAPH NUMBER AND TITLE 9 5 2 AREA FORECAST FA SCHEDULE 2 BACKGROUND This change is proposed in response to National Weather Service NWS Technical Implementation Notice 13 21 in which NWS reduced the issuance of the Alaska Area Forecasts from four times a day to three times a day effective October 15 2013 3 CHANGE OLD 9 5 2 AREA FORECAST FA SCHEDULE FAs are issued three times a day in the contiguous U S and the Gulf of Mexico and four times a day in Alaska Hawaii and the Caribbean The issuance times are in TBL 9 5 2 Boston Chicago San Fran Gulf of Caribbean Hawaii Alaska and and Fort cisco and Mexico UTC UTC UTC Miami Worth Salt Lake UTC UTC UTC City UTC 1 Issuance 0845 DT 0945 DT 1045 DT 0130 0330 0340 0145 DT 094
459. pecified Extended range is made possible through flight inspection determinations Some aids also have lesser service range due to location terrain frequency protection etc Restrictions to service range are listed in Airport Facility Directory NAVIGABLE AIRSPACE Airspace at and above the minimum flight altitudes prescribed in the CFRs including airspace needed for safe takeoff and landing Refer to 14 CFR Part 91 NAVIGATION REFERENCE SYSTEM NRS The NRS is a system of waypoints developed for use within the United States for flight planning and navigation without reference to ground based navigational aids The NRS waypoints are located in a grid pattern along defined latitude and longitude lines The initial use of the NRS will be in the high altitude environment in conjunction with the High Altitude Redesign initiative The NRS waypoints are intended for use by aircraft capable of point to point navigation NAVIGATION SPECIFICATION ICAO A set of aircraft and flight crew requirements needed to support performance based navigation operations within a defined airspace There are two kinds of navigation specifications a RNP specification A navigation specification based on area navigation that includes the requirement for performance monitoring and alert ing designated by the prefix RNP e g RNP 4 RNP APCH b RNAV specification A navigation specifica tion based on area navigation that does not include the req
460. peed aircraft Topographic information on these charts features the portrayal of relief and a judicious selection of visual check points for VFR flight Aeronautical information includes visual and radio aids to navigation airports controlled airspace restricted areas obstructions and related data b VFR Terminal Area Charts 1 250 000 Depict Class B airspace which provides for the control or segregation of all the aircraft within Class B airspace The chart depicts topographic informa tion and aeronautical information which includes visual and radio aids to navigation airports controlled airspace restricted areas obstructions and related data c World Aeronautical Charts WAC 1 1 000 000 Provide a standard series of aeronau tical charts covering land areas of the world at a size and scale convenient for navigation by moderate speed aircraft Topographic information includes cities and towns principal roads railroads distinc tive landmarks drainage and relief Aeronautical information includes visual and radio aids to navigation airports airways restricted areas obstructions and other pertinent data d En Route Low Altitude Charts Provide aeronautical information for en route instrument navigation IFR in the low altitude stratum Information includes the portrayal of airways limits of controlled airspace position identification and frequencies of radio aids selected airports minimum en route and mini
461. phone or interphone to assure delivery 1 Thirty minutes after departure if ETE is between 30 minutes and 2 hours 2 One hour before ETA if ETE is 2 hours or more 3 Thirty minutes after departure if remaining overnight RON VIP information is contained in remarks of a military flight notification c When an acknowledgment for a message is required and has not been received in accordance with the procedure described above retransmit the complete message to the addressee d Messages awaiting acknowledgment are suspended on the Suspense List It contains a list of all numbered Service B messages and those messages Flight Plan Handling 4 3 14 transmitted from the flight plan mask not acknowledged by all the addressees 1 The message identification is the aircraft identification for flight notifications and or the message number for all other message types 2 Acknowledgments received via NADIN will be automatically processed if they are in the proper format 3 Improperly formatted acknowledgments will be directed to a list for manual processing and will generate an alert at designated workstations for editing 4 The Suspense List will display the aircraft identification and message numbers in chronological order of transmission times and the addressees for each message with an indication of those that have not acknowledged 5 Ifa transmission has not been acknowledged by all addressees within 30 minutes an
462. pliance with the clearance issued Pilots may also request clarification or amendment as appropriate any time a clearance is not fully understood or considered unacceptable because of safety of flight Controllers should in such instances and to the extent of operational practicality and safety honor the pilot s request 14 CFR Part 91 3 a states The pilot in command of an aircraft is directly responsible for and is the final authority as to the operation of that aircraft THE PILOT IS RESPONSIBLE TO REQUEST AN AMENDED CLEARANCE if ATC issues a clearance that would cause a pilot to deviate from a rule or regulation or in the pilot s opinion would place the aircraft in jeopardy See ATC INSTRUCTIONS See ICAO term AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL CLEARANCE AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL A service operated by appropriate authority to promote the safe orderly and expeditious flow of air traffic See ICAO term AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SERVICE Pilot Controller Glossary AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL CLEARANCE ICAO Authorization for an aircraft to proceed under conditions specified by an air traffic control unit Note 1 For convenience the term air traffic control clearance is frequently abbreviated to clearance when used in appropriate contexts Note 2 The abbreviated term clearance may be prefixed by the words taxi takeoff departure en route approach or landing to indicate the particular portion of flight to which the air traffic cont
463. plicable to a SID STAR or other instrument procedure It is issued to terminate a speed adjustment where speed restrictions are published on a charted procedure RMI See RADIO MAGNETIC INDICATOR RNAV See AREA NAVIGATION RNAV RNAV APPROACH An instrument approach procedure which relies on aircraft area navigation equipment for navigational guidance See AREA NAVIGATION RNAV See INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE ROAD RECONNAISSANCE Military activity requiring navigation along roads railroads and rivers Reconnaissance route route segments are seldom along a straight line and normally require a lateral route width of 10 NM to 30 NM and an altitude range of 500 feet to 10 000 feet AGL ROGER I have received all of your last transmission It should not be used to answer a question requiring a yes or a no answer See AFFIRMATIVE See NEGATIVE ROLLOUT RVR See VISIBILITY ROUTE A defined path consisting of one or more courses in a horizontal plane which aircraft traverse over the surface of the earth See AIRWAY See JET ROUTE See PUBLISHED ROUTE See UNPUBLISHED ROUTE ROUTE ACTION NOTIFICATION URET notifi cation that a PAR PDR PDAR has been applied to the flight plan See ATC PREFERRED ROUTE NOTIFICATION See USER REQUEST EVALUATION TOOL ROUTE SEGMENT As used in Air Traffic Control a part of a route that can be defined by two PCG R 6 4 3 14 navigational
464. port UA UUA 5 Icing of light degree or greater 6 Wind shear 7 Volcanic eruption ash clouds and or detection of sulfur gases hydrogen sulfide H2S or sulfur dioxide SO in the cabin a If only H2S or SO is reported ask the pilot if volcanic ash clouds are in the vicinity b The smell of sulfur gases in the cockpit may indicate volcanic activity that has not yet been detected or reported and or possible entry into an ash bearing cloud H2S also known as sewer gas has the odor of rotten eggs SO is identifiable as the sharp acrid odor of a freshly struck match NOTE Pilots may forward PIREPs regarding volcanic activity using the format described in the Volcanic Activity Reporting Form VAR as depicted in the AIM b Also solicit PIREPs regardless of weather conditions when 1 A NWS or ATC facility indicates a need because of a specific weather or flight assistance situation 2 Necessary to determine flying conditions pertinent to natural hazards mountain passes ridges peaks between the weather reporting stations 3 The station is designated as responsible for PIREPs in an offshore coastal area c Flight watch specialists must solicit sufficient PIREPs to remain aware of flight conditions d To solicit PIREPs within a specific area broadcast a request on NAVAIDs transcribed broadcast facilities or a selected communications frequency PHRASEOLOGY PILOT WEATHER REPORTS ARE REQUESTED l
465. porting 6 Destination LR Fale Resort i Actual departure time or time VFR axe seporing fli MR Mountain Reporting ight plan activated E EE PB Pilot Brief 8 ETA at destination RY Runway 9 Estimated time of fuel exhaustion S SVFR 10 Type of flight SR Swamp Reporting 11 Action time for example overdue V VFR time fuel exhaustion time LR contact VNR VER Flight not recommen time ded Pilot Brief 12 Time of contact with pilot WS SIGMET 13 Information received from pilot anoth WST Convective SIGMET er facility e Record ATC instructions and clearances 14 Data issued to the aircraft completely and exactly d Flight progress strip abbreviation See TBL f Summarize other data using approved symbols 4 2 2 and contractions See FIG 4 2 5 and FIG 4 2 6 4 2 4 Data Recording 4 3 14 Symbols T gt JO 7110 10X FIG 4 2 5 Control Information Symbols Chart 1 Meaning Depart direction if specified Climb and maintain Descend and maintain Cruise At Cross Maintain Join or intercept airway jet route track or course While in controlled airspace SBD Nla se de While in control area Enter control area Out of control area NW PRE ae Cleared to enter depart or through surface area indicated direction of flight by NE on arrow and appropriate compass letter Maintain Special VFR conditions en altitude if appropriate whi
466. r portion thereof not understood or received e g Say again all after ABRAM VOR SAY ALTITUDE Used by ATC to ascertain an aircraft s specific altitude flight level When the aircraft is climbing or descending the pilot should state the indicated altitude rounded to the nearest 100 feet SAY HEADING Used by ATC to request an aircraft heading The pilot should state the actual heading of the aircraft SCHEDULED TIME OF ARRIVAL STA ASTA is the desired time that an aircraft should cross a certain point landing or metering fix It takes other traffic and airspace configuration into account A STA time shows the results of the TMA scheduler that has calculated an arrival time according to parameters such as optimized spacing aircraft performance and weather SDF See SIMPLIFIED DIRECTIONAL FACILITY SEA LANE A designated portion of water outlined by visual surface markers for and intended to be used by aircraft designed to operate on water SEARCH AND RESCUE A service which seeks missing aircraft and assists those found to be in need of assistance It is a cooperative effort using the facilities and services of available Federal state and local agencies The U S Coast Guard is responsible for coordination of search and rescue for the Maritime Region and the U S Air Force is responsible for search and rescue for the Inland Region Information pertinent to search and rescue should be passed through any air traff
467. r radar display See AUTOMATIC DEPENDENT SURVEILLANCE BROADCAST GROUND CLUTTER A pattern produced on the radar scope by ground returns which may degrade other radar returns in the affected area The effect of PCG G 2 4 3 14 ground clutter is minimized by the use of moving target indicator MTI circuits in the radar equipment resulting in a radar presentation which displays only targets which are in motion See CLUTTER GROUND COMMUNICATION OUTLET GCO An unstaffed remotely controlled ground ground communications facility Pilots at uncontrolled airports may contact ATC and FSS via VHF to a telephone connection to obtain an instrument clearance or close a VFR or IFR flight plan They may also get an updated weather briefing prior to takeoff Pilots will use four key clicks on the VHF radio to contact the appropriate ATC facility or six key clicks to contact the FSS The GCO system is intended to be used only on the ground GROUND CONTROLLED APPROACH A radar approach system operated from the ground by air traffic control personnel transmitting instructions to the pilot by radio The approach may be conducted with surveillance radar ASR only or with both surveillance and precision approach radar PAR Usage of the term GCA by pilots is discouraged except when referring to a GCA facility Pilots should specifically request a PAR approach when a precision radar approach is desired or request
468. r National Guard ANG aircraft Issue the RCR to other aircraft upon request 4 4 4 4 3 14 EXAMPLE Ice on runway R C R zero five patchy NOTE USAF has established RCR procedures for determining the average deceleration readings of runways under conditions of water slush ice or snow The use of RCR code is dependent upon the pilot s having a stopping capability chart specifically applicable to his her aircraft USAF offices furnish RCR information at airports serving USAF and ANG aircraft 4 4 4 CHARTS Keep charts depicting runways local taxi routes intersection takeoff information airport traffic patterns and instrument approach procedures convenient to the position that provides airport advisory service 4 4 5 AUTHORIZED FREQUENCIES a Airport Advisory 1 Provide airport advisory service on the appropriate discrete frequency at non towered locations and on the tower local control frequency at an airport with a part time tower when that facility is not operating 2 If a pilot calls on another frequency issue advisories on the frequency to which the pilot is listening in addition to the appropriate Airport Advisory frequency 3 Encourage the pilot to guard the airport advisory frequency or tower local control frequency within a 10 mile radius of the airport NOTE In situations where the inflight position is split advise pilot of appropriate frequency to obtain Airport Advisory RAIS
469. r One Two Three Four Golf NOTE The prefix November denotes a U S aircraft registry 1 Air carrier and other civil aircraft having FAA authorized call signs State the call sign in accordance with FAAO JO 7340 2 Contractions followed by the flight number in group form EXAMPLE American Five Twenty One United One Zero One General Motors Thirty Fifteen Delta One Hundred 2 If aircraft identification becomes a problem the call sign must be restated after the flight number of the aircraft involved EXAMPLE American Five Twenty One American Commuter Six Eleven Commuter General Motors Thirty Seven General Motors REFERENCE FAAO JO 7210 3 Para 2 1 13 Aircraft Identification Problems 3 Air taxi and commercial operators not having FAA authorized call signs State the prefix TANGO on initial contact if used by the pilot followed by the registration number The prefix may be dropped in subsequent communications EXAMPLE On initial contact Tango Mooney Five Five Five Two Quebec or Tango November Five Five Five Two Quebec On subsequent contacts Mooney Five Two Quebec or November Five Two Quebec b MEDEVAC aircraft 1 Air carrier taxi ambulance State the prefix MEDEVAC if used by the pilot followed by the call sign and flight number in group form EXAMPLE MEDEVAC Delta Fifty One General 4 3 14 NOTE
470. r landing with no opportunity for its passengers to deplane TARMAC DELAY AIRCRAFT An aircraft whose pilot in command has requested to taxi to the ramp gate or alternate deplaning area to comply with the Three hour Tarmac Rule TARMAC DELAY REQUEST A request by the pilot in command to taxi to the ramp gate or alternate deplaning location to comply with the Three hour Tarmac Rule PCG T 1 Pilot Controller Glossary TAS See TERMINAL AUTOMATION SYSTEMS TAWS See TERRAIN AWARENESS WARNING SYSTEM TAXI The movement of an airplane under its own power on the surface of an airport 14 CFR Section 135 100 Note Also it describes the surface movement of helicopters equipped with wheels See AIR TAXI See HOVER TAXI Refer to 14 CFR Section 135 100 Refer to AIM TAXI PATTERNS Patterns established to illustrate the desired flow of ground traffic for the different runways or airport areas available for use TCAS See TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM TCH See THRESHOLD CROSSING HEIGHT TCLT See TENTATIVE CALCULATED LANDING TIME TDLS See TERMINAL DATA LINK SYSTEM TDZE See TOUCHDOWN ZONE ELEVATION TELEPHONE INFORMATION BRIEFING SER VICE A continuous telephone recording of meteorological and or aeronautical information Refer to AIM TEMPORARY FLIGHT RESTRICTION TFR A TFR is a regulatory action issued by the FAA via the U S NOTAM System unde
471. r other capabilities See Note 5 Any alphanumeric characters not indicated above are reserved NOTE 1 If the letter S is used standard equipment is considered to be VHF RTF VOR and ILS unless another combination is prescribed by the appropriate ATS authority 2 If the letter G is used the types of external GNSS augmentation if any are specified in Item 18 following the indicator NAV and separated by a space 3 See RTCA EUROCAE Interoperability Requirements Standard For ATN Baseline 1 ATN B1 INTEROP Standard DO 280B ED 110B for data link services air traffic control clearance and information air traffic control communications management air traffic control microphone check 4 If the letter R is used the performance based navigation levels that can be met are specified in Item 18 following the indicator PBN Guidance material on the application of performance based navigation to a specific route segment route or area is contained in the Performance Based Navigation Manual Doc 9613 5 If the letter Z is used specify in Item 18 the other equipment carried or other capabilities preceded by COM NAV and or DAT as appropriate 6 Information on navigation capability is provided to ATC for clearance and routing purposes ICAO FLIGHT PLANS Appendix A 5 JO 7110 10X 4 3 14 Surveillance equipment and capabilities ENTER N if no surveillance equipment for the route to be flown is carried or the equipment is unser
472. r receiving it from the originating BASOPS must determine the FSS nearest the aircraft s estimated position for VFR flights or the appropriate ARTCC for IFR flights Transmit a numbered message only to the facility identified Include in the text FLT ADVY aircraft identification and type and route of flight in that order The last item must be the identifier of the originating BASOPS or FSS Plain language may be used EXAMPLE FF KZIDZRZX DTG KCOUYFYX COU005 ZID FLT ADVY A12345 T38 GVW J80 DAY DAY WX BLO LNDG MIN SUG PROCD CVG ADZ INTENTIONS DLVR 1625 GVW BASOPS 2 Inform the originator if unable to deliver the flight advisory within 15 minutes Store the message in the history files b Electronic Counter Measure ECM Alerts Transmit a numbered message via Service B to tie in stations serving the addressees If acknowledgements are not received within 1 hour deliver via telephone c REACH and SAM Flight Messages Forward to the airlift command post specified by the pilot if message contains request Pass to Air Mobility Command amp Airlift Command Post AMC ACP specified by the pilot 6 5 1 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 6 IFR DVFR ADIZ Flight Plans 6 6 1 AIRCRAFT MOVEMENT INFORMATION SERVICES AMIS WITHIN AN ADIZ IFR In addition to the normal handling of aircraft operating in accordance with IFR ADIZ penetration information or position reports on IFR operations outside of controlle
473. r relevant sources have failed to reveal any news of the aircraft b An aircraft has been cleared to land and fails to land within five minutes of the estimated time of landing and communication has not been reestablished with the aircraft Alerting Service c Information has been received which indicates that the operating efficiency of the aircraft has been impaired but not to the extent that a forced landing is likely d An aircraft is known or believed to be the subject of unlawful interference 3 Distress phase when a Following the alert phase further unsuccessful attempts to establish communication with the aircraft and more widespread unsuccessful inquiries point to the probability that the aircraft is in distress b The fuel on board is considered to be exhausted or thought to be insufficient to enable the aircraft to reach safety c Information is received which indicates that the operating efficiency of the aircraft has been impaired to the extent that a forced landing is likely d Information is received and it is reason ably certain that the aircraft is about to make or has made a forced landing b In addition to the initial notification the Rescue Coordination Center RCC must without delay be furnished with 1 Any useful additional information especially on the development of the state of emergency through subsequent phases 2 Information that the emergency situation no longer ex
474. r the authority of United States Code Title 49 TFRs are issued within the sovereign airspace of the United States and its territories to restrict certain aircraft from operating within a defined area on a temporary basis to protect persons or property in the air or on the ground While not all inclusive TFRs may be issued for disaster or hazard situations such as toxic gas leaks or spills fumes from flammable agents aircraft accident in cident sites aviation or ground resources engaged in wildlife suppression or aircraft relief activities PCG T 2 4 3 14 following a disaster TFRs may also be issued in support of VIP movements for reasons of national security or when determined necessary for the management of air traffic in the vicinity of aerial demonstrations or major sporting events NAS users or other interested parties should contact a FSS for TFR information Additionally TFR information can be found in automated briefings NOTAM publica tions and on the internet at http www faa gov The FAA also distributes TFR information to aviation user groups for further dissemination TENTATIVE CALCULATED LANDING TIME A projected time calculated for adapted vertex for each arrival aircraft based upon runway configuration airport acceptance rate airport arrival delay period and other metered arrival aircraft This time is either the VTA of the aircraft or the TCLT ACLT of the previous aircraft plus the AAI whichever is later
475. r to AIM POSITION SYMBOL A computer generated indication shown on a radar display to indicate the mode of tracking POSITIVE CONTROL The separation of all air traffic within designated airspace by air traffic control PRACTICE INSTRUMENT APPROACH An instrument approach procedure conducted by a VFR or an IFR aircraft for the purpose of pilot training or proficiency demonstrations PRE DEPARTURE CLEARANCE An application with the Terminal Data Link System TDLS that provides clearance information to subscribers through a service provider in text to the cockpit or gate printer PCG P 2 4 3 14 PREARRANGED COORDINATION A standard ized procedure which permits an air traffic controller to enter the airspace assigned to another air traffic controller without verbal coordination The proce dures are defined in a facility directive which ensures standard separation between aircraft PREARRANGED COORDINATION PROCE DURES A facility s standardized procedure that describes the process by which one controller shall allow an aircraft to penetrate or transit another controller s airspace in a manner that assures standard separation without individual coordination for each aircraft PRECIPITATION Any or all forms of water particles rain sleet hail or snow that fall from the atmosphere and reach the surface PRECIPITATION RADAR WEATHER DE SCRIPTIONS Existing radar systems cannot detect turbulence However there i
476. ram and to refer them to either the Notices to Airmen publication or a special traffic management program advisory message for program details The contrac tion TMPA is used in NOTAM text TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT UNIT The entity in ARTCCs and designated terminals directly involved in the active management of facility traffic Usually under the direct supervision of an assistant manager for traffic management TRAFFIC NO FACTOR Indicates that the traffic described in a previously issued traffic advisory is no factor TRAFFIC NO LONGER OBSERVED Indicates that the traffic described in a previously issued traffic advisory is no longer depicted on radar but may still be a factor TRAFFIC PATTERN The traffic flow that is prescribed for aircraft landing at taxiing on or taking off from an airport The components of a typical traffic pattern are upwind leg crosswind leg downwind leg base leg and final approach a Upwind Leg A flight path parallel to the landing runway in the direction of landing 4 3 14 b Crosswind Leg A flight path at right angles to the landing runway off its upwind end c Downwind Leg A flight path parallel to the landing runway in the direction opposite to landing The downwind leg normally extends between the crosswind leg and the base leg d Base Leg A flight path at right angles to the landing runway off its approach end The base leg normally extends from the downwind leg to the intersection o
477. raphical location in TBL 9 5 1 TBL 9 5 1 Boston Chicago San Francisco Gulf of and and and Mexico Caribbean Hawaii NE a Worth Salt Lake Fe a Synopsis VFR Clouds and Weather Clouds and ie Weather wc Icing and Freezing Level 2 E VFR Clouds and Weather includes clouds with bases higher than or equal to 1 000 feet 9 5 2 AREA FORECAST FA SCHEDULE FAs are issued three times a day in the contiguous U S and the Gulf of Mexico and four times a day in Alaska Hawaii and the Caribbean The issuance times are in TBL 9 5 2 TBL9 5 2 Boston Chicago San Francisco Gulf of Caribbean Hawaii Alaska and and Fort and Salt Lake Mexico UTC UTC UTC Miami Worth City UTC UTC UTC UTC 1 Issuance 0845 DT 0945 DT 1045 DT 1145 0130 0330 0340 0415 DT 0945 ST 1045 ST ST 0515 ST 2nd Issuance 1745 DT 1845 DT 1945 DT 2045 1030 0930 0940 1215 DT 1845 ST 1945 ST ST 1315 ST 31d Issuance 0045 DT 0145 DT 0245 DT 0345 1830 1530 1540 2015 DT 0145 ST 0245 ST DT 2115 ST 4th Issuance 2130 2140 Note DT Daylight Time ST Standard Time UTC Coordinated Universal Time Area Forecast FA 9 5 1 JO 7110 10X 4 3 14 9 5 3 DISTRIBUTION Distribution of FAs is made by WMSCR in accordance with a predetermined list for each circuit based upon intra circuit coordinated requirements 9 5 2 Area Forecast FA 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 6 Severe Weather Forecasts 9 6 1 GE
478. re aloft forecasts FB are computer prepared and issued by the National Centers for Environmental Prediction NCEP at Suitland Maryland The forecasts are valid 6 FB1 8 12 FB2 9 and 24 FB 3 10 hours after the observation date times of 0000Z 0600Z 12007 and 1800Z upon which they are based See TBL 9 3 1 for wind temperature aloft forecast schedules TBL 9 3 1 Wind Temperature Aloft Forecast Schedules Type sr Valid for For use period FB1 8 0000Z 0600Z 0200 0900Z FB2 9 0000Z 1200Z 0900 1800Z FB3 10 0000Z 0000Z 1800 0600Z FB1 8 0600Z 1200Z 0800 1500Z FB2 9 0600Z 1800Z 1500 0000Z FB3 10 0600Z 0600Z 0000 1200Z FB1 8 1200Z 1800Z 1400 21002 FB2 9 1200Z 0000Z 2100 0600Z FB3 10 1200Z 1200Z 0600 1800Z FB1 8 1800Z 0000Z 2000 0300Z FB2 9 1800Z 0600Z 0300 1200Z FB3 10 1800Z 1800Z 1200 0000Z Wind and Temperature Aloft Forecast FB 9 3 2 LEVELS FORECAST Dependent upon station elevation FB1 2 3 wind forecasts are issued for the following levels 3 6 9 12 18 24 30 34 and 39 thousand foot levels The first level for which a wind forecast is issued is 1 500 feet or more above the station elevation Temperature is forecast for all wind levels that are 2 500 feet or more above the station No temperature is forecast for the 3 000 foot level The minus signs are deleted preceding the temperatures at the 30 34 and 39 thousand foot levels FB8 9 10
479. reas The light flashes Morse Code to identify the beacon site Refer to AIM AIT See AUTOMATED INFORMATION TRANSFER PCG A 9 Pilot Controller Glossary ALERFA Alert Phase ICAO A situation wherein apprehension exists as to the safety of an aircraft and its occupants ALERT A notification to a position that there is an aircraft to aircraft or aircraft to airspace conflict as detected by Automated Problem Detection APD ALERT AREA See SPECIAL USE AIRSPACE ALERT NOTICE A request originated by a flight service station FSS or an air route traffic control center ARTCC for an extensive communication search for overdue unreported or missing aircraft ALERTING SERVICE A service provided to notify appropriate organizations regarding aircraft in need of search and rescue aid and assist such organizations as required ALNOT See ALERT NOTICE ALONG TRACK DISTANCE ATD The distance measured from a point in space by systems using area navigation reference capabilities that are not subject to slant range errors ALPHANUMERIC DISPLAY Letters and numer als used to show identification altitude beacon code and other information concerning a target on a radar display See AUTOMATED RADAR TERMINAL SYSTEMS ALTERNATE AERODROME ICAO An aero drome to which an aircraft may proceed when it becomes either impossible or inadvisable to proceed to or to land at the aerodrome of intended landing Note
480. red by the Storm Prediction Center SPC at Norman Oklahoma See AIRMET See CONVECTIVE SIGMET See CWA See SIGMET SFA See SINGLE FREQUENCY APPROACH SFO See SIMULATED FLAMEOUT SHF See SUPER HIGH FREQUENCY SHORT RANGE CLEARANCE A clearance issued to a departing IFR flight which authorizes IFR flight to a specific fix short of the destination while air traffic control facilities are coordinating and obtaining the complete clearance SHORT TAKEOFF AND LANDING AIRCRAFT An aircraft which at some weight within its approved operating weight is capable of operating from a runway in compliance with the applicable STOL characteristics airworthiness operations noise and pollution standards See VERTICAL TAKEOFF AND LANDING AIRCRAFT SIAP See STANDARD INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE SID See STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE SIDESTEP MANEUVER A visual maneuver accomplished by a pilot at the completion of an instrument approach to permit a straight in landing on a parallel runway not more than 1 200 feet to either side of the runway to which the instrument approach was conducted Refer to AIM SIGMET A weather advisory issued concerning weather significant to the safety of all aircraft PCG S 3 Pilot Controller Glossary SIGMET advisories cover severe and extreme turbulence severe icing and widespread dust or sandstorms that reduce visibility to less than 3 miles See AI
481. red in the remarks as appropriate EXAMPLE FF CZYZZFZX DTG KBUFYFYX VFR N711VR C182 BUF YYZ 1735 CANPASS d IFR Flight Plans 1 CANPASS Flight Plans NOTE The operational system should automatically format the required items and transmit the flight notification message EXAMPLE FR I AI N1234 AT C421 R TS 280 DD DSM TM P1800 AE 200 RT DSM CYYZ AD CYYZ TE 0300 RM CANPASS FB 0400 AA PD JOE PILOT HB DSM NB 2 CR R W TL OP CP TA 2100 FR I AI N1234 AT C421 R TS 280 DD DSM TM P1800 AE 200 RT DSM CYYZ AD CYYZ TE 0300 RM CANPASS FB 0400 A4 PD JOE PILOT HB DSM NB 2 CR R W TL OP C 7 4 1 JO 7110 10X CP CZYZZFZX TA 2100 2 Send a flight notification message on airfile IFR aircraft that has requested Customs notification Place CANPASS if prior notification in the remarks section of the flight notification message If the pilot files a flight plan but gives no indication that CANPASS procedures have been implemented or prefers to leave the notification off of the flight plan leave the remarks section blank and allow the NAV CANADA specialists to handle the situation upon arrival e VFR Flight Plans NOTE The operational system will automatically format the required items and transmit the flight notification message EXAMPLE EXAMPLE AIRFILED FR V AI N1234 AT C150 TS 90 DD BUF TM D1800 AE 045 RT BUF CYYZ AD CYYZ TE 0030 RM CANPASS 2 FB 0330 AA PD JOE PILOT HB DSM NB 2 C
482. ree one five 2 Upon request The four separate digits of the hours and minutes in terms of UTC followed by the local time equivalent or the local time equivalent only Local time may be based on the 24 hour clock system See TBL 12 1 31 The term ZULU may be used to denote UTC TBL 12 1 31 Coordinated Universal Time Time Phraseology 2 30 p m Two thirty P M local or 2230 UTC 2 30 Two two three zero two p m thirty P M local or 2230 UTC 1430 Two two three zero one four PST three zero Pacific or local 3 Time check The word time followed by the four separate digits of the hour and minutes and nearest quarter minute Fractions of a quarter minute 12 1 10 4 3 14 less than eight seconds are stated as the preceding quarter minute fractions of a quarter minute of 8 seconds or more are stated as the succeeding quarter minute See TBL 12 1 32 TBL 12 1 32 Time Check Time Phraseology 1415 06 Time one four one five 1415 10 Time one four one five and one quarter 4 Abbreviated time The separate digits of the minutes only See TBL 12 1 33 TBL 12 1 33 Abbreviated Time Time Phraseology 1415 One five 1420 Two zero NOTE Change to the next minute is made at the minute plus 30 seconds d Field elevation The words field elevation followed by the separate digits of the elevation See TBL 12 1 34 TBL 12 1 34 Field Eleva
483. rees of longitude For flights operating in areas outside those latitudes the tracks must be defined by significant points formed by the intersection of parallels of latitude with meridians normally spaced at 20 degrees of longitude The distance between significant points must as far as possible not exceed one hour s flight time Additional significant points must be established as deemed necessary For flights operating predominantly in a north south direction define tracks by reference to significant points formed by the intersection of whole degrees of longitude with specified parallels of latitude which are spaced at 5 degrees ENTER DCT between successive points unless both points are defined by geographical coordinates or by bearing and distance USE ONLY the conventions in 1 to 5 below and SEPARATE each sub item by a space 1 ATS route 2 to 7 characters The coded designator assigned to the route or route segment including where appropriate the coded designator assigned to the standard departure or arrival route for example V218 J3 Q108 T111 BCN1 ANC4 AR3 Bl R14 UB10 UJ5 UQ104 KODAP2A RITVR2 NOTE Provisions for the application of route designators are contained in Annex 11 Appendix 1 2 Significant point 2 to 11 characters The coded designator 2 to 5 characters assigned to the point for example LN MAY HADDY or if no coded designator has been assigned one of the following ways Degrees onl
484. ric term that covers Class A Class B Class C Class D and Class E airspace b Controlled airspace is also that airspace within which all aircraft operators are subject to certain pilot qualifications operating rules and equipment requirements in 14 CFR Part 91 for specific operating requirements please refer to 14 CFR Part 91 For IFR operations in any class of controlled airspace a pilot must file an IFR flight plan and receive an appropriate ATC clearance Each Class B Class C and Class D airspace area designated for an airport contains at least one primary airport around which the airspace is designated for specific designations and descriptions of the airspace classes please refer to 14 CFR Part 71 c Controlled airspace in the United States is designated as follows 1 CLASS A Generally that airspace from 18 000 feet MSL up to and including FL 600 including the airspace overlying the waters within 12 nautical miles of the coast of the 48 contiguous States and Alaska Unless otherwise authorized all persons must operate their aircraft under IFR 2 CLASS B Generally that airspace from the surface to 10 000 feet MSL surrounding the nation s busiest airports in terms of airport operations or passenger enplanements The configuration of each Class B airspace area is individually tailored and consists of a surface area and two or more layers some Class B airspaces areas resemble upside down wedding cakes and is
485. rized and under the control of the appropriate air traffic control facility Weather minimums required are depicted on the chart CHASE An aircraft flown in proximity to another aircraft normally to observe its performance during training or testing CHASE AIRCRAFT See CHASE CIRCLE TO LAND MANEUVER A maneuver initiated by the pilot to align the aircraft with a runway for landing when a straight in landing from an instrument approach is not possible or is not desirable At tower controlled airports this maneuver is made only after ATC authorization has been PCG C 2 4 3 14 obtained and the pilot has established required visual reference to the airport See CIRCLE TO RUNWAY See LANDING MINIMUMS Refer to AIM CIRCLE TO RUNWAY RUNWAY NUMBER Used by ATC to inform the pilot that he she must circle to land because the runway in use is other than the runway aligned with the instrument approach procedure When the direction of the circling maneuver in relation to the airport runway is required the controller will state the direction eight cardinal compass points and specify a left or right downwind or base leg as appropriate e g Cleared VOR Runway Three Six Approach circle to Runway Two Two or Circle northwest of the airport for a right downwind to Runway Two Two See CIRCLE TO LAND MANEUVER See LANDING MINIMUMS Refer to AIM CIRCLING APPROACH See CIRCLE TO LAND MANEUVER CIRCL
486. roach 4 3 14 procedure chart when straight in landing minimums are authorized See TOUCHDOWN ZONE TOUCHDOWN ZONE LIGHTING See AIRPORT LIGHTING TOWER A terminal facility that uses air ground communications visual signaling and other devices to provide ATC services to aircraft operating in the vicinity of an airport or on the movement area Authorizes aircraft to land or takeoff at the airport controlled by the tower or to transit the Class D airspace area regardless of flight plan or weather conditions IFR or VFR A tower may also provide approach control services radar or nonradar See AIRPORT TRAFFIC CONTROL SERVICE See APPROACH CONTROL FACILITY See APPROACH CONTROL SERVICE See MOVEMENT AREA See TOWER EN ROUTE CONTROL SERVICE See ICAO term AERODROME CONTROL TOWER Refer to AIM TOWER EN ROUTE CONTROL SERVICE The control of IFR en route traffic within delegated airspace between two or more adjacent approach control facilities This service is designed to expedite traffic and reduce control and pilot communication requirements TOWER TO TOWER See TOWER EN ROUTE CONTROL SERVICE TPX 42 A numeric beacon decoder equipment system It is designed to be added to terminal radar systems for beacon decoding It provides rapid target identification reinforcement of the primary radar target and altitude information from Mode C See AUTOMATED RADAR TERMINAL SYSTEMS
487. roach for landing Pilots will not normally be required to change frequency from the beginning of the approach to touchdown except that pilots conducting an en route descent are required to change frequency when control is transferred from the air route traffic control center to the terminal facility The abbreviation SFA in the DOD FLIP IFR Supplement under Communications indicates this service is available at an aerodrome SINGLE PILOTED AIRCRAFT A military turbojet aircraft possessing one set of flight controls tandem cockpits or two sets of flight controls but operated by one pilot is considered single piloted by ATC when determining the appropriate air traffic service to be applied See SINGLE FREQUENCY APPROACH SKYSPOTTER A pilot who has received specialized training in observing and reporting inflight weather phenomena SLASH A radar beacon reply displayed as an elongated target 4 3 14 SLDI See SECTOR LIST DROP INTERVAL SLOT TIME See METER FIX TIME SLOT TIME SLOW TAXI To taxi a float plane at low power or low RPM SN See SYSTEM STRATEGIC NAVIGATION SPEAK SLOWER Used in verbal communications as a request to reduce speech rate SPECIAL ACTIVITY AIRSPACE SAA Any airspace with defined dimensions within the National Airspace System wherein limitations may be imposed upon aircraft operations This airspace may be restricted areas prohibited areas military operations areas air
488. rocedure addresses the complete task of transferring position responsibility and the associated relief briefing 2 Position relief unavoidably provides added workload for specialists at the time of relief The intent of this procedure is to make the transfer of position responsibility take place smoothly and to ensure a complete transfer of information with a minimum amount of workload The method takes advantage of a self briefing concept in which the relieving specialist obtains needed status information by reading from the Status Information Areas to begin the relief process Up to the minute informa tion relating to the provision of flight services to pilots and aircraft in flight requires verbal exchanges between specialists during the relief process The method also specifies the point when the transfer of position responsibility occurs 1 3 1 JO 7110 10X 3 In the final part of the relief process the specialist being relieved monitors and reviews the position to ensure that nothing has been overlooked or incorrectly displayed and that the transfer of position responsibility occurred with a complete briefing c Terms The following terms are important for a complete understanding of this procedure 1 Status Information Areas Manual or automated displays of the current status of position related equipment and operational conditions or procedures 2 Written Notes Manually recorded items of information kept at designat
489. rol clear ance relates AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SERVICE See AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SERVICE ICAO A service provided for the purpose of a Preventing collisions 1 Between aircraft and 2 On the maneuvering area between aircraft and obstructions b Expediting and maintaining an orderly flow of air traffic AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SPECIALIST A person authorized to provide air traffic control service See AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL See FLIGHT SERVICE STATION See ICAO term CONTROLLER AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEM COMMAND CENTER ATCSCC An Air Traffic Tactical Operations facility responsible for monitoring and managing the flow of air traffic throughout the NAS producing a safe orderly and expeditious flow of traffic while minimizing delays The following functions are located at the ATCSCC a Central Altitude Reservation Function CARF Responsible for coordinating planning and approving special user requirements under the Altitude Reservation ALTRV concept See ALTITUDE RESERVATION b Airport Reservation Office ARO Responsible for approving IFR flights at designated high density traffic airports John F Kennedy LaGuardia and Ronald Reagan Washington National during specified hours Refer to 14 CFR Part 93 Refer to AIRPORT FACILITY DIRECTORY PCG A 5 Pilot Controller Glossary c U S Notice to Airmen NOTAM Office Responsible for collecting maintaining and distrib
490. rome is located on or connected to the ATS route the designator of the first ATS route OR if the departure aerodrome is not located on or connected to the ATS route the letters DCT followed by the point of joining the first ATS route followed by the designator of the ATS route THEN ENTER each point at which either a change of speed and or level is planned to start or a change of ATS route and or a change of flight rules is planned NOTE When a transition is planned between a lower and upper ATS route and the routes are oriented in the same direction the point of transition does not need to be entered ICAO FLIGHT PLANS Appendix A 7 JO 7110 10X 4 3 14 FOLLOWED IN EACH CASE by the designator of the next ATS route segment even if the same as the previous one OR by DCT if the flight to the next point will be outside a designated route unless both points are defined by geographical coordinates Flights outside designated ATS routes ENTER points normally not more than 30 minutes flying time or 370 km 200 NM apart including each point at which a change of speed or level a change of track or a change of flight rules is planned OR when required by appropriate ATS authority ies DEFINE the track of flights operating predominantly in an east west direction between 70 N and 70 S by reference to significant points formed by the intersections of half or whole degrees of latitude with meridians spaced at intervals of 10 deg
491. rossing the meter fix OUTER MARKER A marker beacon at or near the glideslope intercept altitude of an ILS approach It is keyed to transmit two dashes per second on a 400 Hz tone which is received aurally and visually by compatible airborne equipment The OM is normally located four to seven miles from the runway threshold on the extended centerline of the runway See INSTRUMENT LANDING SYSTEM See MARKER BEACON Refer to AIM OVER My transmission is ended I expect a response OVERHEAD MANEUVER A series of predeter mined maneuvers prescribed for aircraft often in formation for entry into the visual flight rules VFR traffic pattern and to proceed to a landing An overhead maneuver is not an instrument flight rules IFR approach procedure An aircraft executing an overhead maneuver is considered VFR and the IFR flight plan is cancelled when the aircraft reaches the initial point on the initial approach portion of the maneuver The pattern usually specifies the following a The radio contact required of the pilot b The speed to be maintained c An initial approach 3 to 5 miles in length d An elliptical pattern consisting of two 180 degree turns e A break point at which the first 180 degree turn is started f The direction of turns g Altitude at least 500 feet above the convention al pattern h A Roll out on final approach not less than 1 4 mile from the landing threshold and not
492. rovide the favored or designated runway informa tion as follows a For takeoff and landing operations state the runway most nearly aligned into the wind b Inform the pilot when the current wind direction is varying enough that the selection of the favored runway may be affected when there is more than 10 knots between peaks and lulls or the pilot has requested the information c If there is no wind state the runway currently in use the runway favored by a shorter taxiway or other local consideration d When airport management has designated a runway to be used under certain wind or other conditions and has informed the FSS in writing issue runway information accordingly e If the majority of the traffic has been using a runway other than the favored or designated runway advise the pilot EXAMPLE Landing airport has runways 27 longer and 32 with most pilots utilizing the shorter runway WIND VARIABLE BETWEEN TWO EIGHT ZERO AND THREE FOUR ZERO AT ONE FIVE GUSTS TWO EIGHT FAVORED RUNWAY THREE TWO f When a pilot advises he she will use a runway other than the favored or the designated runway inform all known concerned traffic PHRASEOLOGY ATTENTION ALL AIRCRAFT Aircraft type DEPARTING LANDING RUNWAY number g If a pilot requests the distance between an intersection and the runway end furnish measured data from the local airport intersection takeoff diagram or other appropriate sources
493. rriving from flight in local practice areas or aircraft executing practice instrument approaches at the airport See TRAFFIC PATTERN LOCALIZER The component of an ILS which provides course guidance to the runway See INSTRUMENT LANDING SYSTEM See ICAO term LOCALIZER COURSE Refer to AIM LOCALIZER COURSE ICAO The locus of points in any given horizontal plane at which the DDM difference in depth of modulation is zero LOCALIZER OFFSET An angular offset of the localizer from the runway extended centerline in a direction away from the no transgression zone NTZ that increases the normal operating zone NOZ width An offset requires a 50 foot increase in DH and is not authorized for CAT H and CAT III approaches LOCALIZER TYPE DIRECTIONAL AID A NAVAID used for nonprecision instrument approaches with utility and accuracy comparable to a localizer but which is not a part of a complete ILS and is not aligned with the runway Refer to AIM LOCALIZER TYPE DIRECTIONAL AID LDA PRECISION RUNWAY MONITOR PRM APPROACH An approach which includes a glideslope used in conjunction with an ILS PRM or RNAV GPS PRM approach to an adjacent runway to conduct Simultaneous Offset Instrument 4 3 14 Approaches SOIA to parallel runways whose centerlines are separated by less than 3 000 feet and at least 750 feet NTZ monitoring is required to conduct these approaches When the approach course spacing is less than 3
494. rs to denote the type of flight when required by the appropriate ATS authority S if scheduled air service N if non scheduled air transport operation G if general aviation M if military X if other than any of the defined categories above Specify flight status following the indicator STS in Item 18 or when necessary to denote other reasons for specific handling by ATS indicate the reason following the indicator RMK in Item 18 ITEM 9 NUMBER AND TYPE OF AIRCRAFT AND WAKE TURBULENCE CATEGORY Number of aircraft 1 or 2 characters ENTER the number of aircraft if more than one Type of aircraft 2 to 4 characters ENTER the appropriate designator as specified in ICAO Doc 8643 Aircraft Type Designators OR if no such designator has been assigned or in case of formation flights comprising more than one type ENTER ZZZZ and SPECIFY in Item 18 the numbers and type s of aircraft preceded by TYP Wake turbulence category 1 character ENTER an oblique stroke followed by one of the following letters to indicate the wake turbulence category of the aircraft H HEAVY to indicate an aircraft type with a maximum certificated take off mass of 136 000 kg or more M MEDIUM to indicate an aircraft type with a maximum certificated take off mass of less than 136 000 kg but more than 7 000 kg L LIGHT to indicate an aircraft type with a maximum certificated take off mass of 7 000 kg or less Appendix A 4 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS
495. rt advisory contact the Alaska Flight Service Information Area Group AFSIAG through the Alaskan Region Regional Operations Center ROC 2 Continue broadcasting the MANPADS alert advisory until advised by national headquarters the threat is no longer present Coordination may be through the AFSIAG or the Alaskan ROC REFERENCE FAAO JO 7210 3 Para 2 1 9 Handling MANPADS Incidents D Any other advisories applicable to the area covered by the LAA m Local frequency advisory PHRASEOLOGY CONTACT facility name RADIO ON frequency FOR TRAFFIC ADVISORIES n Instructions for the pilot to acknowledge receipt of the AFIS message on initial contact EXAMPLE Dillingham airport information ALFA One six five five Zulu Wind one three zero at eight visibility one five Automatic Flight Information Service AFIS 4 3 14 ceiling four thousand overcast temperature four dew point three altimeter two niner niner zero Favored runway one niner Notice to Airmen Dillingham V O R out of service Contact Dillingham Radio on one two three point six for traffic advisories Advise on initial contact you have ALFA Kotzebue information ALFA One six five five Zulu Wind two one zero at five visibility two fog ceiling one hundred overcast temperature minus one two dew point Automatic Flight Information Service AFIS JO 7110 10X minus one four altimeter three one zero five Altimeter in excess of three one zero
496. rves a particular runway or runways at an airport b RNAV STARs SIDs Defines a path s from the common route to the final point s on a STAR For a SID the common route that serves a particular runway or runways at an airport RUNWAY USE PROGRAM A noise abatement runway selection plan designed to enhance noise abatement efforts with regard to airport communities for arriving and departing aircraft These plans are developed into runway use programs and apply to all turbojet aircraft 12 500 pounds or heavier turbojet aircraft less than 12 500 pounds are included only if the airport proprietor determines that the aircraft creates a noise problem Runway use programs are coordinated with FAA offices and safety criteria used in these programs are developed by the Office of Flight Operations Runway use programs are administered by the Air Traffic Service as Formal or Informal programs a Formal Runway Use Program An approved noise abatement program which is defined and acknowledged in a Letter of Understanding between Flight Operations Air Traffic Service the airport proprietor and the users Once established participa tion in the program is mandatory for aircraft operators and pilots as provided for in 14 CFR Section 91 129 b Informal Runway Use Program An approved noise abatement program which does not require a Letter of Understanding and participation in the program is voluntary for aircraft operators pilots
497. ry I It is keyed to transmit alternate dots and dashes with the alternate dots and dashes keyed at the rate of 95 dot dash combinations per minute on a 1300 Hz tone which is received aurally and visually by compatible airborne equipment See INSTRUMENT LANDING SYSTEM See MARKER BEACON Refer to AIM MILES IN TRAIL A specified distance between aircraft normally in the same stratum associated with the same destination or route of flight MILITARY AUTHORITY ASSUMES RESPONSI BILITY FOR SEPARATION OF AIRCRAFT A condition whereby the military services involved assume responsibility for separation between participating military aircraft in the ATC system It is used only for required IFR operations which are specified in letters of agreement or other appropriate FAA or military documents MILITARY LANDING ZONE A landing strip used exclusively by the military for training A military landing zone does not carry a runway designation MILITARY OPERATIONS AREA See SPECIAL USE AIRSPACE MILITARY TRAINING ROUTES Airspace of defined vertical and lateral dimensions established for the conduct of military flight training at airspeeds in excess of 250 knots IAS See IFR MILITARY TRAINING ROUTES See VFR MILITARY TRAINING ROUTES MINIMA See MINIMUMS MINIMUM CROSSING ALTITUDE The lowest altitude at certain fixes at which an aircraft must cross when proceeding in the direction of a higher minimum en route IFR alt
498. ry to transfer fuel from one aircraft to another during flight Refer to VFR IFR Wall Planning Charts AERODROME A defined area on land or water including any buildings installations and equip ment intended to be used either wholly or in part for the arrival departure and movement of aircraft AERODROME BEACON ICAO Aeronautical beacon used to indicate the location of an aerodrome from the air AERODROME CONTROL SERVICE ICAO Air traffic control service for aerodrome traffic AERODROME CONTROL TOWER ICAO A unit established to provide air traffic control service to aerodrome traffic AERODROME ELEVATION ICAO The eleva tion of the highest point of the landing area AERODROME TRAFFIC CIRCUIT ICAO The specified path to be flown by aircraft operating in the vicinity of an aerodrome AERONAUTICAL BEACON A visual NAVAID displaying flashes of white and or colored light to indicate the location of an airport a heliport a landmark a certain point of a Federal airway in mountainous terrain or an obstruction See AIRPORT ROTATING BEACON Refer to AIM AERONAUTICAL CHART A map used in air navigation containing all or part of the following 4 3 14 topographic features hazards and obstructions navigation aids navigation routes designated airspace and airports Commonly used aeronautical charts are a Sectional Aeronautical Charts 1 500 000 Designed for visual navigation of slow or medium s
499. s 5 2 11 INFLIGHT EQUIPMENT MALFUNCTIONS When a pilot reports an inflight equipment malfunction take the following action a Request the nature and extent of any special handling desired NOTE 14 CFR Part 91 187 requires the pilot in command of each aircraft operated in controlled airspace under IFR MUST report as soon as practical to ATC any malfunctions of navigational approach or communication equipment occurring in flight This includes the degree to which the capability of the aircraft to operate IFR in the air traffic control system is impaired and the nature and extent of any assistance desired from air traffic control b Provide the maximum assistance possible consistent with equipment workload and any special handling requested c Relay any special handling required or being provided to other specialists or facilities who will subsequently handle the aircraft Operations JO 7110 10X 5 2 12 NAVY FLEET SUPPORT MISSIONS Handle Navy Fleet Support Missions aircraft as follows a When you receive information concerning an emergency to a U S Navy Special Flight Number aircraft inform the nearest ARTCC of all pertinent information b Relay the words SPECIAL FLIGHT NUM BER followed by the number given as part of the routine IFR flight information 5 2 13 COUNTRIES IN THE SPECIAL INTEREST FLIGHT PROGRAM Upon receipt of any flight movement data on an aircraft registered in a special interes
500. s The PIDP detects tracks and predicts secondary radar aircraft targets These are displayed by means of computer generated symbols and alphanumeric characters depicting flight identifi cation aircraft altitude ground speed and flight plan data Although primary radar targets are not tracked they are displayed coincident with the secondary radar targets as well as with the other symbols and alphanumerics The system has the capability of interfacing with ARTCCs AUTOMATED WEATHER SYSTEM Any of the automated weather sensor platforms that collect weather data at airports and disseminate the weather information via radio and or landline The systems currently consist of the Automated Surface Observ ing System ASOS Automated Weather Sensor System AWSS and Automated Weather Observa tion System AWOS AUTOMATED UNICOM Provides completely automated weather radio check capability and airport advisory information on an Automated UNICOM system These systems offer a variety of features typically selectable by microphone clicks on the UNICOM frequency Availability will be published in the Airport Facility Directory and approach charts AUTOMATIC ALTITUDE REPORT See ALTITUDE READOUT AUTOMATIC ALTITUDE REPORTING That function of a transponder which responds to Mode C interrogations by transmitting the aircraft s altitude in 100 foot increments AUTOMATIC CARRIER LANDING SYSTEM U S Navy final approach equipment cons
501. s a direct correlation between the degree of turbulence and other weather features associated with thunderstorms and the weather radar precipitation intensity Controllers will issue where capable precipitation intensity as observed by radar when using weather and radar processor WARP or NAS ground based digital radars with weather capabilities When precipitation intensity information is not available the intensity will be described as UNKNOWN When intensity levels can be determined they shall be described as a LIGHT lt 30 dBZ b MODERATE 30 to 40 dBZ c HEAVY gt 40 to 50 dBZ d EXTREME gt 50 dBZ Refer to AC 00 45 Aviation Weather Services PRECISION APPROACH See PRECISION APPROACH PROCEDURE PRECISION APPROACH PROCEDURE A stan dard instrument approach procedure in which an electronic glideslope glidepath is provided e g ILS MLS and PAR See INSTRUMENT LANDING SYSTEM See MICROWAVE LANDING SYSTEM See PRECISION APPROACH RADAR 4 3 14 PRECISION APPROACH RADAR Radar equip ment in some ATC facilities operated by the FAA and or the military services at joint use civil military locations and separate military installations to detect and display azimuth elevation and range of aircraft on the final approach course to a runway This equipment may be used to monitor certain nonradar approaches but is primarily used to conduct a precision instrument approach PAR wherein the controller is
502. s names e g arresting gear hook device wire barrier cable See ABORT Refer to AIM ARRIVAL AIRCRAFT INTERVAL An internally generated program in hundredths of minutes based upon the AAR AAI is the desired optimum interval between successive arrival aircraft over the vertex ARRIVAL CENTER The ARTCC having jurisdic tion for the impacted airport ARRIVAL DELAY A parameter which specifies a period of time in which no aircraft will be metered for arrival at the specified airport ARRIVAL SECTOR An operational control sector containing one or more meter fixes ARRIVAL SECTOR ADVISORY LIST An ordered list of data on arrivals displayed at the PVD MDM of the sector which controls the meter fix ARRIVAL SEQUENCING PROGRAM The auto mated program designed to assist in sequencing aircraft destined for the same airport ARRIVAL TIME The time an aircraft touches down on arrival ARSR See AIR ROUTE SURVEILLANCE RADAR ARTCC See AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER ARTS See AUTOMATED RADAR TERMINAL SYSTEMS ASDA See ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE AVAILABLE ASDA ICAO See ICAO Term ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE AVAILABLE ASDE See AIRPORT SURFACE DETECTION EQUIPMENT ASF See AIRPORT STREAM FILTER Pilot Controller Glossary ASLAR See AIRCRAFT SURGE LAUNCH AND RECOVERY ASP See ARRIVAL SEQUENCING PROGRAM ASR See AIRPORT SURVEILLANCE RADAR ASR APPROACH See
503. s with stations having sending capability to WMSCR for dissemination on the Service A domestic aviation weather system These reports are aviation routine weather reports METAR and aviation selected special weather reports SPECI All reports must include a report type and the six digit time of the observation Computer sorting and validation requires exact adherence to format and procedure at all times 9 1 2 SCHEDULED TRANSMISSION TIMES a METAR REPORTS Transmit METAR between H 55 and H 00 b SPECI AND DELAYED OR CORRECTED REPORTS Transmit SPECI delayed or corrected reports as soon as possible after H 00 General 9 1 3 DISTRIBUTION Most meteorological and NOTAM data exchanged outside of the facility is dependent on WMSCR It is important to follow strict format and procedures during normal operations as well as during system interruption periods a Circuit interruption Notify WMSCR and or NADIN and the appropriate Telco servicing company and or technical help desk b Record the circuit and or equipment identifica tion numbers in all outage reports Facilities should obtain and record ticket numbers provided by the Telco authority and or technical help desk c WMSCR telephone numbers WMSCR KNKAWMSC Atlanta 770 210 7574 Salt Lake City 801 320 2046 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 2 Pilot Weather Report UA UUA 9 2 1 GENERAL PIREPs are filed at unscheduled times with stations having sending
504. se mile fix EXAMPLE Appleton zero five zero radial three seven mile fix Reno localizer back course four mile fix Hobby Runway One Two M L S zero niner zero azimuth one two mile fix b When a fix is charted on a SID STAR en route chart or approach plate state the name of the fix followed by the phrase D M E fix or waypoint as appropriate EXAMPLE Shaum D M E Fix Shaum Waypoint c Use specific terms to describe a fix Do not use expressions such as passing Victor Twelve or passing J Eleven 12 1 21 RUNWAY CONDITIONS a State factual information as reported by airport management concerning the condition of the runway surface and describing the accumulation of precipitation Furnish quality of braking action as received from pilots or airport management to all aircraft as follows General 4 3 14 1 Describe the quality of braking action using the terms good fair poor or nil If the pilot or airport management reports braking action in other than the foregoing terms ask them to categorize braking action in these terms 2 Include the type of aircraft or vehicle if known from which the report is received EXAMPLE All runways covered by packed snow six inches deep Braking action poor reported by an F Twenty Seven 3 If the braking action report affects only a portion of a runway obtain enough information from the pilot or airp
505. se of the check Pilot Controller Glossary HOVER TAXI Used to describe a helicopter VTOL aircraft movement conducted above the surface and in ground effect at airspeeds less than approximately 20 knots The actual height may vary and some helicopters may require hover taxi above 25 feet AGL to reduce ground effect turbulence or provide clearance for cargo slingloads See AIR TAXI See HOVER CHECK Refer to AIM HOW DO YOU HEAR ME A question relating to the quality of the transmission or to determine how well the transmission is being received HZ See HERTZ PCG H 3 4 3 14 I SAY AGAIN The message will be repeated IAF See INITIAL APPROACH FIX IAP See INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE IAWP Initial Approach Waypoint ICAO See ICAO Term INTERNATIONAL CIVIL AVIATION ORGANIZATION ICING The accumulation of airframe ice Types of icing are a Rime Ice Rough milky opaque ice formed by the instantaneous freezing of small supercooled water droplets b Clear Ice A glossy clear or translucent ice formed by the relatively slow freezing or large supercooled water droplets c Mixed A mixture of clear ice and rime ice Intensity of icing a Trace Ice becomes perceptible Rate of accumulation is slightly greater than the rate of sublimation Deicing anti icing equipment is not utilized unless encountered for an extended period of time over 1 hour b Light The rate of acc
506. second aircraft reports normal operations if able inform the first aircraft Record the incident on FAA Form 7230 4 3 If the second aircraft confirms the malfunc tion a Notify the appropriate IFR control facility or sector b Notify Technical Operations personnel c Take NOTAM action when requested by Technical Operations personnel d Record the incident on FAA Form 7230 4 4 In the absence of a second aircraft report a Notify Technical Operations and advise what time the initial aircraft reported the failure and when a second aircraft report might be obtained JO 7110 10X b Record the incident on FAA Form 7230 4 b When an aircraft reports a global positioning system GPS global navigation satellite system GNSS anomaly 1 Request the following information a Aircraft call sign and type of aircraft b Date and time of the occurrence c Location of anomaly d Altitude 2 Record the incident on FAA Form 7230 4 3 Forward this information to the traffic management unit TMU and Technical Operations personnel c When an aircraft reports a Wide Area Augmentation System WAAS anomaly request the following information and or take the following actions 1 Determine if the pilot has lost all WAAS service EXAMPLE Are you receiving any WAAS service 4 3 14 2 If the pilot reports receipt of any WAAS service acknowledge the report and continue normal operations
507. sectors or facilities as deemed necessary Operations 4 3 14 d When a pilot reports the discovery of a bomb or suspected bomb on an aircraft determine the pilot s intentions and comply with his her requests insofar as possible Take all the actions discussed in the preceding paragraphs which may be appropriate under the existing circumstances e The handling of aircraft when a hijacker has or 1s suspected of having a bomb requires special considerations Be responsive to the pilot s requests and notify supervisory personnel Apply hijacking procedures in accordance with FAA Order JO 7610 4 Special Operations Chapter 7 and if needed offer assistance to the pilot according to the preceding paragraphs 5 2 16 EMERGENCY SECURITY CONTROL OF AIR TRAFFIC ESCAT a The ESCAT Plan outlines responsibilities Operations JO 7110 10X procedures and instructions for the security control of civil and military air traffic and NAVAIDs under various emergency conditions b When notified of ESCAT implementation follow the instructions received from the Air Traffic Control System Command Center ATCSCC ARTCC 1 To ensure that ESCAT actions can be taken expeditiously periodic ESCAT tests will be conducted in connection with NORAD exercises Tests may be local regional or national in scope 2 FSS must participate in tests except where such participation will involve the safety of aircraft 3 During ESCAT tests
508. smell of H2S or SO in the cabin and confirmed no volcanic ash clouds were present classify the report as a ROUTINE PIREP b The smell of sulfur gases in the cockpit may indicate volcanic activity that has not yet been detected or reported and or possible entry into an ash bearing cloud H2S also known as sewer gas has the odor of rotten eggs SO is identifiable as the sharp acrid odor of a freshly struck match 7 Any other weather phenomena reported which are considered by the specialist as being hazardous or potentially hazardous to flight operations b ROUTINE Classify as ROUTINE UA all PIREPs received except those listed above 9 2 11 PIREP HANDLING Upon receipt of a PIREP accomplish the following a Urgent Pilot Weather Report UA UUA JO 7110 10X 1 Deliver to the ARTCC Weather Coordinator as soon as possible 2 Enter on Service A at the first opportunity 3 Use in weather briefings as appropriate b Routine 1 Transmit on Service A as soon as practical 2 Broadcast in accordance with established procedures in Chapter 2 3 Use in weather briefings as appropriate 9 2 12 OFFSHORE COASTAL ROUTES When your station has been given responsibility for collecting offshore coastal route PIREPs a Include the coastal water area when soliciting PIREPs At least one PIREP is required hourly regardless of weather conditions b The following flight plan sectors are respons ible for co
509. sna Four Oh One c If the braking action report affects only a portion of a runway obtain enough information from the pilot or airport management to describe braking action in terms easily understood by the pilot EXAMPLE Braking action poor first half of Runway Six reported by a Gulfstream Two Braking action poor Runway Two Seven reported by a Boeing Seven Twenty Seven NOTE Descriptive terms such as first last half of the runway should normally be used rather than landmark descriptions such as opposite the fire station south of a taxiway 6 NOTAM NOTAMs concerning local NAVAIDs and local field conditions airspace conditions pertinent to flight for example local NAVAIDs TFRs Airport Advisory Services JO 7110 10X EXAMPLE All runways covered by packed snow 6 inches deep 7 Weather When the pilot does not have the weather conditions issue the last reported or known weather information as follows a Airport Advisory RAIS 1 Wind direction and speed 2 Altimeter except RAIS 3 Ceiling and visibility to VFR aircraft when less than basic VFR conditions exist 4 Visibility to VFR aircraft when it is less than three miles in any quadrant 5 Touchdown runway visual range RVR runway visibility value RVV for the runway in use where RVR RVV readout equipment is located at the workstation providing the service 6 To IFR aircraft executing an instrument approac
510. son not to provide or continue to provide a service in a particular case is not subject to question by the pilot and need not be made known to him her See TRAFFIC ADVISORIES Refer to AIM ADF See AUTOMATIC DIRECTION FINDER ADIZ See AIR DEFENSE IDENTIFICATION ZONE ADLY See ARRIVAL DELAY ADMINISTRATOR The Federal Aviation Admin istrator or any person to whom he she has delegated his her authority in the matter concerned ADR See AIRPORT DEPARTURE RATE ADS ICAO See ICAO term AUTOMATIC DEPENDENT SURVEILLANCE ADS B See AUTOMATIC DEPENDENT SURVEILLANCE BROADCAST ADS C See AUTOMATIC DEPENDENT SURVEILLANCE CONTRACT ADVISE INTENTIONS Tell me what you plan to do ADVISORY Advice and information provided to assist pilots in the safe conduct of flight and aircraft movement See ADVISORY SERVICE PCG A 2 4 3 14 ADVISORY FREQUENCY The appropriate fre quency to be used for Airport Advisory Service See LOCAL AIRPORT ADVISORY See UNICOM Refer to ADVISORY CIRCULAR NO 90 42 Refer to AIM ADVISORY SERVICE Advice and information provided by a facility to assist pilots in the safe conduct of flight and aircraft movement See ADDITIONAL SERVICES See EN ROUTE FLIGHT ADVISORY SERVICE See LOCAL AIRPORT ADVISORY See RADAR ADVISORY See SAFETY ALERT See TRAFFIC ADVISORIES Refer to AIM AERIAL REFUELING A procedure used by the milita
511. south Clouds topping mountain southwest Condensation trails north at flight level four two zero Frequent lightning in cloud in the vicinity CLDS TPG MT SW CONTRAILS N FL420 FRQ LTCIC VC LWR CLDS NE Lower clouds northeast OCNL LTGICCG NW Occasional lightning in cloud and cloud to ground northwest Ridges obscured west through north RDGS OBSCD W N b Obscuring Phenomena See TBL 12 1 16 TBL 12 1 16 Obscuring Phenomena Phraseology Blowing snow obscuring three to four eights of the sky Contraction BLSN SCT000 DU BKNO000 Dust obscuring five to seven eights of the sky FG FU FEWO000 Fog and smoke obscuring one to two eights of the sky FU SCT020 Smoke layer two thousand scattered SN BKNOO0 Snow obscuring five to seven eights of the sky General 4 3 14 c Visibility See TBL 12 1 17 TBL 12 1 17 Visibility Contraction Phraseology SFC VIS 1 2 Surface visibility one half SFC VIS 15 TWRINC Surface visibility one five tower in clouds TWR VIS 3 4 Tower visibility three quarters VIS S1 W 1 4 Visibility south one west one quarter VIS 1V3 Visibility variable between one and three d Weather and obstruction to visibility See TBL 12 1 18 General JO 7110 10X TBL 12 1 18 Weather and Obstruction Contraction Phraseology BCFG S Patchy fog south D
512. space is required after the last element of Field 10 If remarks are not present no space is required and Field F End of Message should be the next entry o Remarks Field 11 Consists of the appropriate remarks code character and the remarks Spaces are permitted within the remarks field to separate words 6 3 5 JO 7110 10X or contractions Remarks must be transmitted in Field 11 whenever a pilot files the information on the flight plan A remark is required whenever there is a modification to the flight plan by the specialist 1 Ifitis necessary to make modifications to the filed route of flight for the purpose of achieving computer acceptance of the input due for example to correct a fix or an airway identification FRC meaning Full Route Clearance Necessary or FRC fix will be added to the remarks FRC or FRC fix must always be the first item of intra center remarks When FRC or FRC fix appears on a flight progress strip the controller issuing the ATC clearance to the aircraft must issue a full route clearance to the specified fix or if no fix is specified for the entire route FRC or FRC fix must always be first in Remarks Field 11 NOTE INPUT OPERATORS ARE LIMITED TO MAKING ONLY THOSE CHANGES REQUIRED FOR COMPUTER ACCEPTANCE Modifications such as those to conform with traffic flows and preferred recommended routings must only be made by the pilot
513. specified in 14 CFR Part 91 Radar controllers issue procedures for pilots to follow in the event of lost communications during a radar approach when weather reports indicate that an aircraft will likely encounter IFR weather conditions during the approach Refer to 14 CFR Part 91 Refer to AIM LOW ALTITUDE AIRWAY STRUCTURE The network of airways serving aircraft operations up to but not including 18 000 feet MSL See AIRWAY Refer to AIM LOW ALTITUDE ALERT CHECK YOUR ALTI TUDE IMMEDIATELY See SAFETY ALERT LOW ALTITUDE ALERT SYSTEM An auto mated function of the TPX 42 that alerts the controller when a Mode C transponder equipped aircraft on an IFR flight plan is below a predetermined minimum safe altitude If requested by the pilot Low Altitude Alert System monitoring is also available to VFR Mode C transponder equipped aircraft LOW APPROACH An approach over an airport or runway following an instrument approach or a VFR approach including the go around maneuver where the pilot intentionally does not make contact with the runway Refer to AIM LOW FREQUENCY The frequency band between 30 and 300 kHz Refer to AIM LPV A type of approach with vertical guidance APV based on WAAS published on RNAV GPS approach charts This procedure takes advantage of the precise lateral guidance available from WAAS The minima is published as a decision altitude DA LUAW See LINE UP AND WAIT PCG L
514. ssage Miami Radio Safe Air One message h Other special flights 1 Department of Energy flights State the letters R A C use phonetic alphabet equivalents followed by the last 4 separate digits of the aircraft registration number EXAMPLE Romeo Alfa Charlie One Six Five Three 2 Semiautomatic Flight Inspections State the code name SAFI followed by the separate digits of the grid number as filed EXAMPLE SAFI Five Two Seven 3 Flight Inspection of navigational aids State the call sign Flight Check followed by the digits of the registration number General 4 3 14 EXAMPLE Flight check Three Niner Six Five Four 4 USAF aircraft engaged in aerial sampling missions State the call sign SAMP followed by the last three digits of the serial number EXAMPLE SAMP Three One Six 5 United States governmental Departments or Agencies with a demonstrated and approved need have been granted special domestic ICAO telephonies call signs These items are contained in FAA Order JO 7110 67 Special Aircraft Operations by Federal State Law Enforcement Military Organizations and Special Activities i Use a pilot s name in identification of an aircraft only in special or emergency situations 12 1 16 DESCRIPTION OF AIRCRAFT TYPES Except for heavy aircraft describe aircraft as follows a Military 1 Military designator with number spoken in group for
515. ssages Discontinuance of DEP messages affecting the route of flight can only be accomplished by ICAO Regional Air Navigation Agreement 7 1 9 FLIGHT PLAN FORMS AND INSTRUCTIONS a All IFR flights that depart U S domestic airspace and enter international airspace must use FAA Form 7233 4 International Flight Plan see Appendix A the ICAO Model Flight Plan Form in ICAO DOC 4444 or an electronic equivalent The flight plan filer is responsible for providing the information required in items 3 through 19 1 The procedure described in paragraph a above also applies to IFR flight plans originating within or transiting Pacific Flight Information Regions FIR and flying to or from FIRs beyond the Pacific Region including the North American NAM Region Messages and Formats 4 3 14 NOTE The NAM Region encompasses the conterminous U S Alaska and Canada to the North Pole 2 VFR flights within the conterminous U S Canada Mexico Honolulu Alaska and San Juan domestic control areas may use FAA Form 7233 1 Flight Plan or an electronic equivalent b When paper forms are used record on the form the time the flight plan was filed This time will constitute evidence of the pilot s intention to comply with Customs Immigration and Public Health requirements and will be made available upon request from these authorities 7 1 10 ICAO ATS MESSAGE FORMAT The following are examples of ICAO message types most likely to
516. ssuance times for NWS Alaska Airmets 3 CHANGE OLD TBL 9 7 1 1st Scheduled 2nd Scheduled 3rd Scheduled 4th Scheduled Issuance UTC Issuance UTC Issuance UTC Issuance UTC CONUS 0255 0855 1455 2055 Alaska 0145 DT 0745 DT 1345 DT 1945 DT 0245 ST 0845 ST 1445 ST 2045 ST Hawaii 0400 1000 1600 2200 Note DT Daylight Time ST Standard Time NEW TBL 9 7 1 1st Scheduled 2nd Scheduled 3rd Scheduled 4th Scheduled Issuance UTC Issuance UTC Issuance UTC Issuance UTC CONUS 0255 0855 1455 2055 Alaska 0215 DT 0815 DT 1415 DT 2015 DT 0315 ST 0915 ST 1515 ST 2115 ST Hawaii 0400 1000 1600 2200 Note DT Daylight Time ST Standard Time BG 6 Briefing Guide
517. standard format time increments listed in Section 3 Alerting Service and Chapter 8 Search and Rescue SAR Procedures The departure station in Mexico is responsible for initiating SAR action until an acknowledgment of the flight notification message is received 7 5 3 OUTBOUNDS TO MEXICO a When customs notification service is requested for an airport of entry include ADCUS the number of persons on board and the pilot s name in the remarks section of the flight plan NOTE Mexican customs regulations require that only international airports of entry may be used for first landing REFERENCE FAAO JO 7350 8 Location Identifiers Mexican Movement and Control Messages Transborder Flights Only 1 If the pilot still intends to land at a destination other than an airport of entry advise the pilot that the flight plan will not be used for Customs or search and rescue service in Mexico 2 Transmit the flight notification message to the Regional Flight Dispatch Office not the destination tie in station NOTE If the correct addressee cannot be determined transmit to the nearest border Regional Flight Dispatch Office b When a pilot files an IFR flight plan and customs notification service is requested for an airport of entry include ADCUS and the informa tion listed in subpara 7 5 3a Transmit to the appropriate ARTCC NOTE Mexico requires notification of an inbound aircraft before its arrival The inclusion of
518. standby for clearance PHRASEOLOGY MAINTAIN V F R STANDBY FOR CLEARANCE e Suspend SVFR operations when necessary to comply with instructions contained in subpara 4 5 4b or when requested by the control facility PHRASEOLOGY SPECIAL V F R AUTHORIZATION DISCONTINUED RETURN TO AIRPORT OR DEPART SURFACE AREA ADVISE INTENTIONS After response REPORT LANDING COMPLETED CLEAR SURFACE AREA 4 5 3 VISIBILITY BELOW 1 MILE a When the ground visibility is officially reported at an airport as less than 1 mile treat requests for 4 5 2 4 3 14 SVFR operations at that airport by other than helicopters as follows NOTE 14 CFR Part 91 does not prohibit helicopter Special VFR flights when visibility is less than 1 mile 1 Inform departing aircraft that ground visibil ity is less than 1 mile and that a clearance cannot be issued PHRASEOLOGY Location VISIBILITY value A T C UNABLE TO ISSUE DEPARTURE CLEARANCE 2 Inform arriving aircraft operating outside of the surface area that ground visibility is less than 1 mile and unless an emergency exists a clearance cannot be issued PHRASEOLOGY Location VISIBILITY value A T C UNABLE TO ISSUE ENTRY CLEARANCE UNLESS AN EMERGENCY EXISTS 3 Inform arriving aircraft operating within the surface area that ground visibility is less than 1 mile and request the pilot s intentions Relay the pilot s response to the control facility immediately PHRASEOLOGY
519. sues guidance instructions to the pilot based on the aircraft s position in relation to the final approach course azimuth the glidepath elevation and the distance range from the touchdown point on the runway as displayed on the radar scope Note The abbreviation PAR is also used to denote preferential arrival routes in ARTCC computers See GLIDEPATH See PAR See PREFERENTIAL ROUTES See ICAO term PRECISION APPROACH RADAR Refer to AIM PRECISION APPROACH RADAR ICAO Pri mary radar equipment used to determine the position of an aircraft during final approach in terms of lateral and vertical deviations relative to a nominal approach path and in range relative to touchdown Note Precision approach radars are designed to enable pilots of aircraft to be given guidance by radio communication during the final stages of the approach to land AAA PRECISION OBSTACLE FREE ZONE POFZ An 800 foot wide by 200 foot long area centered on the runway centerline adjacent to the threshold designed to protect aircraft flying precision approaches from ground vehicles and other aircraft when ceiling is less than 250 feet or visibility is less than 3 4 statute mile or runway visual range below 4 000 feet PRECISION RUNWAY MONITOR PRM Provides air traffic controllers monitoring the NTZ during simultaneous close parallel approaches with high precision secondary surveillance data A PRM is required for simultaneous ind
520. t NOTE The position is the aircraft s position at the time of the GPS reading 5 Advise the pilot of the aircraft s position and the safe altitude for orientation in that area PHRASEOLOGY YOU ARE miles direction OF THE name NAVAID AIRPORT THE SAFE ALTITUDE FOR ORIENTATIONS IN THAT AREA IS feet 6 Notify the appropriate control facility Provide all required information including the aircraft s position and heading 7 Request pilot s intentions and provide assistance as requested PHRASEOLOGY WHAT ARE YOUR INTENTIONS 5 4 3 GUIDANCE TO AIRPORT After establishing the aircraft s position and if the pilot requests guidance to the airport a Plot the course to the airport b Provide the course guidance information to the pilot 1 Advise the pilot of the direction of the turn and the heading to the airport PHRASEOLOGY FOR A HEADING TO THE name AIRPORT TURN LEFT RIGHT HEADING degrees REPORT ESTABLISHED HEADING degrees JO 7110 10X 2 After the pilot reports established on the heading to the airport advise the pilot of the position in relation to the airport PHRASEOLOGY YOU ARE miles direction OF THE name AIRPORT CONTINUE HEADING degrees 3 Continue to provide assistance in the form of pilotage and airport information as necessary PHRASEOLOGY DO YOU SEE ANY PROMINENT LANDMARKS ARE YOU FAMILIAR WITH THE name AIRPORT Name AIRPORT FIELD ELEVATI
521. t Check Density Altitude as part of the surface weather broadcast for any station with a field elevation of 2 000 feet MSL or above that meets the following criteria See TBL 2 2 1 TBL 2 2 1 Density Altitude Field Elevation Temperature C 2 000 2 999 29 degrees or higher 3 000 3 999 27 degrees or higher 4 000 4 999 24 degrees or higher 5 000 5 999 21 degrees or higher 6 000 6 999 18 degrees or higher 7 000 higher h PILOT WEATHER REPORTS Summarize PIREPs and if the weather conditions meet solicitation requirements append a request for PIREPs 16 degrees or higher 2 2 1 JO 7110 10X PHRASEOLOGY PILOT REPORT OF WEATHER CONDITIONS AT text i Alert Notice ALNOT Alert Announcement if applicable PHRASEOLOGY OVERDUE AIRCRAFT ALERT time ZULU aircraft identification color type DEPARTED airport VIA route destination LAST KNOWN POSITION state last known position THIS AIRCRAFT IS OVERDUE ALL AIRCRAFT ARE REQUESTED TO MONITOR ONE TWO ONE POINT FIVE FOR E L T SIGNAL INFORM THE NEAREST F A A FACILITY OF ANY INFORMATION REGARDING THIS AIRCRAFT j Closing statement PHRASEOLOGY PILOT WEATHER REPORTS ARE REQUESTED FOR NOTAM MILITARY TRAINING ACTIVITY OR OTHER SERVICES CONTACT A FLIGHT SERVICE STATION 2 2 3 TESTING TWEB EQUIPMENT When TWEB equipment is to be tested broadcast an advisory to this effect Ensure no obsolete information is broadcast during a testing period 2 2 4
522. t This element may be omitted if the proposed time of departure is beyond 2 hours unless the information is requested by the pilot If JO 7110 10X AUTO appears after the date time element and is presented as a singular report follow the location with the word AUTOMATED 5 En Route Forecast Summarize forecast information that will affect the proposed flight for example area forecasts TAFs prognosis charts weather advisories etc Provide the information in a logical order for example climb out enroute and descent 6 Destination Forecast Provide the destina tion forecast including significant changes expected within 1 hour before and after the estimated time of arrival ETA 7 Winds Aloft Provide forecast winds aloft for the flight using degrees of the compass Interpolate wind directions and speeds between levels and stations as necessary Provide temperature informa tion on request 8 Notices to Airmen NOTAM Provide NOTAM information affecting the flight a NOTAM D All NOTAMs D including SUA NOTAMs for restricted areas aerial refueling and night vision goggles NVG NOTE Other SUA NOTAMs D such as military operations area MOA military training route MTR and warning area NOTAMs are considered upon request briefing items as indicated in paragraph 3 2 1c13 a b Flight Data Center FDC NOTAMs not already carried in the Notices to Airmen publication c Combine this
523. t maneuver e g an aborted takeoff ACC ICAO See ICAO term AREA CONTROL CENTER ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE AVAILABLE The runway plus stopway length declared available and suitable for the acceleration and deceleration of an airplane aborting a takeoff ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE AVAILABLE ICAO The length of the take off run available plus the length of the stopway if provided ACDO See AIR CARRIER DISTRICT OFFICE ACKNOWLEDGE Let me know that you have received and understood this message ACL See AIRCRAFT LIST ACLS See AUTOMATIC CARRIER LANDING SYSTEM ACLT See ACTUAL CALCULATED LANDING TIME ACROBATIC FLIGHT An intentional maneuver involving an abrupt change in an aircraft s attitude an abnormal attitude or abnormal acceleration not necessary for normal flight See ICAO term ACROBATIC FLIGHT Refer to 14 CFR Part 91 ACROBATIC FLIGHT ICAO Maneuvers inten tionally performed by an aircraft involving an abrupt change in its attitude an abnormal attitude or an abnormal variation in speed ACTIVE RUNWAY See RUNWAY IN USE ACTIVE RUNWAY DUTY RUNWAY ACTUAL CALCULATED LANDING TIME ACLT is a flight s frozen calculated landing time An actual time determined at freeze calculated landing time FCLT or meter list display interval MLDI for the adapted vertex for each arrival aircraft based upon runway configuration airport acceptance rate airport arrival delay period and
524. t 91 requires an Instrument Flight Rules IFR flight plan to operate under IFR in controlled airspace Filing a Visual Flight Rules flight plan is recommended but not mandatory It is FAA policy to make factual information available to persons properly and directly concerned except information held confidential for good cause e pilot s address telephone number All flight plan data is destroyed when 15 days old except for data retained due to an accident incident investigation An agency may not conduct or sponsor and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number The OMB control number associated with this collection is 2120 0026 Comments concerning the accuracy of this burden and suggestions for reducing the burden should be directed to the FAA at 800 Independence Ave SW Washington DC 20591 Attn Information Collection Clearance Officer ABA 20 Appendix B 2 FSS Forms 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Form Approved OMB No 2120 0028 U S Dapanmert of Transpertaton International Flight Plan PRIORITY lt FF FILING TIME 3 MESSAGE TYPE 7 AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION 8 FLIGHT RULES TYPE OF FLIGHT lt FPL et lt 9 NUI TYPE OF AIRCRAFT WAKE TURBULENCE CAT 10 EQUIPMENT 13 DEPARTURE AERODROME 15 CRUISING SPEED TOTAL EET 16 DESTINATION AERODROME HR MIN ALTN AERODROME 2ND ALTN AERODROME 18 OTHER INFORMATION SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
525. t belts Momentary loss of aircraft control Unsecured objects tossed about 4 Extreme Aircraft is tossed violently about impossible to control May cause structural damage b Report Clear Air Turbulence CAT or CHOP if used by the pilot to describe the type of turbulence 9 2 2 4 3 14 9 2 8 REPORTING ICING CONDITIONS IN PIREPs a Icing reports must include location altitude or range of altitudes aircraft type air temperature intensity and type of icing b Icing types 1 Rime Rough milky opaque ice formed by the instantaneous freezing of small super cooled water droplets 2 Clear A glossy clear or translucent ice formed by the relatively slow freezing of large super cooled water droplets 3 Mixed A combination of rime and clear c Icing intensity 1 Trace Ice becomes perceptible Rate of accumulation slightly greater than sublimation Deicing anti icing equipment is not utilized unless encountered for an extended period of time over 1 hour 2 Light The rate of accumulation may create a problem if flight is prolonged in this environment over 1 hour Occasional use of deicing anti icing equipment removes prevents accumulation It does not present a problem if deicing anti icing is used 3 Moderate The rate of accumulation is such that even short encounters become potentially hazardous and use of deicing anti icing equipment or diversion is necessary 4 Severe The rate of accumulat
526. t country notify the supervisor and the appropriate ARTCC immedi ately Additionally if the aircraft is making an emergency or an unscheduled landing in the United States notify the nearest Bureau of Customs and Border protection office NOTE Special interest countries include Russia China not including Hong Kong Taiwan or Macau Cuba Iran North Korea Syria and Sudan 5 2 14 MINIMUM FUEL If an aircraft declares a state of minimum fuel inform any facility to whom control jurisdiction is transferred of the minimum fuel problem and be alert for any occurrence which might delay the aircraft en route NOTE Use of the term minimum fuel indicates recognition by a pilot that the fuel supply has reached a state whereupon reaching destination any undue delay cannot be accepted This is not an emergency situation but merely an advisory that indicates an emergency situation is possible should any undue delay occur A minimum fuel advisory does not imply a need for traffic priority Common sense and good judgment will determine the extent of assistance to be given in minimum fuel situations If at any time the remaining usable fuel supply suggests the need for traffic priority to ensure a safe landing the pilot should declare an emergency and report fuel remaining in minutes 5 2 15 AIRCRAFT BOMB THREATS a When information is received from any source that a bomb has been placed on in or near an aircraft for
527. t is scheduled to be conducted beyond the valid time of the available forecast material provide a general outlook and then advise the pilot when complete forecast data will be available for the proposed flight 3 2 3 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Chapter 4 Inflight Services Section 1 General 4 1 1 INFLIGHT SERVICES Inflight services are those provided to or affecting aircraft inflight or otherwise operating on the airport surface This includes services to airborne aircraft such as airport advisories delivery of ATC clearances advisories or requests issuance of military flight advisory messages EFAS NOTAM SAR communications searches flight plan handling transcribed or live broadcast weather observations PIREPs and pilot briefings NOTE Provide inflight services in accordance with the procedures in this chapter to aircraft on a first come first served basis as circumstances permit 4 1 2 OPERATIONAL PRIORITY a Emergency situations are those where life or property are in immediate danger Aircraft in distress have priority over all other aircraft b Provide priority to civilian air ambulance flights call sign MEDEVAC Use of the MEDEVAC call sign indicates that operational priority is requested When verbally requested provide priority to AIR EVAC HOSP and scheduled air carrier air taxi flights Assist the pilots of MEDEVAC AIR EVAC and HOSP aircraft to avoid areas of significant weather and
528. t of interphone failure use authorized back up procedures for example commercial telephone aircraft radio relay d Use the words or phrases in interphone communications as contained in the Pilot Controller Glossary 11 1 2 INTERPHONE TRANSMISSION PRIORITIES Give priority to interphone transmissions as follows a First priority Emergency messages including essential information on aircraft accidents or suspected accidents After actual emergency has passed give a lower priority to messages relating to an accident b Second priority Clearance and control instructions c Third priority Movement and control messages using the following order of precedence when possible 1 Progress reports 2 Departure or arrival reports 3 Flight plans d Fourth priority Movement messages on VFR aircraft e Fifth priority NOTAM coordination f Sixth priority Administrative messages for example outages General 11 1 3 PRIORITY INTERRUPTION Use the words emergency or control for interrupting lower priority messages when you have an emergency or control message to transmit 11 1 4 MESSAGE INITIATION Initiate interphone messages as follows a Assure line is not in use PHRASEOLOGY LINE CLEAR b If line is not in use establish contact with the desired facility and or position EXAMPLE EXAMPLE Manual signaling Ring Line FSS Calls Center via DA IA Line Center Anchorage
529. t or keeping it in sight until it is no longer a factor See SEE AND AVOID Refer to 14 CFR Part 91 VLF See VERY LOW FREQUENCY VMC See VISUAL METEOROLOGICAL CONDITIONS VOICE SWITCHING AND CONTROL SYSTEM The VSCS is a computer controlled switching system that provides air traffic controllers with all voice circuits air to ground and ground to ground necessary for air traffic control See VOICE SWITCHING AND CONTROL SYSTEM Refer to AIM VOR A ground based electronic navigation aid transmitting very high frequency navigation signals 360 degrees in azimuth oriented from magnetic north Used as the basis for navigation in the National Airspace System The VOR periodically identifies itself by Morse Code and may have an additional voice identification feature Voice features may be used by ATC or FSS for transmitting instructions information to pilots See NAVIGATIONAL AID Refer to AIM VOR TEST SIGNAL See VOT PCG V 4 4 3 14 VORTAC A navigation aid providing VOR azimuth TACAN azimuth and TACAN distance measuring equipment DME at one site See DISTANCE MEASURING EQUIPMENT See NAVIGATIONAL AID See TACAN See VOR Refer to AIM VORTICES Circular patterns of air created by the movement of an airfoil through the air when generating lift As an airfoil moves through the atmosphere in sustained flight an area of area of low pressure is created above it The air f
530. ta Do not exceed the stated maximum number of characters or elements allowed for each field in messages addressed to an ARTCC computer Flight plans filed containing more than the stated character maximums should be sent using the ARTCC flight data address c For manual entry into Service B one space character must be entered at the end of each data field The first data field of a message need not be preceded by a space The last data field of a message need not be followed by a space d Each field of data is composed of one or more elements Discrete elements of information within a field are separated by delimiters generally slashes or periods ABC DEF e Messages addressed using a ARTCC flight data address see TBL 6 3 1 are not processed by the ARTCC computer Response and or interpretation of these messages are dependent on flight data personnel action The prime consideration of these 6 3 2 4 3 14 types of messages must be the readability of the transmitted data f All domestic flight data processing computers have the capability to return acknowledgments to the source and depending on local adaption return error messages and accept amendments Notify the appropriate ARTCC Data Systems Specialist or Primary A position when it is suspected that a flight plan has been erroneously rejected by the computer g IFR flight plans specifying stopovers or terminal area delays require separate messages be sent to t
531. te airways jet routes to the basic STAR Refer to DP STAR Charts TRANSITION POINT A point at an adapted number of miles from the vertex at which an arrival aircraft would normally commence descent from its en route altitude This is the first fix adapted on the arrival speed segments TRANSITION WAYPOINT The waypoint that defines the beginning of a runway or en route transition on an RNAV SID or STAR TRANSITIONAL AIRSPACE That portion of controlled airspace wherein aircraft change from one phase of flight or flight condition to another TRANSMISSOMETER An apparatus used to determine visibility by measuring the transmission of light through the atmosphere It is the measurement PCG T 7 Pilot Controller Glossary source for determining runway visual range RVR and runway visibility value RVV See VISIBILITY TRANSMITTING IN THE BLIND A transmis sion from one station to other stations in circumstances where two way communication cannot be established but where it is believed that the called stations may be able to receive the transmission TRANSPONDER The airborne radar beacon receiver transmitter portion of the Air Traffic Control Radar Beacon System ATCRBS which automati cally receives radio signals from interrogators on the ground and selectively replies with a specific reply pulse or pulse group only to those interrogations being received on the mode to which it is set to respond See INTERROGATOR
532. te of the delay time and the reason for the delay cannot immediately be determined e g a disabled aircraft on the runway terminal or center area saturation weather below landing minimums etc See EXPECT FURTHER CLEARANCE TIME DELAY TIME The amount of time that the arrival must lose to cross the meter fix at the assigned meter fix time This is the difference between ACLT and VTA DEPARTURE CENTER The ARTCC having jurisdiction for the airspace that generates a flight to the impacted airport DEPARTURE CONTROL A function of an approach control facility providing air traffic control service for departing IFR and under certain conditions VFR aircraft See APPROACH CONTROL FACILITY Refer to AIM PCG D 1 Pilot Controller Glossary DEPARTURE SEQUENCING PROGRAM A program designed to assist in achieving a specified interval over a common point for departures DEPARTURE TIME The time an aircraft becomes airborne DESCEND VIA An abbreviated ATC clearance that requires compliance with a published procedure lateral path and associated speed restrictions and provides a pilot discretion descent to comply with published altitude restrictions DESCENT SPEED ADJUSTMENTS Speed decel eration calculations made to determine an accurate VTA These calculations start at the transition point and use arrival speed segments to the vertex DESIRED COURSE a True A predetermined desired course direction to be followe
533. te 2 The required visual reference means that section of the visual aids or ofthe approach area which should have been in view for sufficient time for the pilot to have made an assessment of the aircraft position and rate of change of position in relation to the desired flight path DECISION HEIGHT With respect to the operation of aircraft means the height at which a decision must be made during an ILS MLS or PAR instrument approach to either continue the approach or to execute a missed approach See ICAO term DECISION ALTITUDE DECISION HEIGHT DECODER The device used to decipher signals received from ATCRBS transponders to effect their display as select codes See CODES See RADAR DEFENSE AREA Any airspace of the contiguous United States that is not an ADIZ in which the control of aircraft is required for reasons of national security DEFENSE VISUAL FLIGHT RULES Rules applicable to flights within an ADIZ conducted under the visual flight rules in 14 CFR Part 91 See AIR DEFENSE IDENTIFICATION ZONE Refer to 14 CFR Part 91 Refer to 14 CFR Part 99 DELAY ASSIGNMENT DAS Delays are distrib uted to aircraft based on the traffic management program parameters The delay assignment is calculated in 15 minute increments and appears as a table in Traffic Flow Management System TFMS DELAY INDEFINITE REASON IF KNOWN EXPECT FURTHER CLEARANCE TIME Used by ATC to inform a pilot when an accurate estima
534. that may be used in place of tentative or actual calculated landing time whichever applies CALL FOR RELEASE Wherein the overlying ARTCC requires a terminal facility to initiate verbal coordination to secure ARTCC approval for release of a departure into the en route environment CALL UP Initial voice contact between a facility and an aircraft using the identification of the unit being called and the unit initiating the call Refer to AIM CANADIAN MINIMUM NAVIGATION PERFOR MANCE SPECIFICATION AIRSPACE That portion of Canadian domestic airspace within which MNPS separation may be applied CARDINAL ALTITUDES Odd or Even thousand foot altitudes or flight levels e g 5 000 6 000 7 000 FL 250 FL 260 FL 270 See ALTITUDE See FLIGHT LEVEL CARDINAL FLIGHT LEVELS See CARDINAL ALTITUDES CAT See CLEAR AIR TURBULENCE CATCH POINT A fix waypoint that serves as a transition point from the high altitude waypoint navigation structure to an arrival procedure STAR or the low altitude ground based navigation structure CEILING The heights above the earth s surface of the lowest layer of clouds or obscuring phenomena that is reported as broken overcast or obscuration and not classified as thin or partial See ICAO term CEILING CEILING ICAO The height above the ground or water of the base of the lowest layer of cloud below 6 000 meters 20 000 feet cov
535. the composite separation minimum specified for the area con cerned NONDIRECTIONAL BEACON An L MF or UHF radio beacon transmitting nondirectional signals whereby the pilot of an aircraft equipped with direction finding equipment can determine his her bearing to or from the radio beacon and home on or track to or from the station When the radio beacon is installed in conjunction with the Instrument Landing System marker it is normally called a Compass Locator See AUTOMATIC DIRECTION FINDER See COMPASS LOCATOR NONMOVEMENT AREAS Taxiways and apron ramp areas not under the control of air traffic NONPRECISION APPROACH See NONPRECISION APPROACH PROCEDURE NONPRECISION APPROACH PROCEDURE A standard instrument approach procedure in which no electronic glideslope is provided e g VOR TACAN NDB LOC ASR LDA or SDF approaches NONRADAR Precedes other terms and generally means without the use of radar such as a Nonradar Approach Used to describe instru ment approaches for which course guidance on final 4 3 14 approach is not provided by ground based precision or surveillance radar Radar vectors to the final approach course may or may not be provided by ATC Examples of nonradar approaches are VOR NDB TACAN and ILS MLS approaches See FINAL APPROACH COURSE See FINAL APPROACH IFR See INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE See RADAR APPROACH b Nonradar Approach Control An ATC facility
536. the hour and minutes from the Coordinated Universal Time UTC clock FAA uses UTC for all operations The term ZULU may be used to denote UTC The word local or the time zone equivalent shall be used to denote local when local time is given during radio and telephone communications When written a time zone designator is used to indicate local time e g 0205M Mountain The local time may be based on the 24 hour clock system The day begins at 0000 and ends at 2359 TIS B See TRAFFIC INFORMATION SERVICE BROADCAST TMA See TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT ADVISOR TMPA See TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PROGRAM ALERT TMU See TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT UNIT TODA See TAKEOFF DISTANCE AVAILABLE See ICAO term TAKEOFF DISTANCE AVAILABLE TOI See TRACK OF INTEREST TOP ALTITUDE In reference to SID published altitude restrictions the charted maintain altitude contained in the procedure description or assigned by ATC TORA See TAKEOFF RUN AVAILABLE See ICAO term TAKEOFF RUN AVAILABLE PCG T 4 4 3 14 TORCHING The burning of fuel at the end of an exhaust pipe or stack of a reciprocating aircraft engine the result of an excessive richness in the fuel air mixture TOTAL ESTIMATED ELAPSED TIME ICAO For IFR flights the estimated time required from take off to arrive over that designated point defined by reference to navigation aids from which it is intended that an instrument approach pro
537. the oceanic CTA FIR boundary within which air traffic control is exercised These areas are established to provide air traffic control services Offshore Control Airspace Areas may be classified as either Class A airspace or Class E airspace OFT See OUTER FIX TIME PCG 0 2 4 3 14 OM See OUTER MARKER ON COURSE a Used to indicate that an aircraft is established on the route centerline b Used by ATC to advise a pilot making a radar approach that his her aircraft is lined up on the final approach course See ON COURSE INDICATION ON COURSE INDICATION An indication on an instrument which provides the pilot a visual means of determining that the aircraft is located on the centerline of a given navigational track or an indication on a radar scope that an aircraft is on a given track ONE MINUTE WEATHER The most recent one minute updated weather broadcast received by a pilot from an uncontrolled airport ASOS AWSS AWOS ONER See OCEANIC NAVIGATIONAL ERROR REPORT OPERATIONAL See DUE REGARD OPERATIONS SPECIFICATIONS ICAO The authorizations conditions and limitations associated with the air operator certificate and subject to the conditions in the operations manual OPPOSITE DIRECTION AIRCRAFT Aircraft are operating in opposite directions when a They are following the same track in reciprocal directions or b Their tracks are parallel and the aircraft are flying in reciprocal direc
538. the text preceding the start of ATS data symbol in the same order as in the addressee s and or originator indicator s Where there is more than one such insertion the last should be followed by the word stop Where there are one or more insertions in respect to addressee indicators plus an insertion in respect to the originator indicator the word from is to appear before that relating to the originator e When addressing flight plan messages or related amendments and flight plan cancellation messages to centers use one of the four letter designators as follows 1 If message is relevant to IFR and a The ARTCC is computer equipped U S ARTCCs use ZQZX b The center is not computer equipped use ZRZX c Relevant to oceanic operations use ZOZX NOTE Some centers may request specific addressing different from above ZTZX and ZPZX are used internationally but are not used in internal U S application 2 If message is VFR AMIS use ZRZX 3 If SVC or administrative use ZRZX JO 7110 10X 7 1 7 ORIGINATING MESSAGES a Messages for ATS purposes may be originated with ATS units by aircraft in flight or through local arrangements a pilot the operator or their designated representative b Accept airfiled flight plans or changes in destination information from aircraft inbound from foreign locations and if requested by the pilot enter Customs notification service c Do not ac
539. ther information other than what is in the SECNOT c Upon receiving information about the SECNOT aircraft immediately notify the DEN d If the aircraft is located notify the DEN immediately and cancel the SECNOT e The priority of duty for handling a SECNOT is that of emergency situations as described in Paragraph 1 3 2 Duty Priority f Record the initiation of a SECNOT on FAA Form 7230 4 Daily Record of Facility Operation or electronic equivalent Include the aircraft identifica tion search area and expiration time in the log entry 6 9 3 CANCELING A SECNOT The SECNOT stays current until the aircraft is located the search is canceled by the ATSC or when the expiration time is reached a Workload permitting notify all previously alerted air traffic facilities if the SECNOT is canceled before the expiration time is reached b Record the cancellation on FAA Form 7230 4 Daily Record of Facility Operation or electronic equivalent 6 9 1 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Chapter 7 International Operations Section 1 Messages and Formats 7 1 1 GENERAL a Title 14 of the U S Code of Federal Regulations 14 CFR and the International Civil Aviation Organization ICAO require flight plans for all civil aircraft operation between the United States and foreign locations Bureau of Customs and Border Protection requirements international flight plan information and ADIZ penetration requirements are listed in oth
540. this order and any standards they specify are not less than those in this order NOTE 1 Pilots are required to abide by applicable provisions of 14 Code of Federal Regulations 14 CFR or any other pertinent regulations regardless of the application of any procedure in this order 2 FAA Order JO 7210 3 Facility Operation and Administration contains administrative instructions pertaining to these letters and documents 1 3 2 DUTY PRIORITY Because there are many variables involved it is Impossible to provide a standard list of duty priorities that apply to every situation Each set of circumstances must be evaluated on its own merit and when more than one action is required personnel must exercise their best judgment based on the facts and circumstances known to them Action which appears most critical from a safety standpoint should be performed first a The following order of duty priorities is offered as a guideline 1 Emergency Situations Emergency situations are those where life or property is in immediate danger 2 Inflight Services Inflight services are those provided to or affecting aircraft in flight or otherwise Operating on the airport surface This includes services to airborne aircraft airport advisories delivery of air traffic control ATC clearances advisories or requests issuance of military flight advisory messages en route flight advisory service EFAS notices to airmen NOTAM search and r
541. this statement when VFR flight is proposed and sky conditions or visibilities are present or forecast surface or aloft that in your judgment would make flight under visual flight rules doubtful Describe the conditions affected locations and times PHRASEOLOGY VFR FLIGHT NOT RECOMMENDED EXAMPLE There are broken clouds along the entire route between niner and one one thousand feet With the approach of a cold front these clouds are forecast to become overcast and to lower to below seven thousand with mountains and passes becoming obscured V F R flight not recommended between Salt Lake City and Grand Junction after two two zero zero ZULU V F R flight not recommended in the Seattle area until early afternoon The current weather at Seattle is indefinite ceiling three hundred visibility one mist and little improvement is expected before one eight zero zero ZULU NOTE This recommendation is advisory in nature The decision as to whether the flight can be conducted safely rests solely with the pilot 3 Synopsis Provide a brief statement describ ing the type location and movement of weather systems and or air masses which might affect the proposed flight This element may be combined with adverse conditions and or the VNR element in any order when it will help to more clearly describe conditions 4 Current Conditions Summarize from all available sources reported weather conditions applicable to the fligh
542. tial number of the submission for the year indicated start with numeral 1 each new year ITEM F PAGE OF INSERT Page number and total number of pages submitted ITEM G SUPPLEMENTARY DATA AT INSERT Name of contact where information normally provided under Item 19 of the FPL is kept readily available and can be supplied without delay ITEM H ENTRY TYPE INSERT A minus sign for each flight plan that is to be deleted from the listing INSERT A plus sign for each initial listing and in the case of subsequent submissions for each flight plan not listed in the previous submission Note No information is required under this item for any flight plan which is unchanged from the previous sub mission ITEM I VALID FROM INSERT First date year month day upon which the flight is scheduled to operate ICAO FLIGHT PLANS Appendix A 19 JO 7110 10X 4 3 14 ITEM J VALID UNTIL INSERT Last date year month day upon which the flight is scheduled to operate as listed or UEN if the duration is unknown ITEM K DAYS OF OPERATION INSERT Number corresponding to the day of the week in the appropriate column Monday 1 through Sunday 7 INSERT 0 for each day of non operation in the appropriate column ITEM L AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION Item 7 of the ICAO flight plan INSERT Aircraft identification to be used for the flight ITEM M TYPE OF AIRCRAFT AND WAKE TURBULENCE CATEGORY Item 9 of the ICAO flight plan INSERT Appropriat
543. ticipating pilots of the potential danger A warning area may be located over domestic or international waters or both SPECIAL VFR CONDITIONS Meteorological conditions that are less than those required for basic VFR flight in Class B C D or E surface areas and in which some aircraft are permitted flight under visual flight rules See SPECIAL VFR OPERATIONS Refer to 14 CFR Part 91 SPECIAL VFR FLIGHT ICAO A VFR flight cleared by air traffic control to operate within Class B C D and E surface areas in metrological conditions below VMC PCG S 5 Pilot Controller Glossary SPECIAL VFR OPERATIONS Aircraft operating in accordance with clearances within Class B C D and E surface areas in weather conditions less than the basic VFR weather minima Such operations must be requested by the pilot and approved by ATC See SPECIAL VFR CONDITIONS See ICAO term SPECIAL VFR FLIGHT SPEED See AIRSPEED See GROUND SPEED SPEED ADJUSTMENT An ATC procedure used to request pilots to adjust aircraft speed to a specific value for the purpose of providing desired spacing Pilots are expected to maintain a speed of plus or minus 10 knots or 0 02 Mach number of the specified speed Examples of speed adjustments are a Increase reduce speed to Mach point number b Increase reduce speed to speed in knots or Increase reduce speed number of knots knots SPEED BRAKES Moveable aerodynamic devi
544. tion Elevation Phraseology 17 feet Field elevation one seven 187 feet Field elevation one eight seven 2 817 feet Field elevation two eight one seven e The number 0 is stated as zero except where it is used in approved group form for authorized aircraft callsigns and in stating altitudes EXAMPLE Field elevation one six zero Heading three zero zero One zero thousand five hundred Western five thirty Ten thousand five hundred EMAIR One Ten f Heading The word heading followed by the three separate digits of the number of degrees omitting the word degrees Use heading 360 degrees to indicate a north heading See TBL 12 1 35 General 4 3 14 TBL 12 1 35 Heading Degrees Heading Phraseology 5 degrees Heading zero zero five 30 degrees Heading zero three zero 360 degrees Heading three six zero g Radar beacon codes The word squawk followed by the separate digits of the four digit code See TBL 12 1 36 TBL 12 1 36 Radar Beacon Code Phraseology 1000 Squawk one zero zero zero 2100 Squawk two one zero zero h Runways The word runway followed by the separate digits of the runway designation For a parallel runway state the word left right or center if the letter L R or C is included in the designation See TBL 12 1 37 TBL
545. tions or c Their tracks intersect at an angle of more than 135 OPTION APPROACH An approach requested and conducted by a pilot which will result in either a touch and go missed approach low approach stop and go or full stop landing See CLEARED FOR THE OPTION Refer to AIM ORGANIZED TRACK SYSTEM A series of ATS routes which are fixed and charted i e CEP NOPAC or flexible and described by NOTAM i e NAT TRACK MESSAGE 4 3 14 OROCA An off route altitude which provides obstruction clearance with a 1 000 foot buffer in nonmountainous terrain areas and a 2 000 foot buffer in designated mountainous areas within the United States This altitude may not provide signal coverage from ground based navigational aids air traffic control radar or communications coverage OTR See OCEANIC TRANSITION ROUTE OTS See ORGANIZED TRACK SYSTEM OUT The conversation is ended and no response is expected OUTER AREA associated with Class C airspace Nonregulatory airspace surrounding designated Class C airspace airports wherein ATC provides radar vectoring and sequencing on a full time basis for all IFR and participating VFR aircraft The service provided in the outer area is called Class C service which includes IFR IFR standard IFR separation IFR VFR traffic advisories and conflict resolution and VFR VFR traffic advisories and as appropriate safety alerts The normal radius will be 20 nautical miles with s
546. tions that are fixed by function Additionally vehicles equipment and personnel may be authorized by air traffic control to enter the area using the provisions of FAAO JO 7110 65 Para 3 1 5 VEHICLES EQUIPMENT PERSONNEL ON RUNWAYS The runway OFZ and when applicable the inner approach OFZ and the inner transitional OFZ comprise the OFZ a Runway OFZ The runway OFZ is a defined volume of airspace centered above the runway The runway OFZ is the airspace above a surface whose elevation at any point is the same as the elevation of the nearest point on the runway centerline The runway OFZ extends 200 feet beyond each end of the runway The width is as follows 1 For runways serving large airplanes the greater of a 400 feet or b 180 feet plus the wingspan of the most demanding airplane plus 20 feet per 1 000 feet of airport elevation 2 For runways serving only small airplanes a 300 feet for precision instrument run ways b 250 feet for other runways serving small airplanes with approach speeds of 50 knots or more c 120 feet for other runways serving small airplanes with approach speeds of less than 50 knots b Inner approach OFZ The inner approach OFZ is a defined volume of airspace centered on the approach area The inner approach OFZ applies only to runways with an approach lighting system The inner approach OFZ begins 200 feet from the runway threshold at the same elevation as the runway thresho
547. titude and longitude to the nearest whole degree using the data convention specified in Item 2 such as 22N180W EXAMPLE AIREP comprised of PSNRP and aircraft operator information FF CYYZCPCX MMMXXMZT 122105 KDRIYFYX ARP CPC583 KBRO 2100 F370 MMTM28 MMMX 2248 FUEL 0324 KNEW RB MMMX R TO2103 c Item 10 Turbulence TURB Record severe turbulence as TURB SEV and moderate turbulence as TURB MOD If turbulence is experienced in cloud add INC in cloud If in subsonic flight report severe turbulence as soon as possible after occurrence This requires AIREP SPECIAL Record and report moderate turbulence only if encountered within last 10 minutes prior to reaching position in subpara 7 1 13b1 b Item 2 Position If in transonic or supersonic flight report severe or moderate turbulence as soon as possible after occurrence This requires AIREP SPECIAL d Item 11 Icing Record severe icing as ICE SEV moderate icing as ICE MOD Report severe icing as soon as possible after occurrence This requires AIREP SPECIAL Record and report moderate icing only if encountered within last 10 minutes prior to reaching position in subpara 7 1 13b1 b Item 2 Position e Item 12 Supplementary Information Record data which in the opinion of the pilot in com mand are of aeronautical interest 1 Present Weather Rain RA Snow SN Freezing rain FZRA Funnel cloud FC Waterspout or tornado FC Thunderstorm TS on or n
548. tly be issued as appropriate The CWSU will issue a CWA 1 When necessary to supplement an existing WS WST or WA for the purpose of refining or updating the location movement extent or intensity of the weather event relevant to the ARTCC s area of responsibility 2 When an inflight advisory has not yet been issued but the observed or expected weather conditions meet WS WST or WA criteria based on current pilot reports and reinforced by other sources of information concerning existing meteorological conditions 3 When observed or developing weather conditions do not meet WS WST or WA criteria but current pilot reports or other weather information sources indicate that an existing or anticipated meteorological phenomena will adversely affect the Center Weather Advisory CWA safe flow of air traffic within the ARTCC s area of responsibility b The CWA will describe the location of the phenomenon using ARTCC relevant points of reference such as VORs and will include the height extent intensity and movement of the phenomenon Each CWA will have a phenomenon number c The format of the CWA communications header is ARTCC designator phenomenon number CWA date time issued in UTC ARTCC designator CWA issuance number VALID UNTIL date time in UTC FROM affected area text EXAMPLE ZOBI CWA 032141 ZOB CWA 101 VALID UNTIL 032300 FROM 108 DET TO 40N DJB TO 40E SBN TO 80SE MKG LN SEV TSTMS WITH E
549. to provide the information FAR Part 91 requires an Instrument Flight Rules IFR flight plan to operate under IFR in controlled airspace Filing a Visual Flight Rules flight plan is recommended but not mandatory It is FAA policy to make factual information available to persons properly and directly concerned except information held confidential for good cause i e pilot s address telephone number All flight plan data is destroyed when 15 days old except for data retained due to an accident incident investigation An agency may not conduct or sponsor and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number The OMB control number associated with this collection is 2120 0026 Comments concerning the accuracy of this burden and suggestions for reducing the burden should be directed to the FAA at 800 Independence Ave SW Washington DC 20591 Attn Information Collection Clearance Officer ABA 20 Appendix B 4 FSS Forms 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X IN FLIGHT CONTACT RECORD FAA Form 7233 5 4 70 Electronic Version Adobe Position Page FSS Forms Appendix B 5 JO 7110 10X 4 3 14 FAA FORM 7230 21 FLIGHT PROGRESS STRIPS FSS Revised 04 2012 Designed to be printed on card stock or 24 lb copy paper and cut into individual strips for use in Strip Holders Appendix B 6 FSS Forms 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X FAA FORM 7230 21 FLIGHT PROGRESS STRIP FSS Revised 04 2012 FAA FORM T230
550. tric pressure as reported by a particular station QUADRANT A quarter part of a circle centered on a NAVAID oriented clockwise from magnetic north as follows NE quadrant 000 089 SE quadrant 090 179 SW quadrant 180 269 NW quadrant 270 359 QUEUING See STAGING QUEUING QUICK LOOK A feature of the EAS and ARTS which provides the controller the capability to display full data blocks of tracked aircraft from other control positions PCG Q 1 4 3 14 Pilot Controller Glossary R RAA See REMOTE AIRPORT ADVISORY RADAR A device which by measuring the time interval between transmission and reception of radio pulses and correlating the angular orientation of the radiated antenna beam or beams in azimuth and or elevation provides information on range azimuth and or elevation of objects in the path of the transmitted pulses a Primary Radar A radar system in which a minute portion of a radio pulse transmitted from a site is reflected by an object and then received back at that site for processing and display at an air traffic control facility b Secondary Radar Radar Beacon ATCRBS A radar system in which the object to be detected is fitted with cooperative equipment in the form of a radio receiver transmitter transponder Radar pulses transmitted from the searching transmitter re ceiver interrogator site are received in the cooperative equipment and used to trigger a distinctive transmission from t
551. truments or manual observation is available to the FSS specialist REMOTE AIRPORT INFORMATION SERVICE RAIS A temporary service provided by facilities which are not located on the landing airport but have communication capability and automated weather reporting available to the pilot at the landing airport REMOTE COMMUNICATIONS AIR GROUND FACILITY An unmanned VHF UHF transmitter receiver facility which is used to expand ARTCC air ground communications coverage and to facilitate direct contact between pilots and controllers RCAG facilities are sometimes not equipped with emergen cy frequencies 121 5 MHz and 243 0 MHz Refer to AIM REMOTE COMMUNICATIONS OUTLET An unmanned communications facility remotely con trolled by air traffic personnel RCOs serve FSSs RTRs serve terminal ATC facilities An RCO or RTR may be UHF or VHF and will extend the communication range of the air traffic facility There are several classes of RCOs and RTRs The class is determined by the number of transmitters or receivers Classes A through G are used primarily for alr ground purposes RCO and RTR class O facilities are nonprotected outlets subject to undetected and prolonged outages RCO O s and RTR O s were established for the express purpose of providing ground to ground communications between air traffic control specialists and pilots located at a satellite airport for delivering en route clearances issuing departure authorizations
552. ts or other phenomena Such returns may limit or preclude ATC from providing services based on radar See CHAFF See GROUND CLUTTER See PRECIPITATION See TARGET See ICAO term RADAR CLUTTER A a a CMNPS See CANADIAN MINIMUM NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION AIRSPACE COASTAL FIX A navigation aid or intersection where an aircraft transitions between the domestic route structure and the oceanic route structure CODES The number assigned to a particular multiple pulse reply signal transmitted by a transponder See DISCRETE CODE PCG C 4 4 3 14 COMBINED CENTER RAPCON An air traffic facility which combines the functions of an ARTCC and a radar approach control facility See AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER See RADAR APPROACH CONTROL FACILITY COMMON POINT A significant point over which two or more aircraft will report passing or have reported passing before proceeding on the same or diverging tracks To establish maintain longitudinal separation a controller may determine a common point not originally in the aircraft s flight plan and then clear the aircraft to fly over the point See SIGNIFICANT POINT COMMON PORTION See COMMON ROUTE COMMON ROUTE That segment of a North American Route between the inland navigation facility and the coastal fix OR COMMON ROUTE Typically the portion of a RNAV STAR between the en route transition end point and the runway transition start p
553. ts and figure shifts not pre printed on the form as necessary the AFTN Ending as described below End of Text Signal 1 one LETTER SHIFT 2 two CARRIAGE RETURNS one LINE FEED Page feed Sequence Seven LINE FEEDS End of Message Signal Four of the letter N ICAO FLIGHT PLANS Appendix A 15 JO 7110 10X 4 3 14 5 Example of Completed Flight Plan Form peparmentotwanspraten International Flight Plan PRIORITY ADDRESSEE S FF gt EHAAZOEX EBURZOZX EDDYZOZX LFFFZQZX LFRRZOZX LFBBZQZX LECMZQZX LPPCZOZX FILING TIME ORIGINATOR osea ze SPECIFIC IDENTIFICATION OF ADDRESSEE S AND OR ORIGINATOR 3 MESSAGE 7 AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION 8 FLIGHT RULES TYPE OF FLIGHT FPL 4 C F 4 0 2 z 9 NUMBER TYPE OF AIRCRAFT WAKE TURBULENCE CAT 10 EQUIPMENT 7 1E s 13 DEPARTURE AEODROME TIME 15 CRUISING SPEED LEVEL ROUTE 0 8 3 0 F 2 9 0 gt LEK2B LEK UA6 AMMIMO78F330 UA6 PON URION CHW UAS NTS DCT 4611N00412W DCT SIG UAS FTM FATIMIA TOTAL EET 16 DESTINATION AERODROME HR MIN ALTN AERODROME 2ND ALTN AERODROME ner end ra e 18 OTHER INFORMATION REG FBYGA SEL EJFL EET LPPCO158 K SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION NOT TOBE TRANSMITTED IN FPL MESSAGES RENSE ENDURANCE EMERGENCY RADIO HR MIN PERSONS ON BOARD E bis as gt P 3 0 0 gt R U E SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT 19 POLAR DESERT MARITIME JUNGLE LIGHT FLOUR
554. tual departure time b If arrangements cannot be made to obtain the actual departure time forward the ETD 6 Point of departure 7 ETA 8 Destination 9 Remarks a DVFR discrete transponder code b True airspeed c Estimated point of penetration of the ADIZ latitude longitude or fix radial distance except in Alaska d Estimated time of penetration of the ADIZ except in Alaska e If no arrival report NORIV will be filed with an appropriate aeronautical facility include the contraction NORIV as a non transmitted remark Do not pass NORIV to NORAD EXAMPLE 1210 135 3442 09345 1446 NOTE On a proposed flight plan a single X may replace the DVFR discrete transponder code true airspeed estimated point of penetration of the ADIZ or the estimated time of penetration of the ADIZ EXAMPLE Missing true airspeed 1210 X 3442 09345 1446 Missing estimated point of ADIZ penetration and time 1210 135 XX c Forward DVFR flight plan information for aircraft operating into Canada using the same procedures in paragraph 6 6 3b except add DVFR in remarks and transmit the information to the appropriate Canadian transborder tie in facility 6 6 4 STOPOVER DVFR FLIGHT PLANS Accept stopover DVFR flight plans filed on those aircraft planning one or more landings within an 6 6 1 JO 7110 10X ADIZ en route to the destination provided the information in para 6 6 3 is furnished
555. turbulent conditions When requested by a pilot provide notifications to expedite ground handling of patients vital organs or urgently needed medical materials c Provide maximum assistance to search and rescue SAR aircraft performing a SAR mission d Provide special handling as required to expedite Flight Check and automated flight inspection Flight Check number Recorded aircraft 4 1 3 INFLIGHT WEATHER BRIEFING Upon request provide inflight weather briefings in accordance with the procedure outlined in Chapter 3 Section 2 General 4 1 4 INFLIGHT EQUIPMENT MALFUNCTIONS a Inflight equipment malfunctions include partial or complete failure of equipment which may affect either safety and or the ability of the flight to proceed b When a pilot reports a flight equipment malfunction determine the nature and extent of any assistance desired c Provide maximum assistance possible consist ent with equipment and any special handling requested d Relay to other specialists or facilities who will handle the aircraft all information concerning the equipment malfunction on the aircraft and any special handling requested or being provided 4 1 5 AIRCRAFT REPORTED NAVAID MALFUNCTIONS a Aircraft reported NAVAID malfunctions are subject to varying circumstances When an aircraft reports a ground based NAVAID malfunction take the following action 1 Request a report from a second aircraft 2 If the
556. uency used EXAMPLE 28660M 8903VO 13300YH 293201 5631TY 11384XM Messages and Formats 4 3 14 29980L 6532UA 13294YF 5628TO 10048WH 17904ZC For Alaskan domestic use only g Time in UTC of the communication 4 Missing parts of the message text must be indicated by the letter M EXAMPLE ARP CPC583 KBRO 2100 F330 MMTM 2128 ETA XMMMX 2248 FUEL 0324 KNEW RB MMMX R TO2103 b AIREPs may be filed from any aircraft inflight within World Meteorological Organization WMO areas of responsibility in conformity with ICAO requirements for position operational or meteorolo gical reporting in AIREP format AIREP information must be disseminated to ATC company and meteorological offices as required AIREPs consist of three sections comprised of 12 items AIREPs may be filed in one two or three sections as follows 1 Section 1 Routine report A position report PSNRP comprising the Message Type Designator ARP and the following items a Item 1 Aircraft identification b Item 2 Position Record position in latitude degrees as two numerics or degrees and minutes as four numerics followed without a space by N or S and longitude degrees as three numerics or degrees and minutes as five numerics followed without a space by E or W or as a significant point identified by a coded designator two to five characters or as a significant point followed by a magnetic bearing three numerics and a distance i
557. uirement for performance monitoring and alert ing designated by the prefix RNAV e g RNAV 5 RNAV 1 Note The Performance based Navigation Manual Doc 9613 Volume II contains detailed guidance on navigation specifications PCG N 1 Pilot Controller Glossary NAVIGATIONAL AID Any visual or electronic device airborne or on the surface which provides point to point guidance information or position data to aircraft in flight See AIR NAVIGATION FACILITY NBCAP AIRSPACE See NATIONAL BEACON CODE ALLOCATION PLAN AIRSPACE NDB See NONDIRECTIONAL BEACON NEGATIVE No or permission not granted or that is not correct NEGATIVE CONTACT Used by pilots to inform ATC that a Previously issued traffic is not in sight It may be followed by the pilot s request for the controller to provide assistance in avoiding the traffic b They were unable to contact ATC on a particular frequency NFDC See NATIONAL FLIGHT DATA CENTER NFDD See NATIONAL FLIGHT DATA DIGEST NIGHT The time between the end of evening civil twilight and the beginning of morning civil twilight as published in the Air Almanac converted to local time See ICAO term NIGHT NIGHT ICAO The hours between the end of evening civil twilight and the beginning of morning civil twilight or such other period between sunset and sunrise as may be specified by the appropriate authority Note Civil twilight ends in th
558. umulation may create a problem if flight is prolonged in this environment over 1 hour Occasional use of deicing anti icing equipment removes prevents accumulation It does not present a problem if the deicing anti icing equipment is used c Moderate The rate of accumulation is such that even short encounters become potentially hazardous and use of deicing anti icing equipment or flight diversion is necessary d Severe The rate of accumulation is such that deicing anti icing equipment fails to reduce or control the hazard Immediate flight diversion is necessary IDENT A request for a pilot to activate the aircraft transponder identification feature This will help the Pilot Controller Glossary controller to confirm an aircraft identity or to identify an aircraft Refer to AIM IDENT FEATURE The special feature in the Air Traffic Control Radar Beacon System ATCRBS equipment It is used to immediately distinguish one displayed beacon target from other beacon targets See IDENT IF See INTERMEDIATE FIX IFIM See INTERNATIONAL FLIGHT INFORMATION MANUAL IF NO TRANSMISSION RECEIVED FOR TIME Used by ATC in radar approaches to prefix procedures which should be followed by the pilot in event of lost communications See LOST COMMUNICATIONS IFR See INSTRUMENT FLIGHT RULES IFR AIRCRAFT An aircraft conducting flight in accordance with instrument flight rules IFR CONDITIONS Weather con
559. urged but is not mandatory TERMINAL VFR RADAR SERVICE A national program instituted to extend the terminal radar services provided instrument flight rules IFR aircraft to visual flight rules VFR aircraft The program is divided into four types service referred to as basic radar service terminal radar service area TRSA service Class B service and Class C service The type of service provided at a particular location is contained in the Airport Facility Directory a Basic Radar Service These services are provided for VFR aircraft by all commissioned terminal radar facilities Basic radar service includes safety alerts traffic advisories limited radar vectoring when requested by the pilot and sequencing at locations where procedures have been established for this purpose and or when covered by a letter of agreement The purpose of this service is to adjust the flow of arriving IFR and VFR aircraft into the traffic pattern in a safe and orderly manner and to provide traffic advisories to departing VFR aircraft b TRSA Service This service provides in addition to basic radar service sequencing of all IFR and participating VFR aircraft to the primary airport and separation between all participating VFR aircraft The purpose of this service is to provide separation between all participating VFR aircraft and all IFR aircraft operating within the area defined as a TRSA c Class C Service This service provides in addition to
560. usly requires a reply 4 3 5 ROUTINE RADIO CONTACTS Record information received from or given to the pilot Prior to terminating the contact provide the following information if it is pertinent and the pilot indicates that it has not been received previously a Weather Advisory When a weather advisory such as a WA WS WST CWA or AWW which affects an aircraft s position route or destination b Shifting to Flight Watch During hours of flight watch operation inflight specialists must recom mend shifting to the flight watch frequency for en route advisories when weather conditions in an area along the pilot s route of flight so dictate An example would be a pilot flying into an area of marginal weather farther along the route It would be advantageous for the pilot to contact the flight watch specialist to pursue an alternate course of action should the need arise 4 3 2 4 3 14 PHRASEOLOGY FOR ADDITIONAL EN ROUTE WEATHER CONTACT FLIGHT WATCH frequency c NOTAM Inform the pilot of any pertinent NOTAMs affecting the flight d Altimeter Setting 1 If the aircraft is operating below 18 000 feet MSL issue current altimeter setting obtained from direct reading instruments or received from weather reporting stations Use the setting for the location nearest the position of the aircraft 2 If the aircraft is arriving or departing a local airport served by an operating control tower issue altimeter setti
561. ust be solicited and disseminated when one or more of these conditions or criteria exist Flight watch specialists must solicit sufficient PIREPs to remain aware of flight conditions b Maintain a graphic display of pertinent PIREPs within the flight watch area Periodically review the display and actively solicit additional PIREPs when necessary to ensure completeness and accuracy of the information c Requests for special solicitation of PIREPs from other facilities or the NWS must be honored as rapidly as operations permit 4 6 2 4 3 14 4 6 7 GRAPHIC WEATHER DISPLAY a Prior to assuming flight watch duties the specialist must review as a minimum the graphic information listed below if available After assuming duties the specialist must continue to review graphic and written data as needed during the watch to update and maintain a thorough knowledge of weather synoptic and forecast information affecting aviation operations 1 Weather Depiction 2 Surface Analysis 3 Forecast Winds Aloft 4 G AIRMET Graphic 5 12 and 24 hour low level significant weather prognosis 6 36 and 48 hour low level significant weather prognosis 7 High level significant weather prognosis 8 Freezing level graphic 9 Freezing level analysis 10 Current Icing Product CIP 11 Forecast Icing Product FIP 12 Graphical Turbulence Guidance GTG 13 850 MB upper air analysis 14 700 MB upper air analysis
562. vice e g Oakland Flight Watch See EN ROUTE FLIGHT ADVISORY SERVICE FLIP See DOD FLIP FLY HEADING DEGREES Informs the pilot of the heading he she should fly The pilot may have to turn to or continue on a specific compass direction in order to comply with the instructions The pilot is expected to turn in the shorter direction to the heading unless otherwise instructed by ATC FLY BY WAYPOINT A fly by waypoint requires the use of turn anticipation to avoid overshoot of the next flight segment FLY OVER WAYPOINT A fly over waypoint precludes any turn until the waypoint is overflown and is followed by an intercept maneuver of the next flight segment FLY VISUAL TO AIRPORT See PUBLISHED INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE VISUAL SEGMENT FMA See FINAL MONITOR AID 4 3 14 FMS See FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FMSP See FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PROCEDURE FORMATION FLIGHT More than one aircraft which by prior arrangement between the pilots Operate as a single aircraft with regard to navigation and position reporting Separation between aircraft within the formation is the responsibility of the flight leader and the pilots of the other aircraft in the flight This includes transition periods when aircraft within the formation are maneuvering to attain separation from each other to effect individual control and during join up and breakaway a A standard formation is one in which a proximity
563. viceable OR ENTER one or more of the following descriptors up to a maximum of 20 characters to describe the serviceable surveillance equipment and or capabilities on board Enter no more than one transponder code Modes A C or S SSR Modes A and C A Transponder Mode A 4 digits 4096 codes C Transponder Mode A 4 digits 4096 codes and Mode C SSR Mode S E Transponder Mode S including aircraft identification pressure altitude and extended squitter ADS B capability H Transponder Mode S including aircraft identification pressure altitude and enhanced surveillance capability I Transponder Mode S including aircraft identification but no pressure altitude capability L Transponder Mode S including aircraft identification pressure altitude extended squitter ADS B and enhanced surveillance capability P Transponder Mode S including pressure altitude but no aircraft identification capability S Transponder Mode S including both pressure altitude and aircraft identification capability X Transponder Mode S with neither aircraft identification nor pressure altitude capability NOTE Enhanced surveillance capability is the ability of the aircraft to down link aircraft derived data via a Mode S transponder ADS B B1 ADS B with dedicated 1090 MHz ADS B out capability B2 ADB B with dedicated 1090 MHz ADS B out and in capability U1 ADS B out capability using UAT U2 ADS B out
564. visory as sistance services may be provided to VFR aircraft See EN ROUTE AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SERVICES Refer to AIM AIR TAXI Used to describe a helicopter VTOL aircraft movement conducted above the surface but normally not above 100 feet AGL The aircraft may proceed either via hover taxi or flight at speeds more than 20 knots The pilot is solely responsible for selecting a safe airspeed altitude for the operation being conducted See HOVER TAXI Refer to AIM 4 3 14 AIR TRAFFIC Aircraft operating in the air or on an airport surface exclusive of loading ramps and parking areas See ICAO term AIR TRAFFIC AIR TRAFFIC ICAO All aircraft in flight or Operating on the maneuvering area of an aerodrome AIR TRAFFIC CLEARANCE An authorization by air traffic control for the purpose of preventing collision between known aircraft for an aircraft to proceed under specified traffic conditions within controlled airspace The pilot in command of an aircraft may not deviate from the provisions of a visual flight rules VFR or instrument flight rules IFR air traffic clearance except in an emergency or unless an amended clearance has been obtained Additionally the pilot may request a different clearance from that which has been issued by air traffic control ATC if information available to the pilot makes another course of action more practicable or if aircraft equipment limitations or company procedures forbid com
565. was not encountered enter NEG 2 Type Enter CAT or CHOP if reported by the pilot 3 Altitude Report altitude only if it differs from value reported in FL When a layer of turbulence is reported separate height values with a hyphen If lower or upper limits are not defined use BLO or ABV EXAMPLE TB LGT 040 TB MOD SEV BLO 080 TB MOD SEV CAT 350 TB NEG 120 180 TB MOD CHOP 220 NEG 230 280 TB MOD CAT ABV 290 k IC Icing Report intensity type and altitude of icing as follows 1 Intensity Enter intensity first using contractions TRACE LGT MOD or SEV Separate reports of a range or variation of intensity with a hyphen If icing was not encountered enter NEG 2 Type Enter the reported icing type as RIME CLR or MX 3 Altitude Enter the reported icing altitude only if different from the value reported in the FL TEI Use a hyphen to separate reported layers of icing Use ABV or BLO when a layer is not defined EXAMPLE HC LGT MOD MX 085 IC LGT RIME IC MOD RIME BLO 095 HC SEV CLR 035 062 Pilot Weather Report UA UUA 4 3 14 4 When icing is reported always report temperature in the TA TEI l RM Remarks Use this TEI to report a phenomenon which is considered important but does not fit in any of the other TEIs This includes but is not limited to low level wind shear LLWS reports thunderstorm lines coverage and movement size of hail 1 4 increments lightning clouds obs
566. weather conditions that may affect landing and takeoff operations The specialist must monitor the remote display of the current wind and altimeter Provide Final Guard as follows a When the pilot reports On final or Taking the active runway the specialist must provide the current wind direction speed and altimeter b If during the landing or takeoff operation conditions change and in the specialist s opinion the changing information might be useful to the pilot the specialist must broadcast the new wind and or altimeter information in the blind c Pilots will not be required or expected to acknowledge the broadcast EXAMPLE N12RG Wind direction at speed NOTE Final Guard is never provided with RAIS 12 Runway Friction Upon request provide runway friction measurement readings values as received from airport management to aircraft as follows a At airports with friction measuring devices provide runway friction reports as received from airport management to pilots State the runway number followed by the MU number for each of the three runway zones the time of the report in UTC and a word describing the cause of the runway friction problem EXAMPLE Runway two seven MU thirty nine thirty eight twenty eight at one zero one eight ZULU ice b Issue the runway surface condition and or the runway condition reading RCR if provided to all U S Air Force USAF and Ai
567. weather inputs from local automated weather sources or manually entered meteorological data together with preprogrammed menus to provide standard information to users Airports with D ATIS capability are listed in the Airport Facility Directory DIGITAL TARGET A computer generated symbol representing an aircraft s position based on a primary return or radar beacon reply shown on a digital display DIGITAL TERMINAL AUTOMATION SYSTEM DTAS A system where digital radar and beacon data is presented on digital displays and the operational program monitors the system perfor mance on a real time basis DIGITIZED TARGET A computer generated indication shown on an analog radar display resulting from a primary radar return or a radar beacon reply DIRECT Straight line flight between two naviga tional aids fixes points or any combination thereof When used by pilots in describing off airway routes points defining direct route segments become compulsory reporting points unless the aircraft is under radar contact DIRECT ALTITUDE AND IDENTITY READ OUT The DAIR System is a modification to the AN TPX 42 Interrogator System The Navy has two adaptations of the DAIR System Carrier Air Traffic Control Direct Altitude and Identification Readout System for Aircraft Carriers and Radar Air Traffic Control Facility Direct Altitude and Identity Readout System for land based terminal operations The DAIR detects tracks and predicts secondary
568. which in the judgment of the specialist constitute a threat to safe flight d Alert the associated CWSU or WFO immediately of reported or observed significant weather that is not included in aviation forecasts 4 6 4 FREQUENCIES a Use frequency 122 0 MHz to provide flight watch services to aircraft below FL 180 b Use the assigned discrete frequency to provide flight watch services to aircraft at FL 180 and above This frequency can also be used for communications with aircraft below FL 180 when communication coverage permits c Aircraft operating at FL 180 or above that contact flight watch on frequency 122 0 MHz should be advised to change to the high altitude discrete frequency for Flight Watch PHRASEOLOGY Aircraft identification facility FLIGHT WATCH FOR SERVICE AT YOUR ALTITUDE CONTACT FLIGHT WATCH ON frequency d Avoid the simultaneous keying of two or more transmitters on the same frequency This action can block or hinder communications NOTE Frequency 122 0 MHz RCF outlets are geographically located to ensure communications coverage at 5 000 feet AGL and above over the conterminous United States High altitude discrete frequency RCF outlets are geographically located to ensure communications coverage between FL 180 and FL 450 over the EFAS facility s area of responsibility Communications prac tices should be guided by these restrictions 4 6 5 NWS SUPPORT TO EFAS The NWS support function for
569. with airport advisory only during periods of significant and fast changing weather conditions that may affect landing and takeoff operations g Where AFIS is available confirm receipt of the current AFIS information if the pilot does not initially state the appropriate AFIS code Issue the current AFIS information to pilots who are unable to receive the AFIS or pilots that do not have the information EXAMPLE Verify you have information ALFA h If the pilot requests special VFR clearance provide the appropriate elements and follow the procedures in Chapter 4 Section 5 Special VFR Operations 4 4 3 AIRPORT ADVISORY RAIS ELEMENTS AND PHRASEOLOGY a State the airport name and the type of service being provided airport advisory or airport information EXAMPLE Airport name AIRPORT ADVISORY Or Airport name AIRPORT INFORMATION NOTE At FSS facilities with AFIS equipment if an aircraft has acknowledged receipt of the AFIS message traffic advisories and additional information need not be preceded by the phrase Airport name AIRPORT ADVISORY b Provide the following information as needed to best serve the current traffic situation Do not approve or disapprove simulated instrument approaches 1 Wind direction and speed 4 4 2 4 3 14 2 Favored or designated runway is a service provided in conjunction with an airport advisory The specialist must check the current wind data and p
570. xplain subject material is identified as an Example 1 2 4 PHRASEOLOGY Phraseology depicted in this order is mandatory NOTE Exceptions to this paragraph are referenced in para 5 1 1 Emergency Determination 1 2 5 ABBREVIAITONS Abbreviations authorized for use in the application of the procedures in this order are those contained in FAA Order JO 7340 2 Contractions 1 2 6 JO 7110 10 CHANGES a Each reprinted revised or additional page will show the change number and the effective date of the change b Bold lines in the margin of the text will mark the location of all changes except editorial corrections 1 2 1 JO 7110 10X 1 2 7 SYSTEM INSTRUCTIONS Different operational systems are used to provide flight services within the United States Each individual operational system must have instructions in the form of a user s manual or guide either 1 2 2 4 3 14 electronically or in paper form that provide the necessary steps to accomplish the requirements set forth in this order Where databases are shared local procedures may be used to facilitate the handling of flight data across the flight plan area boundaries Terms of Reference 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Section 3 Responsibility 1 3 1 PROCEDURAL APPLICATIONS Apply the procedures in this order except when other procedures are contained in a letter of agreement LOA or other appropriate FAA documents provided they only supplement
571. y 1 The amended Field 06 replaces the previously stored coordination fix Field 06 2 The amended Field 07 with appropriate letter prefix replaces the previously stored coordination time Field 07 3 The amended route data Field 10 may completely replace the previously filed Field 10 or may be merged with the filed Field 10 IFR Flight Plan Handling JO 7110 10X 4 If the last element of the amended route data is followed by a destination indicator this last element becomes the new destination fix 5 When amended route data is merged with filed data it replaces all data between the departure point and the first non amended element remaining in the field The last element of the amended data must match the first element of the remaining non amended data otherwise the follow ing rejection message is returned REJECT last element CANNOT MERGE d Amendment to Field 10 Only Except as permitted above a Field 10 amendment must be the only field amended no other field may be amended with the same message Otherwise the following is returned REJECT INVALID AMENDMENT EXAMPLE Mes Aircraft aa E ees New A tobe NewField tobe sage Identifica Field Type tion 2 Data Re Data YP vised vised AM TWA179 07 P0800 08 350 AM UAL466 07 0300 AM AAL4355 10 ORD J60 DEN c Correction Message CM When the ARTCC computer detects an error in a flight plan an error message is generated to the
572. y 7 characters 2 figures describing latitude in degrees followed by N North or S South followed by 3 figures describing longitude in degrees followed by E East or W West Make up the correct number of figures where necessary by insertion of zeros for example 46N078W Degrees and minutes 11 characters 4 figures describing latitude in degrees and tens and units of minutes followed by N North or S South followed by 5 figures describing longitude in degrees and tens and units of minutes followed by E East or W West Make up the correct number of figures where necessary by entering zeros for example 4620N07805W Bearing and distance from a significant point The identification of the significant point followed by the bearing from the point in the form of 3 figures giving degrees magnetic followed by the distance from the point in the form of 3 figures expressing nautical miles In areas of high latitude where it is determined by the appropriate authority that reference to degrees magnetic is impractical degrees true may be used Make up the correct number of figures where necessary by insertion of zeros for example a point 180 magnetic at a distance of 40 nautical miles from VOR DUB should be expressed as DUB180040 3 Change of speed or level maximum 21 characters The point at which a change of speed 5 TAS or 0 01 Mach or more or a change of level is
573. y ATC to tell the pilot to turn specified functions of the aircraft transponder off See STOP ALTITUDE SQUAWK See TRANSPONDER Pilot Controller Glossary STOP STREAM Used by ATC to request a pilot to suspend electronic attack activity See JAMMING STOPOVER FLIGHT PLAN A flight plan format which permits in a single submission the filing of a sequence of flight plans through interim full stop destinations to a final destination STOPWAY An area beyond the takeoff runway no less wide than the runway and centered upon the extended centerline of the runway able to support the airplane during an aborted takeoff without causing structural damage to the airplane and designated by the airport authorities for use in decelerating the airplane during an aborted takeoff STRAIGHT IN APPROACH IFR An instrument approach wherein final approach is begun without first having executed a procedure turn not necessarily completed with a straight in landing or made to straight in landing minimums See LANDING MINIMUMS See STRAIGHT IN APPROACH VFR See STRAIGHT IN LANDING STRAIGHT IN APPROACH VFR Entry into the traffic pattern by interception of the extended runway centerline final approach course without executing any other portion of the traffic pattern See TRAFFIC PATTERN STRAIGHT IN LANDING A landing made on a runway aligned within 30 of the final approach course following completion of an instrument approac
574. y a line extending from the IF through the FAF to the arc AREA NAVIGATION RNAV GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM GPS PRECISION RUNWAY MONITORING PRM APPROACH A GPS approach which requires vertical guidance used in lieu of an ILS PRM approach to conduct approaches to parallel runways whose extended centerlines are separated by less than 4 300 feet and at least 3 000 feet where closely spaced independent approaches are permitted Also used in lieu of an ILS PRM and or LDA PRM approach to conduct Simultaneous Offset Instrument Approach SOIA operations ARINC An acronym for Aeronautical Radio Inc a corporation largely owned by a group of airlines ARINC is licensed by the FCC as an aeronautical station and contracted by the FAA to provide communications support for air traffic control and meteorological services in portions of international airspace ARMY AVIATION FLIGHT INFORMATION BULLETIN A bulletin that provides air operation data covering Army National Guard and Army Reserve aviation activities ARO See AIRPORT RESERVATION OFFICE ARRESTING SYSTEM A safety device consisting of two major components namely engaging or catching devices and energy absorption devices for the purpose of arresting both tailhook and or nontailhook equipped aircraft It is used to prevent aircraft from overrunning runways when the aircraft cannot be stopped after landing or during aborted 4 3 14 takeoff Arresting systems have variou
575. y and or the automated weather frequency when available When not available issue the last known surface condition and altimeter PHRASEOLOGY Airport name AIRPORT ADVISORY or AIRPORT INFORMATION NOT AVAILABLE CONTACT airport name CTAF frequency d During initial contact if the pilot indicates receipt of automated weather provide only the appropriate non weather elements Do not provide weather information unless specifically requested by the pilot or a special report is transmitted EXAMPLE RAIS Pilot Green Bay radio Cessna 12RG ten northeast landing Eau Claire request airport information I have the automated weather FSS Cessna 12RG Eau Claire airport information your traffic is a Cessna 172 entering downwind and a Convair 660 reported on final both one minute ago There is an airport maintenance vehicle e If additional pilots initiate contact a short time after airport advisory services were provided determine if the new pilot s copied the information when it was provided JO 7110 10X 1 If the new pilot responds in the affirmative do not repeat the information 2 If the new pilot acknowledges the airport advisory information and then requests specific information provide only the information requested NOTE The intent is to reduce frequency clutter while insuring that the pilots are aware of the situation as it changes f Final Guard is a service provided in conjunction
576. y foreign flights are required to clear through specified military bases Pilots normally will not file flight plans directly with an FSS unless BASOPS is not available BASOPS with no Service B access will forward an ICAO type flight plan message via their tie in FSS for relay through the Aeronautical Fixed Telecommunications Network AFTN BASOPS should specify all addressees both ATC and operational in accordance with ICAO standards and military regulations 6 5 3 USAF USN UNDERGRADUATE PILOTS Aircraft piloted by solo USAF USN undergraduate student pilots who may occasionally request revised clearances are normally restricted to flight in VFR conditions The aircraft identification in the flight plan must include the letter Z as a suffix Do not use this suffix in ground to air communication NOTE USAF USN solo students who have passed an instrument certification check may penetrate cloud layers in climb or descent only Requests for revised clearances to avoid clouds in level flight can still be expected This does not Military Operations change the requirement to use the letter Z as a suffix to the aircraft identification 6 5 4 MESSAGE HANDLING Accept and forward messages from any military authority that concern aircraft movement national defense safety of flight or emergencies This includes but is not limited to the following a Flight Advisory Messages 1 The FSS originating the advisory o
577. y indicators are authorized for transmission by any means for example AFTN NADIN JO 7110 10X interphone computer to computer or via the aeronautical mobile service as applicable a Emergency Messages 1 Distress messages and distress traffic including alerting ALR messages relating to distress DETRESFA phase SS 2 Urgency messages including alerting messages relating to an alert ALERFA phase or to an uncertainty INCERFA phase SS 3 Other messages concerning known or suspected emergencies which do not fall under subparas 7 1 3a1 and a2 and radio communications failure RCF messages FF or higher as required b Movement and Control Messages 1 Flight plan FPL FF 2 Amendment and coordination messages a Departure DEP FF b Delay DLA GG c Arrival ARR GG d Boundary estimate EST FF e Modification CHG FF Coordination CDN FF g Acceptance ACP FF 3 Cancellation CNL GG 4 Clearances flow control SPL CHG CDN FF or DD 5 Transfer of control TCX FF 6 Requests ROS FF 7 Position reports AIREP FF c Flight Information Messages 1 Traffic information FF 2 Meteorological information MET FF or GG 3 Operation of aeronautical facilities and essential airport information NOTAM GG Normally exchanged between ATC units via voice circuits 4 3 14 d Technical Messages Four categories of these messages are specified for use
578. y lights should remain on from the end of civil twilight to the beginning of civil twilight If the runway lights are operated part time in this period broadcast a warning over the airport advisory frequency 2 minutes before turning the lights off 10 1 8 CHANGING LIGHTED RUNWAYS a To switch lights 1 Advise all known aircraft that the lights are to be changed specifying the runway to be lighted 2 Turn on the lights for the new runway 30 seconds before turning off the other runway lights equipment permitting b When a pilot requests that other than the favored runway be lighted and two runways cannot be lighted simultaneously comply with the request if you have no knowledge of the lighted runway being in use Advise all known aircraft 10 1 2 4 3 14 10 1 9 SIMULTANEOUS APPROACH AND RUNWAY EDGE LIGHT OPERATION Turn on the runway edge lights for the runway in use whenever the associated approach lights are on If multiple runway light selection is not possible you may leave the approach lights on and switch the runway lights to another runway to accommodate another aircraft 10 1 10 MEDIUMINTENSITY APPROACH LIGHTING SYSTEM WITH RUNWAY ALIGNMENT INDICATOR LIGHTS MALSR OMNIDIRECTIONAL APPROACH LIGHTING SYSTEM ODALS Operate MALSR ODALS that have separate on off and intensity setting controls in accordance with TBL 10 1 2 and TBL 10 1 3 NOTE Application concerns use for takeoffs landings ap proaches an
579. y of the required resources OCEANIC DISPLAY AND PLANNING SYS TEM An automated digital display system which provides flight data processing conflict probe and situation display for oceanic air traffic control OCEANIC NAVIGATIONAL ERROR REPORT A report filed when an aircraft exiting oceanic airspace has been observed by radar to be off course ONER reporting parameters and procedures are contained in FAAO 7110 82 Monitoring of Navigational Perfor mance In Oceanic Areas OCEANIC PUBLISHED ROUTE A route estab lished in international airspace and charted or described in flight information publications such as Route Charts DOD Enroute Charts Chart Supple ments NOTAMs and Track Messages OCEANIC TRANSITION ROUTE An ATS route established for the purpose of transitioning aircraft to from an organized track system ODAPS See OCEANIC DISPLAY AND PLANNING SYSTEM ODP See OBSTACLE DEPARTURE PROCEDURE OFF COURSE A term used to describe a situation where an aircraft has reported a position fix or is observed on radar at a point not on the ATC approved route of flight OFF ROUTE VECTOR A vector by ATC which takes an aircraft off a previously assigned route Altitudes assigned by ATC during such vectors provide required obstacle clearance OFFSET PARALLEL RUNWAYS Staggered runways having centerlines which are parallel OFFSHORE CONTROL AIRSPACE AREA That portion of airspace between the U S 12 NM limit and
580. y radiating a downward sweeping audio tone 2 4 times per second It is designed to function without human action after an accident Refer to 14 CFR Part 91 Refer to AIM E MSAW See EN ROUTE MINIMUM SAFE ALTITUDE WARNING EN ROUTE AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SER VICES Air traffic control service provided aircraft on IFR flight plans generally by centers when these aircraft are operating between departure and destination terminal areas When equipment capa bilities and controller workload permit certain advisory assistance services may be provided to VFR aircraft See AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER Refer to AIM EN ROUTE AUTOMATION SYSTEM EAS The complex integrated environment consisting of situation display systems surveillance systems and flight data processing remote devices decision support tools and the related communications equipment that form the heart of the automated IFR air traffic control system It interfaces with automated terminal systems and is used in the control of en route IFR aircraft Refer to AIM Pilot Controller Glossary E EN ROUTE CHARTS See AERONAUTICAL CHART EN ROUTE DESCENT Descent from the en route cruising altitude which takes place along the route of flight EN ROUTE FLIGHT ADVISORY SERVICE A service specifically designed to provide upon pilot request timely weather information pertinent to his her type of flight intended route of flight and altitude
581. zero high pressure altimeter setting procedures are in effect Favored runway two six Weather in Kotzebue surface area is below V F R minima an ATC clearance is required Notice to Airmen Hotham NDB out of service Contact Kotzebue Radio on one two three point six for traffic advisories and advise intentions Transcribed Weather Broadcast out of service Advise on initial contact you have ALFA 2 5 3 4 3 14 JO 7110 10X Chapter 3 Pilot Briefing Section 1 General 3 1 1 DEFINITION Pilot briefings are the translation of weather observations and forecasts including surface upper air radar satellite and PIREPs into a form directly usable by the pilot or flight supervisory personnel to formulate plans and make decisions for the safe and efficient operation of aircraft These briefings must also include information on NOTAM flow control and other items as requested 3 1 2 PRE DUTY REQUIREMENTS Before assuming pilot briefing duties familiarize yourself sufficiently with aeronautical and meteorological conditions to effectively provide briefing service This includes a General locations of weather causing systems and general weather conditions b Detailed information of current and forecast weather conditions for the geographical area s of responsibility c Aeronautical information for example NOT AM special use airspace SUA temporary flight restrictions TFR ATC delays etc REFERENCE Pert
582. zero only when used with VV NOTE 1 When the ceiling is less than 3 000 feet and variable the variable limits will be reported in the remarks 2 When communicating weather information on the TIBS broadcast or telephone specialist may announce cloud heights in either group form or in hundreds or thousands of feet such as seventeen thousand or one seven thousand 3 Group form is the pronunciation of a series of numbers as the whole number or pairs of numbers they represent rather than pronouncing each separate digit The use of group form may however be negated by four digit identifiers or the placement of zeros in the identifier 3 Announce sky conditions as indicated below See TBL 12 1 10 General JO 7110 10X TBL 12 1 10 Sky Conditions Contraction Phraseology BKN height BROKEN CLR CLEAR BELOW ONE TWO THOUSAND FEW FEW CLOUDS AT height OVC height OVERCAST SCT height SCATTERED SKC CLEAR 1 Automated weather reports 4 TBL 12 1 11 contains examples of broadcast phraseology of sky and ceiling conditions TBL 12 1 11 Sky and Ceiling Conditions Condition Phraseology BKNOOO SKY PARTIALLY OBSCURED BKNO10 CEILING ONE THOUSAND BKN050 RMK BROKEN FIVE THOUSAND FG BKN000 BROKEN FOG OBSCURING FIVE TO SEVEN EIGHTS OF THE SKY BKNO10 CEILING ONE THOUSAND BROKEN SCT000 SKY PARTIALLY OBSCURED SCT020 TWO THOUSAND SCATTERED OVC035 RMK CEILING THREE THOUSAND FG SCT000 FIVE HUNDRED OVERCAST

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

患者シミュレータ - 株式会社メッツ  Kicker IX405D Owner's Manual  CENTRALE D`ALARME SANS FILS  31 取扱説明書  MANUEL D`UTILISATION 2008  www.jardins-animes.com Edition du 12 / 01 / 2011  Pit（EV・PHEV用普通充電シリーズ）パンフレット(SP  BT BAT - confort    HP Officejet Pro 6830 e-All-in-One Printer Getting Started Guide  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file